atics of alenian atalogue and systemC radiolarian genera and species Catalogue and systematics of Pliensbachian, Toarcian and Aalenian radiolarian genera and species Špela Goričan Elizabeth S. Carter Paulian Dumitrică Patricia A. Whalen Rie S. Hori Patrick De Wever Pliensbachian, Toarcian and A Luis O'Dogherty Atsushi Matsuoka Jean Guex ZRC PUBLISHING http://zalozba.zrc-sazu.si/ 7.429 SIT / 31 € Špela Goričan, Elizabeth S. Carter, Paulian Dumitrică, Patricia A. Whalen, Rie S. Hori, Patrick De Wever, Luis O’Dogherty, Atsushi Matsuoka & Jean Guex Catalogue and systematics of Pliensbachian, Toarcian and Aalenian radiolarian genera and species © 2006, Založba ZRC / ZRC Publishing Izdajatelj / Issued by Paleontološki inštitut Ivana Rakovca ZRC SAZU Za izdajatelja / Represented by Adrijan Košir Založnik / Published by Založba ZRC / ZRC Publishing, ZRC SAZU, Ljubljana Zanj / For the publisher Oto Luthar Glavni urednik / Editor-in-Chief Vojislav Likar Oblikovanje platnic / Cover design Robert Križmančič Tisk / Printed by Littera picta d. o. o., Ljubljana Naklada / Printrun 500 izvodov / copies Izdajo je finančno podprla / The publication was financial y supported by Javna agencija za raziskovalno dejavnost RS / Slovenian Research Agency CIP - Kataložni zapis o publikaciji Narodna in univerzitetna knjižnica, Ljubljana 563.14”6152” CATALOGUE and systematics of Pliensbachian, Toarcian and Aalenian radiolarian genera and species / Špela Goričan ... [et al.]. - Ljubljana : Založba ZRC, ZRC SAZU = ZRC Publishing, 2006 ISBN-10 961-6568-65-5 ISBN-13 978-961-6568-65-4 1. Goričan, Špela 229850112 Vse pravice pridržane. Noben del te izdaje ne sme biti reproduciran, shranjen ali prepisan v kateri koli obliki oz. na kateri koli način, bodisi elektronsko, mehansko, s fotokopiranjem, snemanjem ali kako drugače, brez predhodnega pisnega dovoljenja lastnikov avtorskih pravic (copyrighta). All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system or transmitted, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without the prior permission of the publisher. Catalogue and systematics of Pliensbachian, Toarcian and Aalenian radiolarian genera and species Špela Goričan Paleontološki inštitut Ivana Rakovca ZRC SAZU, Ljubljana Elizabeth S. Carter Department of Geology, Portland State University Paulian Dumitrică Institut de Géologie et Paléontologie, Université de Lausanne Patricia A. Whalen Department of Geosciences, University of Arkansas, Fayettevil e Rie S. Hori Department of Earth Sciences, Faculty of Science, Ehime University, Matsuyama Patrick De Wever Département Histoire de la Terre, Muséum National d’Histoire Naturel e, Paris Luis O’Dogherty Departamento de Geología, Facultad de Ciencias del Mar, Universidad de Cádiz Atsushi Matsuoka Department of Geology, Faculty of Science, Niigata University Jean Guex Institut de Géologie et Paléontologie, Université de Lausanne Ljubljana, 2006 On the cover: Citriduma De Wever The spatial vessel on the front cover reveals why radiolarians allow us to travel to pleasurable places which are like dreams even though they are firmly anchored in the reality of the radiolarian world, where Paulian Dumitrica reigns as a master ( Citriduma is an anagram of his name). Authors’ addresses Špela Goričan Patricia A. Whalen Luis O’Dogherty Paleontološki inštitut Ivana Rakovca Department of Geosciences Departamento de Geología ZRC SAZU University of Arkansas Facultad de Ciencias del Mar Novi trg 2 118 Ozark Hal Universidad de Cádiz SI-1000 Ljubljana Fayettevil e Campus Río S. Pedro Slovenia Arkansas 72701, USA 11510 Puerto Real, Cádiz spela@zrc-sazu.si micropaw14@ipa.net Spain luis.odogherty@uca.es Elizabeth S. Carter Rie S. Hori Department of Geology Department of Earth Sciences Atsushi Matsuoka Portland State University Faculty of Science Department of Geology Portland, Oregon 97207-0751, USA Ehime University Faculty of Science mailing address: 17375 Jordan Road, Matsuyama 790-8577 Niigata University Sisters, Oregon 97759, USA Japan Niigata 950-2181 cartermicro@earthlink.net shori@sci.ehime-u.ac.jp Japan matsuoka@geo.sc.niigata-u.ac.jp Paulian Dumitrică Patrick De Wever Institut de Géologie et Paléontologie Département Histoire de la Terre Jean Guex Université de Lausanne, BFSH 2 Muséum National d’Histoire Naturel e Institut de Géologie et Paléontologie CH-1015 Lausannne 43 rue Buffon Université de Lausanne, BFSH 2 mailing address: Dennigkofenweg 33, F-75005 Paris CH-1015 Lausannne CH-3073 Guemligen, Switzerland France Switzerland Paulian.Dumitrica@unil.ch pdewever@mnhn.fr Jean.Guex@unil.ch CONTENTS Abstract 6 Povzetek 6 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 7 1. INTRODUCTION 9 1.1. Objectives of this publication 9 1.2. Organization of chapters 10 2. SYSTEMATICS 13 2.1. Concepts of systematics and limitations 13 2.2. Notes for user 14 2.3. Systematic description of genera and species 15 3. DESCRIPTION OF LOCALITIES 415 4. LISTING OF SPECIES 427 4.1. Alphabetical listing by genus 427 4.2. Alphabetical listing by species 431 4.3. Listing in ascending order of species/subspecies codes 436 REFERENCES 439 5 Abstract This volume comprises a catalogue of 90 genera, 274 species and 13 subspecies of Pliensbachian, Toarcian and Aalenian Radiolaria. Two genera, 37 species and 3 subspecies are new formal descriptions, 24 species are described in open nomenclature. Each taxon is presented with a complete and up-to-date synonymy, original description and original remarks (translated into English where necessary), subsequent emendations, remarks by the authors of this catalogue, and etymology. Descriptions of species/subspecies further contain the original measurements, type locality, and data on geographic distribution. Plates illustrate the holotype and one or several specimens from our material, from different paleogeographic realms where possible. The material was collected from 30 measured sections in the Circum-Pacific belt (Baja California Peninsula, Oregon, British Columbia, Japan) and the Tethyan realm (Oman, Turkey, Slovenia, Austria). Abbreviated locality information and a list of all treated taxa are given in the last two chapters. Povzetek Knjiga je katalog 90 rodov, 274 vrst in 13 podvrst pliensbachijskih, toarcijskih in aalenijskih radiolarijev. Dva rodova, 37 vrst in 3 podvrste so formalno opisani novi taksoni, 24 vrst je opisanih v odprti nomenklaturi. Vsak takson je predstavljen z vso dosedanjo sinonimiko, originalnim opisom in originalnimi opombami (v prevodu, če originalni jezik ni angleščina), poznejšimi revizijami, pripombami avtorjev tega kataloga in etimologijo. Opisi vrst in podvrst vsebujejo še originalne meritve, ime tipične lokalitete in podatke o geografski razširjenosti. Vsaka vrsta ali podvrsta je predstavljena s samostojno tablo, na kateri so slike holotipa in več primerkov iz naših vzorcev. Kjer je mogoče, so ilustrirani primerki z različnih paleogeografskih območij. Vzorci so bili pobrani na 30 profilih, posnetih v cirkumpacifiškem pasu (Kalifornijski polotok, Oregon, Britanska Kolumbija, Japonska) in v območju Tetide (Oman, Turčija, Slovenija, Avstrija). Dodatek na koncu knjige vsebuje kratek opis vzorčevanih profilov in seznam vseh obravnavanih taksonov. 6 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS The greater part of funding for this publication was provided reference to the author(s), year, plate and figure numbers by the Ministry of Science and Education and Slovenian of the original publication. We are thankful for permissions Research Agency, Republic of Slovenia, who financed the granted by the following journals/institutions: salary of Š. Goričan through research programmes P0-0521 Bulletins of American Paleontology, Paleontological and P1-0008, partially granted exchange visits of Š. Goričan Research Institution, Ithaca, NY, USA; and E.S. Carter through bilateral project BI-US/04-05/46, Eclogae geologicae Helvetiae, Birkhäuser Verlag, Swit- and covered printing expenses for the monograph. Muséum zerland; National d’Histoire Naturelle, France, financed several- Geologisch-Paläontologische Mitteilungen Innsbruck, month fellowships to L. O’Dogherty and Š. Goričan, thus University of Innsbruck, Austria; enabling joint work with P. De Wever in Paris. Journal of Geosciences, Osaka City University, Japan; Š. Goričan further thanks French colleagues Jean Journal of Paleontology, University of Iowa, USA; Marcoux, Cécile Robin, François Guillocheau and François Marine Micropaleontology, Elsevier, The Netherlands; Béchennec, who invited her to participate in CNRS projects Mémoires de Géologie (Lausanne), Institut de Géologie in Oman, where the most complete Tethyan Pliensbachian et Paléontologie, Université de Lausanne, Switzerland; to Aalenian radiolarian-bearing successions are exposed. Micropaleontology Press, New York, USA; She is also grateful to her students Petra Meglič, Nevenka Mineral Research and Exploration Bulletin, Ankara, Šorli and Mojca Zega, who processed several hundred Turkey; radiolarian samples, some of which were used for this Minister of Public Works and Government Services publication. Canada and Natural Resources Canada, Geological E.S. Carter thanks the Geological Survey of Canada Survey of Canada; (GSC,Vancouver) for providing field, sample processing and NRC (National Research Council) Research Press, SEM support, and for providing earlier collections made Canada; by B.E.B. Cameron. She is especially grateful to Howard National Museum of Natural Science, Taiwan; Tipper (‘Tip’) (GSC, deceased 2005) whose passionate News of Osaka Micropaleontologists (Dr. Katsuo Sashida, interest in the paleontology of the Pliensbachian provided editor of Special Volume 13), Japan; encouragement and support for this work (contract Palaeontographica, E. Schweizerbart’sche Verlagsbuch- no. 23254-00532/001/XSB) together with ammonite handlung (Nägele u. Obermiller), Science Publishers, identifications and zonal assignments. She also thanks Paul Stuttgart, Germany; Smith (University of British Columbia) for continuing to Revue de Micropaléontologie, Paris, France; provide ammonite support. The Palaeontological Society of Japan. P. Dumitrica thanks Kuei-Yu Yeh, Emile Pessagno and We especially wish to thank Jean Pierre Caulet for Isamu Hattori for providing residues with extraordinarily allowing us to use the RadWorld relational database, a well-preserved radiolarians from Oregon and Japan. His “work in progress” prepared by himself, Catherine Nigrini field trips in Oman for collecting samples and studies and Annika Sanfilippo. He constantly provided us with of the radiolarian fauna from the Hamrat Duru Basin the latest version of this database containing original and (processing of samples and illustration of specimens with subsequent descriptions of numerous radiolarian genera SEM) were supported by the Swiss National Foundation and their type species, thus sparing us much re-typing for (project No. 2000 – 050681) and carried out at the Institute the present publication. of Geological Sciences at the University of Bern. He would We are indebted to all Slovenian colleagues who like to especially thank Ingo Blechschmidt, with whom he participated in the final preparation of this catalogue. collaborated during all field trips and the time of radiolarian Dragica Turnšek and Simon Pirc read the manuscript and study. gave valuable suggestions in the final stages of work. Tina Illustrations of holotypes and other specimens in our Zajc helped in preparation of plates, Robert Križmančič previous works have been reproduced from original designed the cover, and Adrijan Košir prepared the final publications. These are indicated in the plate captions by graphic design and page setting of the entire book. 7 8 1. INTRODUCTION 1.1. Objectives of this publication The main goal of this catalogue is to present a set of uniformly and precisely defined radiolarian species that will serve as a coherent taxonomic base to establish a global radiolarian zonation for three Jurassic stages: the Pliensbachian, Toarcian, and Aalenian. Earliest Jurassic (Hettangian and Sinemurian) and Middle to Late Jurassic radiolarians have been studied extensively but Pliensbachian to Toarcian faunas are less well known taxonomically, and especially biochronologically. Aalenian radiolarians are included in order to connect the top of the studied interval with the base of the global low-latitude radiolarian zonation of Baumgartner et al. (1995b). Pliensbachian, Toarcian and early Aalenian radiolarians have hitherto been systematically studied mostly from the Circum-Pacific belt: western North America (Pessagno & Whalen, 1982; Yeh, 1987a, b; Carter et al., 1988; Cordey, 1998; Whalen & Carter, 2002), Japan (Hori, 1988, 1990, 1997; Sashida, 1988; Hori & Otsuka, 1989; Matsuoka, 1991, 2004; Yao, 1997), and the Philippines (Yeh & Cheng, 1996, 1998). Only a few localities are described from the Tethyan realm s.s.: Turkey (Pessagno & Poisson, 1981; De Wever, 1981b, c, 1982a, b), Oman (De Wever et al., 1990), and Slovenia (Goričan et al., 2003). It should also be noted that most of the published taxonomic work is based on a few excellently preserved but isolated samples (e.g. Yeh, 1987a, b; Pessagno & Poisson, 1981; De Wever, 1981b, c, 1982a, b) whereas few continuous sections suitable for biochronological studies have been analyzed thus far. The existing radiolarian zonations for the Pliensbachian to Aalenian time interval (Pessagno et al., 1987b; Carter et al., 1988; Hori, 1990) are local and mainly characterized by a low-resolution potential (Fig. 1.1). The only high- resolution range chart has been constructed for Queen Charlotte Islands (Carter et al., 1988) but contains two rather long discontinuities in the early Pliensbachian and early Toarcian. The construction of a global radiolarian zonation for the Pliensbachian to Aalenian interval is essential for future zonation of the entire Jurassic. Because of this recognized need and because some of us were currently studying rich assemblages of this age, we initiated a joint international project under the framework of INTERRAD (International Association of Radiolarian Paleontologists). The Pliensbachian to Aalenian Working Group was formed in 2000 during the 9th INTERRAD Meeting in Blairsden, California. During two one-week meetings, held in 2001 and 2002 at the Ivan Rakovec Institute of Paleontology 9 Fig. 1.1. State of the art in Pliensbachian to Aalenian radiolarian biochronology. Radiolarian biozones are tied to standard ammonite zones. ZRC SAZU, Ljubljana, we agreed upon radiolarian taxa The final goal of our joint project is to construct a ra- and stratigraphic sections to be included in the zonation. diolarian zonation that will span the missing interval be- Moreover, a provisional range chart was calculated with tween the well-established Hettangian to Sinemurian BioGraph computer program which is based on the (Carter et al., 1998) and Middle Jurassic to Lower Creta- Unitary Association Method (UA) (Guex, 1977, 1991; ceous (Baumgartner et al., 1995b) radiolarian biozones. Savary & Guex, 1999). The preliminary information was The range chart will be published in a separate paper. presented at two congresses - 6th International Symposium on the Jurassic System (September 2002, Palermo) and 10th INTERRAD Meeting (September 2003, Lausanne). Editing of systematics was compiled during September 1.2. Organization of chapters 2004 at Carters’ home in Sisters, Oregon, and concluded during October 2005 in Ljubljana. The organization of our work and of this book was The present catalogue is the first publication of our col- inspired by INTERRAD Jurassic-Cretaceous Working laborative research. It is a synthesis of previous knowl- Group, whose publication (Baumgartner et al., 1995c) has edge on the taxonomy of Pliensbachian to Aalenian spe- during ten years of application proven to be an extremely cies complemented by actualized definitions and further useful reference tool, indispensable in systematic and remarks, where necessary. In order to provide a complete especially biostratigraphic studies. set of potentially important species, some newly described The main part of this book is Chapter 2 Systematics, species were added. The illustrated material comes from 30 arranged in alphabetical order of genera and species. measured sections in the Circum-Pacific belt (Baja Cali- In addition to obligatory headings, such as synonymy, fornia Sur, Oregon, British Columbia, Japan) and the Teth- description, and remarks, a paragraph with known yan realm (Oman, Turkey, Slovenia, Austria) (Fig. 1.2). occurrences is added in order to increase the applicability 10 Fig. 1.2. World map with localities studied by the Pliensbachian to Aalenian Working Group. 1 – NBC. Northeastern British Columbia (Williston Lake) 8 – OM. Oman, Hawasina Nappes: Hamrat Duru Group (Wadi 2 – QCI. Queen Charlotte Islands (from north to south: Graham, Mu’aydin, Jabal Safra, Al Sawad, Wadi Saal, Al Kashbah Mt., Maude, Moresby, Louise and Kunga islands) Sabt), Al Aridh Group (Al Aridh village, Jabal Buwaydah), 3 – OR. Oregon (Izee - Paulina and Izee - John Day roads) Umar Group (Humadiyin) 4 – BCS. Baja California Sur (Punta San Hipólito) 9 – JP. Japan: Mino Terrane (Inuyama, Nanjo, Mt. Norikuradake, 5 – SI. Slovenia: Julian Alps (Mt. Mangart) Gujo-Hachiman, Kamiaso areas), Chichibu Terrane (Kuma 6 – AT. Austria: Northern Calcareous Alps (Teltschengraben) area) 7 – TR. Turkey: Taurus Mountains, Gümüslu Allochthon (Gümüslu village) of the database for paleobiogeographic studies. The (Whalen & Carter, 2002; Goričan et al., 2003; Matsuoka, number of Pliensbachian and Toarcian species included 2004). Detailed descriptions of remaining localities and here is far greater than that of the Aalenian representatives, their radiolarian inventory (e.g. Pliensbachian of Queen because many Aalenian species have already been included Charlotte Islands, Pliensbachian to Aalenian of Oman) in the catalogue of Baumgartner et al. (1995a). Only are in preparation and will be published as individual those typical Middle Jurassic species needing revision, papers in the near future. Herein, only the location, a short completion of synonymy or additional illustrations description of lithology and the overall stratigraphic range reappear in this book. The stratigraphic ranges of taxa are of the studied successions are given. Stratigraphically not indicated because this portion of the project has not important co-occurring fossils are indicated and the been completed yet. original publication is cited, if available. Chapter 3 contains basic data on all localities where Chapter 4 is an index of all taxa treated in the catalogue. studied material was collected. When the Pliensbachian In order to allow an easy search, the list of species appears to Aalenian Working Group was created in 2000, a few in three different arrangements. The same list is sorted in localities integrated in this book were fully described alphabetical order of genera (Chapter 4.1.), alphabetical (Carter et al., 1988; De Wever, 1981b, c, 1982a, b) and order of species (Chapter 4.2.), and ascending order of since that time some other papers have been published alphanumerical species codes (Chapter 4.3.). 11 12 2. SYSTEMATICS 2.1. Concepts of systematics and limitations The main purpose of this catalogue is to provide precise clues for doubtless identification of taxa that are useful for global biochronology. The concept of species is basically the same as that in Baumgartner et al. (1995a). Some morphotypes with narrow delimitations were combined into more broadly defined species. If morphological characteristics of a taxon are narrowly defined but clearly distinguishable in well-preserved material, we used such a taxon as a subspecies. In this case the corresponding species is denominated with sensu lato and has a separate entry in the database, so that in poorly-preserved material species identification is at least possible. On the other hand, when a selected species contains a continuum of variabilities, we called it species group without further subdivison. Generic level taxonomy was not the prime concern of this book. Some long ago described genera (e.g. Stichocapsa Haeckel 1881) certainly need thorough revision but this would necessitate more detailed taxonomic and phylogenetic studies, which were beyond the scope of this catalogue. More modern descriptions were, nevertheless, carefully examined and emended, if necessary. A clear actualized definition was considered especially important for those genera having their first or last occurrence in the Pliensbachian to Aalenian interval and may therefore be used for biochronology at generic level. We recently discovered that some genera included in this catalogue ( Atalanta, Beatricea, Canutus, and Thurstonia) are homonyms of other genera described long ago. The resolution of this problem is not within the scope of this publication and will be addressed in the future by individual authors. Suprageneric classification is deliberately ignored in this book; for this information the reader is referred to De Wever et al. (2001). 13 2.2. Notes for user Etymology makes reference to the origin of the formal name of the taxon. The included taxa are treated in alphabetical order of genera and species. The following headings are used to Type locality states the type locality of individual species define a taxon: and subspecies. Taxon code: Species and subspecies are coded. This code Included species/subspecies: This heading appears with has no significance in taxonomy but is required by the genera and species sensu lato, and gives a list of species or BioGraph computer program for range-chart calculation. subspecies treated in this catalogue. Names are preceded Some species have been used previously in the calculation by codes. of other range charts (Baumgartner et al., 1995b; Carter et al., 1998); their codes are unchanged. The codes used by Occurrence: This heading gives a list of previously known Carter et al. (1998) and the ones newly designated in this plus our ‘new’ localities for each species/subspecies. Only book are composed of three letters and two digits, while broader regions and not individual locations are listed. the species codes defined by Baumgartner et al. (1995a, b) Names of lithostratigraphic units are indicated, when have four digits. available. The occurrence of the holotype always appears as the first on the list. Synonymy: All synonyms appear in chronological order. Doubtful synonymy is preceded by “?”, taxa explicitly Plates: Each species/subspecies has its plate that is excluded from a particular synonymy are preceded by numbered with the code of the taxon. The plates show the “not”. holotype (for formal taxa) and one or several illustrations, from more than one locality if possible. Magnification is Type designation: This heading designates holotype and indicated in the plate caption and scale bars are added. paratypes in the description of new species/subspecies. The figure caption indicates for each figure, the following: country code (e.g. QCI), sample number (e.g. 99-CNA- Original description: This heading gives the original MI-10), and photograph/specimen number (e.g. GSC description by the author of the taxon. Original descriptions 34567). The figure number of the holotype is followed by in languages other than English are translated. Because (H), author, year, plate, and figure of original illustration. the description is an authentic copy from the original The same indication is given for figures previously used publication, this heading may be called Original diagnosis in other publications by the authors of this catalogue. or split into Original diagnosis plus Original description. Permissions granted for reproduction of the illustrations are gratefully acknowledged. Emended definition (description): Gives subsequent emen- dations with the reference to the publication cited. If no List of country codes used in the figure captions: publication is cited, this means that the taxon is emended AT = Austria herein. BCS = Baja California Sur, Mexico JP = Japan Original remarks are the remarks by the author of the NBC = Northeastern British Columbia, Canada taxon. If in the original publication only a reference to OM = Oman remarks under another taxon is given, the remarks under OR = Oregon, USA the latter taxon are also provided. QCI = Queen Charlotte Islands, British Columbia, Canada SI = Slovenia Further remarks are mostly remarks by the authors of this TR = Turkey catalogue. In a few cases, relevant previously published comments are given and the source is cited. Repository: The holotypes and paratypes of newly de- scribed species are stored in the authors’ collections. Re- Measurements are the measurements from the original pository numbers correspond to specimen numbers, indi- publication. cated in plate captions. 14 2.3. Systematic description of genera and species Genus: Acaeniotylopsis Kito & De Wever 1994 Type species: Acaeniotylopsis triacanthu s Kito & De Wever 1994 Synonymy: Further remarks: The genus also differs structurally from 1994 Acaeniotylopsis n. gen. – Kito & De Wever, p. 130. Acaeniotyle in having a double medullary shell with a true microsphere whereas the medullary shell of Acaeniotyle Original description: Test composed of spherical or sub- is, by its size, closer to the macrosphere in the sense of spherical shell with some radial spines, a medullary shell Hollande and Enjumet (1960). The genus differs essentially and microsphere. Cortical shell comprises massive nodes from Acaeniotyle in having a double medullary shell, and connected to each other by short bars. Outer medullary primary radial spines. shell is spherical and is connected to cortical shell by sev- eral strong triradiate radial beams and by numerous thin Etymology: Acaeniotyle + - opsis (masculine), in reference secondary radial beams, which join nodes on cortical shell. to a similar morphology to Acaeniotyle Foreman. Primary beams merge into spines. Inner medullary shell polyhedral. Included species: 2001 Acaeniotylopsis ghostensis (Carter) 1988 Original remarks: The genus differs from Acaeniotyle 4066 Acaeniotylopsis triacanthus Kito & De Wever 1994 Foreman 1973 by the absence of perforated mammae on the cortical shell, by a cortical shell composed of bars with nodes and by the presence of the primary radial beams. 15 Acaeniotylopsis ghostensis (Carter) 1988 Species code: 2001 Synonymy: Original remarks: Genus queried; the form described 1988 Acaeniotyle (?) ghostensis Carter n. sp. – Carter et al., p. 33, is doubtfully assigned to this genus because nodes are pl. 9, fig. 6. smaller, knob-like rather than rounded, and have fewer 1994 Acaeniotylopsis ghostensis (Carter) – Kito & De Wever, perforations, and all are much older. p. 132, pl. 1, figs. 7-8. 1995a Acaeniotylopsis ghostensis (Carter) – Baumgartner et al., Further remarks: By Kito & De Wever (1994): Our p. 56, pl. 2001, figs. 1-2. specimens have longer radial spines than the specimens 1997 Acaeniotylopsis ghostensis (Carter) – Yao, pl. 3, fig. 102. of the original description. The microsphere was not described in the original description, but external features Original diagnosis: Test subspherical and slightly flattened and internal structure of type specimens are completely with 3 long, sturdy, tribladed spines. Surface of cortical identical with our material. shell covered with strong, slightly perforate nodes. Measurements (µm): Original description: Test subspherical, flattened in Based on 13 specimens. plane of equatorial spines. Nodes on cortical shell strong, HT Av. Min. Max. moderately spaced with somewhat flattened distal surfaces Diameter of test 146 145 175 139 (tops); surfaces with fine perforations, some bearing Length of longest spine 121 108 145 82 remnants of fine central spines. Nodes connected by strong bars that form circular, elliptical and subtriangular Etymology: Named for Ghost Creek, north of the type lo- pores. Spines tribladed and long (entire ones greater than cality. 3/4 diameter of test) carrying narrow rounded ridges and wider grooves; complete spines are pointed. First Type locality: GSC locality C-080597. Toarcian of Phantom medullary shell has small irregular pore frames connected Creek Formation, Graham Island, Queen Charlotte Islands, to cortical shell by radial beams. Radial beams (3) are British Columbia. strong, triradiate and continuous with each primary spine; beams of lesser strength are attached to cortical shell at Occurrence: Phantom Creek Formation, Queen Charlotte base of nodes. Islands; Italy; Japan. Acaeniotylopsis triacanthus Kito & De Wever 1994 Species code: 4066 Synonymy: Original remarks: This species differs from Acaeniotyle 1989 Acaeniotyle (?) sp. 1 – Kito, p. 95, pl. 3, figs. 1-5, 8-9. diaphorogona variata Ozvoldova 1979 in the construction 1991 Acaeniotyle sp. B. – Tonielli, p. 21, pl. 1, fig. 20. of the cortical shell. The cortical shell lacks perforated 1991 Acaeniotyle ? sp. A – Carter & Jakobs, p. 342, pl. 2, fig. 8. mammae. The species also differs from Acaeniotylopsis 1994 Acaeniotylopsis triacanthus n. sp. - Kito & De Wever, ghostensis (Carter) in the aspect of its cortical shell and in p. 132, pl. 1, figs. 4-6, 9-11; pl. 3, figs. 5a-b, 6. 1995a Acaeniotylopsis variatus triacanthus Kito & De Wever having branched spines. – Baumgartner et al., p. 58, pl. 4066, figs. 1-7. 1997 Acaeniotylopsis v. triacanthus Kito & De Wever – Yao, Measurements (µm): pl. 3, fig. 104. Based on 13 specimens. HT Av. Min. Max. Original description: Test composed of a spherical or Diameter of cortical shell 189 160 128 204 subspherical cortical shell with three strong radial spines; Length of spine A 206 - - - one outer and one inner medullary shell. Cortical shell Length of spine B 187 159 111 222 constituted of massive nodes connected by short bars. Length of spine C 193 - - - Pores are small, polygonal or circular. Three radial spines are arranged in a plane at about 120 degrees. Radial spines Etymology: From the Greek tri- (three) + acanthus possess three wide grooves (primary grooves) alternating (spine). with three narrow grooves (secondary grooves). A short spine on each ridge arises at the end of the radial spine and Type locality: Sample S69, Contrada la Ferta, Sicily, Italy. provides a clove-like tip. Outer medullary shell is spherical and connected to cortical shell by three triradate primary Occurrence: Italy; Japan; Phantom Creek Formation, beams and thin secondary beams. Inner medullary shell is Queen Charlotte Islands. polygonal, composed of pentagonal pore frames. 16 Plate 2001. Acaeniotylopsis ghostensis (Carter). Magnification x200. Fig. 1(H). Carter et al. 1988, pl. 9, fig. 6. Fig. 2. QCI, GSC loc. C-080611, GSC 128704. Plate 4066. Acaeniotylopsis triacanthus Kito & De Wever. Magnification x150. Fig. 1(H). Kito & De Wever 1994, pl. 1, fig. 11. Fig. 2. Carter & Jakobs 1991, pl. 2, fig. 11. Fig. 3. Baumgartner et al. 1995a, pl. 4066, fig. 3. 17 Genus: Anaticapitula Dumitrica & Zügel 2003 Type species: Anaticapitula clauda Dumitrica & Zügel 2003 Synonymy: although De Wever (1982) did not mention the presence 2003 Anaticapitula n. gen. – Dumitrica & Zügel, p. 52. of Ax in his species, a small light-grey spot opposite to the ventral spine, representing probably a small Ax, is visible Original description: Highly ovate dicyrtid test with bladed in a broken specimen figured by him (De Wever 1982; apical horn and thorax prolonged into a thin-walled termi- pl. 11, fig. 13). Jacus (?) italicus Jud, 1994 described from nal tube. Cephalis and thorax continuous externally, with- the Lower Cretaceous (Jud 1994) has a morphology similar out collar stricture. Initial spicule with A, V, D, two L, two to J. (?) anatiformis and should also be assigned to the ge- l, and a long Ax. Cephalis and thorax with a superimposed nus Anaticapitula n. gen. network of strong ridges. With or without feet representing From Napora, Anaticapitula n. gen. differs by having a external extensions of L and D. Feet, when present, with an well developed Ax in the initial spicule, thorax continuous outer blade and two lateral blades. with the velum, no crown of spines on the apical horn, and a much larger cephalis. Original remarks: By its general shape and the tubular prolongation of the thorax this genus shows characters in Etymology: From the Latin anas: duck; and capitulus: small common with the genus Rhopalosyringium Campbell & head. Feminine gender. Clark, 1944. A comparable axobate was illustrated by De Wever (1982) in the Lower Jurassic species Ovum per- Included species: tusum De Wever, 1982. Jacus (?) anatiformis De Wever, JAC02 Anaticapitula anatiformis (De Wever) 1982a 1982, described from the lower Pliensbachian of Turkey, JAC04 Anaticapitula omanensis Dumitrica n. sp. is also almost identical to A. pennata n. gen., n. sp. and, Anaticapitula anatiformis (De Wever) 1982a Species code: JAC02 Synonymy: Original description: Form with two segments, a strong 1982 Bisphaerocephalina (?) sp. – Imoto et al., pl. 1, fig. 10. apical horn, three diverging feet on thorax and a free sub- 1982a Jacus ? anatiformis n. sp. – De Wever, p. 205, pl. 11, cylindrical velum. figs. 10-15. Apical horn triradiate along most of length, but some 1982b Jacus ? anatiformis De Wever – De Wever, p. 343, pl. 54, specimens with a rounded end. Hemispherical cephalis figs. 1-5; pl. 58, figs. 1, 2, 6. imperforate, smooth, with small pustules or with strong 1984 Jacus sp. A – Murchey, pl. 2, fig. 29. longitudinal wrinkles. A round pore, rather large, pro- 1984 Jacus sp. B – Murchey, pl. 2, fig. 28. 1987 Jacus sp. A – Hattori, pl. 11, fig. 7. longs cephalic spine V. Thorax roughly tetrahedral in form 1987 Jacus sp. D – Hattori, pl. 11, fig. 8. with lateral edges extending in three feet. Wall composed 1989 Jacus sp. A – Hattori, pl. 5, fig. I. of two superimposed irregular latticed networks: a deli- 1989 Jacus? sp. B – Hattori, pl. 5, fig. J. cate inner one and a coarse outer one. Thorax extends in 1990 Jacus anatiformis De Wever – De Wever et al., pl. 3, fig. 10. a subcylindrical velum with a thin wall and tiny irregular 1998 Jacus ? anatiformis De Wever – Whalen & Carter, p. 74, pores. pl. 18, figs. 13, 14, 17, 18, 19, 27. 1997 Thetis sp. B – Yao, pl. 10, fig. 467. Original remarks: This form is tentatively assigned to this 1998 Jacus ? anatiformis De Wever – Yeh & Cheng, p. 32, pl. 6, genus because of the relationship between the velum and fig. 10. feet: whether the velum is free from the feet or bound to 2001 Jacus cf. anatiformis De Wever – Gawlick et al., pl. 2, them could be considered a generic criterion, but it seems fig. 16. hasty to me in our present stage of knowledge. 2001 Jacus anatiformis De Wever – Gawlick et al., pl. 5, fig. 19. This form resembles Lithomelissa amazon Foreman 2002 Jacus ? anatiformis De Wever – Hori & Wakita, pl. 3, fig. 7. (1968, p. 26) but is distinguished from it by its slender 2002 Jacus ? anatiformis De Wever – Whalen & Carter, p. 138, appearance proximally. It differs also from all other species pl. 16, fig. 18. of Lithomelissa by the lack of an axial spine (Ax). 2002 Anaticapitula anatiformis (De Wever) – Tekin, p. 191, pl. 5, fig. 8. The observation of different layers and their disposition 2003 Jacus ? aff. anatiformis De Wever – Goričan et al., p. 296, on the thorax and velum suggests the same growth pattern pl. 4, figs. 5-6. as described by Petrushevskaya M.G. (1962) for Cenozoic 2003 Jacus ? sp. – Goričan et al., p. 296, pl. 4, fig. 7. forms: development of thoracic wall, then proximal part 2004 Anaticapitula (?) sp. – Matsuoka, fig. 144. of velum, and lastly, the simultaneous development of a 2004 Anaticapitula (?) anatiformis (De Wever) – Matsuoka, proximal external layer on the thorax-velum suture zone fig. 145. and distal part of velum. 18 Plate JAC02. Anaticapitula anatiformis (De Wever). Magnification x300. Fig. 1(H). De Wever 1982a, pl. 11, fig. 10. Fig. 2. JP, IJIII12. Fig. 3. Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 16, fig. 18. Fig. 4. QCI, GSC loc. C-080612, GSC 128815. Fig. 5. OM, Haliw-038-R08-26. Fig. 6. OM, BR706-R05-01. Fig. 7. Goričan et al. 2003, pl. 4, fig. 5. Fig. 8. Goričan et al. 2003, pl. 4, fig. 6. Fig. 9. OM, BR706-R12-14. Fig. 10. QCI, GSC loc. C-175306, GSC 128816. Fig. 11. OM, BR706-R05-14. 19 This species differs from J. coronatus, J. clatratus and Etymology: From Latin anas, - atis, duck and formis form. J. isa by its free velum. In a form of a duck, by resemblence to the appearance of duck in flight. Further remarks: This species may easily be assigned to the genus Anaticapitula (Dumitrica & Zügel, 2003) by the two- Type locality: Sample 1662D, Gümüslü Allochthon, Taurus layered, thick-walled cephalis and thorax, and the tubular Mts., Turkey. distal extension of the thorax. This species is structurally close to Anaticapitula clauda Dumitrica & Zügel. Occurrence: Gümüslü Allochthon, Turkey; Sandilands and A large variety of forms are now included in Anaticapitula Ghost Creek formations, Queen Charlotte Islands; San anatiformis. These forms differ in length of feet and Hipólito Formation, Baja California Sur; Dürrnberg For- structure of thoracic wall, which can be two-layered and mation, Austria; Skrile Formation, Slovenia; Hocaköy Ra- irregular as in the holotype, or simple, composed of large diolarite, Turkey; Musallah Formation, Oman; Liminang- uniform polygonal pore frames. cong Chert, Philippines; Japan. Measurements (µm): Based on 11 specimens. Av. Min. Max. Length of apical horn 82 67 100 Width of thorax 84 75 100 Total length (including velum and apical horn) 238 200 290 Anaticapitula omanensis Dumitrica n. sp. Species code: JAC04 Synonymy: portion between top of cephalis and the level of the three 1989 Thetis spp. – Hattori, pl. 7, figs. E-G. spines. Pores of thorax irregular in size, shape and arrange- 1997 Thetis sp. D – Yao, pl. 10, fig. 469. ment; intervening bars of the outer layer usually forming 2004 Anaticapitula (?) sp. – Matsuoka, fig. 142. ribs in various directions. Type designation: Holotype specimen BR1121-R08-17 Remarks: Anaticapitula omanensis differs from A. anati- from sample BR 1121, Guwayza Formation, Tawi Sadh formis in having much shorter D and L spines; the conical Member, Wadi Mu'aydin, Oman. part of thorax is also shorter and inverted. Diagnosis: Test small, subrhombic in outline with a three- Measurements (µm): bladed pointed apical horn and short spines D, Lr and Ll. Based on 9 specimens. HT Min. Max. Description: Test small, pyramidal in the upper half, in- Maximum length of shell verted conical in the lower half. Cephalis globular, imperfo- with apical horn 170 170 209 rate, lower part covered by ribs extending from outer layer Length of apical horn 53 50 70 of thorax. Apical horn long, three-bladed, gently pointed. Diameter of thorax Thorax much larger than cephalis, inflated in the middle at the level of the three spines 87 85 88 part where it bears three short laterally-downward directed spines. Spines distally three-bladed, proximally multi-blad- Etymology: From its occurrence in Oman. ed with secondary blades representing prolongations of the intervening bars of the external layer of the thoracic wall. Type locality: Sample BR 1121, Guwayza Formation, Tawi Collar stricture indistinct or slightly visible by a change in Sadh Member, Wadi Mu'aydin, Oman. outline. Beyond the level of the three spines, thorax de- creases gradually in diameter and terminates irregularly. Occurrence: Guwayza Formation, Tawi Sadh Member, This part of thorax approximally equal in length to the Oman; Mino Terrane, Japan. 20 Plate JAC04. Anaticapitula omanensis Dumitrica n. sp. Magnification x300. Fig. 1(H). OM, BR1121-R08-17. Fig. 2. OM, BR1121-R06-13. Fig. 3. OM, BR1121-R08-15. Fig. 4. OM, BR1121-R07-03. Fig. 5. OM, BR1122-R02-12. Fig. 6. OM, BR1121-R08-08. Fig. 7. OM, BR1121-R10-01. 21 Genus: Archaeodictyomitra Pessagno 1976, emend. Pessagno 1977b Type species: Archaeodictyomitra squinaboli Pessagno 1976 Synonymy: pores and lacking primary pores. It differs from Diplostro- 1976 Archaeodictymitra n. gen. – Pessagno 1976, p. 49. bus Squinabol for the reasons cited above and by lacking an 1977b Archaeodictyomitra Pessagno – Pessagno, p. 41. apical horn. 1987b Combusta n. gen. – Yeh, p. 60. 1995a Archaeodictyomitra Pessagno – Baumgartner et al., p. 96. Only a few of the many potential species known to be assignable to this genus have been described from Jurassic Original description: Test conical, non-lobate, becoming and Cretaceous strata. » Dictyomitra« margarita Aliev, 1961, somewhat spindle-shaped in unbroken or mature forms; from the Lower Cretaceous of Russia is definitely assign- cephalis, thorax, abdomen, and post-abdominal chambers able to Archaeodictyomitra. covered by linearly arranged continuous costae which converge in the area of the cephalis and thorax; pores Further remarks: Combusta Yeh is herein considered a distributed in single row between costae, entirely relict on junior synonym of Archaeodictyomitra Pessagno because earlier chambers and observable only on etched or eroded there is no structural difference between the two genera. specimens. Both lack an apical horn and constrictions or have only very weak constrictions at joints; both possess longitudinal Emended definition: By Pessagno (1977b): Definition as in costae with a row of pores in the intercostal depressions, Pessagno (1976), but including forms with constrictions; and a distal aperture. constrictions not occurring at joints. Included species: Original remarks: Archaeodictyomitra n. gen., differs from ADM01 Archaeodictyomitra munda (Yeh) 1987b Dictyomitra Zittel by being non-lobate in outline and lack- ADM02 Archaeodictyomitra sp. A ing well-developed strictures; and by possessing relict ADM03 Archaeodictyomitra sp. B Archaeodictyomitra munda (Yeh) 1987b Species code: ADM01 Synonymy: Measurements (µm): 1987b Combusta munda n. sp. – Yeh, p. 61, pl. 20, figs. 6-7, 11, Ten specimens measured. 17; pl. 28, figs. 8, 25. Length of test (max.) Width of test (max.) 1987b Combusta sp. A – Yeh, p. 61, pl. 20, fig. 10. HT 200 94 1987b Combusta sp. B – Yeh, p. 61, pl. 28, figs. 9, 16. Mean 195 90 2003 Parahsuum spp. – Goričan et al., p. 296, pl. 5, fig. 14 only. Max. 200 94 2003 Archaeodictyomitra sp. sensu Kojima et al. 1991 – Min. 190 85 Kashiwagi & Kurimoto, pl. 3, fig. 11. 2004 Archaeodictyomitra munda (Yeh) – Matsuoka, fig. 187. Etymology: Mundus-a-um (Latin, adj.) = elegant. Original description: Test as with genus, with seven to nine Type locality: Sample OR-600A, Hyde Formation along post-abdominal chambers. Cephalis medium in size, dome- Izee-Paulina road, east-central Oregon. shaped. Cephalis, thorax, and abdomen sparsely perforate. Post-abdominal chambers with one row of small pore Occurrence: Hyde and Snowshoe formations of east- frames between adjacent costae. Costae moderately thick, central Oregon; Fannin Formation, Queen Charlotte merging apically. About twelve costae visible laterally. Islands; Skrile Formation, Slovenia; Japan. Further remarks: Distally more inflated forms ( Combusta sp. A of Yeh, 1987b) and forms with slight constrictions ( Combusta sp. B of Yeh, 1987b) are regarded as intraspecific variability of Archaeodictyomitra munda (Yeh). 22 Plate ADM01. Archaeodictyomitra munda (Yeh). Magnification x300. Fig. 1(H). Yeh 1987b, pl. 19, fig. 11. Fig. 2. Matsuoka 2004, fig. 187. Fig. 3. Goričan et al. 2003, pl. 5, fig. 14. 23 Archaeodictyomitra sp. A Species code: ADM02 Synonymy: 1989 Lupherium ? sp. C – Hattori, pl. 16, fig. D. 2004 Archaeodictyomitra sp. – Matsuoka, fig. 186. Remarks: Test spindle-shaped with cephalis, thorax, abdomen and an undetermined number of post abdominal chambers that gradually increase in width as added. Narrow, linearly arranged costae, 12-14 arranged over test; costae converging apically. Single row of pores between costae; pores relict on early chambers becoming more open distally. This is one of the oldest species of Archaeodictyomitra (earliest Pliensbachian) and may be ancestral to A. munda (Yeh). A. sp. A is smaller (length <150µm) than A. munda and the final chamber/s are not constricted. Occurrence: Ghost Creek Formation, Queen Charlotte Is- lands; Mino Terrane, Japan. Archaeodictyomitra sp. B Species code: ADM03 Remarks: Test large, narrowly conical apically becoming almost tubular toward aperture. Coarse linearly arranged costae (12-14) on exterior of test; costae with rounded edges. Cephalis and thorax covered with a heavy layer of microgranular silica. Occurrence: Fannin Formation, Queen Charlotte Islands. Genus: Archaeohagiastrum Baumgartner 1984 Type species: Archaeohagiastrum munitum Baumgartner 1984 Synonymy: Archaeotriastrum De Wever 1981b has a similar ray struc- 1984 Archaeohagiastrum n. gen – Baumgartner, p. 758 ture but has three rays. Because of its simple ray structure this genus is tentatively included with the hagiastrins. It Original description: Test composed of four rays, placed at should, together with Archaeotriastrum, be assigned to a right angles and of about equal length. The rays are formed new subfamily ancestral to the Hagiastrinae. of a primary beam, three primary canals and six external beams. Etymology: From the Greek archaeo = ancient, ancestral Original remarks: The rays of Archaeohagiastrum cor- form to Hagiastrum. respond to the medullary rays of the more evolved hagi- astrins and represent the simplest possible hagiastrid Included species: structure. It was referred to as ancestor of Hagiastrum 3149 Archaeohagiastrum longipes Baumgartner 1995 in Baumgartner (1980, Textfig. 7 and p. 284). Tetraporo- 3271 Archaeohagiastrum munitum Baumgartner 1984 bracchia Kozur and Mostler 1979 has the same ray struc- HAG01 Archaeohagiastrum oregonense (Yeh) 1987b ture but rays are arranged along tetraedric or cubic axes. HAG02 Archaeohagiastrum pobi Whalen & Carter 1998 24 Plate ADM02. Archaeodictyomitra sp. A. Magnification x300. Fig. 1. QCI, C-080612, GSC 128708. Fig. 2. QCI, GSC loc. C-305388, GSC 128709. Fig. 3. Matsuoka 2004, fig. 186. Plate ADM03. Archaeodictyomitra sp. B. Magnification x200. Fig. 1. QCI, GSC loc. C-140495, GSC 128710. 25 Archaeohagiastrum longipes Baumgartner 1995 Species code: 3149 Synonymy: Original remarks: This species differs from A. munitum 1982 Tetratrabs sp. - Kishida & Sugano 1982, pl. 6, fig. 11. by distincly longer and slenderer rays and a generally less 1987 Archaeohagiastrum sp. A – Hattori, pl. 3, figs. 3-4. nodose test surface. Central knobs are present but much 1988 Archaeohagiastrum sp. A – Hattori, pl. 5, fig. B. less developed than with A. munitum. 1988 Tetratrabs sp. aff. T. gratiosa Baumgartner – Carter et al., p. 30, pl. 7, fig. 10. Measurements (µm): 1989 Archaeohagiastrum sp. – Hattori, pl. 4, fig. F. Based on 7 specimens. 1989 Archaeohagiastrum sp. A – Hattori, pl. 25, fig. F. 1991 Tetratrabs sp. aff. T. zealis (Ozvoldova) – Carter & Jakobs, HT av. min. max. p. 344, pl. 2, fig. 7. Length of rays AX 208 210 192 218 1995a Archaeohagiastrum longipes Baumgartner n. sp. Length of rays BX 198 - - - – Baumgartner et al., p. 106, pl. 3149, figs. 1-6. Length of rays CX 195 - - - 1996 Archaeohagiastrum sp. A – Yeh & Cheng, p. 96, pl. 1, fig. 2; Length of rays DX - - - - pl. 8, figs. 6, 7, 12. Width of rays 41 45 33 47 1997 Archaeohagiastrum longipes Baumgartner – Yao, pl. 7, Width of central area 70 75 65 82 fig. 334. Etymology: Longipes, latin for "long-footed" named for its Original description: Form with four smooth slender rays long rays compared to the type species of this genus. of about equal length about at right angles, constructed as with genus. One row of large circular pores between each Type locality: Sample OR 554, Snowshoe Formation, East- external beam. Beam cross-section hexagonal. Central area Central Oregon. small, smooth, with small, irregular pores or with 4-7 small Occurrence: Snowshoe Formation, east-central Oregon; nodes. Lateral beams are continuous around the central Phantom Creek Formation, Queen Charlotte Islands; Italy; area. The external beams of rays are smooth or slightly Dürrnberg Formation, Austria; Tawi Sadh Member of the nodose. Ray tip sometimes slightly thickened, with short Guwayza Formation, Oman; Liminangcong Chert, Philip- three-bladed central spine. pines; Japan. Archaeohagiastrum munitum Baumgartner 1984 Species code: 3271 Synonymy: nodose, nodes increase in size towards central area and are 1982 Crucel a sp. A – Sashida et al., pl. 1, fig. 9. sometimes connected by a blade like ridge. Ray tip blunt or 1982 Tetratrabs sp. B – Wakita, pl. 5, fig. 4. with short central spine of round cross section. 1984 Archaeohagiastrum munitum n. sp. – Baumgartner, p. 759, pl. 2, figs. 9-13. Original remarks: A. munitum differs from other yet unde- 1985 Archaeohagiastrum munitum Baumgartner – Nagai, pl. 2, figs. 5-5a. scribed species of this genus by being distinctly smaller and 1985 Archaeohagiastrum munitum Baumgartner – Yamamoto et by having a strongly nodose test. al., p. 34, pl. 3, figs. 7a-b. 1988 Tetraditryma sp. B – Carter et al., p. 31, pl. 16, fig. 8. Measurements (µm): 1990 Archaeohagiastrum munitum Baumgartner – Kito et al. Based on 7 specimens. 1990, pl. 1, fig. 6. min. max. av. HT 1994 Archaeohagiastrum munitum Baumgartner – Goričan, Length of rays AX: 114 - - - p. 62, pl. 5, fig. 14. Length of rays BX: 120 - - - 1995a Archaeohagiastrum munitum Baumgartner – Length of rays CX: 108 - - - Baumgartner et al., p. 108, pl. 3271, figs. 1-6. Length of rays DX: 111 95 87 120 1997 Archaeohagiastrum munitum Baumgartner – Yao, pl. 7, Width of rays: 51 42 35 51 fig. 335. Maximum length of spines: 66 48 28 66 Original description: Small form with four smooth to no- Width of central nodose area: 65 60 47 76 dose rays of about equal length constructed as with genus. Central area small, occupied by four to five broad, highly Etymology: Munitum: fortified, protected (Latin), referring raised, connected nodes, which alternate with four pores to the nodose surface of test and central area. placed at the proximal termination of the median beams. The fifth node is central or slightly excentric and fused to Type locality: Blake Bahama Basin, West Atlantic (DSDP one of the corner nodes. A nearly centrally placed pore of- Leg 71, Site 534). ten occurs. Lateral beams are continuous around the cen- tral area. The external beams of rays are slightly to strongly Occurrence: Worldwide. 26 Plate 3149. Archaeohagiastrum longipes Baumgartner. Magnification x150. Fig. 1(H). Baumgartner et al. 1995a, pl. 3149, fig. 4. Fig. 2. OM, BR871-R03-07. Fig. 3. AT, BMW21-31. Fig. 4. Carter et al. 1988, pl. 7, fig. 10. Fig. 5. Carter & Jakobs 1991, pl. 2, fig. 7. Plate 3271. Archaeohagiastrum munitum Baumgartner . Magnification x200. Fig. 1(H). Baumgartner 1984, pl. 2, fig. 9. Fig. 2. Carter et al. 1988, pl. 16, fig. 8. Fig. 3. JP, MNA-10, MA11555. Fig. 4. JP, NK9-62. 27 Archaeohagiastrum oregonense (Yeh) 1987b Species code: HAG01 Synonymy: Measurements (µm): 1987 Tetraditryma sp. A – Hattori, pl. 3, fig. 1. Ten specimens measured. 1987b Higumastra oregonensis n. sp. – Yeh, p. 26, pl. 8 figs. 7, 15, Length Width Width Length 20; pl. 23, fig. 16; pl. 29, figs. 11, 18. of ray of ray of central area of spine 1990 Higumastra oregonensis Yeh – Nagai, pl. 5, fig. 2. HT 92 31 61 30 1998 Archaeohagiastrum sp. aff. A. pobi n. sp. – Whalen & Carter, Mean 95 28 58 42 p. 45, pl. 10, figs. 1, 6, 10, 13, 17. Max. 101 31 61 45 Original description: Rays relatively uniform in width, Min. 78 24 54 30 elongate, with short massive primary spines. Primary spines triradiate proximally, circular in cross section distally. Type locality: Locality 600A, Hyde Formation along Izee- Central area small, square in outline. Rays nearly equal in Paulina road, east-central Oregon. length, comprised of three rows of tetragonal pore frames. Central area of cortical shell consisting of pentagonal and Occurrence: Hyde and Snowshoe formations, Oregon; hexagonal pore frames quadrilaterally arranged. Pore Sandilands Formation, Queen Charlotte Islands; Japan. frames larger on rays; all pore frames without prominent nodes at vertices. Test with or without patagium. Archaeohagiastrum pobi Whalen & Carter 1998 Species code: HAG02 Synonymy: canals". We believe the two species of Archaeohagiastrum 1998 Archaeohagiastrum pobi n. sp. – Whalen & Carter, p. 44, discussed and illustrated here conform to this statement. pl. 10, figs. 3, 4, 5, 9. Archaeohagiastrum pobi n. sp. differs from A. munitum 1998 Pseudocrucel a sp. A – Cordey, p. 70, pl. 20, fig. 1. Baumgartner by the arrangement of pores and/or nodes in the central area and by having much longer spines. See Original description: Test composed of four short rays at A. sp. aff. A. pobi n. sp. for further comparison. right angles, terminating in very long, massive, triradiate spines. Each ray comprised of an internal primary beam, Measurements (µm): three primary canals and six external beams. External spine Based on 9 specimens. ridges and grooves part of integral geometry of four-rayed Length Width Length test. Longitudinal beams developed on edges of each spine of longest ray of widest ray of longest spine ridge (two per spine, totaling six beams); transverse bars HT 134 50 260 connecting these beams creating linear rows of fairly reg- Max. 134 64 260 ular pore frames, most tetragonal (four to fine horizontal Min. 94 41 103 rows of pores per ray). Large raised elliptical to subrectan- Mean 114 50 170 gular nodes aligned perpendicular to beams; nodes located at vertices of external beams and transverse bars. Three Etymology: Species name formed by an arbitrary hagiastrid canals formed by transverse bars spanning the combination of letters (ICZN, 1985, p. 109, Appendix D, deeply grooved spine ridges. Central area large, composed pt. V, Recommendation 26). Species named in honour of mostly of triangular pore frames with large subrounded Dr. Peter O. Baumgartner (POB), Université de Lausanne nodes at vertices. Spines very long with broad, rounded who investigated the early history of the hagiastrids ridges and deep rounded grooves. (Baumgartner, 1980) and whose ideas have led us to the description of the earliest species of Archaeohagiastrum Original remarks: Baumgartner (1980, p. 284) wrote, "An and Hagiastrum. early Sinemurian sample (QC 549) contains 3 types of hagi- astrids. One of them, a possible ancestor of Hagiastrum, has Type locality: Locality 89-CNA-KUH-8, Sandilands For- a central area similar to the Emiluvia-like forms" (= Udalia mation, Kunga Island, Queen Charlotte Islands, British in this paper) "and possesses 3 primary canals and 6 ex- Columbia, Canada. ternal beams. It seems possible that this form is the first hagiastrid and has evolved from Emiluvia-like forms by de- Occurrence: Sandilands and Ghost Creek formations, veloping transverse bars between raised ridges of primary Queen Charlotte Islands; Bridge River Complex, British spines and thus enclosing primary grooves to form primary Columbia. 28 Plate HAG01. Archaeohagiastrum oregonense (Yeh). Magnification x300, except Fig. 3b x600. Fig. 1(H). Yeh 1987b, pl. 8, fig. 7. Fig. 2. OR600A-R03-11. Fig. 3. OR, OR600A, Fig. 3a. R1-1311b, Fig. 3b. R1-1311a. Plate HAG02. Archaeohagiastrum pobi Whalen & Carter. Magnification x150. Fig. 1(H). Carter et al. 1998, pl. 10, fig. 3. Fig. 2. QCI, GSC loc. C-305417, GSC 128801. 29 Genus: Archaeospongoprunum Pessagno 1973 Type species: Archaeospongoprunum venadoense Pessagno 1973 Synonymy: Original remarks: Archaeospongoprunum, n. gen., differs 1973 Archaeospongoprunum n. gen. – Pessagno, p. 57. from Spongoprunum Haeckel by possessing polar spines with longitudinal grooves separated by longitudinal ridges. Original description: Test cylindrical, ellipsoidal, or ellip- A number of species of Archaeospongoprunum have grooves soidal and lobate with two polar spines; polar spines trira- and ridges that assume a spiral rather than a longitudinal diate or tetraradiate in axial section with longitudinally or arrangement. spirally arranged ridges alternating with grooves. Spongy meshwork comprised of polygonal pore frames arranged in Included species: concentric layers. ASP01 Archaeospongoprunum coyotense Whalen & Carter 2002 Archaeospongoprunum coyotense Whalen and Carter 2002 Species code: ASP01 Synonymy: (pl. 5, no. 201) of Yao 1997; it differs from the former in 1987 ? Archaeospongoprunum spp. – Hattori, pl. 22, fig. 8. having more tapering spines, and from the latter in having 1989 Archaeospongoprunum sp. – Hattori & Sakamoto, pl. 18, a more cylindrical test. fig. L. 2002 Archaeospongoprunum coyotense n. sp. – Whalen & Carter, Measurements (µm): p. 110, pl. 4, figs. 1, 2, 6, 7, 10. (Refer to text-figure 7 of Whalen & Carter, 2002). Original description: Test elongated along polar axis, cylin- (n) = number of specimens measured drical in shape; test surface planiform where it joins polar AA'(9) A'S'(8) AS(8) BB'(9) cc'(9) dd'(9) spines. Meshwork moderately coarse, composed of large, 120 180 53 101 38 38 HT 165 206 195 131 38 38 Max. irregularly shaped and distributed pentagonal pore frames. 120 143 105 90 23 26 Min. Polar spines massive, triradiate in axial section with nar- 142 165 141 107 31 33 Mean row, rounded longitudinal ridges and steep-sided, longi- tudinal grooves; longitudinal ridges sometimes split along Etymology: This species is named for Estero de Coyote proximal margin (see holotype). located to the southeast of the type area. Original remarks: Archaeospongoprunum coyotense n. sp., Type locality: Sample SH-412-14, San Hipólito Formation, is distinguished from A. bipartitum Pessagno 1973, by hav- Baja California Sur, Mexico. ing stronger triradiate spines, more irregular pore frames and the absence of a sulcus. A. coyotense n. sp. is similar to Occurrence: San Hipólito Formation, Baja California Sur; Archaeospongoprunum sp. B (pl. 5, no. 199) and A. sp. B2 Japan. 30 Plate ASP01. Archaeospongoprunum coyotense Whalen & Carter. Magnification x200. Fig. 1(H). Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 4, fig. 1. Fig. 2. Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 4, fig. 2. 31 Genus: Archaeotritrabs Steiger 1992, emend. Jud 1994 Type species: Archaeotritrabs gracilis Steiger 1992 Synonymy: gartner (1980) the Tritrabinae are defined by double pore 1992 Archaeotritrabs n. gen. – Steiger, p. 40. rows. It is questionable whether these forms can be related 1994 Archaeotritrabs Steiger emend. – Jud, p. 64. to the Tritrabinae on the base of the hexagonal cross section 1995a Archaeotritrabs Steiger emend. Jud – Baumgartner et al., of the arms. The morphological range of the group should p. 112. be extended in the sense of having simple pore rows. Oth- erwise a new subfamily should be created to include simple Original description: Hagiastrid with three arms com- pore rows on the same level as double pore rows. Because posed of 6 longitudinal ribs, which generate a hexagonal of the rare material this is actually impossible. cross section of the arms. The longitudinal ribs are noddy. Between them 6 rows of simple pore frames occur. The arm Further remarks: By Jud (1994): The genus was described tips increase in width and have a rounded to trapezoidal as possessing 6 longitudinal beams on each ray. This inter- contour. The arm tips can have spines. pretation is a result of insufficient observation of the lateral parts of the rays. Specimens unquestionably assignable to Emended description: By Jud (1994): Test three-rayed. Rays A. gracilis Steiger occurring in our material prove that this of equal length, composed of 8 beams. Cross-section of rays species has 8 beams and that the rays have a subrectangu- rectangular to octogonal. Beams connected with one an- lar cross-section. Moreover, cross-sections show that the other by bars forming rectangular pores on the upper and rays have 4 channels and not 3, as characteristic of Tritrabs lower sides of the test, and rectangular to trapezoidal pores (P. Dumitrica, personal communication, and pl. 4, fig. 7). on the lateral sides. Ray tips inflated, with small, polygonal pore-frames and usually with spines. Etymology: Greek: archaios – old. Designation signifying that it is the probable ancestor of the genus Tritrabs. Original remarks: The genus Archaeotritrabs differs from the genera of the subfamiliy of the Tritrabinae by having Included species: simple pore rows between longitudinal ribs. After Baum- ATT01 Archaeotritrabs hattorii Dumitrica n. sp. Archaeotritrabs hattorii Dumitrica n. sp. Species code: ATT01 Synonymy: Remarks: Archaeotritrabs hattorii differs from A. gracilis 1985 Homoeoparonael a sp. B – Nagai, pl. 1, figs. 5, 5a. Steiger in having spindle-shaped rays with pointed tips, 1987 Homoeoparonael a sp. O – Hattori, pl. 3, figs. 16, 17. and lacks nodes on rays. The triangular area in the center of 1987 Tritrabs (?) sp. C – Hattori, pl. 3, fig. 18. shell is a characteristic also known in Tritrabs casmaliaensis 1989 Tritrabs spp. – Hattori, pl. 38, fig. B. (Pessagno). In the latter species the triangle has one cortical beam in each corner, whereas A. hattorii has two. All other Type designation: Holotype pl. ATT01, fig. 3, sample characteristics, except the microsphere, differ in these two BR871, chert of Tawi Sadh Member reworked in the Gu- species. The central part of the test of A. hattorii is very wayza Formation, Al Khashbah Mountains, Oman. thin, the cortical shell in the center of the triangular area includes the top and the bottom of the microsphere as Description: Rays equal in length, slender, spindle-shaped, illustrated for Tritrabs and the Tritrabidae (Dumitrica in increasing slowly in diameter up to the distal third, then De Wever et al., 2001). decreasing to terminate in a pointed tip. Sometimes there are 2 lateral spines in the equatorial plane originating in Measurements (µm): the transverse ridges of lateral faces. Rays approximately Based on 4 specimens. octagonal in cross-section, with 8 rows of pores separated HT Min. Max. by 8 longitudinal beams. Pore frames rectangular but of two Length of rays types: those on oblique faces are simple whereas those on from the center to the distal end 140 115 140 upper, lower and lateral faces have high transverse ridges Maximum diameter of rays 32 22 47 and 2 pores in each rectangle separated by the branches of the primary ray which form the 4 canals. One row usually Etymology: The species is named for Dr. Isamu Hattori, offset with pore frames of neighbouring rows. All vertices Geological Laboratory, Fukui University, Japan, to honour of pore frames pointed. Central area large and triangular his valuable contribution to the knowledge of Jurassic outlined by three beams that connect the two longitudinal radiolarians of Japan. beams on the face of each ray. 32 Type locality: Sample BR871, chert of Tawi Sadh Member Occurrence: Tawi Sadh Member of the Guwayza Forma- reworked in the Guwayza Formation, Al Khashbah tion, Oman; Mino Terrane, central Japan. Mountains, Oman. Plate ATT01. Archaeotritrabs hattorii Dumitrica n. sp. Magnification x300. Fig. 1. JP, Nanjo Massif, IH84120461. Fig. 2. JP, Nanjo Massif, IH84120461. Fig. 3(H). OM, BR871-R09-12. Fig. 4. OM, BR871-R04-14. Fig. 5. OM, BR871-R04-15. 33 Genus: Ares De Wever 1982a Type species: Ares armatus De Wever 1982a Synonymy: evolution the ventral spine changed its position and shape 1982a Ares n. gen. – De Wever, p. 202. from obliquely downward directed and straight (in the 1986 Parares n. gen – Takemura, p. 46. Sinemurian species A. moresbyensis Whalen & Carter and A. sutherlandi Whalen & Carter) to obliquely upward di- Original description: Form with three very strong spines, rected and recurved (in the Toarcian species A. avirostrum recurved or not, corresponding to the extensions of the n. sp. and the Aalenian-Bajocian species A. cylindricus cephalic spines A, V, and D. Six collar pores of variable Takemura). Its exaggerated development pushed the ce- size; the largest are the cardinal pores, the smallest are phalis to the dorsal side of the apex of shell. In this process the jugular pores. Collar structure not plane, jugular and the apical horn changed also its position from practically especially cervical pores are oblique to the cardinal pores. axial (in the Sinemurian species) to dorso-apical. During Spines A and V free, spine D attached to the shell by bridges. the Pliensbachian the apical horn and ventral spine are al- Cephalis small, hemispherical. Thorax robust with two ready almost symmetrically curved and displaced from the spines as extensions of D and V. Pores of the flared post- shell axis ( A. cuniculiformis n. sp.) and during the Toarcian thoracic part (abdomen ?, velum ?) distributed in more or the apical horn is already shorter than the ventral spine less regular longitudinal rows. ( A. avirostrum n. sp.). Original remarks: This genus differs from Dictyoceras, Etymology: Ares is the Greek War God, son of Zeus and some species of which resemble A. armatus n. sp., in hav- Hera, who was involved in the Trojan war when his daugh- ing two thoracic arms (extensions of V and D) instead of ter Penthesilea was killed by Achilles. three. It is distinguished from other genera by these two characteristic arms. Included species and subspecies: Further remarks: Species lacking an apical horn or hav- ARS03 Ares armatus De Wever 1982a ing only a very short one were assigned to Parares by ARS07 Ares avirostrum Dumitrica & Matsuoka n. sp. Takemura (1986). These species were later included in ARS06 Ares cuniculiformis Dumitrica & Whalen n. sp. the genus Ares, with Parares considered a junior synonym 4061 Ares cylindricus s.l. (Takemura) 1986 (Baumgartner et al., 1995a), since the length of the apical 3001 Ares cylindricus cylindricus (Takemura) 1986 horn is not considered a generic character. In fact if we 4032 Ares cylindricus flexuosus (Takemura) 1986 take into account the range of the species as known thus ARS04 Ares mexicoensis Whalen & Carter 2002 far and the morphology one can see that the evolution of ARS01 Ares moresbyensis Whalen & Carter 1998 the genus followed a trend towards reduction of the apical ARS02 Ares sutherlandi Whalen & Carter 1998 horn and eventually its disappearance together with ex- ARS08 Ares takemurai Dumitrica & Matsuoka n. sp. aggerated development of the ventral spine. During this 4008 Ares sp. A sensu Baumgartner et al. 1995a Ares armatus De Wever 1982a Species code: ARS03 Synonymy: size. Pores often subdivided by a star-shaped lattice. Ver- 1982a Ares armatus n. sp. – De Wever, p. 203, pl. 10, figs. 1-4. tical spine free, sub-rectilinear, triradiate; one ridge at- 1982a Ares sp. 1 – De Wever, p. 203, pl. 10, figs. 5, 6. tached to the cephalis-thorax junction, prolongs the V 1982b Ares armatus De Wever – De Wever, p. 335, pl. 51, figs. 2, spine. Dorsal spines triradiate, slightly curved, and linked 4, 5, 8. to the shell by latticed bridges. Post-thoracic part (velum 1982b Ares sp. 1 – De Wever, p. 336, pl. 52, figs. 1, 2. 2004 Ares armatus De Wever – Matsuoka, fig. 131. or abdomen ?) forms a perforated veil which extends the thorax. Circular pores quincuncially distributed on lon- gitudinal rows. Post-thoracic part has a stricture before a Original description: Cephalis small, spherical, not perfo- distal widening. rated, with an irregular, slightly pustulate surface. Apical horn curved towards the frontal side, triradiate; grooves Original remarks: This species differs from Ares sp. by correspond to the location of the secondary lateral (l) and having a partly vertical apical horn, well-differentiated vertical (V) spines of the cephalic skeleton. Thorax has an thorax with larger pores, a sub-rectilinear vertical spine, irregular surface, because of ribs between pores. Thoracic and narrowing on the post-thoracic part close to the pores and post-thoracic pores circular, closely similar in thorax. 34 Measurements (µm): Etymology: From the Latin armatus, -a, -um, adj. = armed. HT Av. Min. Max. Refering to martial look that evokes an Antiquity soldier. total length (apical horn included) 205 206 200 220 length of cephalis + thorax Type locality: Sample 1662D, Gümüslü Allochthon, Taurus + post-thoracic part 140 135 100 160 Mts., Turkey. cephalis length 20 21 20 24 cephalis width 30 29 25 33 Occurrence: Gümüslü Allochthon, Turkey; Nanjo Massif, thorax length 30 30 30 32 Mino Terrane, central Japan. thorax width 70 72 70 80 approx. length of the curved apical horn 155 150 length of vertical spines 125 120 160 length of dorsal spine 130 130 140 Plate ARS03. Ares armatus De Wever. Magnification x250, except Fig. 4b x500. Fig. 1(H). De Wever 1982a, pl. 10, fig. 4. Fig. 2. Matsuoka 2004, fig. 131. Fig. 3. De Wever 1982a, pl. 10, fig. 5. Fig. 4a, b. TR, 1662D-R11a, b. 35 Ares avirostrum Dumitrica & Matsuoka n. sp. Species code: ARS07 Synonymy: diate between A. cuniculiformis n. sp. and A. cylindricus ? 1987 Cuniculiformis sp. D – Hattori, pl. 20, fig. 14. Takemura. From the former it differs in having a much 1989 Ares spp. – Hattori, pl. 34, figs. L, M. shorter apical horn; from the latter it differs in having a 2004 Ares sp. – Matsuoka, fig. 132. rather long apical horn and a straight dorsal spine, which is adjacent to the wall of thorax. A. avirostrum is very close Type designation: Holotype specimen MA 13750 from to Ares takemurai n. sp. but differs in being slightly more sample MNA-10, Nanjo Massif, Mino Terrane, central slender and the distal part of thorax is constricted and built Japan. of intervening bars that become thinner and thinner. Ares sp. A of Baumgartner et al. (1995a) differs from Ares aviros- Diagnosis: A species of Ares with apical horn much short- trum n. sp. in having a more robust and curved dorsal spine er than ventral spine; dorsal spine straight running along and a narrower thorax. thorax, and thorax campanulate with thick, undulate distal end. Measurement (µm): Based on 15 specimens. Description: Test conical with a slight constriction at the Dimensions HT Min. Max. middle of thorax resulting in a campanulate shape. Cephalis Length of test without spines 167 160 200 small, poreless, displaced on the dorsal side of the apical Diameter of thorax 161 140 197 part of shell. Ventral spine long, curved, and bladed. Apical Length of apical horn 48 30 63 horn much shorter than ventral spine; obliquely upward Length of ventral spine 173 100 173 directed and slightly curved when longer. Dorsal spine straight, thin, circular in cross section beyond thorax; it is Etymology: From the Latin avis – bird and rostrum – beak; longer than the thorax and tangential to it. Pores of thorax noun. quincuncially arranged, pore frames usually hexagonal, increasing in size distally. Distal end of thorax expanded, Type locality: Sample MNA-10, Nanjo Massif, Mino Ter- thick, and undulate. rane, central Japan (Matsuoka, 2004). Remarks: Ares avirostrum n. sp. differs from all the other Occurrence: Mino Terrane, Japan; Tawi Sadh Member, species of the genus so far known in that the distal part of Guwayza Formation, Oman; Fernie Formation, NE British thorax is clearly delineated. It is morphologically interme- Columbia. 36 Plate ARS07. Ares avirostrum Dumitrica & Matsuoka n. sp. Magnification x200, except Fig. 1c(H) x800. Fig. 1(H). JP MNA-10. Fig. 1a(H). Matsuoka 2004, fig. 132. Fig. 1b(H). MA13749. Fig. 1c(H). MA13748. Fig. 2. JP, MNA-10, MA13771. Fig. 3. JP, MNA-10, MA13778. Fig. 4. NBC, GSC loc. C-305813, GSC 111805. Fig. 5. OM, BR871-R07-20. Fig. 6. OM, BR524-R05-09. Fig. 7. OM, BR528-R10-11. 37 Ares cuniculiformis Dumitrica & Whalen n. sp. Species code: ARS06 Synonymy: in length and both are recurved. There is a slight difference ? 1987 Cuniculiformis sp. A – Hattori, pl. 20, fig. 11. between this species from the Pliensbachian (Turkey and ? 1987 Cuniculiformis sp. B – Hattori, pl. 20, fig. 12. Baja California) and the species from the lower Toarcian ? 1989 Gen. 2, sp. 1 – Hattori, pl. 21, fig. K. (Japan). In the former (and especially the holotype) the ? 1997 Ares sp. A0 – Yao, pl. 8, fig. 382. apical horn is almost of the same length as the ventral horn, whereas in the latter, the apical horn is shorter. They are Type designation: Specimen figs. 1 and 1a, stub 1662D- probably part of the phylogenetical lineage that gave rise to R03-13, sample 1662D, Gümüslü Allochthon, Taurus Mts., A. cylindricus Takemura. Turkey. Measurements (µm): Diagnosis: A species of Ares with a conical test, A and V Based on 4 specimens. spines relatively equal and recurved, and D spine long, over HT Min. Max. twice length of test. Length of test excluding spines 187 119 187 Length of ventral spine 153 117 153 Description: Test high-conical with elliptical or rounded Length of apical horn 147 50 147 polygonal pores. Cephalis small, poreless situated on the Maximum diameter of thorax 120 75 130 dorsal side of the apical part of test, surface weakly pustulate. Apical and ventral spines robust, bladed, recurved and Etymology: From the Latin cuniculus – hare and forma– slightly dissimilar, usually slightly shorter than D spine shape; noun. and may be more curved. D spine downwardly directed, slightly curved, running along thorax and continuing a Type locality: Sample 1662D, Gümüslü Allochthon, Taurus long distance beyond. Mts., Turkey. Remarks: A. cuniculiformis n. sp. resembles A. armatus Occurrence: Gümüslü Allochthon, Turkey; San Hipólito De Wever, with which it partly co-occurs, but it differs in Formation, Baja California Sur. having a narrower test, A and V spines are relatively equal 38 Plate ARS06. Ares cuniculiformis Dumitrica & Whalen n. sp. Magnification x200, except fig. 1b(H) x400. Fig. 1(H)a, b. TR, 1662D-R03-13a, b. Fig. 2. BCS, BPW30. 39 Ares cylindricus s.l. (Takemura) 1986 Species code: 4061 Synonymy: See also subspecies. 1986 Parares cylindricus n. sp. – Takemura, p. 46, pl. 4, figs. 3-7. 1986 Parares flexuosus n. sp. – Takemura, p. 47, pl. 4, figs. 8-11. Included subspecies. ? 1986 Nassel aria gen. et sp. indet. C in Yao et al. 1982 – 3001 Ares cylindricus cylindricus (Takemura) 1986 De Wever & Cordey, pl. 1, fig. 11. 4032 Ares cylindricus flexuosus (Takemura) 1986 1987 Parares (?) aff. P. cylindricus Takemura – Hattori, pl. 20, fig. 9. 1995a Ares cylindricus (Takemura) – Baumgartner et al., p. 116. Ares cylindricus cylindricus (Takemura) 1986 Species code: 3001 Synonymy: Original remarks: Parares cylindricus n. sp. differs from 1986 Parares cylindricus n. sp. – Takemura, p. 46, pl. 4, figs. 3-7. P. flexuous n. sp. in cylindrical thorax and distally straight 1987 Parares (?) aff. P. cylindricus Takemura – Hattori, pl. 20, dorsal spine. fig. 9. 1989 Parares cylindricus Takemura – Kito, p. 204, pl. 23, fig. 11. 1995a Ares cylindricus cylindricus (Takemura) – Baumgartner Measurements (µm): et al., p. 116, pl. 3001, figs. 1-4. Based on 10 specimens. 1997 Ares cylindricus cylindricus (Takemura) – Yao, pl. 8, Min. Max. fig. 385. Length of shell including two spines 470 610 Height of cephalo-thorax 185 270 Original description: Cephalis small, poreless and spheri- Maximum width of shell including two spines 345 465 cal, with well developed and triradiate vertical spine. Width of thorax 105 135 Vertical spine curved downward and in some specimens, slightly curved upward distally. Thorax cylindrical and long, with elliptical pores arranged longitudinally and Etymology: The species name, cylindricus, cylindrical in hexagonally. No apertural ring at the end of the thorax. English is derived from the shape of thorax. Dorsal spine strong and triradiate, about twice as long as thorax. Dorsal spine curved slightly proximally and distal- Type locality: Sample TKN-105, Komami, Yamato village, ly straight and slightly twisted anticlockwisely. Some bars Gifu Prefecture, central Japan. connecting dorsal spine and thoracic wall at several points in some specimens. Occurrence: Japan, Italy. Ares cylindricus flexuosus (Takemura) 1986 Species code: 4032 Synonymy: Further remarks: By Baumgartner et al. (1995a): The name 1986 Parares flexuous n. sp. – Takemura, p. 47, pl. 4, figs. 8-11. flexuous is emended (I.C.Z.N., art.33a (I)) into flexuosus, 1989 Parares flexuous Takemura – Kito, p. 204, pl. 23, fig. 12. which is the correct Latin name. 1995a Ares cylindricus flexuosus (Takemura) – Baumgartner et al., p. 118, pl. 4032, figs. 1-3. Measurements (µm): 1997 Ares cylindricus flexuosus (Takemura) – Yao, pl. 8, fig. 388. Based on 4 specimens. Min. Max. Original description: Cephalis small, spherical and pore- Length of shell including two spines 280 335 less, with stout and triradiate vertical spine, which is Height of cephalo-thorax 145 175 curved downward distally. Thorax conical to subconical Maximum width of shell including two spines 360 420 and slightly narrow distally, without apertural ring. Tho- Width of thorax 100 110 racic pores spherical to ellipsoidal, usually arranged lon- gitudinally and hexagonally. Dorsal spine which is twisted Etymology: The species name, flexuosus, means bending, anticlockwisely strong, triradiate and remarkably curved derived from its curved dorsal spine. downwardly. Type locality: Sample TKN-105, Komami, Yamato Village, Original remarks: Parares flexuous n.sp. is distinguished Gifu Prefecture, central Japan. from P. cylindricus by its conical to subconical thorax and markedly curved dorsal spine. Occurrence: Japan, Italy. 40 Plate 4061. Ares cylindricus s.l. (Takemura). Magnification x200. Fig. 1(H). Ares cylindricus cylindricus (Takemura) 1986, pl. 4, fig. 4. Fig 2(H). Ares cylindricus flexuosus (Takemura) 1986, pl. 4, fig. 8. Fig. 3. JP, MIN-1, MA09001. Fig. 4. JP, MKM-1, MA10325. Fig. 5. JP,GUH39-14, RH676. Fig. 6. JP, GUH39-11, RH673. Fig. 7. JP, MIN-10, MA09917. 41 Ares mexicoensis Whalen & Carter 2002 Species code: ARS04 Synonymy: thorax, and a steeper-sided thorax; with its sturdy arms and 1984 Ares sp. – Whalen & Pessagno, pl. 1, fig. 11. horn Ares mexicoensis n. sp. is a more robust species than 2002 Ares mexicoensis n. sp. – Whalen & Carter, p. 140, pl. 15, Ares moresbyensis Whalen and Carter 1998. figs. 5, 12; pl. 18, figs. 6, 9. Original description: Small, dome-shaped cephalis with Measurements (µm): massive apical horn; cephalis mostly imperforate with Based on 14 specimens. some small pores near base. Horn triradiate in axial section Length Length Length with narrow, rounded, longitudinal ridges and broad, (excludes horn) of long arm of short arm longitudinal grooves. Thorax gradually increasing in 150 128 (broken) 128 HT width distally; meshwork on thorax composed of irregular 150 210 150 Max. pentagonal and tetragonal pore frames (mostly pentagonal) 105 135 105 Min. becoming slightly larger distally. Thoracic arms massive, 134 169 133 Mean gently curving downward with one arm slightly longer than other; shorter arm positioned higher on thorax at Etymology: This species is named for the United States of base of cephalis; arms triradiate in axial section with Mexico. narrow, longitudinal ridges alternating with steep-sided longitudinal grooves; narrow, transverse thoracic ridges, formed by a slight alignment of the pore frames, continue Type locality: Sample BPW80-30, San Hipólito Formation, onto arms, joining with longitudinal ridges. Punta San Hipólito, Vizcaino Peninsula, Baja California. Original remarks: Ares mexicoensis n. sp., is distinguished Occurrence: San Hipólito Formation, Baja California Sur; from A. armatus De Wever 1982, in having a shorter Fannin Formation, Queen Charlotte Islands; Tawi Sadh cephalic horn and thoracic arms, larger pore frames on the Member, Guwayza Formation, Oman. Ares moresbyensis Whalen & Carter 1998 Species code: ARS01 Synonymy: Original remarks: The larger, more irregularly shaped Not 1984 Ares sp. – Whalen & Pessagno, pl. 1, figs. 11, 12. thoracic pore frames of Ares moresbyensis n. sp. distin- 1998 Ares moresbyensis n. sp. – Whalen & Carter, p. 75, pl. 21, guish it from A. sutherlandi n. sp. figs. 1, 2, 11; pl. 27, figs. 2, 8. Measurements (µm): Original description: Test with small, dome-shaped ce- (n) = number of specimens measured. phalis and prominent tapering horn; horn approximately Length Width Maximum length equal in length to thorax, triradiate in axial section with (excluding horn) (6) of thorax (6) of short arm (5) narrow, rounded longitudinal ridges and broad, rounded 105 71 90 HT longitudinal grooves; horn not aligned exactly with long 120 75 120 Max. axis of test. Cephalis with small to medium polygonal pore 90 71 68 Min. frames sometimes obscured by a layer of microgranular 112 75 92 Mean silica. Thorax elongate, trapezoidal in outline with large, pentagonal, hexagonal, and circular pore frames. Two Etymology: This species is named for Moresby Island, prominent spines attached to thorax at base of cephalis Queen Charlotte Islands, British Columbia, located to the at 45º angle with long axis of test; spines tapering distally, west of the type locality. triradiate in axial section with narrow, rounded longitudi- nal ridges and broad, rounded longitudinal grooves; near Type locality: Sample QC-675, Sandilands Formation, base of cephalis, longitudinal ridges extend onto thorax Kunga Island - north side, Queen Charlotte Islands, British forming prominent transverse ridges. One spine slightly Columbia. longer and more massive than other; longer spines equal to length of thorax. Occurrence: Sandilands Formation, Queen Charlotte Islands. 42 Plate ARS04. Ares mexicoensis Whalen & Carter. Magnification x200. Fig. 1(H). Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 15, fig. 5. Fig. 2. QCI, GSC loc. C-304567, GSC 128706. Fig. 3. QCI, GSC loc. C-140495, GSC 128707. Fig. 4. OM, BR485-R20-10. Plate ARS01. Ares moresbyensis Whalen & Carter. Magnification x250. Fig. 1(H). Carter et al. 1998, pl. 21, fig. 1. 43 Ares sutherlandi Whalen & Carter 1998 Species code: ARS02 Synonymy: Original remarks: See remarks under A. moresbyensis n. sp. 1984 Ares sp. – Whalen & Pessagno, pl. 1, fig. 12. 1998 Ares sutherlandi n. sp. – Whalen & Carter, p. 76, pl. 21, Measurements (µm): figs. 3, 16; pl. 27, figs. 1, 7. (n) = number of specimens measured. 2002 Ares sp. A – Whalen & Carter, p. 142, pl. 15, figs. 6, 13. Length Width Maximum length Original description: Test with small, dome-shaped ce- (excluding horn) (6) of thorax (6) of short arm (5) phalis with prominent broad, tapering horn; horn approxi- 109 75 90 HT mately one-half length of cephalis and thorax combined, 120 75 90 Max. triradiate in axial section with narrow, rounded longitu- 83 75 60 Min. dinal ridges and broad, rounded longitudinal grooves. 97 75 75 Mean Cephalis with variably-sized pore frames usually partially obscured by layer of microgranular silica. Thorax elongate, Etymology: This species is named in honor of A. Sutherland cylindrical, with irregularly arranged small- to medium- Brown (British Columbia Department of Mines and sized polygonal (mostly pentagonal) pore frames; thoracic Petroleum Resources, Vancouver, B.C.) who first mapped pore frames sometimes partially masked by an outer layer the entire Queen Charlotte Archipelago and provided of irregular, polygonal pore frames. Two prominent spines a detailed account of the geology. attached to thorax and base of cephalis; spines triradiate in axial section with narrow, rounded longitudinal ridges and Type locality: Sample QC-675, Sandilands Formation, broad, rounded longitudinal grooves. Larger, more robust Kunga Island - north side, Queen Charlotte Islands, British spine forming an approximate 55° angle with long axis of Columbia. test; larger spines bonded to thorax by approximately four narrow, linear ridges which extend from longitudinal ridge Occurrence: Sandilands Formation, Queen Charlotte of spine and continue obliquely across proximal part of test; Islands; San Hipólito Formation, Baja California Sur. smaller spine at 40° to long axis of test. Ares takemurai Dumitrica & Matsuoka n. sp. Species code: ARS08 Synonymy: Remarks: Ares takemurai n. sp. is very close to A. aviros- ? 1987 Parares (?) sp. A – Hattori, pl. 20, fig. 8. trum n. sp.: the A, V and D spines and proximal half of 1987 Parares (?) sp. C – Hattori, pl. 20, fig. 10. thorax are morphologically similar, the only major differ- 1989 Ares sp. A – Hattori, pl. 3, fig. K. ence is the shape of the distal half of thorax. This part is 1989 Parares (?) spp. – Hattori, pl. 3, fig. M, not fig. L. expanded with a clear-cut border in A. avirostrum, where- 2004 Ares sp. – Matsuoka, fig. 133. as in A. takemurai the distal half of thorax is also expand- Type designation: Holotype specimen MA 13779 from ed, but the terminal part is constricted and made of inter- sample MNA-10, Nanjo Massif, Mino Terrane, Japan. vening bars that become ever thinner. Measurements (µm): Diagnosis: A species of Ares with thorax constricted Based on 11 specimens medially as well as distally. Apical horn much shorter than Dimensions HT Min. Max. V spine, D very long and straight. Length of test excluding spines 170 95 190 Length of ventral spine 170 75 180 Description: Test conical, two-segmented with a slight Length of apical horn 70 40 70 constriction in the middle part of thorax. Cephalis small, Length of dorsal spine 390 90 400 poreless, displaced on the dorsal side of the apical part of Maximum diameter of thorax 160 85 160 shell. Ventral spine long, curved, and bladed. Apical horn much shorter than ventral spine, obliquely directed up- Etymology: The species is named for Dr. Atsushi Takemura, ward and slightly curved. Dorsal spine straight, thin, very Hygoyo University of Teacher Education, Japan, to honour long, one to two times length of thorax, circular in cross his valuable contribution to the taxonomy of Jurassic section beyond thorax, three-bladed on the tangential por- Radiolaria. tion. Pores of thorax quincuncially arranged, pore frames Type locality: Sample MNA-10, Nanjo Massif, Mino usually hexagonal, increasing in size distally. Distal half of Terrane, Japan. thorax expanded, convex in outline, constricted terminally and built of intervening bars that become ever thinner. Occurrence: Nanjo Massif, Mino Terrane, Japan; Tawi Sadh Distal border irregular. Member of the Guwayza Formation, Oman. 44 Plate ARS02. Ares sutherlandi Whalen & Carter. Magnification x300. Fig. 1(H). Carter et al. 1998, pl. 21, fig. 3. Fig. 2. Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 15, fig. 6. Plate ARS08. Ares takemurai Dumitrica & Matsuoka n. sp. Magnification x200. Fig. 1. JP, MNA-10, MA13743. Fig. 2. JP, MNA-10, MA13608. Fig. 3(H). Matsuoka 2004, fig. 133. 45 Ares sp. A sensu Baumgartner et al. 1995a Species code: 4008 Synonymy: 1982 Nassellaria D (in Yao et al., 1982) – Matsuda & Isozaki, pl. 1, fig. 21. 1986 Parares sp. – Takemura, p. 47, pl. 4, fig. 12. 1987 Parares (?) sp. A – Hattori, pl. 20, fig. 8. 1990 Ares ? sp. D – Hori, Fig. 8.25. 1995a Ares sp. A – Baumgartner et al., p. 118, pl. 4008, fig. 1. 1996 Ares sp. A – Yeh & Cheng, p. 118, pl. 2, fig. 8; pl. 7, figs. 1, 2, 12. 1997 Ares sp. A Baumgartner et al. – Yao, pl. 8, fig. 387. 1997 Ares ? sp. D of Yao – Hori, pl. 1, fig. 11. Original remarks: This species differs from A. cylindricus by having a short triradiate apical horn. Occurrence: Mino Terrane, Japan; Liminangcong Chert, Philippines. Genus: Atalanta Cordey & Carter 1996 Type species: Atalanta emmela Cordey & Carter 1996 Synonymy: circumferential ridges instead of three, and further differs 1996 Atalanta n. gen. – Cordey & Carter, p. 446. from Proparvicingula Carter in having a single rather than double test wall. Atalanta n. gen. differs from Pseudoristola Original diagnosis: Multicyrtid nassellarian. Proximal part Yeh (1987b) by possessing well-developed circumferential of test smooth, without ornamentation. Two rows of pore ridges on postabdominal chambers, and the final chamber frames per segment; pores regularly aligned transversely is open rather than bulbous and closed. Comparisons with and obliquely, not longitudinally. Nitrader n. gen are developed under that genus. Remarks under Nitrader n. gen.: Nitrader has clear ex- Original description: Multicyrtid test conical and may be ternal affinities with Atalanta n. gen., as both possess constricted distally. Cephalis nonperforate with a horn. two rows of offset pores set in hexagonal pore frames ar- Proximal part of test smooth without ornamentation. ranged between two circumferential ridges, and both Postabdominal segments have two transverse rows of cir- have an apical horn. Nevertheless, the pore arrangement cular pores arranged hexagonally. Pores regularly aligned of Nitrader is different from Atalanta in that the pores transversely and obliquely, not longitudinally. Proximal are H-linked on each side of transverse ridges. The struc- segments show no development of transverse ridges. More ture of the proximal chambers also differs: Atalanta has distally, segment junctions thicken to form transverse a smooth proximal portion with no clear signs of segmen- ridges that show a slight to moderately exaggerated zig-zag tation, whereas Nitrader develops an external ornamen- outline. Nodes more or less well developed at pore frame tation composed of a rugose network of segmentation intersections. Depending on species and (or) preservation, similar to Proparvicingula Carter, a new genus recently de- the conical test may be constricted distally. scribed from the Rhaetian of the Queen Charlotte Islands (Carter 1993). This suggests that Nitrader n. gen. could be Original remarks: Atalanta n. gen. differs from Wrang- an intermediate form between Proparvicingula Carter and el ium Pessagno and Whalen (1982) by possessing hex- Atalanta n. gen. agonal pore frames that are not aligned longitudinally. It differs from Triversus Takemura (1986) in lacking an am- Etymology: Atalanta is an arbitrary combination of letters phipyndax-type cephalic skeletal structure and in possess- (ICZN 1985, article 11b (iii), p. 20). ing two, rather than three, rows of pores per chamber. Ata- lanta n. gen. differs from Proparvicingula Carter (1993), Included species: Parvicingula Pessagno (1977), and Ristola Pessagno & ATA02 Atalanta emmela Cordey & Carter 1996 Whalen (1982) by possessing two rows of pores between 46 Plate 4008. Ares sp. A sensu Baumgartner et al. Magnification x200. Fig. 1. JP, IYII 12-50. Fig. 2. JP, Hori 1990, fig. 8.25. Fig. 3. Baumgartner et al. 1995a, pl. 4088, fig. 1. 47 Atalanta emmela Cordey & Carter 1996 Species code: ATA02 Synonymy: formed by a thickening of the pore frames. Nodes more or 1991 Gen. indet. Z sp. A – Tipper et al., pl. 8, fig. 8. less well-developed at pore frame intersections. Width of 1996 Atalanta emmela n. gen., n. sp. – Cordey & Carter, p. 447, segments increases regularly towards the distal aperture. pl. 1, figs. 1-3. 1998 Atalanta emmela Cordey & Carter – Cordey, p. 126, pl. 25, Original remarks: Atalanta emmela, n. sp., differs from fig. 1. 1998 Atalanta emmela Cordey & Carter – Whalen & Carter, Atalanta epaphrodita, n. sp., in possessing a single horn, p. 67, pl. 24, fig. 13. more weakly developed thickening of transverse ridges, 2001 Atalanta emmela Cordey & Carter – Gawlick et al., pl. 2, and the test is not constricted distally. fig. 22. 2002 Atalanta emmela Cordey & Carter – Whalen & Carter, Measurements (µm): p. 128, pl. 16, figs. 1, 8. Based on 4 specimens. 2002 Atalanta emmela Cordey & Carter – Tekin, p. 190, pl. 4, HT Min. Max. figs. 10, 11. Length of horn 35 30 40 Length of test, excluding horn 220 200 260 Original diagnosis: Multicyrtid nassellarian, conical. Ce- Maximum diameter of test 125 105 140 phalis with simple horn. Proximal part of test smooth, without ornamentation. Etymology: From the greek emmeles meaning harmonious. Original description: Multicyrtid test, conical. Cephalis Type locality: GSC loc. C-150155, Sandilands Formation, nonperforate with a horn of medium length disposed asym- Kunga Island, Queen Charlotte Islands, British Columbia. metrically. Proximal part of test smooth, without ornamen- tation. Post-abdominal segments have two transverse rows Occurrence: Sandilands Formation, Queen Charlotte Is- of circular pores arranged in hexagonal pore frames. Proxi- lands; chert clast from Voght Creek conglomerate, south mal segments show no development of transverse ridges. Intermontane Belt, British Columbia; San Hipólito Forma- Transverse ridges begin to develop at one-third to one-half tion, Baja California Sur; Dürrnberg Formation, Austria; of total length of test at junctions between segments; ridges Hocaköy Radiolarite, Turkey. Genus: Bagotum Pessagno & Whalen 1982 Type species: Bagotum maudense Pessagno & Whalen 1982 Synonymy: by lacking a horn, being ellipsoidal rather than conical and 1982 Bagotum n. gen. – Pessagno & Whalen, p. 117. by having a final post-abdominal chamber terminating in a latticed, dome-shaped cap. Original description: Test ellipsoidal; final post-abdominal Etymology: Bagotum is a name formed by an arbitrary chamber terminating in latticed, hemispherical cap. Ce- combination of letters (ICZN, 1964, Appendix D, Pt. VI, phalis lacking horn. Recommendation 40, p.113). Original remarks: Bagotum n. gen., differs from Stichocap- Included species: sa Rüst (1885, type species S. jaspidea Rüst, 1885) by dis- BAG01 Bagotum erraticum Pessagno & Whalen 1982 playing a thick, double-layered test, typically with more BAG03 Bagotum funiculum Whalen & Carter 2002 irregular pore frames. Furthermore, whereas the proximal BAG02 Bagotum helmetense Pessagno & Whalen 1982 part of the test of Bagotum is bluntly rounded or dome- BAG04 Bagotum kimbroughi Whalen & Carter 2002 shaped, that of Stichocapsa is conical. Both genera possess BAG05 Bagotum maudense Pessagno & Whalen 1982 dome-shaped latticed caps on their final post-abdominal BAG06 Bagotum modestum Pessagno & Whalen 1982 chambers. Bagotum, n. gen., differs from Droltus n. gen., BAG07 Bagotum pseudoerraticum Kishida & Hisada 1985 48 Plate ATA02. Atalanta emmela Cordey & Carter. Magnification x250. Fig. 1(H). Cordey & Carter 1996, pl. 1, fig. 2. Fig. 2. Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 16, fig. 1. 49 Bagotum erraticum Pessagno & Whalen 1982 Species code: BAG01 Synonymy: Original remarks: Bagotum erraticum, n sp., is compared 1982 Bagotum erraticum n. sp. – Pessagno & Whalen, p. 117, with Bagotum maudense, n. sp., under the latter species. pl. 1, fig. 10. 1988 Bagotum aff. erraticum Pessagno & Whalen – Li, pl. 1, fig. 3. Further remarks: The more irregular pore frames and 1995 Bagotum erraticum Pessagno & Whalen – Suzuki, pl. 8, inflated distal portion of test distinguish this species from fig. 1. Bagotum maudense Pessagno & Whalen . 1998 Bagotum sp. cf. B. erraticum Pessagno & Whalen – Kashiwagi, pl. 2, figs. 6, 7. Measurements (µm): 2001 Bagotum erraticum Pessagno & Whalen – Gawlick et al., Based on 11 specimens. pl. 5, fig. 7. Length Width (maximum) 212.5 100 HT Original description: Test inflated, broader distally than 225 112.5 Max. proximally, usually with four post-abdominal chambers. 175 87.5 Min. Cephalis hemispherical; remaining chambers trapezoidal 194.7 99.7 Mean in outline; final post-abdominal chamber with broad, dome-shaped cap. Post-abdominal chambers increasing Etymology: Erraticus-a-um (Latin, adj.) = erratic. slowly in length; increasing moderately rapidly in width Type locality: Sample QC-549, Sandilands Formation proximally; final one or two post-abdominal chambers (Kunga Formation in Pessagno & Whalen, 1982), Queen decreasing slightly in width. Proximal one-third of test with Charlotte Islands, British Columbia. vermicular appearance due to presence of irregular, often elongate polygonal pore frames in outer layer. Remainder Occurrence: Sandilands and Ghost Creek formations, of test with more regular tetragonal (frequently square or Queen Charlotte Islands; Dürrnberg Formation, Austria; rectangular) and pentagonal pore frames which sometimes Tawi Sadh Member of the Guwayza Formation and Musal- are aligned longitudinally in rows. lah Formation, Oman; Dengqen area, Tibet; Japan. Bagotum funiculum Whalen & Carter 2002 Species code: BAG03 Synonymy: Original remarks: Bagotum funiculum n. sp. is distin- 1984 Bagotum spp. – Whalen & Pessagno, pl. 2, figs. 7, 8, 11. guished from B. erraticum Pessagno and Whalen 1982, by 2002 Bagotum funiculum n. sp. – Whalen & Carter, p. 114, pl. 9, the more massive linear pore frames on the distal post- figs, 5, 6, 9. abdominal chambers. Original description: Test with approximately four post- Measurements (µm): abdominal chambers. Cephalis hemispherical with small (n) = number of specimens measured spine; post-abdominal chambers trapezoidal in outline, Length (4) Width (max.) (5) gradually increasing in width; final post-abdominal 240 150 HT chamber abruptly decreasing in width, terminating in 255 150 Max. closed dome-like cap. Post-abdominal chambers gradually 225 86 Min. increasing in height. Cephalis and thorax composed 236 98 Mean of small, irregularly shaped pore frames (circular and tetragonal) on outer latticed layer. Pore frames of outer Etymology: Funiculus, i (Latin, m) = thin rope, cord, string. latticed layer on first few post-abdominal chambers very irregularly distributed and shaped (circular, elongate, Type locality: Sample SH-412-14, San Hipólito Formation, pentagonal, tetragonal). Pore frames of outer latticed Baja California Sur, Mexico. layer on distal half of test composed of regular, square to rectangular pore frames with bars strongly aligned Occurrence: San Hipólito Formation, Baja California Sur; longitudinally. Fannin Formation, Queen Charlotte Islands. 50 Plate BAG01. Bagotum erraticum Pessagno & Whalen. Magnification x300. Fig. 1(H). Pessagno & Whalen 1982, pl. 1, fig. 10. Fig. 2. QCI, GSC loc. C-305388, GSC 128712. Fig. 3. OM-99-83, 011401. Fig. 4. OM-251, 021530. Fig. 5. JP, MNA-10, MA12232. Plate BAG03. Bagotum funiculum Whalen & Carter. Magnification x300. Fig. 1(H). Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 9, fig. 5. Fig. 2. QCI, GSC loc. C-175310, GSC 128713. 51 Bagotum helmetense Pessagno & Whalen 1982 Species code: BAG02 Synonymy: arrangement of pore frames. Peculiar circular structure 1982 Bagotum? helmetense n. sp. – Pessagno & Whalen, p. 118, (diameter approximately 1/3 width of test) formed by pore pl. 1, fig. 11; pl. 12, fig. 23. frames of outer latticed layer obscured on some specimens; 1984 Bagotum spp. – Whalen & Pessagno, pl. 2, figs. 1, 2. inner latticed layer of test exposed in center of circular 1993 Bagotum (?) helmetense Pessagno & Whalen – Kashiwagi structure. & Yao, pl. 1, fig. 6. 1998 Bagotum helmetense Pessagno & Whalen – Whalen & Carter, p. 61, pl. 15, fig. 1; pl. 26, fig. 1. Further remarks: The circular structure formed by pore 1998 Bagotum (?) helmetense Pessagno & Whalen – Kashiwagi, frames of the outer latticed layer, that was first observed pl. 2, fig. 4, not fig. 5. on upper Sinemurian bagotids from the Queen Charlotte 2002 Bagotum helmetense Pessagno & Whalen – Whalen & Islands, is also observed on some specimens from Baja Carter, p.114, pl. 10, figs. 1, 14. California Sur. 2002 Bagotum helmetense Pessagno & Whalen – Tekin, p. 186, pl. 3, fig. 6. Measurements (µm): Original description: Test as with genus, usually with six Based on 10 specimens. post-abdominal chambers. Cephalis hemispherical with Length Width (max.) small spine; post-abdominal chambers trapezoidal in out- 175 80 HT line. Proximal post-abdominal chambers gradually increas- 198 90 Max. ing in width; distal post-abdominal chambers gradually de- 142 63 Min. creasing in width; domelike cap on final post-abdominal 167.8 78.3 Mean chamber with irregular tetragonal and pentagonal pore frames. Post-abdominal chambers gradually increasing in Etymology: Bagotum helmetense, n. sp., is named for height. Cepahlis and thorax with small, irregularly shaped Helmet Island, northwest of its type locality. pore frames (circular and elongate) in outer latticed layer; larger, irregularly shaped polygonal pore frames (mostly Type locality: Sample QC 590A, Sandilands Formation elongate) in outer latticed layer of post-abdominal cham- (Kunga Formation in Pessagno & Whalen, 1982), Queen bers. Pore frames of outer latticed layer not aligned on any Charlotte Islands, British Columbia. portion of test. Occurrence: Sandilands and Ghost Creek formations , Original remarks: Bagotum (?) helmetense, n. sp., differs Queen Charlotte Islands; San Hipólito Formation, Baja from all other species of Bagotum by showing no linear California Sur; Hocaköy Radiolarite, Turkey; Japan. Bagotum kimbroughi Whalen & Carter 2002 Species code: BAG04 Synonymy: ture (diameter approximately one third width of test) ob- 1984 Bagotum spp. – Whalen & Pessagno, pl. 2, fig. 3-6. served in outer latticed layer of test; inner latticed layer ex- 1987 Bagotum aff. B. maudense – Hattori, pl. 15, fig. 3. posed in center of circular structure. ? 1987b Drulanta (?) sp. A – Yeh, pl. 4, fig. 27. ? 1987b Drulanta (?) sp. C – Yeh, p. 74, pl. 4, fig. 26. Original remarks: The larger pore frames and the eccentric, 1992 Bagotum? sp. – Sashida, pl. 1, fig. 18. 1998 Bagotum sp. C – Whalen & Carter, p. 62, pl. 15, fig. 3. ellipsoidal test of Bagotum kimbroughi n. sp., with its final 2002 Bagotum kimbroughi n. sp. – Whalen & Carter, p. 114, post-abdominal chamber almost twice as wide as the thorax pl. 9, figs. 7, 8, 12-15; pl. 17, figs. 4, 5. and abdomen, distinguish it from B. modestum Pessagno and Whalen. Circular structures similar to those reported Original description: Test large, strong, usually with four on specimens of Bagotidae and Canutidae from the to five post-abdominal chambers. Cephalis hemispheri- Sandilands and Ghost Creek formations, Queen Charlotte cal; abdomen and post-abdominal chambers trapezoidal Islands, British Columbia. in outline. All post-abdominal chambers rapidly increas- ing in width distally till large, final post-abdominal cham- Measurements (µm): ber which terminates in dome-like cap; post-abdominal Based on 11 specimens. chambers gradually increasing in height distally. Cephalis Length Width (max.) and thorax with small, irregularly shaped pore frames in 203 120 HT outer latticed layer; larger, regularly shaped tetragonal pore 248 135 Max. frames (square and rectangular) in outer latticed layer of 180 120 Min. post-abdominal chambers aligned in rows. Circular struc- 203 127 Mean 52 Plate BAG02. Bagotum helmetense Pessagno & Whalen. Magnification x300. Fig. 1(H). Pessagno & Whalen 1982, pl. 1, fig. 11. Fig. 2. Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 10, fig. 1. Fig. 3. QCI, GSC loc. C-305386, GSC 128714. Etymology: This species is named for Dr. David Type locality: Sample BPW80-30, San Hipólito Formation, Kimbrough (San Diego State University) a noted student Baja California Sur. of the Mesozoic rocks of the Vizcaino Peninsula and Cedros Island. Occurrence: San Hipólito Formation, Baja California Sur; Sandilands Formation, Queen Charlotte Islands; Japan. Plate BAG04 Bagotum kimbroughi Whalen & Carter. Magnification x300. Fig. 1(H). Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 9, fig. 7. Fig. 2. Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 9, fig. 8. 53 Bagotum maudense Pessagno & Whalen 1982 Species code: BAG05 Synonymy: chamber with relatively large, irregular tetragonal and 1982 Bagotum maudense n. sp. – Pessagno & Whalen, p. 118, pentagonal pore frames. Test typically with seven post- pl. 3, figs. 6, 11, 20. abdominal chambers. 1984 Bagotum sp. aff. B. modestum Pessagno & Whalen – Murchey, pl. 1, fig. 29. Original remarks: Bagotum maudense, n. sp., differs from 1987b Bagotum sp. aff. B. maudense Pessagno & Whalen – Yeh, B. erraticum, n. sp., by having a slender, less inflated test p. 53, pl. 9, fig. 12; pl. 28, fig. 13. that is centrally more cylindrical in character. Furthermore, 1989 Bagotum sp. aff. B. maudense Pessagno & Whalen – B. maudense possesses a greater preponderance of linearly Hattori, pl. 10, fig. K. arranged square to rectangular pore frames. ? 1996 Bagotum modestum Pessagno & Whalen – Pujana, p. 137, pl. 1, fig. 11. Measurements (µm): 1997 Parahsuum maudense (Pessagno & Whalen) – Yao, pl. 13, Based on 10 specimens. fig. 637. Length Width (max.) 1997 Parahsuum sp. NC2 – Yao, pl. 13, fig. 643. 250 100 HT 1998 Bagotum sp. aff. B. maudense Pessagno & Whalen – Kashiwagi, pl. 1, fig. 4. 287.5 130 Max. 2001 Bagotum maudense Pessagno & Whalen – Gawlick et al., 210 90 Min. pl. 5, fig. 8. 219.25 108 Mean Etymology: This species is named for Maude Island, its Original description: Test relatively elongate, central por- type locality. tion nearly cylindrical. Cephalis hemispherical; remaining chambers trapezoidal in outline. Post-abdominal chambers Type locality: Sample QC 534, Fannin Formation (Maude gradually increasing in length; first one or two post-ab- Formation in Pessagno & Whalen, 1982), Queen Charlotte dominal chambers increasing moderately rapidly in width; Islands, British Columbia. increasing more gradually in width medially in cylindrical portion of test; final one or two post-abdominal chambers Occurrence: Fannin Formation, Queen Charlotte Islands; decreasing in width. Cephalis and thorax with small irregu- Nicely and Hyde formations and Warm Springs member lar tetragonal and pentagonal pore frames; pore frames of of the Snowshoe Formation, Oregon; Franciscan Complex, other chambers a mixture of large pentagonal and tetrago- California; Sierra Chacaicó Formation, Argentina; Dürrn- nal pore frames. Domelike cap on final post-abdominal berg Formation, Austria; Japan. 54 Plate BAG05. Bagotum maudense Pessagno & Whalen. Magnification x300. Fig. 1a(H). Pessagno & Whalen 1982, pl. 3, fig. 6. Fig. 1b(H). Pessagno & Whalen 1982, pl. 3, fig. 11. Fig. 2. QCI, GSC loc. C-080611, GSC 128715. Fig 3. GSC loc. C-080612, GSC 128716. Fig. 4. JP, MNA-10, MA13268. 55 Bagotum modestum Pessagno & Whalen 1982 Species code: BAG06 Synonymy: Original remarks: Bagotum modestum, n. sp., differs from 1982 Bagotum modestum n. sp. – Pessagno & Whalen, p. 120, all other new species of Bagotum described herein by show- pl. 3, fig. 7, 16, 17. ing linearly arranged pore frames on all post-abdominal 1984 Bagotum spp. – Whalen & Pessagno, pl. 2, fig. 9, 10. chambers. 1990 Bagotum modestum Pessagno & Whalen – Hori, Fig. 8.29. 1993 Bagotum modestum Pessagno & Whalen – Kashiwagi & Yao, pl. 1, fig. 8. Further remarks: Some specimens (pl. BAG06, figs. 5-9) 1998 Bagotum modestum Pessagno & Whalen – Kashiwagi, have a well-differentiated proximal part, separated from pl. 1, fig. 13 the rest of the shell by a distinct constriction. 2002 Bagotum modestum Pessagno & Whalen – Whalen & Carter, p. 116, pl. 10, figs. 9, 11, 12. Measurements (µm): 2003 Bagotum modestum Pessagno & Whalen – Goričan et al., Based on 9 specimens. p. 296, pl. 5, fig. 22. Length Width (max.) 2004 Lantus? sp. – Hori, pl. 1, fig. 62 only. 200 100 HT 2004 Bagotum modestum Pessagno & Whalen – Matsuoka, 250 125 Max. fig. 193. 200 100 Min. Original description: Test broader distally than proximally, 223.6 108.6 Mean having six post-abdominal chambers. Cephalis moderately broad, hemispherical; remaining chambers trapezoidal in Etymology: Modestus-a-um (Latin, adj.) = moderate, cross section. Post-abdominal chambers all with linearly orderly, restrained. arranged square to rectangular pore frames; chambers gradually increasing in length; all but last one or two post- Type locality: Sample NSF 960, Franciscan Complex, abdominal chambers increasing moderately rapidly in California. width as added; final one or two post-abdominal chambers decreasing slightly in width as added. Dome-shaped cap Occurrence: Franciscan Complex, California; San Hipólito covering final post-abdominal chamber with irregular Formation, Baja California Sur; Skrile Formation, Slovenia; polygonal pore frames. Musallah Formation, Oman; Japan . 56 Plate BAG06. Bagotum modestum Pessagno & Whalen. Magification x300. Fig. 1(H). Pessagno & Whalen 1982, pl. 3, fig. 7. Fig. 2. Matsuoka 2004, fig. 193. Fig. 3. Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 10, fig. 9. Fig. 4. Goričan et al. 2003, pl. 5, fig. 22. Fig. 5. Hori 1990, fig. 8.29. Fig. 6. OM-00-252, 021730. Fig. 7. OM-00-118, 000611. Fig. 8. OM-00-252, 022015. Fig. 9. OM-00-252, 021725. 57 Bagotum pseudoerraticum Kishida & Hisada 1985 Species code: BAG07 Synonymy: to presence of irregular, often elongate polygonal frames in ? 1983 Bagotum (?) sp. – Hattori & Yoshimura, pl. 8, fig. 6. outer layer. Inner layer of test with pores aligned longitudi- 1985 Bagotum pseudoerraticum n. sp. – Kishida & Hisada, nally in rows. p. 113, pl. 2, figs. 1-5. 1992 Bagotum aff. pseudoerraticum Kishida & Hisada – Sashida, Original remarks: Bagotum pseudoerraticum n. sp. differs pl. 1, figs. 13-15, 17. 1998 Bagotum (?) helmetense Pessagno & Whalen – Kashiwagi, from Bagotum erraticum Pessagno and Whalen 1982, in pl. 2, fig. 5, not fig. 4. having vermicular appearance through the outer layer and 1998 Bagotum pseudoerraticum Kishida & Hisada – Kashiwagi, more inflated test. It is likely that the latter gave rise to the pl. 2, figs. 8, 9. former in early Early Jurassic. 2002 Bagotum sp. A – Hori & Wakita, pl. 3, fig. 3. Measurements (µm): Original diagnosis: Test inflated, usually made up of 7 Based on 10 specimens. chambers. Final post-abdominal chamber with dome- Length Width shaped cap. Outer layer of test with vermicular appear- 166 92 HT ance. 166 105 Max. 153 88 Min. Original description: Test inflated, usually with 4 post- 161 97 Av. abdominal chambers, 5th or 6th chamber broadest. Ce- phalis hemispherical. Remaining chambers trapezoidal in Type locality: Locality 230, Ueno-mura area, Kanto Moun- outline. Final post-abdominal chamber with dome-shaped tains, Central Japan. cap. Thorax, abdomen and first post-abdominal chambers increasing slowly in height and increasing rapidly in width Occurrence: Kanto Mountains, Japan; Ghost Creek For- as added; distal 2 chambers decreasing slightly in height mation, Queen Charlotte Islands; Musallah Formation, and width as added. Test with vermicular appearance due Oman. Genus: Beatricea Whalen & Carter 1998 Type species: Beatricea christovalensis Whalen & Carter 1998 Synonymy: arranged pore frames. Beatricea n. gen. differs from Sophia 1998 Beatricea n. gen. – Whalen & Carter, p. 57. n. gen. and Udalia n. gen. in possessing irregularly arranged pore frames as well as a central cavity; Beatricea n. gen. fur- Original description: Test small, circular to sub-rectangular ther differs from Sophia n. gen. in lacking a central spicular in outline with four long spines in the same plane 90° network. apart. Cortical shell thick with planiform upper and lower surfaces each with variably sized central cavity; sides of Etymology: This genus is named for the ship C. P. R. Princess cortical shell straight. Shell composed of numerous layers Beatrice a sailing vessel in the Queen Charlotte Islands in of small, irregularly shaped pore frames lacking concentric the early 1900s. arrangement. Layers of pore frames much thicker on margins of test. Spines usually triradiate in axial section, Included species: rarely circular. ORB04 Beatricea? argescens (Cordey) 1998 PDC01 Beatricea? baroni (Cordey) 1998 Original remarks: Beatricea n. gen. differs from Praeor- SPI03 Beatricea christovalensis Whalen & Carter 1998 biculiformel a Pessagno by always possessing four strong ORB07 Beatricea sanpabloensis (Whalen & Carter) 2002 primary spines at 90˚ and in lacking concentrically CRU18 Beatricea? sp. A 58 Plate BAG07. Bagotum pseudoerraticum Kishida & Hisada. Magnification x300. Fig. 1(H). Kishida & Hisada 1985, pl. 2, fig. 1. Fig. 2. QCI, GSC loc. C-305388, GSC 128717. Fig. 3. QCI, GSC loc. C-305388, GSC 128718. Fig. 4. QCI, GSC loc. C-304281, GSC 128719. Fig. 5. OM-00-254, 022133. 59 Beatricea? argescens (Cordey) 1998 Species code: ORB04 Synonymy: Original remarks: This form resembles to O. quadrata 1988 Orbiculiforma sp. A – Carter et al., p. 45, pl. 1, fig. 9. Pessagno by its subsquare shape and four spines, but differs 1989 Emiluvia ? spp. – Hattori, pl. 2, fig. J. from it by its more massive skeleton and pore-frames and 1996 Orbiculiforma sp. A of Carter in Carter et al. – Hori et al., much longer, massive radial spines. pl. 1, fig. 19. 1998 Orbiculiforma argescens n. sp. – Cordey, p. 94, pl. 21, figs. 6, 9, 11. Further remarks: This species differs from Beatricea christovalensis Whalen & Carter by having a more square- Original diagnosis: Orbiculiforma possessing four strong shaped test and shorter spines. See also remarks under spines. B.? baroni (Cordey) and Beatricea? sp. A. Original description: Thick test circular to subsquare in Etymology: From Greek argo- shiny. outline with four arms (one at each corner). Lower and up- per surfaces planar. Test sides vertical to slightly concave. Type locality: Locality GSC C-300407, Bridge River Com- Cortical cavity deep and with smaller pores than those of plex, Lake Carpenter, British Columbia. external crown. Test with polygonal pore frames (pentago- nal to hexagonal) with stout nodes at vertices. Four copla- Occurrence: Bridge River Complex, British Columbia; Fan- nar spines orthogonally disposed and circular in cross-sec- nin Formation, Queen Charlotte Islands; Fernie Forma- tion: sometimes elongated proximal pores, extending up to tion, NE British Columbia; Japan; Newcastle Group, New two-third length of spine. Zealand. Beatricea? baroni (Cordey) 1998 Species code: PDC01 Synonymy: Pseudocrucel a are usually longer. The concavity of lateral 1998 Pseudocrucel a? baroni n. sp. – Cordey, p. 70, pl. 20, fig. 5-7. faces suggests that this form cannot be assigned to the 2002 Pseudocrucel a? baroni Cordey – Whalen & Carter, p. 105, genus Higumastra. pl. 1, figs. 5, 6, 9, 10, 13, 14. Further remarks: This species differs from Beatricea Original diagnosis: Pseudocrucel a? with wide central zone, argescens (Cordey) because the outer edges of the test broad, short latticed arms, and long distal spines. between spines are concave, and the spines are longer and Original description: Test almost square, built with a lat- more developed. ticed zone whose corners are prolonged with massive trira- diate spines. Square zone corresponds to the development Measurements (µm): of four latticed arms externally constructed with cortical Based on 2 specimens. shell; the latter comprising several longitudinal beams Min. Max. Av. (from three to four per lateral face), connected by trans- Total length of ray 80 110 95 verse bars. Nodes observed at the intersection of bars and Maximum width of rays 45 75 50 beams. Cortical shell absent on central part of test, reveal- Diameter of central cavity 45 55 50 ing the medullary shell formed by small orthogonal pore frames. Latticed faces of arms concave. Long triradiate Etymology: Arbitrary combination of letters (ICZN, 1985, spines extend from arms. art. 11b(iii), p. 20). Original remarks: Pseudocrucel a? baroni differs from all Type locality: Locality GSC C-300407, Bridge River Com- other species of Pseudocrucel a by a broad development of plex, Lake Carpenter, British Columbia. central zone, short latticed parts on arms and long distal spines. Occurrence: Bridge River and Hozameen complexes, Brit- This morphotype is questionably assigned to the genus ish Columbia; San Hipólito Formation, Baja California Pseudocrucel a because the latticed zones on the arms of Sur. 60 Plate ORB04. Beatricea? argescens (Cordey). Magnification x200. Fig. 1(H). Cordey 1998, pl. 21, fig. 6. Fig. 2. QCI, GSC loc. C-C-080611, GSC 111799. Fig. 3. Carter et al. 1988, pl. 1, fig. 9. Fig. 4. QCI, GSC loc. C-305417, GSC 111800. Fig. 5. QCI, GSC loc. C-080612, GSC 111801. Fig. 6. NBC, GSC loc. C-305208, GSC 111802. Plate PDC01. Beatricea? baroni (Cordey). Magnification x200. Fig. 1(H). Cordey 1998, pl. 20, fig. 5. Fig. 2. Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 1, fig. 5. Fig. 3. Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 1, figs. 6, 10. 61 Beatricea christovalensis Whalen & Carter 1998 Species code: SPI03 Synonymy: Beatricea christovalensis n. sp. We recognize a possible re- 1998 Beatricea christovalensis n. sp. – Whalen & Carter, p. 57, lationship between B. christovalensis and Spumellarian in- pl. 11, figs. 13, 14, 16-20, 22. det. B but owing to our incomplete knowledge of the inner 2002 Beatricea christovalensis Whalen & Carter – Suzuki et al., structure of both forms, their differences are not addressed p. 175, figs. 6 G-H. in this paper. 2002 Beatricea christovalensis Whalen & Carter – Tekin, p. 185, pl. 3, fig. 1. Measurements (µm): Original description: Test small, sub-rectangular in out- Based on 12 specimens. line with four, long prominent spines. Test thick with plan- Diameter of Diameter of Length of iform upper and lower surfaces and straight sides. Corti- corticall shell central area primary spines (max.) 225 124 237 HT cal shell with irregularly shaped tetragonal and polygonal 225 124 329 Max. pore frames with very small nodes at pore frames vertices. 97 38 84 Min. Central cavity variable in size but usually about one-half 150 67 193 Mean diameter of cortical shell. Central area of test thinner than margins and often missing. Spines usually triradiate (rarely circular) in axial section with narrow longitudinal ridges Etymology: This species is named for the San Christoval and broad grooves sometimes showing torsion. Range in Queen Charlotte Islands. Original remarks: This is the first species of Beatricea Type locality: Sample 89-CNA-KUG-1A, Sandilands For- n. gen. described from the Lower Jurassic of Queen Char- mation, Kunga Island, north side; Queen Charlotte Islands, lotte Islands. Several morphological features of this spe- British Columbia. cies are quite variable: the size and shape of cortical shell, the width of the central cavity, and the length of primary Occurrence: Sandilands, Ghost Creek and Fannin forma- spines. For the present we have included all Hettangian tions, Queen Charlotte Islands; Hocaköy Radiolarite, Tur- and Sinemurian specimens in one widely variable species, key; Pucara Group, Peru. Beatricea sanpabloensis (Whalen & Carter) 2002 Species code: ORB07 Synonymy: spines and larger central cavity distinguish it from O. trisp- 1984 Orbiculiforma sp. – Whalen & Pessagno, pl. 1, fig.18. inosa (Yeh 1987). 2002 Orbiculiformel a sanpabloensis n. sp. – Whalen & Carter, p. 109, pl. 1, figs. 1-2. Measurements (µm): Based on 7 specimens. Original description: Test small, circular in outline with vertical sides and upper and lower surfaces of rim rounded. Width (Max.) Width of central cavity (Max.) Test thick in proportion to diameter. Four to six primary 158 90 HT 225 135 Max. peripheral spines, medium length, triradiate in axial sec- 158 75 Min. tion; very small subsidiary spines or spinules located be- 194 103 Mean tween principal peripheral spines. Central cavity shallow almost one half diameter of test, with raised center. Mesh- Etymology: This species is named for Punta San Pablo work primarily composed of large, irregularly shaped po- located to the northwest of the type area. lygonal pore frames; meshwork distinctly finer in central cavity area. Type locality: Sample SH-412-14, San Hipolito Formation, Baja California Sur, Mexico. Original remarks: The rounded top, bottom and rim sur- faces of Orbiculiformel a sanpabloensis n. sp. distinguish it Occurrence: San Hipolito Formation, Baja California Sur; from O. trispinula (Carter 1988) while the much shorter Fannin Formation, Queen Charlotte Islands. Beatricea? sp. A Species code: CRU18 Synomnymy: Remarks: The test outline of Beatricea? sp. A appears to be 2002 Crucel a? sp. A – Whalen & Carter, p. 107, pl. 1, figs. 4, 8, 12. intermediate between Beatricea? argescens (Cordey) and Beatricea? baroni (Cordey). Occurrence: San Hipólito Formation, Baja California Sur. 62 Plate SPI03. Beatricea christovalensis Whalen & Carter. Magnification: Fig. 1 x150 (scale bar A), Figs. 2, 3 x200 (scale bar B). Fig. 1(H). Carter et al. 1998, pl. 11, fig. 14. Fig. 2. QCI, GSC loc. C-304566, GSC 128886. Fig. 3. QCI, GSC loc. C-304566, GSC 128887. Plate ORB07. Beatricea sanpabloensis (Whalen & Carter). Magnification x200. Fig. 1(H). Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 1, figs. 1-2. Fig. 2. QCI, GSC loc. C-080611, GSC 128850. Plate CRU18. Beatricea? sp. A. Magnification x200. Fig. 1. Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 1, fig. 4. 63 Genus: Bernoullius Baumgartner1984 Type species: Eucyrtis (?) dicera Baumgartner, in Baumgartner et al. 1980 Synonymy: resemblance to nassellarian morphology. For most speci- 1984 Bernoul ius n. gen. – Baumgartner, p. 759. mens, the spongy body is not as poorly preserved as spongy round mass at the base of the spines. Kozur & Mostler Original description: Spongodiscid spumellarian with (1979, pl. 21, fig. 2) illustrated a Triassic form which pos- distinct bilateral symmetry: A delicate, finely spongy main sibly belongs to this genus. body of flattened egg-shape carries on the narrow end two symmetric, strongly developed, usually triradiate lateral Etymology: Dedicated to Daniel Bernoulli, Zurich, Swit- spines and sometimes one central spine. zerland, in honour of his contribution to the understand- ing of ancient passive continental margins in the Alpine- Original remarks: Because of the clear bilateral symmetry, Mediterranean realm. the spines were interpreted as cephalic horns of a nassel- larian by Baumgartner in Baumgartner et al. 1980. Well Included species: preserved specimens from DSDP Site 534A show that the 3222 Bernoul ius delnortensis Pessagno, Blome & Hull 1993 spines are attached to a finely spongy body lacking any BER01 Bernoul ius saccideon (Carter) 1988 Bernoullius delnortensis Pessagno, Blome & Hull 1993 Species code: 3222 Synonymy: wider, and more massive primary spines. B. delnortensis dif- 1987 Bernoul ius sp. A – Goričan, p. 181, pl. 1, fig. 17. fers from B. cristatus Baumgartner (1984) by having spines 1993 Bernoul ius delnortensis Pessagno, Blome & Hull n. sp. which are straight and lack curved tips. – Pessagno et al., p. 120, pl. 1, figs. 4, 15, 26. 1994 Bernoul ius rectispinus Kito, De Wever, Danelian & Cordey s.l. – Goričan, p. 63, pl. 8, figs. 7, 8, ?9, 11, 12 only. Further remarks: By Baumgartner et al. (1995a): This sub- 1995a Bernoul ius rectispinus delnortensis Pessagno, Blome & species differs from Bernoul ius rectispinus rectispinus by Hull – Baumgartner et al., p. 126, pl. 3222, figs. 1-4. having smaller size. The species also differs from Bernoul- 1997 Bernoul ius delnortensis Pessagno, Blome & Hull – Hull, lius dicera and B. cristatus by having straight spines. p. 16, pl. 1, fig. 2. 2004 Bernoul ius delnortensis Pessagno, Blome & Hull – Matsuoka, fig. 2. Measurements (µm): Based on 4 specimens (see Pessagno et al., 1993 for expla- Original description: Test relatively slender, flaring slightly nation of system of measurements for this species). laterally away from spines. Primary spines straight, rather HT av. min. max. short and massive, triradiate in axial section with three AA': 210 206 195 225 longitudinal ridges alternating with three longitudinal Sx: 165 130 105 165 grooves. Longitudinal grooves, narrow, deeply incised, S'x': - 136 123 150 gradually decreasing in width in a distal direction. Ridges BB': 135 135 105 180 wide proximally, becoming progressively narrower in a SS': - 187 180 195 distal direction. Etymology: This species is named for Del Norte County, Original remarks: This form greatly resembles Bernoul ius California. sp. A of Goričan (1987). It possesses straight, short, sub- equal spines with parallel sided, deeply incised grooves separating wide, longitudinal ridges which wedge out dis- Type locality: Volcanopelagic strata above Josephine ophi- tally. Bernoul ius sp. A of Gorican, however, possesses short olite, Smith River subterrane, Klamath Mountains, north- spines which are nearly equal in length and are somewhat western California. shorter than those of B. delnortensis. B. delnortensis dif- fers from B. sp. A (herein) by having considerably shorter, Occurrence: Worldwide. 64 Plate 3222. Bernoullius delnortensis Pessagno, Blome & Hull. Magnification x200. Fig. 1(H). Pessagno et al. 1993, pl. 1, fig. 4. Fig. 2. OM, BR871-R02-11. Fig. 3. OM, BR871-R02-15. Fig. 4. OM, BR871-R02-16. Fig. 5. Matsuoka 2004, fig. 2. 65 Bernoullius saccideon (Carter) 1988 Species code: BER01 Synonymy: Measurements (µm): 1988 Spongiostoma saccideon Carter n. sp. – Carter et al., p. 46, Measurements are treated in a very preliminary manner as pl. 12, figs. 4, 7, 10. many of these specimens appear incomplete. ? 1988 Spongiostoma sp. A – Carter et al., p. 47, pl. 12, figs. 8, 9. Based on 11 specimens. HT Av. Max. Min. Original diagnosis: Test subcircular in outline, composed Maximum diameter of test 121 207 250 160 of two spongy concentric layers which gape open. Short Length of hinge hinge on one edge marked by two strong triradiate spines; (between centres at margin) 109 100 120 76 periphery with a few very fine secondary spines. Length of longest spine 109 124 165 80 Original description: Test as for genus; subcircular in out- Etymology: Latin, saccus (n.), bag or pouch; saccideon = line. Hinge normally short and straight with a well defined, of sac-like appearance. triradiate primary spine on either end. A few short and very fine, secondary spines radiating from the circular periph- Type locality: GSC locality C-080583, Phantom Creek For- ery have been noted on some tests. mation, Graham Island, Queen Charlotte Islands, British Columbia. Original remarks: Compared to Spongiostoma sp. A under that species. Common to very abundant in middle/upper Occurrence: Phantom Creek Formation, Queen Charlotte Toarcian samples. Islands. Genus: Bipedis De Wever 1982a Type species: Bipedis calvabovis De Wever 1982a Synonymy: skeleton. For practical reasons, I have placed this genus in 1982a Bipedis n. gen – De Wever, p. 192. the Pylentonemidae, although the absence of the D spine makes this placement uncertain. Original description: Form with two segments, with a strong apical horn and two or four feet. Cephalic skeleton Etymology: From the Latin bi = two, and pes, pedis = foot with spines A, V, MB, Ll, Lr, ll and lr; spine D is absent. (form with two feet). Apical horn is an extension of A spine. A cephalic opening exists at the prolongation of V spine. Two feet correspond to L Included species: l and Lr, sometimes two smaller feet occur as external extensions of l BPD13 Bipedis calvabovis De Wever 1982a l and lr. BPD05 Bipedis diadema Whalen & Carter 1998 Original remarks: When only two feet are present, they are BPD14 Bipedis fannini Carter 1988 not separated from each other by an angle of 180°, due to BPD15 Bipedis japonicus Hori n. sp. the respective locations of Ll and Lr spines on the cephalic BPD16 Bipedis yaoi Hori n. sp. Bipedis calvabovis De Wever 1982a Species code: BPD13 Synonymy: rate hood at the end of the V spine (Pl. 2, fig. 7, 8, 10, 11). 1982a Bipedis calvabovis n. sp. – De Wever, p. 193, pl. 2, The change in outline between the cephalis and thorax is figs. 7-11. sometimes very clear (Pl. 2, fig. 8) and sometimes not (Pl. 1982b Bipedis calvabovis De Wever – De Wever, p. 337, pl. 52, 2, fig. 10). Cephalis and thorax cone-shaped. Thorax with figs. 5-9. small irregular pores in different specimens: large (Pl. 2, fig. 1982 Bipedis calvabovis De Wever – De Wever & Origlia-Devos, pl. 1, fig. J, ? figs. K, L. 7) or small (Pl. 2, fig. 10). Cephalis and thorax more robust 2002 Bipedis sp. aff. B. calvabovis De Wever – Tekin, p. 192, in specimens with smaller pores than in specimens with pl. 5, fig. 10. large pores. This could result from a more or less important (ontogenetical ?) development of an external silica layer as Original description: Bipedis with a strong apical horn is the case in other forms. and two lanceolate feet, triradiate in cross- section along their length. Cephalis smooth and imperforate proximally, smooth or longitudinally ribbed, perforate or not, distally. Original remarks: A form close to B. calvabovis n. sp. was Cephalis with a small lateral opening protected by a perfo- found but it has four feet instead of two. 66 Plate BER01. Bernoullius saccideon (Carter). Magnification x200. Fig. 1(H). Carter et al. 1988, pl. 12, figs. 4, 10. Fig. 2. Carter et al. 1988, pl. 12, fig. 7. Measurements (µm): bovis = ox. For similarity with skull of bovids, when the Based on 10 specimens. apical horn is turned downwards. HT Av. Min. Max. Length apical horn 100 90 75 100 Type locality: Sample 1662D, Gümüslü Allochthon, Taurus Cephalo-thorax length 100 103 90 125 Mts., Turkey. Cephalo-thorax width 100 100 90 109 Length of feet 153 118 100 153 Occurrence: Gümüslü Allochthon and Hocaköy Radiolar- ite, Turkey; Drimos Formation, Greece; Haliw (Aqil) For- Etymology: From the Latin calva, – ae =skull; and bos, mation, Oman. Plate BPD13. Bipedis calvabovis De Wever. Magnification x200. Fig. 1(H). De Wever 1982a, pl. 2, fig. 7. Fig. 2. OM, Haliw-038-R08-05. 67 Bipedis diadema Whalen & Carter 1998 Species code: BPD05 Synonymy: Original remarks: Bipedis diadema n. sp., is distinguished 1998 Bipedis diadema n. sp. – Whalen & Carter, p. 76, pl. 21, figs. from all other species of Bipedis by the very wide imperfo- 7-10, 13, 17; pl. 22, fig. 1; pl. 27, figs. 11, 12. rate band which rims the mouth, the hemi-elliptical out- line, and the compressed thorax and cephalis. Original description: Test hemi-elliptical in outline with Measurements (µm): small hemispherical cephalis and medium-sized horn; Based on 10 specimens. horn usually triradiate in axial section proximally with Length Width narrow, rounded longitudinal ridges and broad grooves (excluding horn) (max.) Length of feet (max.) becoming rounded in axial section distally. Cephalis 105 90 75 HT mostly smooth, imperforate, covered with thick, irregular 105 109 75 Max. layer of microgranular silica; some relict pores observed on 90 75 45 Min. cephalis where layer of microgranular silica is thinner. Both 101 94 65 Mean cephalis and thorax compressed in plane of feet. Thorax with mostly small, irregularly shaped pore frames with Etymology: Diadema, atis (Latin; neuter) = a royal head- slight development of orientation transverse to long axis of band, diadem. the test. Test with two medium-sized feet, triradiate in axial Type locality: Sample QC 675. Sandilands Formation, section with narrow rounded ridges and broad grooves; Kunga Island, Queen Charlotte Islands, British Columbia. feet curved slightly inward towards center of test; mouth elliptical in outline with prominent, broad imperforate Occurrence: Sandilands and Ghost Creek formations, band. Queen Charlotte Islands. Bipedis fannini Carter 1988 Species code: BPD14 Synonymy: Measurements (µm): 1988 Bipedis fannini Carter n. sp. – Carter et al., p. 61, pl. 2, Based on 9 specimens. figs. 7, 8. HT Av. Max. Min. Original diagnosis: Dicyrtid with small cephalis, globose Height of cephalis and thorax 132 148 170 132 thorax with roughened surface, long triradiate horn and Maximum width of thorax 139 121 140 120 two downward curving terminal feet. Length of apical horn 60 62 70 52 Length of feet - 105 120 75 Original description: Bilaterally symmetrical dicyrtid test. Cephalis medium-sized, spherical, sparsely perforate Etymology: Named in honour of John Fannin, curator of basally with long, tapering apical horn. Horn triradiate the provincial museum in Victoria, British Columbia, in with deep grooves on basal half. Thorax large and globose the late 1800's. with constricted circular aperture and two strong, triradiate downward curving terminal feet. Thorax with roughned Type locality: GSC locality C-080577, Fannin Formation, surface composed of low nodes or tubercles surrounded by Creek locality, Maude Island, Queen Charlotte Islands, small circular to elliptical pores. British Columbia. Original remarks: This species appears to be entirely new and differs significantly from all other known species of Bi- Occurrence: Ghost Creek and Fannin formations, Queen pedis. Rare at type locality, abundant in older Pliensbachian Charlotte Islands and Williston Lake, north-east British samples. Columbia. 68 Plate BPD05. Bipedis diadema Whalen & Carter. Magnification x300. Fig. 1(H). Carter et al. 1998, pl. 21, fig. 7. Fig. 2. Carter et al. 1998, pl. 21, fig. 8. Fig. 3. QCI, GSC loc. C-080612, GSC 128711. Fig. 4. Carter et al. 1998, pl. 21, fig. 10. Fig. 5. Carter et al. 1998, pl. 21, fig. 9. Fig. 6. QCI, GSC loc. C-080612, GSC 128720. Plate BPD14. Bipedis fannini Carter. Magnification x200. Fig. 1(H). Carter et al. 1988, pl. 2, figs. 7-8. Fig. 2. QCI, GSC loc. C-080611, GSC 128721. Fig. 3. QCI, GSC loc. C-080613, GSC 128889. Fig. 4. QCI, GSC loc. C-304566, GSC 128890. Fig. 5. QCI, GSC loc. C-080611, GSC 128891. Fig. 6. NBC, GSC loc. C-305813, GSC 128892. 69 Bipedis japonicus Hori n. sp. Species code: BPD15 Synonymy: Bipedis sp. A of Hori (1990) is described herein as Bipedis 1982 Nassellaria gen. and sp. indet. B – Yao et al., p. 41, pl. 2, japonicus n. sp., which is distinguished from Bipedis horiae fig.13. Sugiyama by having very long stout feet and a strong horn. 1986 Bipedis sp. – Hori, p. 52, fig. 6-12. B. japonicus n. sp. differs from Bipedis rotundus Whalen and 1990 Bipedis sp. A – Hori, p. 581, fig. 8-12. Carter by having long well-developed feet and horn, and a 1993 Bipedis sp. – Fujii et al., p. 87, pl. 2, fig. 4. wider thorax with more regularly arranged pore frames. 1994 Bipedis sp. A – Matsuoka et al., pl. 5, fig. 14. 1997 Bipedis horiae n. sp. – Sugiyama, p. 145, fig. 39.10, not fig. 28.7. Measurements (µm): Based on 5 specimens. Type designation: Holotype specimen no.Kb05-18 (pl. BPD15, fig. 1), sample Kb05, Katsuyama Section. HT Av. Max. Min. Height of cephalis and thorax 147 130 147 120 Description: Test dicyrtid with large dome-shaped cephalis Maximum width of thorax 146 144 153 133 and a long massive horn, triradiate in axial section. Cephalis Length of apical horn 107 99 113 84 smooth, imperforate at base of horn. Thorax large, relatively Length of feet 134 140 153 133 inflated, subspherical with fairly regular polygonal pore frames. Two wing-like feet attached at base of thorax; Etymology: This species of Bipedis occurs mainly in Lower feet inwardly curving, triradiate in axial section. Narrow Jurassic strata of Japan. longitudinal ridges and broad grooves visible along side of thorax for most part. Large aperture at base of thorax. Type locality: Kb05 (UFI3+183cm) UF (Katsuyama) Remarks: Bipedis sp. A of Hori (1990) was placed in syn- section, Inuyama, Mino terrane, Japan. onymy with Bipedis horiae by Sugiyama (1997), but these two species are quite different in the shape of shell and feet. Occurrence: Mino terrane, Japan. Bipedis yaoi Hori n. sp. Species code: BPD16 Synonymy: shell. B. yaoi Hori n. sp. differs from Bipedis japonicus Hori 1990 Bipedis sp. B – Hori, p. 581, fig. 8-13. n. sp. and B. horiae Sugiyama 1997 by having thin feet that 1990 Bipedis sp. A – Yao, p. 341, pl. 2, fig. 10. are circular in cross section terminally, and a small circular 1994 Bipedis sp. B – Matsuoka et al., p. 53, pl. 5, fig. 21. aperture. 2001 Bipedis sp. – Gawlick et al., pl. 6, fig. 9. 2005 Bipedis sp. – Hori, pl. 9, fig. 27. Measurements (µm): Based on 12 specimens. Type designation: Holotype specimen no. IYII24-28 (pl. HT Av. Max. Min. BPD16, fig. 1), sample IYII24, IY Section. Height of cephalis and thorax 147 143 157 130 Maximum width of thorax 150 145 152 132 Description: Cephalis small and spherical with a long horn; Length of apical horn 102 96 105 72 horn triradiate or solid circular in axial section. Thorax Length of feet 131 112 139 94 large and spherical with fairly regularly arranged polygonal Diameter of aperture 77 79 89 68 pore frames, a circular aperture and two long feet. Feet asymmetrical, straight or sometimes curving outward Etymology: This species is named in honor of Akira Yao for distally. Feet thin, blade-like in axial section proximally his pioneering works on Lower Jurassic radiolarian fossils. terminating with a solid spine. Type locality: IYII24 (IY Section), bedded chert sequences, Remarks: This species is distinguished from all other spe- Inuyama, Mino terrane, southwest Japan. cies of Bipedis by having a large almost spherical thorax. It is similar to Bipedis hannai Whalen and Carter 1998, but Occurrence: differs by having longer feet, a longer stout horn and larger Mino terrane, Japan; Dürrnberg Formation, Austria. 70 Plate BPD15. Bipedis japonicus Hori n. sp. Magnification x200. Fig. 1(H). JP, Kb05-18, RH(1) 1834. Fig. 2. JP, Kb05-12, RH(1) 1832. Plate BPD16. Bipedis yaoi Hori n. sp. Magnification x200. Fig. 1(H). Hori 1990, fig. 8.13. Fig. 2. JP, IYII24-29, RH(1) 1683. 71 Genus: Bistarkum Yeh 1987b Type species: Bistarkum rigidium Yeh 1987b Synonymy: Original remarks: The name Bistarkum is introduced to 1971 Amphibrachium Haeckel emend. – Pessagno, p. 20. avoid assigning species to Amphibrachium whose definition 1980 Amphibrachium Hertwig emend. – Baumgartner, p. 300. is obscured by poor descriptions and illustrations of its type 1987b Bistarkum n. gen. – Yeh, p. 42. species. Original description: Test medium to large in size, with Etymology: Bistarkum is a name formed by an arbitrary two rays linearly aligned. Rays nearly equal in length, often combination of letters (ICZN, 1985, Appendix D, Pt. I.4 terminated with expanded tips. Tips subcircular; elliptical Recommendation 40, p.201). in outline, or bifurcated. Meshwork of test comprised of sponge layers or regular (i.e., triangular) or irregular Included species: polygonal pore frames. Cross section of rays ellipsoidal, BIS04 Bistarkum mangartense Goričan, Šmuc & rectangular; or subrectangular in outline. Rays with or Baumgartner 2003 without spines at distal surface of tips or along sides of BIS02 Bistarkum phantomense (Carter) 1988 rays. BIS01 Bistarkum rigidium Yeh 1987b BIS03 Bistarkum saginatum Yeh 1987b Bistarkum mangartense Goričan, Šmuc & Baumgartner 2003 Species code: BIS04 Synonymy: (Carter) it differs also by being circular in cross-section. 1997 Bistarkum sp. A – Yao, pl. 6, fig. 265. Bistarkum sp. C0 of Yao (1997) is questionably assigned to ? 1997 Bistarkum sp. C0 – Yao, pl. 6, fig. 269. Bistarkum mangartense, because the shell seems more flat- 2003 Bistarkum mangartense n. sp. – Goričan, Šmuc & tened, i.e. elliptical and not circular in cross-section. Baumgartner, p. 293, pl. 2, figs. 7-10. 2004 Bistarkum mangartense Goričan, Šmuc & Baumgartner Measurements (µm): – Matsuoka, fig. 27. Based on 21 specimens. HT Max. Min. Av. Original description: Test ellipsoidal; cylindrical through Total length (excluding spines) L 153 225 126 190 most of its length and terminating with hemispherical ray Width (across the center) W 88 123 74 100 tips. Rays circular in cross-section, central area not dif- W/L ratio 0.57 0.70 0.36 0.53 ferentiated externally. Spongy meshwork very fine. Short spines, circular in cross-section, occur on the surface of Etymology: Named after type locality. well-preserved specimens. Spines more numerous at ray tips than in the middle part of the shell. Type locality: Sample MM 21.70, Skrile Formation, Mt. Mangart in the Julian Alps, Slovenia. Original remarks: Bistarkum mangartense n. sp. differs from other Bistarkum species by its ellipsoidal shape with- Occurrence: Skrile Formation, Slovenia; Mino Terrane, out enlargement at ray tips. From Bistarkum phantomense Japan. 72 Plate BIS04. Bistarkum mangartense Goričan, Šmuc & Baumgartner. Magnification x250. Fig. 1. Matsuoka 2004, fig. 27. Fig. 2. SI, MM6.76, 000532. Fig. 3. Goričan et al. 2003, pl. 2, fig. 10. Fig. 4. Goričan et al. 2003, pl. 2, fig. 8. Fig. 5(H). Goričan et al. 2003, pl. 2, fig. 7. 73 Bistarkum phantomense (Carter) 1988 Species code: BIS02 Synonymy: Further remarks: We include also specimens with both rays 1988 Amphibrachium (?) phantomensis n. sp. – Carter et al., almost symetrically developed. An indentation in the lobe p. 39, pl. 12, fig. 1; figure 9. of the ray tips can be very indistinct or absent. The rays are 1997 Bistarkum sp. C – Yao, pl. 6, fig. 267. very short so that the shell sometimes appears only slightly 2003 Bistarkum phantomense (Carter) – Goričan et al., p. 295, constricted in the middle part. A weakly differentiated pl. 2, figs. 13-16. circular central area is observed in some specimens. Original diagnosis: Two-rayed form with very fine, spongy Bistarkum phantomense differs from Bistarkum saginatum meshwork. One or both rays variably bilobed. Yeh by having wider rays. Original description: Two-rayed patulibracchiid with Measurements (µm): very fine, layered spongy meshwork. Tips of rays widely Based on 11 specimens. expanded and rounded; may form either one large lobe HT Av. Max. Min. or bifurcate to form two smaller lobes. On some bilobed Length of ray AX 130 137 170 125 specimens lobes become elongate, giving the test an almost BX 135 140 170 125 three-rayed appearance. Rays equal in length, very short Width of ray cc' 166 185 280 140 and wide, no defined central area. Spines on ray tips vary dd' 209 232 280 180 from a single central spine to numerous fine ones. Original remarks: Genus is tentatively placed with Etymology: Named for Phantom Creek, south of type Amphibrachium and queried because of the bilobed nature locality. of ray tips. It is conceivable, however, that it is an extreme variant of Paronael a spongiosa n. sp. It is postulated that Type locality: GSC locality C-080597, Phantom Creek in the early late Toarcian a variant form of Paronael a Formation, Graham Island. had appeared (see Pl. 11, fig. 7); by the late Toarcian the figured two-layered bilobed form ( A. (?) phantomensis) Occurrence: Phantom Creek Formation, Queen Charlotte had evolved through enlargement of the primary ray Islands, Guwayza Formation, Oman; Skrile Formation, and reduction of the secondary and tertiary rays to form Slovenia; Japan. a single bilobed ray. Bistarkum rigidium Yeh 1987b Species code: BIS01 Synonymy: with ellipsoidal to distictly bifurcating ray tips generally oc- 1987b Bistarkum rigidium n. sp. – Yeh, p. 43, pl. 1, figs. 5, 17, curs in a single sample. Specimens with only moderately pl. 22, figs. 1, 3, 7, 11. developed bifurcation (determined as Bistarkum cf. bifur- 1987b Gorgansium rigidum n. sp. – Yeh, pl. 30, fig. 13. cum by Yeh, 1987b) are the most common. 1987b Bistarkum bifurcum n. sp. – Yeh, p. 43, pl. 1, fig. 10; pl. 21, fig. 5; pl. 22, figs. 5-6. 1987b Bistarkum sp. cf. G. bifurcum n. sp. – Yeh, p. 43, pl. 9, Measurements (µm): fig. 13; pl. 21, fig. 11. System of measurement shown in text-figure 7 of Yeh 2004 Bistarkum rigidium Yeh – Matsuoka, fig. 22. (1987b). Ten specimens measured. LR WR WT LT Original description: Rays about equal in length, medium HT 230 90 150 80 of width, one ray usually slightly wider than the other; Mean 225 77 158 75 both rays terminating in large ellipsoidal tips. Width of Max. 230 90 172 80 tips about equal to length of ray shafts. Test comprised of Min. 184 64 150 54 small irregularly arranged polygonal pore frames without prominent small nodes at vertices. Several spines with Etymology: Rigidius-a-um (Latin, adj.) = rigid. circular cross-section and variable length occurring at distal surface of tips and sides of rays. Type locality: Sample OR-589D, Warm Springs member, Original remarks: Bistarkum rigidium Yeh, n. sp., differs Snowshoe Formation, east-central Oregon. from G. bifurcum n. sp., by lacking bifurcate tips and by having a wider test. Occurrence: Nicely and Hyde formations, and Warm Springs m+ember of the Snowshoe Formation, Oregon; Further remarks: B. rigidium Yeh and B. bifurcum Yeh are Mino Terrane, Japan; Tawi Sadh Member of the Guwayza synonymized because a morphological continuum of forms Formation, Oman. 74 Plate BIS02. Bistarkum phantomense (Carter). Magnification x200. Fig. 1(H). Carter et al. 1988, pl. 12, fig. 1. Fig. 2. OM, BR871-R06-24. Fig. 3. SI, MM5.00, 010111. Fig. 4. SI, MM11.76, 010128. Fig. 5. Goričan et al. 2003, pl. 2, fig. 16. Fig. 6. Goričan et al. 2003, pl. 2, fig. 14a. Fig. 7. Goričan et al. 2003, pl. 2, fig. 15. Fig. 8a. Goričan et al. 2003, pl. 2, fig. 13. Fig. 8b. SI, MM11.76, 010127. Plate BIS01. Bistarkum rigidium Yeh. Magnification x100. Fig. 1(H). Yeh 1987b, pl. 22, fig. 11. Fig. 2. Matsuoka 2004, fig. 22. Fig. 3. OM, BR1123-R05-03. Fig. 4. OM, BR1123-R05-02. 75 Bistarkum saginatum Yeh 1987b Species code: BIS03 Synonymy: Measurements (µm): ? 1885 Heliodiscus inchoatus n. sp. – Rüst, p. 293 (23), pl. 29 (4), System of measurements shown in text-figure 7 of Yeh fig. 13. (1987b). Ten specimens measured. 1987b Bistarkum saginatum n. sp. – Yeh, p. 44, pl. 22, figs. 13, 16. LR WR WT LT 1988 ? Heliodiscus inchoatus Rüst – Carter et al., p. 38, pl. 12, HT 183 70 158 107 figs. 2, 5. 2004 Bistarkum saginatum Yeh – Matsuoka, fig. 24. Mean 181 72 154 105 Max. 187 75 161 107 Original description: Rays extremely short, wide, subellip- Min. 170 70 150 98 soidal in cross-section, with large subtriangular to hemi- spherical tips. Test comprised of nearly uniformly sized ir- Etymology: Saginatus-a-um (Latin, adj.) = flattened. regular polygonal pore frames. Pore frames without promi- nent nodes at vertices. Short spines occurring on distal Type locality: OR-589D, Warm Springs Member, Snowshoe surface of tips and sides of rays. Formation, east-central Oregon. Original remarks: This species differs from other Bistar- Occurrence: Nicely and Hyde formations, and Warm kum spp. in this report by having extremely large tips and Springs member of the Snowshoe Formation, east-cen- by having short, massive rays. tral Oregon; Phantom Creek Formation, Graham Island, Queen Charlotte Islands; Mino Terrane, Japan; Tawi Sadh Further remarks: ? Heliodiscus inchoatus Rüst, illustrated Member of the Guwayza Formation, Oman. by Carter et al. (1988) appears to be the same species but with more expanded ray tips. Genus: Broctus Pessagno & Whalen 1982 Type species: Broctus selwynensis Pessagno & Whalen 1982 Synonymy: differs from Bagotum, Droltus, and Noritus by having a final 1982 Broctus n. gen. – Pessagno & Whalen, p. 120. post-abdominal chamber terminating in a narrow tubular structure. Original description: Test as with family: spindle-shaped. Final post-abdominal chamber terminating in narrow, Etymology: Broctus is a name formed by an arbitrary tubular structure (pl. 2, fig. 20) extending from aperture; combination of letters (ICZN, 1964, Appendix D, pt. VI, cephalis lacking horn. Pore frames regular to irregular, Recommendation 40, p.113). tending to be more regular distally than proximally. Included species: BRO02 Broctus kuensis Pessagno & Whalen 1982 Original remarks: Broctus n. gen., differs from Bagotum BRO03 Broctus ruesti Yeh 1987b n. gen. by being spindle-shaped instead of ellipsoidal and BRO01 Broctus selwynensis Pessagno & Whalen 1982 76 Plate BIS03. Bistarkum saginatum Yeh. Magnification x200. Fig. 1(H). Yeh 1987b, pl. 22, fig. 13. Fig. 2. Matsuoka 2004, fig. 24. Fig. 3a,b. Carter et al. 1988, pl. 12, figs. 2, 5. Fig. 4. OM, BR706-R02-13a. Fig. 5. OM, BR871-R01-01. Fig. 6. OM, BR871-R01-02. Fig. 7. OM, BR871-R02-06. Fig. 8. OM, BR706-R13-08. 77 Broctus kuensis Pessagno & Whalen 1982 Species code: BRO02 Synonymy: Measurements (µm): 1982 Broctus kuensis n. sp. – Pessagno & Whalen, p. 120, pl. 1, Based on five specimens. fig. 7; pl. 2, figs. 17, 21. Length Width (max.) 2002 Broctus kuensis Pessagno & Whalen – Tekin, p. 186, pl. 3, 245.0 100.0 HT fig. 7. 245.0 100.0 Max. 185.0 78.0 Min. Original description: Test as with genus, usually having six 207.6 91.0 Mean to seven post-abdominal chambers. Cephalis conical; tho- rax, abdomen, and post-abdominal chambers trapezoidal Etymology: Broctus kuensis, n. sp., is named for Kue in cross section. Post-abdominal chambers increasing rap- Passage, west of its type locality. idly in width; last two post-abdominal chambers rapidly decreasing in width. Cephalis and thorax with small irreg- ular, polygonal pore frames almost completely obscured by Type locality: Sample QC 590A, Sandilands Formation cover of microgranular silica. Abdomen and post-abdomi- (Kunga Formation in Pessagno & Whalen, 1982), north nal chambers composed of irregular tetragonal and pen- shore of Kunga Island, Queen Charlotte Islands, British tagonal pore frames gradually increasing in size distally; Columbia. final two post-abdominal chambers composed of larger, aligned, tetragonal (rectangular) pore frames. Occurrence: Sandilands Formation, Queen Charlotte Islands; Hocaköy Radiolarite and Gümüslü Allochthon, Original remarks: See remarks under B. selwynensis, n. sp. Turkey. Broctus ruesti Yeh 1987b Species code: BRO03 Synonymy: frames on earlier chambers and regular pore frames on 1987b Broctus ruesti n. sp. – Yeh, p. 54, pl. 4, figs. 1-3, 7, 21. final post-abdominal chambers. 1987b Broctus sp. aff. B. ruesti n. sp. – Yeh, p. 54, pl. 4, fig. 6. 1987b Broctus sp. A – Yeh, p. 54, pl. 4, figs. 13, 25. Further remarks: Broctus ruesti Yeh is similar to Broctus 1987 Canutus (?) sp. A – Hattori, pl. 15, fig. 13. selwynensis Pessagno & Whalen in general shape of the test 1997 Parahsuum sp. B – Yao, pl. 14, fig. 657. and linear arrangement of pores. These two species differ in 2004 Broctus ruesti Yeh – Ziabrev et al., Fig. 5-9. the shape of the first segments: B. ruesti is pointed apically whereas B. selwynensis is rounded. Original description: Test spindle-shaped (conical when Note that our specimens of. B. ruesti (pl. BRO03, figs. 2-4) broken), with five to seven post-abdominal chambers. are considerably smaller than the type material. Cephalis small, hemispherical without horn. Chambers increasing gradually in length, rapidly in width as added. Measurements (µm): Final post-abdominal chamber terminating in narrow Ten specimens measured. tubular extension. Test wall double-layered. Inner latticed Length (max.) Width (max.) wall consisting of regularly aligned square to rectangular HT 400 230 pore frames. Outer layer of cephalis imperforate, covered Mean 350 200 with layer of microgranular silica. Thorax and subsequent Max. 400 230 chambers with massive costae and thin transverse bars Min. 270 180 forming rectangular pore frames overlapping on inner layer. Bars of outer layer fragile, often broken and leaving short Etymology: This species is named for Dr. D. Ruest, in honor remnants at costae. About eleven to thirteen costae visible of his contribution to the study of Radiolaria. laterally. Pore frames gradually increasing in size from thorax to final post-abdominal chamber then decreasing in Type locality: Sample OR-536J, Nicely Formation, south- size distally. east side of Morgan Mountain, east-central Oregon. Original remarks: Broctus ruesti n. sp., differs from B. sp. A Occurrence: Nicely Formation, Oregon; Fannin Formation, by having a narrower test with regular rectangular pore Queen Charlotte Islands; Musallah Formation, Oman; frames throughout the test rather than irregular pore Japan; Bainang Terrane, Tibet. 78 Plate BRO02. Broctus kuensis Pessagno & Whalen. Magnification Fig. 1 x200, Fig. 2 x300. Fig. 1. TR, 1662D-R01-07. Fig. 2(H). Pessagno & Whalen 1982, pl. 1, fig. 7. Plate BRO03. Broctus ruesti Yeh. Magnification Fig. 1 x 150 (scale bar A), Figs. 2-4 x200 (scale bar B). Fig. 1(H). Yeh 1987b, pl. 4, fig. 21. Fig. 2. QCI, GSC loc. C-304565, GSC 128893. Fig. 3. QCI, GSC loc. C-080610, GSC 128894. Fig. 4. OM-00-254, 022204. 79 Broctus selwynensis Pessagno & Whalen 1982 Species code: BRO01 Synonymy: Further remarks: See remarks under Broctus ruesti Yeh. 1982 Broctus selwynensis n. sp. – Pessagno & Whalen, p. 121, pl. 1, fig. 6; pl. 2, figs 18, 20; pl. 12, fig. 10. Measurements (µm): Original description: Test as with genus, usually with seven Based on 10 specimens. or eight post-abdominal chambers. Cephalis hemispheri- Length Width (max.) cal, imperforate. Abdomen and post-abdominal cham- 237.5 107.5 HT bers increasing rapidly in width; last two post-abdominal 260.0 120.0 Max. chambers rapidly decreasing in width. Thorax, abdomen 210.0 90.0 Min. and post-abdominal chambers trapezoidal in cross section. 238.8 106.3 Mean Thorax, abdomen and proximal post-abdominal chambers with small, irregular polygonal pore frames in outer latticed Etymology: Broctus selwynensis is named for Selwyn Inlet, layer; central part of test composed of more regular tetrago- northwest of its type locality. nal (mostly rectangular) pore frames in outer latticed layer aligned in rows; final post-abdominal chamber and tubular Type locality: Sample QC 590A, Sandilands Formation structure composed of less regularly aligned tetragonal and (Kunga Formation in Pessagno & Whalen, 1982), north pentagonal pore frames. shore of Kunga Island, Queen Charlotte Islands, British Columbia. Original remarks: The aligned pore frames over the central portion of the test distinguishes B. selwynensis, n. sp., from Occurrence: Sandilands, Ghost Creek and Fannin forma- B. kuensis, n. sp. The latter species does not show such a tions, Queen Charlotte Islands; Williston Lake, NE British strong alignment of pore frames, except for the final two Columbia; Tawi Sadh Member of the Guwayza Formation post-abdominal chambers. and Haliw Formation, Oman. Genus: Canoptum Pessagno 1979 Type species: Canoptum poissoni Pessagno, in Pessagno et al. 1979 Synonymy: Original remarks: Canoptum n. gen., differs from Spongo- 1979 Canoptum Pessagno n. gen. – Pessagno et al., p. 182. capsula Pessagno in having a two-layered test wall lacking 1987a Paracanoptum n. gen. – Yeh, p. 67. spongy meshwork. It differs from Parvicingula Pessagno in 1987a Neowrangel ium n. gen. – Yeh, p. 65. possessing a two-layered test with a microgranular outer layer lacking discrete pore frames. Original description: Test spindle-shaped (often conical when broken) with dome-shaped cephalis lacking horn. Etymology: Canoptum is an arbitrary combination of letters Thorax and abdomen trapezoidal in outline. Post-abdomi- (see ICZN, 1964. p. 113. recommendation 40). nal segments subtrapezoidal in outline, separated from each other by rather broad, slightly perforate, circumfer- Included species: ential ridges at the joints; pores on ridges circular to ellipti- CAN12 Canoptum anulatum Pessagno & Poisson 1981 cal in shape, not set in pore frames. Ridges of inner layer CAN13 Canoptum artum Yeh 1987b considerably narrower. Area between a given ridges im- CAN08 Canoptum columbiaense Whalen & Carter 1998 perforate or sparsely perforate. Segments somewhat con- CAN09 Canoptum dixoni Pessagno & Whalen 1982 stricted between joints and circumferential ridges. Each CAN11 Canoptum margaritaense Whalen & Carter 1998 postabdominal segment separated by partitions with large, CAN14 Canoptum rugosum Pessagno & Poisson 1981 circular apertures. 80 Plate BRO01. Broctus selwynensis Pessagno & Whalen. Magnification x200. Fig. 1(H). Pessagno & Whalen 1982, pl. 1, fig. 6. Fig. 2. QCI, GSC loc. C-140418, GSC 111806. Fig. 3. OM, BR1121-R10-14. Fig. 4. OM, Haliw-R03-05. Fig. 5. QCI, GSC loc. C- 080611, GSC 128722. Fig. 6. QCI, GSC loc. C-080612, GSC 128723. Fig. 7. NBC, GSC loc. C-305208, GSC 128724. Fig. 8. QCI, GSC loc. C-140495, GSC 128725. 81 Canoptum anulatum Pessagno & Poisson 1981 Species code: CAN 12 Synonymy: circumferential ridges, forming linked- H pattern. Single 1981 Canoptum anulatum n. sp. – Pessagno & Poisson, p. 60, small, circular pores occurring between two given costae pl. 9, figs. 6-9, pl. 10, figs. 1-9. and adjacent to ridge. Pores, ridges and costae usually bur- 1982 Dictyomitrel a (?) sp. – Imoto et al., pl. 1, fig. 5. ied by microgranular outer layer of shell material except 1982 Canoptum anulatum Pessagno & Poisson – Pessagno & when specimen is excessively etched. Pores in area between Whalen, p. 123, pl. 6, figs. 1-2. 1982 Canoptum anulatum Pessagno & Poisson – De Wever & ridges usually elliptical in shape, set in linearly arranged, Origlia-Devos, p. 1, fig. X. rectangular pore frames; usually buried by outer layer of 1984 Canoptum anulatum Pessagno & Poisson – Murchey, shell material. Final two post-abdominal chambers (seg- pl. 1, fig. 32. ments) decreasing in width, increasing in height; penulti- 1984 Canoptum anulatum Pessagno & Poisson – Whalen & mate chamber often with tubular extension. Pessagno, pl. 3, fig. 7. 1985 Canoptum anulatum Pessagno & Poisson – Kishida & Original remarks: Canoptum anulatum, n. sp., possesses Hisada, pl. 2, figs. 21-22. circumferential ridges that are significantly different from 1987a Paracanoptum anulatum (Pessagno & Poisson) – Yeh, those of the type species of Canoptum, C. poissoni Pessagno p. 67, pl. 1, figs. 12, 13. 1987b Paracanoptum anulatum (Pessagno & Poisson) – Yeh, (1979). The linked- H circumferential ridge structure dis- p. 58, pl. 4, fig. 28; pl. 15, fig. 4; pl. 27, fig. 1, 9, 11. played by C. anulatum is shared by a number of yet unde- 1987 Canoptum anulatum Pessagno & Poisson – Hattori, pl. 18, scribed forms from the Lower Jurassic. Forms with this sort fig. 9. of structure have not been observed below the Hettangian. 1988 Canoptum anulatum Pessagno & Poisson – Carter et al., C. anulatum is tentatively included in Canoptum in this re- p. 50, pl. 5, figs. 9-10, 14. port. However, it may be desirable in the future to include 1989 Canoptum sp. aff. C. anulatum Pessagno & Poisson it under a new genus. – Hattori, pl. 14, fig. A, not fig. B. C. anulatum also differs from C. poissoni by having a 1990 Canoptum anulatum Pessagno & Poisson – De Wever et slender, more elongate test with more closely spaced post- al., pl. 4, fig. 5. 1992 Paracanoptum anulatum (Pessagno & Poisson) – Pessagno abdominal chambers (segments). & Mizutani, pl. 99, fig. 3. 1997 Canoptum anulatum Pessagno & Poisson – Yao, pl. 12, Measurements (µm): fig. 574. Based on seven specimens. 1998 Paracanoptum anulatum (Pessagno & Poisson) – Cordey, HT Min. Max. pl. 24, fig. 1-2, 11. Length 310 310 435 1998 Canoptum anulatum Pessagno & Poisson – Kashiwagi, Width 95 90 100 pl. 1, fig. 15. 2002 Canoptum anulatum Pessagno & Poisson – Whalen & Etymology: Anulatus-a-um (Latin, adj.): beringed, orna- Carter, p. 118, pl. 10, fig. 5. 2004 Canoptum anulatum Pessagno & Poisson – Matsuoka, mented with rings. fig. 245. 2004 Canoptum anulatum Pessagno & Poisson – Ishida et al., Type locality: Sample 1662D, Gümüslü Allochthon, Taurus pl. 5, fig. 9, 10. Mts., Turkey. Original description: Cephalis dome-shaped, lacking a Occurrence: Gümüslü Allochthon, Turkey; Bridge River horn. Subsequent chambers trapezoidal in outline, nu- Complex, and Fannin and Whiteaves formations, Queen merous; closely spaced except for final chambers. Post-ab- Charlotte Islands; Nicely and Hyde formations, Warm dominal chambers eleven to fifteen in number, separated Springs member of the Snowshoe Formation, Oregon; by prominent circumferential ridges; ridges with short, Franciscan Complex, California; San Hipólito Formation, discontinuous costae; approximately fifteen costae visible Baja California Sur; Drimos Formation, Greece; Tawi Sadh on a given ridge laterally. Short costae at right angles to Member of the Guwayza Formation, Oman; Japan. 82 Plate CAN12. Canoptum anulatum Pessagno & Poisson. Magnification x250, except Figs. 2b and 7b x500. Fig. 1(H). Pessagno & Poisson 1981, pl. 9, fig. 6. Fig. 2a,b. TR, 1662D-R06-17. Fig. 3. JP, MNA-10, MA10776. Fig. 4. OM, BR1122-R01-04. Fig. 5. OM, BR682-R09-02. Fig. 6. QCI, GSC loc. C-140495, GSC 128726. Fig. 7a,b. OM, BR523-R01-10a, b. Fig. 8. OM, BR1122-R02-07. Fig. 9. Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 10, fig. 5. 83 Canoptum artum Yeh 1987b Species code: CAN13 Synonymy: a larger cephalis and more closely spaced post-abdominal 1987b Canoptum artum Yeh n. sp. – Yeh, p. 56, pl. 5, fig. 23; pl. 6, chambers, and by having an outer layer of test wall more figs. 5, 19-20; pl. 14, fig. 9; pl. 27, fig. 4. perforate on final post-abdominal chambers. 1987b Canoptum sp. aff. C. artum Yeh n. sp. – p. 57, pl. 27, figs. 2, 10., 24-25. Further remarks: Note that the size of this species is 2004 Canoptum artum Yeh – Matsuoka, fig. 246. 2004 Canoptum sp. – Hori et al., pl. 6, figs. 21, 22. quite variable. The length of the test ranges from 190 µm (pl. CAN13, fig. 8) to 450 µm (pl. CAN13, fig. 5). Original description: Test wide, conical, with six to eight Measurements (µm): post-abdominal chambers. Cephalis conical to dome- Ten specimens measured. shaped without horn. Cephalis, thorax, and abdomen im- Length (max.) Width (max.) perforate, covered with layer of microgranular silica and HT 300 150 separated from each other by one row of small pores. All Mean 295 150 post-abdominal chambers lobated, closely spaced, gradu- Max. 310 150 ally increasing in width and length as added. Abdomen and Min. 240 108 subsequent chambers separated from each other by smooth, perforated circumferential ridges. Ridges usually with two Etymology: Artus-a-um (Latin, adj.) = close, tight. to four rows of small irregular polygonal pore frames. Inner latticed layer of test comprised of larger, irregular polygonal Type locality: OR-589D, Warm Springs member of the pore frames, outer layer of microgranular silica imperfo- Snowshoe Formation, near Izee, east-central Oregon. rate at constricted median band of earlier post-abdominal chambers, perforated with small polygonal pore frames at Occurrence: Nicely and Hyde formations, and Warm final three or four post-abdominal chambers. Springs member of the Snowshoe Formation, Oregon; Ghost Creek and Fannin formations, Queen Charlotte Original remarks: Canoptum artum, n. sp., differs from Islands; Mino Terrane, Japan; Tawi Sadh Member of the Canoptum poissoni Pessagno by having a wider test with Guwayza Formation and Musallah Formation, Oman. 84 Plate CAN13. Canoptum artum Yeh. Magnification Figs. 1-5 x200 (scale bar A), Figs. 6-8 x300 (scale bar B). Fig. 1(H). Yeh 1987b, pl. 6, fig. 5. Fig. 2. OM, BR1121-R08-11. Fig. 3. QCI, GSC loc. C-304281, GSC 128727. Fig. 4. QCI, GSC loc. C-080612, GSC 128728. Fig. 5. QCI, GSC loc. C-080612, GSC 128729. Fig. 6. OM-00-117, 021134. Fig. 7. JP, MNA-10, MA13392. Fig. 8. OM, BR1122-R02-07. 85 Canoptum columbiaense Whalen & Carter 1998 Species code: CAN08 Synonymy: Original remarks: Canoptum columbiaense n. sp. differs 1998 Canoptum columbiaense n. sp. – Whalen & Carter, p. 64, from C. margaritaense n. sp. by the absence of pronounced pl. 15, figs 6, 10, 11, 15, 19. nodes on the circumferential ridges; and from C. unicum 1998 Canoptum sp. – Kashiwagi, pl. 2, fig. 12. Pessagno and Whalen by the development of a thicker layer 2002 Canoptum dixoni Pessagno & Whalen – Suzuki et al., of microgranular silica in the constrictions and the shape of p. 181, figs. 8 C-E, J-K. the cephalis. ? 2002 Canoptum columbiaense Whalen & Carter – Tekin, p. 189, pl. 4, fig. 5. Measurements (µm): Original description: Test conical, usually with 10 to 11 Based on 11 specimens. post-abdominal chambers. Cephalis and thorax combined Length Width (max.) steeply conical, almost knob-like, with distinct break in 218 98 HT slope from abdomen. Abdomen and post-abdominal 259 120 Max. chambers trapezoidal in outline, gradually increasing in 195 90 Min. width and height as added. Cephalis and thorax smooth, 232 108 Mean imperforate, covered by layer of microgranular silica. Post-abdominal chambers separated from each other Etymology: This species is named for the Province of and abdomen by moderately wide circumferential ridges British Columbia. alternating with constrictions. Inner latticed layer of post-abdominal chambers consisting of small, irregular Type locality: Sample QC-676, Sandilands Formation, polygonal pore frames exposed on circumferential ridges; Kunga Island, Queen Charlotte Islands, British Columbia. layer of microgranular silica in constrictions mostly covering polygonal pore frames on proximal part of test; Occurrence: Sandilands, Ghost Creek and Fannin many pore frames exposed within constrictions on distal formations, Queen Charlotte Islands; Pucara Group, Peru; part of test. Japan. Canoptum dixoni Pessagno & Whalen 1982 Species code: CAN09 Synonymy: raised areas of microgranular silica surrounded by small 1982 Canoptum dixoni Pessagno & Whalen n. sp. – Pessagno & polygonal pores. Whalen, p. 124, pl. 2, fig. 1-2, 8-9, 14; pl. 12, fig. 2. 1988 Canoptum anulatum Pessagno & Poisson – Li, pl. 1, fig. 2. Original remarks: Canoptum dixoni, n. sp. is distinguished 1998 Canoptum dixoni Pessagno & Whalen – Whalen & Carter, from other species of Canoptum by the beaded nature of its p. 64, pl.17, fig. 1; pl. 26, fig. 5. narrow circumferential ridges. 2002 Canoptum dixoni Pessagno & Whalen – Whalen & Carter, p. 118, pl. 10, figs. 3, 4. Measurements (µm): Based on 7 specimens. Original description: Test as with genus; conical, usually Length Width (maximum) with 12 to 14 post-abdominal chambers. Cephalis conical; 312.5 112.5 HT thorax, abdomen, and post-abdominal chambers increasing 360.0 120.0 Max. gradually in width and height as added. Thorax, abdomen, 312.5 100.0 Min. and post-bdominal chambers trapezoidal in outline. 339.7 110.5 Mean Cephalis and thorax smooth, imperforate, covered by layer of microgranular silica. Cephalis, thorax, and abdomen Etymology: This species is named for Captain George together forming prominent area of test. Post-abdominal Dixon who explored the Queen Charlotte Islands in 1787. chambers separated from each other and abdomen by narrow circumferential ridges alternating with constrictions. Type locality: QC 590A, Sandilands Formation (Kunga Inner latticed layer of post-abdominal chambers consisting Formation in Pessagno & Whalen, 1982), north shore of of small, irregular polygonal pore frames exposed on Kunga Island, Queen Charlotte Islands. circumferential ridges; layer of microgranular silica in constrictions mostly covering polygonal pore frames, Occurrence: Sandilands formation, Queen Charlotte particularly on proximal portion of test (many more pores Islands; San Hipólito Formation, Baja California Sur; within constrictions remaining open distally). Distinctive Dengqen area, Tibet; Tawi Sadh Member of the Guwayza beadlike structures on circumferentail ridges formed by Formation and Musallah Formation, Oman. 86 Plate CAN08. Canoptum columbiaense Whalen & Carter. Magnification x200. Fig. 1(H). Carter et al. 1998, pl. 15, fig. 6. Fig. 2. Carter et al. 1998, pl. 15, fig. 11. Fig. 3. Carter et al. 1998, pl. 15, fig. 10. Fig. 4. QCI, GSC loc. C-080613, GSC 128730. Fig. 5. QCI, GSC loc. C-304566, GSC 128731. Fig. 6. QCI, GSC loc. C-304565, GSC 128732. Fig. 7. QCI, GSC loc. C-304281, GSC 128733. Fig. 8. QCI, GSC loc. C-140495, GSC 128734. Fig. 9. QCI, GSC loc. C-175309, GSC 128735. Plate CAN09. Canoptum dixoni Pessagno & Whalen. Magnification x200. Fig. 1(H). Pessagno & Whalen 1982, pl. 2, fig. 1. Fig. 2. Pessagno & Whalen 1982, pl. 2, fig. 2. Fig. 3. Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 10, fig. 3. Fig. 4. Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 10, fig. 4. Fig. 5. OM-00-252, 021824. 87 Canoptum margaritaense Whalen & Carter 1998 Species code: CAN11 Synonymy: from C. dixoni Pessagno and Whalen and C. columbiaense 1987 Canoptum preanulatum Pessagno & Whalen – Hattori, n. sp. pl. 18, figs. 7, 8. 1987a Neowrangel ium pessagnoi n. sp. – Yeh, p. 66, pl. 1, figs. 3, Further remarks: In this species we include forms without 4, ?10, 22, 23, ; not pl. 1, figs. 5-7, 11, 14. 1998 Canoptum margaritaense n. sp. – Whalen & Carter, p. 64, pores in the constrictions that are identical to the paratypes pl. 17, figs. 2, 3. of Neowrangel ium pessagnoi Yeh but differ from the holo- ? 2002 Canoptum margaritaense Whalen & Carter – Tekin, type by lacking a horn. p. 189, pl. 4, figs. 6, 7. Measurements (µm): Original description: Test conical, lobulate, usually with 11 to 13 post-abdominal chambers. Cephalis conical; thorax, Based on 6 specimens. abdomen and post-abdominal chambers trapezoidal in Length Width (max.) outline, increasing gradually in width and height as added. 368 128 HT Cephalis and thorax smooth, imperforate, covered by 368 128 Max. layer of microgranular silica. Post-abdominal chambers 225 83 Min. separated from each other and abdomen by broad, nodose 287 101 Mean circumferential ridges alternating with constrictions; constrictions covered by thick layer of microgranular silica. Etymology: This species is named for Cape St. Margarita, Inner latticed layer of post-abdominal chambers usually the northern tip of the Queen Charlotte Islands. obscured but when exposed, consisting of small, polygonal pore frames. H-linked pattern on circumferential ridges Type locality: Sample QC-675, Sandilands Formation, formed by raised nodes of microgranular silica surrounded Kunga Island - north side, Queen Charlotte Islands, British by small polygonal pores. Columbia. Original remarks: The H-linked pattern on the circum- Occurrence: Sandilands, Ghost Creek and Fannin forma- ferential ridges distinguish Canoptum margaritaense n. sp. tions, Queen Charlotte Islands; Hyde Formation, Oregon. Canoptum rugosum Pessagno & Poisson 1981 Species code: CAN14 Synonymy: and between abdomen and thorax; present between abdo- 1981 Canoptum rugosum n. sp. – Pessagno and Poisson, p. 61, men and first post-abdominal chamber and each of sub- pl. 11, figs. 5-9; pl. 13, fig. 3; pl. 14, figs. 1-2. sequent four or five post-abdominal chambers. Circumfer- 1982 Canoptum rugosum Pessagno & Poisson – Pessagno and ential ridge when stripped of outer layer of microgranular Whalen, p. 125, Pl. 6, Fig. 7. shell material displaying linked -H pattern identical to that 1987 Canoptum rugosum Pessagno & Poisson – Hattori, pl. 18, figs. 10-12. described for C. anulatum, n. sp. Post-abdominal chambers 1988 Canoptum rugosum Pessagno & Poisson – Sashida, p. 23, constricted medially, giving rise to lobulate test outline. In- pl. 2, figs. 13, 14, 22, 23. ner layer of post-abdominal chambers comprised of two 1988 Canoptum rugosum Pessagno & Poisson – Li, pl. 1, fig. 1. rows of massive tetragonal pore frames between circumfer- 1989 Canoptum rugosum Pessagno & Poisson – Hattori, pl. 13, ential ridges. Outer microgranular layer on well preserved figs. F, G, H, I. specimens with rugose surface; rugosities probably a reflec- 1995 Canoptum rugosum Pessagno & Poisson – Suzuki, pl. 8, tion of massive of inner layer. fig. 2. 1998 Canoptum rugosum Pessagno & Whalen – Kashiwagi, Original remarks: Canoptum rugosum, n. sp., differs from pl. 1, fig. 16, pl. 2, fig. 11. C. anulatum, n. sp., (1) by having a shorter, broader test 2003 Canoptum rugosum Pessagno & Poisson – Goričan et al., with one half to one third the number of post-abdominal p. 297, pl. 5, fig. 11. chambers; (2) by having widely rather than closely spaced 2003 Canoptum cf. rugosum Pessagno & Poisson – Kashiwagi & circumferential ridges; (3) by having post-abdominal Kurimoto, pl. 3, fig. 14. chambers with a rugose surface; and so forth. Both species 2004 Canoptum rugosum Pessagno & Poisson – Matsuoka, share the same linked -H circumferential ridge structure. fig. 244. 2005 Canoptum sp. cf. C. rugosum Pessagno & Poisson – Kashiwagi et al., pl. 5, fig. 1. Measurements (µm): Original description: Test as with genus. Cephalis hemi- Based on eight specimens. spherical; post-cephalic chambers trapezoidal in ouline HT Min. Max. increasing relatively rapidly in width and height as added. Length 140 140 165 Circumferential ridges absent between cephalis and thorax Width 75 65 95 88 Plate CAN11. Canoptum margaritaense Whalen & Carter. Magnification x200. Fig. 1(H). Carter et al. 1998, pl. 17, fig. 2. Fig. 2. Carter et al. 1998, pl. 17, fig. 3. Fig. 3. QCI, GSC loc. C-080611, GSC 128736. Fig. 4. QCI, GSC loc. C-080611, GSC 128737. Fig. 5. QCI, GSC loc. C-080610, GSC 128738. Etymology: Rugosus-a-um (Latin, adj.): wrinkled. Occurrence: Gümüslü Allochthon, Turkey; Ghost Creek Formation, Queen Charlotte Islands; Skrile Formation, Type locality: Sample 1662D, Gümüslü Allochthon, Taurus Slovenia; Dengqen area, Tibet; Japan; Musallah Formation, Mts., Turkey. Oman. Plate CAN14. Canoptum rugosum Pessagno & Poisson. Magnification x300. Fig. 1(H). Pessagno & Poisson 1981, pl.11, fig. 5. Fig. 2. OM-00-117, 021130. Fig. 3. JP, MNA-10, MA13381. Fig. 4. SI, MM6.76, 010301. Fig. 5. Goričan et al. 2003, pl. 5, fig. 11. Fig. 6. QCI, GSC loc. C-304281, GSC 128739. 89 Genus: Canutus Pessagno & Whalen 1982 Type species: Canutus tipperi Pessagno & Whalen 1982 Synonymy: Etymology: Canutus is a name formed by an arbitrary 1982 Canutus n. sp. – Pessagno & Whalen, p.127. combination of letters (ICZN, 1964, Appendix D, Pt. VI, Recommendation 40, p.113). Original description: Test spindle-shaped to subconical; when spindle-shaped, often quite inflated. Cephalis with- Included species: out horn. Abdomen and post-abdominal chambers with CTS06 Canutus baumgartneri Yeh 1987b two or three layers of fragile polygonal pore frames. CTS08 Canutus diegoi Whalen & Carter 2002 CTS09 Canutus hainaensis Pessagno & Whalen 1982 Original remarks: Canutus n. gen., differs from Archaeo- CTS10 Canutus nitidus Yeh 1987b dictyomitra Pessagno by having a test with several latticed CTS15 Canutus rennel ensis Carter n. sp. layers of pore frames, by developing pillar-like nodes, and CTS03 Canutus rockfishensis Pessagno & Whalen 1982 by lacking costae. CTS12 Canutus tipperi gr. Pessagno & Whalen 1982 CTS16 Canutus sp. O Further remarks: Only the inflated spindle-shaped forms are considered to belong to Canutus Pessagno & Whalen, the subconical forms are now assigned to Parahsuum Yao. See also further remarks under genus Parahsuum. Canutus baumgartneri Yeh 1987b Species code: CTS06 Synonymy: Further remarks: Canutus tipperi and C. blomei are syno- 1987b Canutus baumgartneri n. sp. – Yeh, p. 59, pl. 19, figs. 3-5, nymized herein as the C. tipperi group. C. baumgartneri dif- 9, 16-17, 20-21. fers from this group mainly by having less massive, more irregularly-shaped pore frames. Lowest Pliensbachian rep- Original description: Test spindle-shaped, large, inflated, resentatives of this genus are more strongly spindle-shaped usually with five to six post-abdominal chambers. Cephalis (almost closed at the bottom) and pore frames are even hemispherical, covered with layer of microgranular more irregular. silica. Thorax and subsequent chambers trapezoidal in outline, gradually increasing in width, final three post- Measurements (µm): abdominal chambers gradually decreasing in width. Test Ten specimens measured. wall consisting of three layers. Inner latticed layer and Length (max.) Width (max.) intermediate (second) latticed layer comprised of medium HT 367 227 size square to rectangular pore frames (pl. 19, figs. 4-5, 16, Mean 370 228 21), outermost latticed layers consisting predominantly of Max. 380 230 triangular pore frames. Distal post-abdominal chambers Min. 363 225 often lacking outermost layer of meshwork and showing rectangular pore frames of inner latticed layer(s) (pl. 19, Etymology: This species is named after Dr. P. O. figs. 3, 20). Baumgartner, in honor of his studies on the Mesozoic Radiolaria. Original remarks: Canutus baumgartneri, n. sp. differs from C. blomei Pessagno & Whalen by having a less inflated Type locality: Sample OR-600D, Hyde Formation at Izee- test with less massive pore frames. It can be distinguished Paulina road, east-central Oregon. from C. tipperi Pessagno and Whalen by having a test with less massive pore frames and a less pointed cephalis. Occurrence: Hyde Formation, Oregon; Ghost Creek and Fannin formations, Queen Charlotte Islands. 90 Plate CTS06. Canutus baumgartneri Yeh. Magnification x150. Fig. 1(H). Yeh 1987b, pl. 20, fig. 3. Fig. 2. QCI, GSC loc. C-304568, GSC 128770. Fig. 3. QCI, GSC loc. C-175306, GSC 128771. Fig. 4. QCI, GSC loc. C-304567, GSC 128772. Fig. 5. QCI, GSC loc. C-175311, GSC 128773. Fig. 6 QCI, GSC loc. C-080611, GSC 128774. 91 Canutus diegoi Whalen & Carter 2002 Species code: CTS08 Synonymy: Original remarks: The less inflated test and strongly taper- 1984 Canutus? sp. – Whalen & Pessagno, pl. 3, fig. 5, 6. ing distal chamber distinguish this species from Canutus ? 1987 Canutus (?) sp. K – Hattori, pl. 15, fig. 10. rockfishensis Pessagno and Whalen 1982. 2002 Canutus diegoi n. sp. – Whalen & Carter, p. 120, pl. 10, figs. 6, 10, 13, 16, 17; pl. 17, figs. 6, 7. Measurements (µm): Based on 9 specimens. Original description: Test spindle shaped, slightly inflated with approximately six post-abdominal chambers; large, Length Width (Max.) 225 120 HT dome-shaped cephalis covered by layer of microgranular 225 135 Max. silica; thorax, abdomen and post-abdominal chambers 180 120 Min. trapezoidal in outline, gradually increasing in width; last 203 124 Mean few post-abdominal chambers gradually decreasing in width and terminating in a short, irregular tubular exten- Etymology: Canutus diegoi n. sp., is named for Diego sion. Chambers gradually increasing in height till central de Becerra, one of the early explorers of the Baja California post-abdominal chamber and then gradually decreasing Peninsula. in height. Cephalis, thorax, abdomen and post-abdominal chambers on proximal half of test with irregularly shaped Type locality: Sample BPW80-30, San Hipólito Formation, pore frames in outer latticed layer; distal post-abdominal Punta San Hipólito, Vizcaino Peninsula, Baja California chambers composed of slightly more aligned tetragonal- Sur. pentagonal pore frames. Inner latticed layer of entire test composed of strong, rectangular pore frames. Occurrence: San Hipólito Formation, Baja California Sur. Canutus hainaensis Pessagno & Whalen 1982 Species code: CTS09 Synonymy: Original remarks: Canutus hainaensis, n. sp., is consider- 1982 Canutus hainaensis n. sp. – Pessagno & Whalen, p. 128, ably more elongate and much less inflated than C. tipperi, pl. 4, figs. 3-4; pl. 5, figs. 1, 13, 14, 16-18, 20; pl. 12, fig. 9. n. sp. It also differs from C. tipperi by having a cephalis 1988 Canutus hainaensis Pessagno & Whalen – Carter et al., rounded rather than pointed apically and by having two p. 51, pl. 3, figs. 10-11. rather than three layers of meshwork on its post-abdomi- 1992 Canutus hainaensis Pessagno & Whalen – Pessagno & Mizutani, pl. 99, figs. 5, 14, 19. nal chambers. Measurements (µm): Original description: Test elongate, spindle-shaped, often Based on 6 specimens. large, with seven to nine post-abdominal chambers usually Length Width (max.) present. Cephalis conical, rounded apically; remaining 375.0 200.0 HT chambers trapezoidal in cross section. Thorax, abdomen, 400.0 200.0 Max. and all but final two post-abdominal chambers increasing 300.0 160.0 Min. moderatly rapidly in width and more gradually in length 357.5 177.9 Mean as added. Final two post-abdominal chambers decreasing somewhat in width. Inner latticed layer of post-abdominal Etymology: This species is named for Haina, an abandoned chambers consisting of square to rectangular pore frames Indian village on the east shore of Maude Island. with nodes at vertices; pore frames gradually increasing in size, becoming large on final post-abdominal chamber. Type locality: Sample QC 534, Ghost Creek Formation Outer latticed layer (second layer) consisting of regular (Maude Formation in Pessagno & Whalen, 1982), Queen to irregular, commonly tetragonal (rectangular) and Charlotte Islands, British Columbia. triangular pore frames. Outer latticed layer not developed on final chamber of well-preserved specimens; pore frames Occurrence: Ghost Creek and Fannin formations, Queen of inner layer with rudimentary nodes. Charlotte Islands. 92 Plate CTS08. Canutus diegoi Whalen & Carter. Magnification Fig. 1a x200, Fig. 1b x300. Fig. 1(H)a, b. Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 10, figs. 10, 13. Plate CTS09. Canutus hainaensis Pessagno & Whalen. Magnification x150. Fig. 1(H). Pessagno & Whalen 1982, pl. 4, fig. 3. Fig. 2. QCI, GSC loc. C-304567, GSC 128775. Fig. 3. QCI, GSC loc. C-304567, GSC 128776. Fig. 4. QCI, GSC loc. C-175311, GSC 128895. 93 Canutus nitidus Yeh 1987b Species code: CTS10 Synonymy: with extremely small cephalis, and by having a test with two 1987b Canutus nitidus n. sp. – Yeh, p. 59, pl. 6, figs. 1, 17; pl. 19, inner layers of variable sized irregular pore frames. figs. 1-2, 6, 11, 18-19. 1987b Canutus sp. aff. C. nitidus n. sp. – Yeh, p. 60, pl. 4, figs. 4-5, Further remarks: By Carter et al. (1988): The narrow tu- 22. bular extension terminating the distalmost post-abdominal 1988 Canutus nitidus Yeh – Carter et al., p. 50, pl. 3, figs. 5, 8, 12. 1988 Canutus sp. aff. C. nitidus Yeh – Carter et al., p. 51, pl. 3, chamber, as described by Yeh (1987b, p. 59), has not been fig. 6. observed in any specimens. Original description: Test spindle-shaped, large, very in- Measurements (µm): flated, usually with five to six post-abdominal chambers. Ten specimens measured. Cephalis small, hemispherical, usually without rudimentary Length (max.) Width (max.) spine. Abdomen, thorax to second post-abdominal cham- HT 324 248 ber rapidly increasing in width, remaining post-abdominal Mean 315 243 chambers rapidly decreasing in width. Cephalis covered Max. 325 250 with layer of microgranular silica, remaining chambers Min. 302 237 comprised of two inner layers of variable size of irregular polygonal pore frames (pl. 19, fig. 6), outer most layer of Etymology: Nitidus-a-um (Latin, adj.) = sleek, glittering. triangular pore frames. Pore frames thin in rims and thick in sides, with largest pores at middle portion of test, de- Type locality: Sample OR-600M, Hyde Formation at Izee- creasing in size apically and distally. Final post-abdominal Paulina road, east-central Oregon. chamber terminating in narrow tubular extension. Occurrence: Hyde Formation, Oregon; Fannin Formation, Original remarks: Canutus nitidus, n. sp., differs from Queen Charlotte Islands; Fernie Formation, NE British C. baumgartneri n. sp., by possessing a very inflated test Columbia. 94 Plate CTS10. Canutus nitidus Yeh. Magnification x150. Fig. 1(H). Yeh 1987b, pl. 20, fig. 1. Fig. 2. Carter et al. 1988, pl. 3, fig. 5. Fig. 3. NBC, GSC loc. C-305208, GSC 128896. Fig. 4. QCI, GSC loc. C-175309, GSC 128897. Fig. 5. QCI, GSC loc. C-304567, GSC 128898. Fig. 6. QCI, GSC loc. C-080612, GSC 128899. Fig. 7. QCI, GSC loc. C-175306, GSC 128900. Fig. 8. QCI, GSC loc. C-304567, GSC 128777. Fig. 9. QCI, GSC loc. C-304567, GSC 128778. Fig. 10. QCI, GSC loc. C-304567, GSC 128901. Fig. 11. QCI, GSC loc. C-304567, GSC 128902. 95 Canutus rennellensis Carter n. sp. Species code: CTS15 Synonymy: and distal chambers are more constricted. It differs from 1982 Canutus blomei n. sp. – Pessagno & Whalen, p. 127, pl. 3, C. baumgartneri Yeh in having much finer meshwork and fig. 14 only. pore frames on distal post-abdominal chambers are aligned 1996 Canutus sp. A - Pujana, p. 138, pl. 1, figs. 18, 19. rather than irregular. 1996 Canutus sp. A of Carter – Pujana, p. 138, pl. 1, fig. 20. 2004 Canutus sp. – Matsuoka, fig. 211. Measurements (µm): Based on 6 specimens. Type designation: Holotype GSC 111711 and paratype HT Max. Min. Mean GSC 111712 from GSC loc. C-080612; Ghost Creek Length (excl. horn) 326 353 316 328 Formation (lower Pliensbachian). Maximum width 195 205 179 191 Description: Test spindle-shaped, large, inflated, usually Etymology: Species named for the type locality at Rennell with five or six post-abdominal chambers. Cephalis hemi- Junction, the confluence of logging roads leading north to spherical; thorax, abdomen and first few abdominal cham- Masset and west to Rennell Sound; Graham Island, Queen bers rapidly increasing in width, last few post-abdominal Charlotte Islands. chambers strongly decreasing in width. Apical portion of test fairly pointed and covered with a layer of microgranu- Type locality: Sample CAA-79-Ren-Phant, lms 1 (GSC lar silica. Pore frames on early chambers relatively small, loc. C-080611), Ghost Creek Formation, Rennell Junction irregularly-shaped and arranged; on medial chambers section, central Graham Island, Queen Charlotte Islands, pore frames mainly tetragonal and aligned in rows, some British Columbia. with costae-like ridges between. Pore frames on distalmost chamber(s) smaller and irregular. Occurrence: Ghost Creek and Fannin formations, Queen Charlotte Islands; Sierra Chacaicó Formation, Argentina; Remarks: Canutus rennel ensis n. sp. differs from the Mino Terrane, Japan; Haliw (Aqil) and Musallah forma- C. tipperi group in having finer, more irregular meshwork, tions, Oman. Canutus rockfishensis Pessagno & Whalen 1982 Species code: CTS03 Synonymy: broad and by having post-abdominal chambers with two 1982 Canutus rockfishensis n. sp. – Pessagno & Whalen, p. 129, rather than three layers of latticed meshwork. Furthermore, pl. 2, figs. 4, 12, 15, 19; pl. 12, fig. 22. most of the outer latticed layer of C. rockfishensis possesses 1998 Canutus rockfishensis Pessagno & Whalen – Whalen & irregular pore frames, whereas that of C. blomei possesses Carter, p. 65, pl. 17, fig. 18; pl. 26, fig. 8. triangular pore frames. 2002 Canutus rockfishensis Pessagno & Whalen – Suzuki et al., p. 184, fig. 9 I. Further remarks: The holotype of Canutus blomei Pessagno Original description: Test as with genus, spindle-shaped, & Whalen is now assigned to C. tipperi Pessagno & Whalen large, moderately inflated, usually with seven post- while its paratype is assigned to C. rennel ensis Carter n. sp. abdominal chambers. Cephalis and thorax conical, mostly C. rockfishensis Pessagno & Whalen differs from both these imperforate, composed of inner latticed layers of pore species by having a much less inflated test. frames covered by an outer layer of microgranular silica. Abdomen and proximal post-abdominal chambers rapidly Measurements (µm): increasing in width, central two or three post-abdominal Based on 10 specimens. chambers gradually increasing in width; last two post- Length Width (maximum) abdominal chambers rapidly decreasing in width; thorax, 222.5 125.0 HT abdomen and post-abdominal chambers trapezoidal in 270.0 150.0 Max. cross section. All post-abdominal chambers increasing 220.0 125.0 Min. in height distally. Abdomen and most post-abdominal 243.0 138.5 Mean chambers composed of irregular pentagonal to tetragonal pore frames in outer latticed layer; last two post-abdominal Type locality: Sample QC 590A, Sandilands Formation chambers composed of aligned tetragonal (rectangular) (Kunga Formation in Pessagno & Whalen 1982), Queen pore frames. Inner latticed layer composed of rectangular Charlotte Islands, British Columbia. pore frames. Occurrence: Sandilands and Fannin formations, Queen Original remarks: Canutus rockfishensis, n. sp., differs from Charlotte Islands; Nicely Formation, east-central Oregon; C. blomei, n. sp., by having a test which is not nearly so Pucara Group, Peru. 96 Plate CTS15. Canutus rennellensis Carter n. sp. Magnification x150. Fig. 1(H). QCI, GSC loc. C-080612, GSC 111711. Fig. 2. QCI, GSC loc. C-080612, GSC 128783. Fig. 3. QCI, GSC loc. C-304281, GSC 128784. Fig. 4. QCI, GSC loc. C-080612, GSC 111712. Fig. 5. JP, MNA-10, MA13048. Fig. 6. OM-00-118, 000604. Plate CTS03. Canutus rockfishensis Pessagno & Whalen. Magnification x250. Fig. 1(H). Pessagno & Whalen 1982, pl. 2, fig. 4. 97 Canutus tipperi gr. Pessagno & Whalen 1982 Species code: CTS12 Synonymy: Queen Charlotte Islands indicate that test morphology is 1982 Canutus tipperi n. sp. – Pessagno & Whalen, p. 129, pl. 4, quite variable. Basal Pliensbachian forms are small, less than figs 7-9, 11, 12, 14-17; pl. 12, fig. 21. half the size of the type species, others are elongate and less 1982 Canutus blomei n. sp. – Pessagno & Whalen, p. 127, pl. 3, inflated, but all retain the typical massive rectangular pore figs. 13, 15 (not fig. 14); pl. 12, fig. 20. structure of C. tipperi. The shape of the apical portion of the 1988 Canutus tipperi Pessagno & Whalen – Carter et al., p. 51, pl. 3, fig. 3. test is also variable, ranging from the fairly pointed shape of the holotype to the more hemispherical shape of the Original description: Test spindle-shaped, pointed api- original holotype of C. blomei (the latter now synonymized cally, large, inflated, usually with seven to nine post-ab- with C. tipperi). dominal chambers. Cephalis hemispherical; remaining C. tipperi was originally recorded from the Rennell chambers trapezoidal in cross section; cephalis and thorax Junction member of the Fannin Formation (upper lower with apically converging ridges on better preserved speci- Pliensbachian) but is now known to appear in basal beds mens. Abdomen and first three post-abdominal chambers of the lower Pliensbachian Ghost Creek Formation and rapidly increasing in height as added. Inner latticed layer ranges throughout the entire Pliensbachian. and intermediate (second) latticed layer comprised of large square to rectangular pore frames (pl. 4, figs. 15, 17); outer Measurements (µm): latticed layer comprised predominantly of triangular pore Based on 6 specimens. frames. Final post-abdominal chamber of well-preserved Length Width (max.) specimens often lacking outer two layers of meshwork and 475.0 200.0 HT showing only rudimentary development of nodes at pore 475.0 200.0 Max. frame vertices. 280.0 180.0 Min. 313.0 195.4 Mean Original remarks: Canutus tipperi n. sp. is compared to C. blomei n. sp. under the latter species. Etymology: This species is named for Dr. Howard W. Tipper, Original remarks under C. blomei: Canutus blomei, n. sp., Geological Survey of Canada, in honor to his contributions appears closely related to C. tipperi, n. sp. It can be distin- to the study of the Jurassic ammonite biostratigraphy of the guished from C. tipperi by the less pointed and more round- Queen Charlotte Islands. ed nature of the apical portion of the test. Furthermore, the test of C. blomei is more inflated and ellipsoidal in character Type locality: QC 532, Fannin Formation (Maude Forma- than that of C. tipperi. In addition, its pore frames are more tion in Pessagno & Whalen, 1982), Skidegate Inlet, Maude massive with less prominent nodes. Island, Queen Charlotte Islands, British Columbia. Further remarks: Canutus tipperi is an extremely large Occurrence: Ghost Creek and Fannin formations, Queen multicyrtid with distinctive pore structure, but recent Charlotte Islands, and Williston Lake, northeastern British studies of Canutus in over 80 Pliensbachian samples from Columbia. 98 Plate CTS12. Canutus tipperi gr. Pessagno & Whalen. Magnification x150. Fig. 1(H). Pessagno & Whalen 1982, pl. 4, fig. 7. Fig. 2. QCI, GSC loc. C-175311, GSC 128779. Fig. 3. QCI, GSC loc. C-175309, GSC 128780. Fig. 4. QCI, GSC loc. C-080612, GSC 128781. Fig. 5. QCI, GSC loc. C-175309, GSC 128782. Fig. 6. Carter et al. 1988, pl. 3, fig. 3. Fig. 7. QCI, GSC loc. C-127867, GSC 128903. 99 Canutus sp. O Species code: CTS16 Remarks: Test large, subconical to slightly spindle-shaped. Cephalis hemispherical, thorax and abdomen trapezoidal, post abdominal chambers gradually increasing in width as added Cephalis and thorax sparsely perforate covered with a layer of microgranular silica. Pore frames on initial post- abdominal chambers mostly irregular, on distal portion pore frames mainly tetragonal and aligned vertically. This species differs from C. hainaensis in having a more broadly conical shape with prominently aligned distal chambers. Occurrence: Ghost Creek Formation, Queen Charlotte Islands; Musallah Formation, Oman. Genus: Carterwhalenia Dumitrica n. gen. Type species: Saitoum (?) minai Whalen & Carter 2002 Description: Test monocyrtid, hemispherical to sub- initial spicule, apical horn, feet, and cephalic wall, but dif- globular with an initial spicule consisting of apical (A), fers in having four-bladed, short apical horn and feet. dorsal (D), ventral (V), and primary lateral spines (Lr, Ll) The pores of the blades of the apical horn and feet of this originating in a short median bar (MB), and arches LL, genus have the same origin as similar pores of the genera LD, LV, AV, AL, and AD. A spine extended outside into Turriseiffelus, Pteroscenium (e.g. Pteroscenium pinnatum apical horn, and D and L into feet. Apical horn and feet Haeckel 1887, pl. 53, figs. 14-16), and Arachnoplecta Du- four-bladed and practically equal, at least in type spe- mitrica & Zügel 2003. They appear as meshes among the cies. Blades with a row of three or more pores decreasing axis of these spines, a bar forming the external margin of in size distally. Pores aligned between the axis of apical the blades and branches arising practically perpendicular horn and feet and the external border of blades. Ventral from the axis of the spines. Usually these branches may ex- spine of initial spicule extended outside cephalic wall into tend into thorns outside the margin of the blades. a short bladed spine. Until present the genus is represented only by its type species. Remarks: Carterwhalenia n. gen. externally resembles Sait- ulpus Dumitrica & Zügel from which it differs structurally Etymology: The genus is named for my radiolarian especially in missing the secondary lateral spines of the in- colleagues E. S. Carter and P. A. Whalen to honour their itial spicule. By this character it also resembles very much valuable contribution to the knowledge of Upper Triassic the Cenozoic genera Euscenium Haeckel, Archiscenium and Lower Jurassic radiolarians. Haeckel, and Pteroscenium Haeckel. From each it differs in having four-bladed rather than three-bladed spines. Cart- Included species: erwhalenia is close to the Middle and Upper Jurassic genus SUM03 Carterwhalenia minai (Whalen & Carter) 2002 Turriseiffelus Dumitrica & Zügel, in the structure of the 100 Plate CTS16. Canutus sp. O. Magnification x200. Fig. 1. QCI, GSC loc. C-175311, GSC 128785. Fig. 2. QCI, GSC loc. C-080612, GSC 128786. Fig. 3. OM-00-115, 023003. Fig. 4. OM-00-115, 023010. Fig. 5. QCI, GSC loc. C-175306, GSC 128787. Fig. 6. QCI, GSC loc. C-175306, GSC 128904. Fig. 7. QCI, GSC loc. C-175309, GSC 128905. 101 Carterwhalenia minai (Whalen & Carter) 2002 Species code: SUM03 Synonymy: Further remarks: An attentive look at the apical horn and 2002 Saitoum? minai n. sp. – Whalen & Carter, p. 130, pl. 12, figs. feet of the type specimens (holotype and two paratypes) 7-9, 16, 17; pl. 13, fig. 10. and of the two specimens herein presented from the Original description: Test monocyrtid, sub-spherical in Pliensbachian of Turkey (pl. SUM03, figs. 4a-b, 5a-b) shows shape with massive apical horn and three feet. Horn trira- that these external spines are four-bladed rather than three- diate in axial section with narrow, longitudinal ridges and bladed as originally mentioned and that the secondary broad grooves for most of length; elongated pores occa- lateral spines are completely missing. sionally located at base of grooves of horn; horn circular in axial section distally, separated from triradiate portion by Measurements (µm): three to four short verticils; verticils aligned at right angles (n) = number of specimens measured. to long axis of horn; horn located off center of highest point Length (6) Width (5) Length of foot on cephalic dome. Three massive feet triradiate in axial (excludes horn) (Max.) (7) section for most of length, circular in axial section distally; HT 98 90 90 triradiate and circular portions of feet separated by verticils Max. 105 113 105 aligned at right angles to long axis of feet; proximal part Min. 83 90 75 of feet sometimes with small pores piercing grooves. Im- Mean 92 104 87 perforate border collar continuous with ridges of feet. Pore frames irregular, triangular to circular, sometimes appear- Etymology: This species is named for F. Mina (Geólogos ing to radiate from a central point. V-spine prominently ex- de Petróleos Mexicanos), one of the first geologists to study posed on exterior of test at point half way between border the rocks of the Vizcaino Peninsula, Baja California Sur. collar and apex of test. Type locality: Sample BPW80-30, San Hipólito Formation, Original remarks: Saitoum? minai n. sp. is distinguished Baja California Sur. from other species of Saitoum by the massive, spiny triradiate apical horn and feet with verticils. This species differs from Occurrence: San Hipólito Formation, Baja California Sur; species of Saitulpus (Dumitrica and Zügel, in press) in that Gümüslü Allochthon, Turkey. the V spine does not connect with the border collar. Genus: Charlottea Whalen & Carter 1998 Type species: Charlottea amurensis Whalen & Carter 1998 Synonymy: Further remarks: The families Perispyridiidae, Ferresiidae 1998 Charlottea n. gen. – Whalen & Carter, p. 37. and the subfamily Charlotteinae are considered junior synonyms of the family Eptingiidae because they have a Original description: Test with three prominent spines in similar initial spicule, and three spines of the spicule extend same plane, equally spaced or with two spines closer together; outside of the test (De Wever et al., 2001). spines triradiate in axial section, tapering distally. Cortical shell spherical to sub-spherical, sometimes triangular in Etymology: Charlottea n. gen., is named for the British ship outline with flattened upper and lower surfaces. Outer layer Queen Charlotte, for which Captain George Dixon named of pore frames on cortical shell irregularly shaped (usually the Queen Charlotte Islands in August of 1787. tetragonal, triangular, pentagonal) and sized, with nodes at pore frame vertices; larger pores on cortical shell sometimes Included species: observed at base of spines. CHA02 Charlottea amurensis Whalen & Carter 1998 CHA09 Charlottea hotaoensis Carter n. sp. Original remarks: The external morphology of Charlottea CHA10 Charlottea penderi Carter n. sp. n. gen. and Ferresium Blome is very similar but the inner CHA03 Charlottea proprietatis Whalen & Carter 1998 structure is different: Charlottea n. gen. contains an eccen- CHA05 Charlottea triquetra Whalen & Carter 1998 tric spicular meshwork occupying a large part of the central CHA07 Charlottea sp. A sensu Whalen & Carter 2002 area of the test; Ferresium Blome contains a small micro- CHA08 Charlottea sp. B sphere surrounded by a loosely constructed inner spongy CHA11 Charlottea sp. C meshwork of bars and small arches (see Family Ferresidae XNM01 Charlottea? sp. Y of Carter 1993, p. 68). Charlottea n. gen., is distinguished from all other genera of the Subfamily Charlotteinae by having three straight spines in the same plane. 102 Plate SUM03. Carterwhalenia minai (Whalen & Carter). Magnification x300. Fig. 1(H). Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 12, fig. 7. Fig. 2. Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 12, fig. 9. Fig. 3. Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 12, fig. 8. Fig. 4a,b. TR, 1662D-R07-10. Fig. 5a,b. TR, 1662D-R01-08. 103 Charlottea amurensis Whalen & Carter 1998 Species code: CHA02 Synonymy: broad, rounded longitudinal grooves; spines evenly spaced ? 1989 Acaeniotyle spp. – Hattori, pl. 1, fig. G. around cortical shell. 1998 Charlottea amurensis n. sp. – Whalen & Carter, p. 37, pl. 2, figs. 8, 9, 10; pl. 3, figs. 1, 2, 9. Original remarks: The more delicate, elongated nodes and 2001 Charlottea amurensis Whalen & Carter – Gawlick et al., triradiate spines of Charlottea amurensis n. sp. distinguish pl. 2, fig. 5. it from C. johnsoni n. sp. 2002 Charlottea amurensis Whalen & Carter – Suzuki et al., p. 168, figs. 4 H-J. Measurements (µm): Based on 7 specimens. Original description: Test with medium-sized cortical shell HT Max. Min. Mean and three moderately long spines. Cortical shell subspherical Maximum diameter and somewhat compressed in plane of spines; cortical shell of cortical shell 146 150 138 147 composed of medium-sized, irregularly shaped, tetragonal Maximum length and triangular pore frames with prominent elongated of primary spines 105 120 75 95 nodes at pore frame vertices; pore frame bars much thinner in Y direction than Z direction (refer to Pl. 4, fig. 11 for Etymology: This species is named for Amur Rocks in Dana measurement system); large pores sometimes located on Passage, located to the northwest of the type locality. cortical shell at base of spines. Internal spicular network composed of delicate pore frames with no difference in Type locality: Sample QC-676, Sandilands Formation, thickness between Y and Z direction and no apparent Kunga Island, Queen Charlotte Islands, British Columbia. pattern or orientation. Spines tapering distally, usually shorter than diameter of cortical shell, triradiate in axial Occurrence: Sandilands Formation, Queen Charlotte Is- section with narrow, rounded longitudinal ridges and lands; Dürrnberg Formation, Austria; Pucara Group, Peru. Charlottea hotaoensis Carter n. sp. Species code: CHA09 Synonymy: surfaces. It is likely that C. hotaoensis n. sp . is derived from 1989 Protoperispyridium ? spp. – Hattori, pl. 3, fig. G. C. triquetra. In our material, C . triquetra ranges from up- 1997 Perispyridium sp. A02 – Yao, pl. 15, fig. 707. per Sinemurian to basal Pliensbachian; C. hotaoensis n. sp. 2004 Perispyridium sp. – Matsuoka, fig. 184. does not range below the Pliensbachian . This new species may also represent the transition between the two eptingiid Type designation: Holotype GSC 111713 and paratype genera, Charlottea and Perispyridium. GSC 111714 from GSC loc. C-304566; Rennell Junc- tion member of the Fannin Formation (upper lower Measurements (µm): Pliensbachian). Based on 5 specimens. HT Max. Min. Mean Description: Test with small cortical shell, triangular to Diameter of cortical shell 132 153 123 132 subtriangular in outline and three medium-sized spines Length of longest spine 80 126 56 93 of equal length. Surface of cortical shell slightly convex with large subtriangular to irregularly shaped pore frames Etymology: This species is named for the Haida village and deeply incised pores, sub-round in shape. Pore frame of Hotao on the southwest side of Maude Island, Queen vertices usually with small to medium sized nodes; some Charlotte Islands, British Columbia. groups of pore frames partly surrounded by massive raised ridges. Spines assymetrically arranged; two spines closer Type locality: Sample 99-CNA-MI-9 (GSC loc. C-304566), together than the third. Spines stout, triradiate and strongly Rennell Junction member of the Fannin Formation; Fannin tapering with narrow ridges and wide grooves. Bay, south side of Maude Island, Queen Charlotte Islands, British Columbia. Remarks: Charlottea hotaoensis n. sp. differs from C. triquetra Whalen & Carter in having a strongly trian- Occurrence: Ghost Creek and Fannin formations, Queen gular rather than subtriangular shell and less convex shell Charlotte Islands; Mino Terrane, Japan. 104 Plate CHA02. Charlottea amurensis Whalen & Carter. Magnification x200. Fig. 1(H)a,b. Carter et al. 1998, pl. 2, figs. 8, 9. Plate CHA09. Charlottea hotaoensis Carter n. sp. Magnification x200. Fig. 1(H). GSC loc. C-304566, GSC 111713. Fig. 2. QCI, GSC loc. C-304566, GSC 128742. Fig. 3. QCI, GSC loc. C-175306, GSC 128743. Fig.4. QCI, GSC loc. C-304566, GSC 111714. Fig. 5. QCI, GSC loc. C-305388, GSC 128744. Fig. 6. QCI, GSC loc. C-305388, GSC 128745. Fig. 7. QCI, GSC loc. C-175311, GSC 128746. 105 Charlottea penderi Carter n. sp. Species code: CHA10 Type designation: Holotype GSC 111715 from GSC loc. shell with more convex surfaces, large raised nodes some C-080611, Ghost Creek Formation (lower Pliensbachian). forming ridges, and primary spines are more equally dis- Paratype GSC 111716 from GSC loc. C-304566, Rennell tributed around shell. Junction member of the Fannin Formation (upper lower Pliensbachian). Measurements (µm): Based on 6 specimens. Description: Cortical shell generally subtriangular, HT Max. Min. Mean somewhat fluted and irregular in outline with convex Diameter of cortical shell 137 167 110 140 upper and lower surfaces and three medium-sized, Length of longest spine 84 100 73 85 strongly tapering spines. Surface of shell double layered; inner layer of pore frames variably-sized and irregular Etymology: This species is named after Captain Pender who in shape. Outer layer of pore frames extremely variable originally named Maude Island during the 1866 survey. in size (some quite enormous), irregular in shape; outer layer of pore frames with very large raised nodes some Type locality: Sample 99-CNA-MI-9 (GSC loc. C-304566), coalescing to form strong raised ridges. Pores subequal in Rennell Junction member of the Fannin Formation; Fannin size, irregular in shape. Primary spines equally distributed Bay, south side of Maude Island, Queen Charlotte Islands, around shell; spines composed of very narrow ridges and British Columbia. wide deep grooves. Occurrence: Ghost Creek Formation, and Rennell Junction Remarks: Charlottea penderi differs from Charlottea ho-member of the Fannin Formation, Queen Charlotte Islands; taoensis n. sp. in having an irregularly-shaped cortical Fernie Formation, northeastern British Columbia. Charlottea proprietatis Whalen & Carter 1998 Species code: CHA03 Synonymy: Measurements (µm): 1998 Charlottea proprietatis n. sp. – Whalen & Carter, p. 39, HT Max. Min. Mean pl. 4, figs. 1, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 13. Maximum diameter of cortical shell (8 specimens measured) 180 180 150 161 Original description: Test with large, inflated cortical shell Maximum length of primary spines with three long, broad spines. Cortical shell subspherical (5 specimens measured) 120 221 120 188 in shape and subrectangular in outline with irregularly sized and shaped tetragonal and triangular pore frames Etymology: Proprietas, atis (Latin; noun) = a property, with prominent, elongated nodes at pore frame verti- pecularity. ces; pore frame bars thin in Y direction, much thicker in Z direction; larger pores usually located at base of spines. Type locality: Sample QC-675, Sandilands Formation, Internal spicular network composed of thin, coarsely inter- Kunga Island - north side, Queen Charlotte Islands, British woven pore frames with no apparent pattern or orientation. Columbia. Spines triradiate in axial section with narrow, rounded lon- gitudinal ridges and broad, rounded longitudinal grooves; Occurrence: Sandilands and Ghost Creek formations, spines evenly spaced around cortical shell. Queen Charlotte Islands. Original remarks: The distinctive subrectangular outline of Charlottea proprietatis n. sp. distinguishes it from all other species of Charlottea. 106 Plate CHA10. Charlottea penderi Carter n. sp. Magnification x200. Fig. 1(H). GSC loc. C-080611, GSC 111715. Fig. 2. NBC, GSC loc. C-305208, GSC 128747. Fig. 3. NBC, GSC loc. C-305208, GSC 128748. Fig. 4. GSC loc. C-304566, GSC 111716. Fig. 5. QCI, GSC loc. C-080611, GSC 128749. Fig. 6. QCI, GSC loc. C-080612, GSC 128750. Plate CHA03. Charlottea proprietatis Whalen & Carter. Magnification x200. Fig. 1(H). Carter et al. 1998, pl. 4, fig. 1. 107 Charlottea triquetra Whalen & Carter 1998 Species code: CHA05 Synonymy: Original remarks: The shorter, less massive spines and less 1998 Charlottea triquetra n. sp. – Whalen & Carter, p. 39, pl. 4, prominent nodes of C. triquetra n. sp. distinguish it from figs. 2, 3, 4, 5, 11, 14, 15. Charlottea sp. C. Original description: Test with small, slightly elongated Measurements (µm): cortical shell compressed in plane of spines and three HT Max. Min. Mean moderately long spines. Cortical shell with large, irregularly Maximum diameter of cortical shaped and sized pentagonal and hexagonal pore frames shell (6 specimens measured) 75 90 75 84 with low, rounded nodes at pore frame vertices; pores Maximum length of primary irregularly sized (large and small), usually subcircular in spines (5 specimens measured) 71 75 68 73 outline. Internal spicular network composed of very delicate pore frames with no pattern or orientation. Spines triradiate Etymology: Triquetrus, a, um, (Latin, adj.) = three cornered, in axial section with narrow, rounded longitudinal ridges triangular. and broad, rounded longitudinal grooves; spines usually shorter than or equal to long dimension of cortical shell; Type locality: Sample QC-677, Sandilands Formation, two spines closer together than third, sometimes curving Kunga Island, Queen Charlotte Islands, British Columbia. inwards toward long axis of cortical shell. Occurrence: Sandilands and Ghost Creek formations, Queen Charlotte Islands. Charlottea sp. A sensu Whalen & Carter 2002 Species code: CHA07 Synonymy: 2002 Charlottea sp. A – Whalen & Carter, p. 122, pl. 7, figs. 4, 5. Original remarks: The pronounced torsion of the short, triradiate spines of Charlottea sp. A distinguishes it from C. amurensis Whalen and Carter 1998 and C. harbridgensis Whalen and Carter 1998. Occurrence: San Hipólito Formation, Baja California Sur. Charlottea sp. B Species code: CHA08 Remarks: Cortical shell similar in size and shape to C. amurensis Whalen & Carter, but spines are shorter and more robust with thin rounded ridges and deep grooves; distal ridges of spines with numerous small thorn-like protuberances. Occurrence: Sandilands and Ghost Creek formations, Queen Charlotte Islands; Baja California Sur. 108 Plate CHA05. Charlottea triquetra Whalen & Carter. Magnification x300. Fig. 1(H)a,b. Carter et al. 1998, pl. 4, figs. 2, 3. Plate CHA07. Charlottea sp. A sensu Whalen & Carter. Magnification x200. Figs. 1-2. Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 7, figs. 4-5. Plate CHA08. Charlottea sp. B. Magnification x200. Fig. 1. QCI, GSC loc. 304281, GSC 128740. Fig. 2. QCI, GSC loc. 305417, GSC 128741. Fig. 3. BCS, SH-412-14. 109 Charlottea sp. C Species code: CHA11 Remarks: Cortical shell subtriangular in shape, multilayered. Outer layer composed of densely packed triangular pore frames with large highly raised nodes at vertices. Spines short, thin and circular in axial section. Internal structure unknown. Occurrence: Rennell Junction member of the Fannin For- mation, Queen Charlotte Islands; Fernie Formation, north- eastern British Columbia. Charlottea? sp. Y Species code: XNM01 Synonymy: 1988 Tripocyclia (?) sp. A – Carter et al., p. 27, pl. 1, fig. 4. Remarks: Large shell with three long straight spines. Shell thick, comprised of several layers of latticed pore frames; outer layer made up of medium-sized, irregularly shaped and arranged pore frames (mostly triangular, tetragonal and pentagonal); pore frames with small rounded nodes at vertices. Spines very long, usually broken; spines triradiate with wide rounded ridges and narrow deep grooves. Spines prolonged internally to the edges of a small microsphere. This species is questionably assigned to Charlottea because pore frames on the thick-walled outer shell are smaller, more irregularly arranged, and lack the typical triangular pattern of Charlottea. Further study of the inner structure is needed to confirm genus identity. Occurrence: Fannin Formation, Queen Charlotte Islands. 110 Plate CHA11 Charlottea sp. C. Magnification x200. Fig. 1. QCI, GSC loc. C-304566, GSC 111791. Fig. 2. QCI, GSC loc. C-304566-, GSC 111792. Fig. 3. NBC, GSC loc. C-305208, GSC 111793. Plate XNM01. Charlottea? sp. Y. Magnification x 150. Fig. 1. QCI, GSC loc. 304566, GSC 128906. Fig. 2. QCI, GSC loc. 304566, GSC 128907. Fig. 3. QCI, GSC loc. 304566, GSC 128908. Fig. 4. QCI, GSC loc. 304567, GSC 128909. Fig. 5. QCI, GSC loc. 304566, GSC 128910. 111 Genus: Citriduma De Wever 1982a Type species: Citriduma radiotuba De Wever 1982a Synonymy: lower part giving a discoidal shape to this genus; thorax 1982a Citriduma n. gen – De Wever, p. 202. bears lateral tubes. Original description: Neosciadiocapsidae with a cephalic Etymology: Anagram of P. Dumitrica (Bucarest), in honor structure including 8 spines (A, V, D, MB, L , L , l and l ). to his meticulous work upon Mesozoic radiolarians. r l r l Location of cephalis on one side distinguishes the upper and a lower face. Cephalis hemispherical, with an apical Included species: horn and a lateral horn, respectively outgrowing from A 4033 Citriduma hexaptera (Conti & Marcucci) 1991 and V spines of the cephalic skeleton. Thorax, closed in the CIT05 Citriduma radiotuba De Wever 1982a Citriduma hexaptera (Conti & Marcucci) 1991 Species code: 4033 Synonymy: segment, in having six equatorial wings and lacking a 1987 Gn. sp. indet. – Hattori, pl. 23, figs. 18. terminal tube. Its tentative assignment to genus Podocapsa ? 1989 Gen. sp. indet. – Hattori, pl. 17, fig. L. is based on the presence of porous wings and of a broad 1991 Podocapsa (?) hexaptera n. sp. – Conti and Marcucci, distalmost segment. p. 803, pl. 3, figs. 12, 13, 14, 16, 17, 18. 1992 Unnamed 6-rayed livarellids – Yeh, pl. 3, fig. 6. 1995a Podocapsa (?) hexaptera Conti & Marcucci Further remarks: By Goričan et al. (2003): Citriduma – Baumgartner et al., p. 428, pl. 4033, figs. 1-5. hexaptera differs from the Rhaetian Citriduma asteroides 1997 Citriduma sp. A – Yao, pl. 12, fig. 558. Carter, 1993 and Citriduma sp. C (Carter, 1993) by having 2003 Citriduma hexaptera (Conti & Marcucci) – Goričan et al., a constant number of tubes (always six), longer tubes and p. 297, pl. 5, fig. 4. smaller pores. 2004 Citriduma hexaptera (Conti & Marcucci) – Matsuoka, fig. 128. Measurements (µm): Original description: The shell shows two distinct parts: Based on 5 specimens. a hemispherical small proximal part without apparent Min. Max. HT segmental division but possibly including cephalis and Length wings 90 160 100 thorax, and a large and flat abdomen with six porous wings, Width wings 30 50 35 lacking a terminal tube. None of the available specimens Diameter abdomen 125 200 135 show a horn on the proximal part referable to cephalis. The proximal part presents loosely scattered pores smaller Etymology: Greek, hexa = six plus pteron = wing. than those of the abdomen and wings. The abdomen shows circular uniformly distributed pores. Six conical wings are Type locality: Ponte di Lagoscuro, Liguria, Italy. seated along the equatorial zone of the abdomen: they show pores similar to those of abdomen. Occurrence: Liguria, Italy; Skrile Formation, Slovenia; Japan; Warm Springs member of the Snowshoe Formation, Original remarks: This species differs from P. amphitreptera Oregon; Tawi Sadh Member of the Guwayza Formation, in the flat rather than globose shape of the distalmost Oman. 112 Plate 4033. Citriduma hexaptera (Conti & Marcucci). Magnification x200. Fig. 1(H). Conti & Marcucci 1991, pl. 3, fig. 12. Fig. 2. Matsuoka 2004, fig. 128. Fig. 3. OM, BR706-R12-16. Fig. 4. Goričan et al. 2003, pl. 5, fig. 4. 113 Citriduma radiotuba De Wever 1982a Species code: CIT05 Synonymy: Interior of thorax hollow in the center but pillars exist 1982a Citriduma radiotuba n. sp. – De Wever, p. 202, pl. 8, between the upper and the lower face laterally. These pillars figs. 10-11; pl. 9, figs. 1-8. are in line with the radial ridges that are visible outside and 1982b Citriduma radiotuba De Wever – De Wever, p. 285, pl. 39, inside the test. figs. 1-5; pl. 40, figs. 1-7. Cephalis has spines typical of nassellarians; A and V extend outside as horns. D, L , L , l and l extended l r l r Original description: Discoidal dicyrtid fringed by nu- peripherally. merous radial tubes. Location of cephalis on one side distinguishes the upper and a lower face. Cephalis hemi- Measurements (µm): spherical with an apical horn and a lateral horn, respec- Based on 6 specimens. tively outgrowing from A and V spines of the cephalic Width of thorax Width of thorax skeleton. Cephalis imperforate, covered with numerous including tubes without tubes spiny irregularities. 609 418 HT Thorax forms the largest part of the test. It is a biconvex 609 418 Max. disc laterally extended by twelve to twenty tubes. These 333 233 Min. tubes are situated on prolongation of ridges which origi- 468 307 Mean nate at the base of the cephalis and may sometimes pro- trude outside the tubes (Pl. 9, fig. 3). Tubes are distally Etymology: From the Latin radiare = to radiate, and tuba, narrower and terminally closed, ending in a point. -ae = tube, pipe. One specimen shows, on the upper side of the disc near the cephalis and under the lateral spine, a horizontal open- Type locality: Sample 1662D, Gümüslü Allochthon, Taurus ing whose significance is unknown. Near the cephalis, the Mts., Turkey. thoracic wall is made of two latticed layers, closely linked by small pillars. Distally, these two latticed layers are inter- Occurrence: Gümüslü Allochthon, Turkey; Fannin Forma- connected and constitute a two-layered wall. tion, Queen Charlotte Islands. Genus: Crubus Yeh 1987b Type species: Crubus chengi Yeh 1987b (subsequent designation by Carter, in Carter et al., 1988) Synonymy: Further remarks: By Carter et al. (1988): Yeh (1987) 1987b Crubus n. gen – Yeh, p. 69. designated Crubus robustus Yeh, 1987 as the type species 1988 Crubus Yeh – Carter et al., p. 53. of the genus Crubus. However, in the original description of this species and in all Yeh's subsequent references to this Original description: Test as with family, conical to taxon, the binominal name appears as Crubus (?) robustus. subcylindrical, with constrictions between joints. Cephalis In the original description Yeh states »this species is conical, with horn. Cephalis and thorax usually sparsely questionably assigned to Crubus n. gen. because it lacks perforate, covered with layer of microgranular silica. Outer a horn«. Querying generic assignment of a type species layer of abdomen and first one or two post-abdominal invalidates that species as type (see Article 67C, ICZN, chambers covered with small irregular polygonal pore 1985). A new type species is herein designated that more frames, remaining chambers with costae superimposed clearly conforms to the generic description and is better between each row of pore frames. documented. Original remarks: Crubus, n. gen., differs from Drulantus, Included species: n. gen., by having a horn, and by having a lobated test with CRB01 Crubus chengi Yeh 1987b outer layer of test wall comprised of small irregular polygo- nal pore frames on the apical portion of the test. 114 Plate CIT05. Citriduma radiotuba De Wever. Magnification x150 (scale bar A) except Figs. 3b-3c x500 (scale bar B). Fig. 1(H)a,b. De Wever 1982a, pl. 9, figs. 1, 3. Fig. 2. TR, 1662D-R02-05. Fig. 3a,b,c. TR, 1662D-R02-05. 115 Crubus chengi Yeh 1987b Species code: CRB01 Synonymy: Further remarks: We consider that Crubus chengi, 1987b Crubus chengi n. sp. – Yeh, p. 69, pl. 18, figs. 13-15, 19-20, C.? robustus, C. firmus, and C. sp. A represent variation in 24; pl. 19, figs. 7, 15. a single species. 1987b Crubus firmus n. sp. – Yeh, p. 69, pl. 18, figs. 12, 18. 1987b Crubus (?) robustus n. sp. – Yeh, p. 70, pl. 3, fig. 18; pl. 18, Measurements (µm): figs. 9, 10, 22. 1987b Crubus sp. A – Yeh, p. 70, pl. 18, figs. 11, 17. Ten specimens measured. Length (max.) Width (max.) Original description: Test wide, subcylindrical, usually HT 287 143 with eight to ten post-abdominal chambers. Cephalis coni- Mean 280 140 cal, with short massive rudimentary horn and covered with Max. 287 143 layer of microgranular silca. Thorax to second post-ab- Min. 272 130 dominal chambers covered by layer of massive, irregular polygonal pore frames. Costae moderately thick, about ten Etymology: This species is named for Dr. Yen-Nien Cheng to twelve visible laterally. for his help on this project. Original remarks: Crubus chengi Yeh, n. sp., differs from Type locality: Sample OR-600M, Hyde Formation at Izee- C. (?) robustus, n. sp., by having a long, massive horn, and Paulina road, east-central Oregon. having a test with apical portion more pointed in nature. Crubus chengi, n. sp., differs from C. firmus, n. sp., by Occurrence: Nicely and Hyde formations, Oregon; Fannin having a more cylindrical test with more massive horn on Formation, Queen Charlotte Islands. a smaller cephalis. Genus: Crucella Pessagno 1971 Type species: Crucel a messinae Pessagno 1971 Synonymy: Included species and subspecies: 1971 Crucel a n. gen. – Pessagno, p. 52. CRU21 Crucel a angulosa s.l. Carter 1988 CRU11 Crucel a angulosa angulosa Carter 1988 Original description: Test as with subfamily. Four rays, CRU12 Crucel a angulosa longibrachiata Carter n. ssp. elliptical to rectangular in cross-section with polygonal PDC02 Crucel a beata (Yeh) 1987b meshwork arranged linearly to sublinearly; rays equal in CRU22 Crucel a cavata s.l. Whalen & Carter 1998 length; tapering distally; terminating in centrally placed CRU10 Crucel a cavata cavata Whalen & Carter 1998 spines. Central area with polygonal (often triangular) CRU20 Crucel a cavata giganticava Carter n. ssp. meshwork; sometimes with a lacuna, with or without CRU19 Crucel a cavata intermedicava Carter n. ssp. patagium. PDC05 Crucel a jadeae Carter & Dumitrica n. sp. CRU13 Crucel a mijo De Wever 1981b Original remarks: Crucel a n. gen., differs from Hagiastrum CRU14 Crucel a mirabunda Whalen & Carter 2002 Haeckel (1) by possessing rays of nearly equal length; (2) by CRU15 Crucel a spongase De Wever 1981b possessing rays with tapered rather than bulbous tips; and CRU16 Crucel a squama (Kozlova) 1971 (3) by having prominent spine at the tip of each ray. 3131 Crucel a theokaftensis Baumgartner 1980 Etymology: From the Latin crux = cross. 116 Plate CRB01. Crubus chengi Yeh. Magnification x200. Fig. 1(H). Yeh 1987b, pl. 18, fig. 15. Fig. 2. QCI, GSC loc. C-304566, GSC 128752. Fig. 3. QCI, GSC loc. C-304567, GSC 128753. Fig. 4. QCI, GSC loc. C-304566, GSC 128754. 117 Crucella angulosa s.l. Carter 1988 Species code: CRU21 Synonymy: 1988 Crucel a angulosa Carter n. sp. – Carter et al., p. 43, pl. 4, figs. 11, 12. See also subspecies. Included subspecies: CRU11 Crucel a angulosa angulosa Carter 1988 CRU12 C rucel a angulosa longibrachiata Carter n. ssp. Crucella angulosa angulosa Carter 1988 Species code: CRU11 Synonymy: fig. 12), having finer bars and smaller nodes, may be found 1988 Crucel a angulosa Carter n. sp. – Carter et al., p. 43, pl. 4, to represent another species when additional, better pre- fig.11 only. served specimens are found. 1998 Pseudocrucel a carpenterensis n. sp. - Cordey, p. 69, pl. 19, figs. 3, 4. Measurements (µm): Original diagnosis: Test cruciform. Rays medium to long Based on 10 specimens. and of uniform width, with long sturdy central spines. HT Av. Max. Min. Length of ray 111 124 191 111 Original description: Test cruciform with medium to long Width of ray 39 51 66 39 rays terminated by long central spines. Rays uniform in Length of longest spine 95 71 119 45 width, of more or less equal length, diverging abruptly from the central area. Pore frames irregular in size, shape and Etymology: Latin, angulosus (adj.), full of corners. arrangement; composed of thin bars with small rounded pores at vertices. Rays rectangular in cross-section. Central Type locality: GSC locality C-080577, Fannin Formation, spines have (three?) wide, rounded, longitudinal ridges Maude Island. alternating with wide, strong grooves. Occurrence: Ghost Creek, Fannin, Whiteaves and Phantom Original remarks: This form, although extremely variable Creek formations, Queen Charlotte Islands; Fernie Forma- in ray length, bears no resemblance to any described spe- tion, Williston Lake, NE British Columbia; Bridge River cies of Crucel a. Indeed, the longer-rayed forms (e.g., Pl. 4, Complex, British Columbia. Crucella angulosa longibrachiata Carter n. ssp. Species code: CRU12 Synonymy: Measurements (µm): 1988 Crucel a angulosa Carter n. sp. – Carter et al., p. 43, pl. 4, Based on 9 specimens. fig. 12, not fig. 11. HT Max. Min. Mean Length of longest ray 126 158 112.5 136 Type designation: Holotype GSC 111717 from GSC loc. C- Max. width of ray tips 65 75 47 59 305208, Fernie Formation (lower Pliensbachian). Length of longest spine 203 214 150 221 (7) Description: Test cruciform with long rays terminated by Etymology: From the Latin: longus, -a, -um = long, and long central spines. Rays uniform in width, of more or brachium, i = arm; longibrachiatus, -a,- um = with long less equal length. Pore frames irregular in size, shape and arms; adjective. arrangement; composed of thin bars with small rounded pores at vertices. Rays rectangular in cross-section. Central Type locality: Sample 00-TD-HALL (GSC loc. C-305208), spines with three wide, rounded, longitudinal ridges alter- Fernie Formation, Black Bear ridge, Williston Lake, British nating with wide, strong grooves. Columbia Remarks: This species differs from C. angulosa angulosa in Occurrence: Fernie Formation, Williston Lake, NE British always having much longer arms. Crucel a angulosa Carter Columbia; Fannin Formation, Queen Charlotte Islands. originally consisted of two distinctive morphotypes: one with short arms and one with much longer arms; these are now separated into subspecies. 118 Plate CRU11. Crucella angulosa angulosa Carter. Magnification x150. Fig. 1(H). Carter et al. 1988, pl. 4, fig. 11. Fig. 2. QCI, GSC loc. C-080611, GSC 128757. Fig. 3. QCI, GSC loc. C-080611, GSC 128755. Fig. 4. QCI, GSC loc. C-304566, GSC 128756. Fig. 5. NBC, GSC loc. C-305208, GSC 128758. Plate CRU12. Crucella angulosa longibrachiata Carter n. ssp. Magnification x150. Fig. 1(H). NBC, GSC loc. C-305208, GSC 111717. Fig. 2. Carter et al. 1988, pl. 4, fig. 12. 119 Crucella beata (Yeh) 1987b Species code: PDC02 Synonymy: Measurements (µm): 1987b Pseudocrucel a beata n. sp. – Yeh, p. 28, pl. 2, figs. 11-12; Ten specimens measured. pl. 23, figs. 10, 25. Length Width of ray Width Length of ray at base of central area of spine Original description: Test thick with four wide rays. Rays HT 108 84 130 86 subellipsoidal in cross section, medium in length, with Mean 105 82 131 88 five to six external beams and four to five sublinearly ar- Max. 108 84 134 103 ranged rows of rectangular pore frames. Central area large Min. 103 80 130 83 with irregularly arranged subtriangular or rectangular pore frames. Primary spines medium in length, moderately Etymology: Beatus-a-um (Latin, adj.) = happy. thick, circular in axial section. Test with or without pata- gium. Type locality: Sample OR-536J, Nicely Formation, south- Original remarks: Pseudocrucel a beata, n. sp., differs from east side of Morgan Mountain, east-central Oregon. P. jurassica, n. sp., by having a wider test with rays which are ellipsoidal in axial section and by lacking a central Occurrence: Nicely Formation, Oregon; Fannin Formation, cavity. Queen Charlotte Islands. Crucella cavata s.l. Whalen & Carter 1998 Species code: CRU22 Synonymy: See subspecies. Included subspecies: CRU10 Crucel a cavata cavata Whalen & Carter 1998 CRU20 Crucel a cavata giganticava Carter n. ssp. CRU19 Crucel a cavata intermedicava Carter n. ssp. Crucella cavata cavata Whalen & Carter 1998 Species code: CRU10 Synonymy: Measurements (µm): 1998 Crucel a cavata n. sp. – Whalen & Carter, p. 49, pl. 12, Number of specimens measured = (n) figs. 15, 18, 19, 21, 22. Length of Maximum width Width of ray Length of longest of central area tips (Max.) longest Original description: Test with large central area, four short ray (12) (12) (12) spine (7) rays expanded distally, each with a moderately long central 124 82 97 111 HT spine. Rays wide, subrectangular in axial section with up- 225 82 122 150 Max. per and lower planiform surfaces. Rays gradually widening 124 54 79 94 Min. to ray tips. Each ray with one long, massive spine, circular 180 69 101 128 Mean in axial section. Rays with irregularly sized and shaped po- lygonal pore frames with no development of external line- Etymology: Cavatus, a, um (Latin; adj.) = hollowed out. ation; small nodes at pore frame vertices. Prominent circu- lar lacuna in central area variable in size with sides sloping Type locality: Sample 86-OF-KUC-8, Sandilands Forma- towards center. tion, north side of Kunga Island, Queen Charlotte Islands, British Columbia. Original remarks: The distinctive lacuna distinguishes Crucel a cavata n. sp. from all other species of Crucel a Occurrence: Sandilands Formation, Queen Charlotte Pessagno in the Sandilands fauna. Islands. 120 Plate PDC02. Crucella beata (Yeh). Magnification x200. Fig. 1(H). Yeh 1987b, pl. 23, fig. 10. Fig. 2. QCI, GSC loc. C-080611, GSC 128759. Plate CRU10. Crucella cavata cavata Whalen & Carter. Magnification x150. Fig. 1(H). Carter et al. 1998, pl. 12, fig. 15. 121 Crucella cavata giganticava Carter n. ssp. Species code: CRU20 Type designation: Holotype GSC 111718 from GSC loc. C- Measurements (µm): 140413; Rennell Junction member of the Fannin Formation Based on 6 specimens. (upper lower Pliensbachian). HT Max. Min. Mean Length of longest ray 153 184 111 148 Description: Large cruciform test with massive deep lacuna Max. width of ray tips 111 135 80 102 and a short central spine on each ray tip. Rays wide, subre- Max. width of central cavity 116 116 56 78 ctangular in axial section, upper and lower surfaces plani- Length of longest spine broken 111 58 78 (3) form. Rays slightly expanded towards tips; tips rounded, not tapering. Pore frames surrounding and within central Etymology: From Latin: giganteus, -a, -um = giant, gigantic lacuna large, mostly triangular in shape with moderately and cavus, -a, -um = caved; adjective. large nodes at vertices; pore frames smaller towards ray tips. Lacuna occupying most the central area of test. Pri- Type locality: North side Cumshewa Inlet, Moresby Island, mary spines at ray tips short and rod-like. Queen Charlotte Islands, British Columbia. Remarks: Crucel a cavata giganticava n. ssp. differs from C. Occurrence: Ghost Creek Formation and Rennell Junction cavata cavata in having much larger, more regularly shaped member of the Fannin Formation, Queen Charlotte pore frames with stronger nodes at vertices, and primary Islands. spines are smaller. Lacuna in C. cavata giganticava n. ssp. larger than in all other subspecies. Crucella cavata intermedicava Carter n. ssp. Species code: CRU19 Type designation: Holotype GSC 128888 from GSC loc. C- Measurements (µm): 080612; Ghost Creek Formation (lower Pliensbachian). Based on 7 specimens. HT Max. Min. Mean Description: Test with relatively small central area and Length of longest ray 108 168 112 133 four moderately long rays each with a strong central Max. width of ray tips 72 72 47 62 spine. Rays constant in width or just slightly expanded Max. width of central area 55 61 37 48 distally, subrectangular in axial section with upper and lower surfaces planiform. Each ray with one massive spine Etymology: From Latin: intermedius, -a, -um = intermediate (usually broken), triradiate in axial section. Rays with and cavus, -a, -um = caved; adjective. small irregularly arranged pore frames, mostly triangular and tetragonal in shape; small nodes at pore frame vertices. Type locality: Sample CAA-80-T-7, lms. (GSC loc. C- Lacuna in central area variable in size, deep with steep 080612), Ghost Creek Formation, Rennell Junction, Yak- sides. oun River area, central Graham Island, Queen Charlotte Islands. Remarks: Crucel a cavata intermedicava Carter n. ssp. differs from C. cavata cavata Whalen & Carter in possessing Occurrence: Ghost Creek Formation, Queen Charlotte slimmer rays with slightly larger, more regularly arranged Islands; Musallah Formation, Oman. pore frames, and spines are triradiate rather than circular in axial section. Differs from C. cavata giganticava n. ssp. in having narrower rays, less massive pore frames, and a smaller lacuna. 122 Plate CRU20. Crucella cavata giganticava Carter n. ssp. Magnification x150. Fig. 1(H). QCI, GSC loc. C-140413, GSC 111718. Fig. 2. QCI, GSC loc. C-304566, GSC 128760. Fig. 3. QCI, GSC loc. C-304566, GSC 128761. Plate CRU19. Crucella cavata intermedicava Carter n. ssp. Magnification x150. Fig. 1(H). QCI, GSC loc. C- 080612, GSC 128888. Fig. 2. QCI, GSC loc. C-175311, GSC 128762. Fig. 3. OM-00-251, 021518. 123 Crucella jadeae Carter & Dumitrica n. sp. Species code: PDC05 Synonymy: Whalen & Carter but differs in having longer arms and 1987b Pseudocrucel a sp. E – Yeh, p. 30, pl. 2, fig. 18; pl. 3, fig. 14. mostly triradiate rather than circular spines. Type designation: Holotype, pl. PDC05, fig. 1 (Yeh 1987b, Measurements (µm): pl. 2, fig. 18); paratype, fig. 2, GSC 128877; Ghost Creek Based on 6 specimens. Formation, Queen Charlotte Islands. HT Max. Min. Mean Length of rays 170-200 390 180 230 Description: Test flat with long and narrow rays; rays Width of rays at base 50 70 50 56 increasing very slowly in width distally and terminating in With of rays at tip 70-88 140 68 91 more or less expanded tips. Each ray with a three-bladed, pointed distal spine the length of which is about half the Etymology: The species is named for Kuei-Yu Yeh (Jade) length of ray. Central area flat, small. Surface of rays and who illustrated the first specimens. central area with small, dense, irregularly arranged pores. Sides of rays vertical to slightly concave. Type locality: OR-536J, southeast side of Morgan Moun- tain, east-central Oregon. Remarks: As written by Yeh (1987b) this form differs from Pseudocrucel a magna Blome (1984b) by having rays with Occurrence: Nicely Formation, east-central Oregon; Ghost expanded tips and with less massive spines. Crucel a jadeae Creek Formation, Queen Charlotte Islands; Tawi Sadh is very close to the Sinemurian species C. kaisunensis Member of the Guwayza Formation, Oman. Crucella mijo De Wever 1981b Species code: CRU13 Synonymy: 1981b Crucel a mijo n. sp. – De Wever, p. 35, pl. 4, figs. 1, 2. p. 55) by the shape of the arms. Stauralastrum euganeum 1982b Crucel a mijo De Wever – De Wever, p. 253, pl. 28, Squinabol (1903, p. 123) has a more massive shape and figs. 1-3. does not show aligned pores. 1996 Crucel a sp. A – Pujana, p. 136, pl. 1, fig. 14. 2002 Crucel a mijo De Wever – Suzuki et al., p. 176, fig. 7 C. Measurements (µm): Original description: Patulibracchiinae with four wine- Based on 8 specimens. skin-shaped arms terminating in a spine triradiate in axial- Av. Min. Max. HT section along its length. Fine spongy network visible, in a Overall length (2 arms + relic stage, mainly at base of arms and between them where center, without spines) 366 350 380 380 it is probably more protected. Here and there one or several Maximal width of arm 100 85 116 110 tiny spines arise radially from this web (Pl. 4, fig. 1). At base Diagonal of central part 115 85 140 85 of terminal spine on arms, ridges, which separate grooves (corresponding to prolongation of a pore), are carved by Length of terminal spines sometimes reach 115 µm, as on secondary grooves. Pores tend to be disposed in an or- holotype. thogonal network in center, oblique relative to axis of arms, and sometimes slightly aligned on arms. Nodes are often Etymology: Arbitrary combination of letters (ICZN, Ap- present at intersection of bars on the network. pend. D, V, 26) Original remarks: This species differs from Crucel a messi- Type locality: Sample 1662D, Gümüslü Allochthon, Taurus nae Pessagno (1971, p. 55) by its wineskin-shaped arms and Mts., Turkey. spines triradiate along their length with grooves carved at base. It is distinguished from C. plana Pessagno (1971, Occurrence: Gümüslü Allochthon, Turkey; Rennell Junc- p. 56) and C. espartoensis Pessagno (1971, p. 54) which tion member of the Fannin Formation; Fernie Formation, have different pores, less visible nodes and primary spines NE British Columbia; Sierra Chacaicó Formation, Argen- rounded in cross-section; from C. irwini Pessagno (1971, tina; Pucara Group, Peru. 124 Plate PDC05. Crucella jadeae Carter & Dumitrica n. sp. Magnification x100. Fig. 1(H). Yeh 1987b, pl. 2, fig. 18. Fig. 2. QCI, GSC loc. C-305388, GSC 128877. Fig. 3. QCI, GSC loc. C-305386, GSC 111807. Fig. 4. OM, BR524-R04-07. Fig. 5. OM, BR523-R03-19. Plate CRU13. Crucella mijo De Wever. Magnification x150. Fig. 1(H). De Wever 1981b, pl. 4, fig. 2. Fig. 2. QCI, GSC loc. C-304566, GSC 128763. Fig. 3. NBC, GSC loc. C-305208, GSC 128764. Fig. 4. QCI, GSC loc. C-304566, GSC 128765. 125 Crucella mirabunda Whalen & Carter 2002 Species code: CRU14 Synonymy: Measurements (µm): 1987 Crucel a sp. B - Hattori, pl. 4, fig. 8. Based on 10 specimens. 1988 Pseudocrucel a sp. A – Carter et al., p. 29, pl. 7, figs. 8-9. Length of ray Length of spine 2002 Crucel a mirabunda n. sp. – Whalen & Carter, p. 106, pl. 1, (Max.) when entire (Max.) figs. 7, 11; pl. 2, figs. 1, 8. 105 75 HT Original description: Rays with irregularly sized and 120 116 Max. shaped triangular and tetragonal pore frames with no linear 83 60 Min. arrangement; pore frames with medium-sized nodes at 98 88 Mean vertices. Rays subcircular in axial section gradually widening toward distal part of ray. Each ray with one massive spine, Etymology: Mirabundus, a, um (Latin, adj.) = full of triradiate in axial section with broad, rounded longitudinal wonder. ridges and narrow longitudinal grooves. Central area broad, flat with no lacuna; pore frames in central area with similar Type locality: Sample SH-412-14, San Hipólito Formation, construction and arrangement as rays. Baja California Sur. Original remarks: Crucel a mirabunda n. sp. differs from Occurrence: San Hipólito Formation, Baja California Sur; C. kaisuensis Whalen and Carter 1998 by having shorter Phantom Creek Formation, Queen Charlotte Islands; triradiate spines; it differs from C. mijo De Wever 1981b by Japan. having shorter, broader rays and more robust spines. Crucella spongase De Wever 1981b Species code: CRU15 Synonymy: Original remarks: This form differs from Histiastrum 1981 Crucel a sp. A – Pessagno & Poisson, pl. 2, figs. 6, 8. valanginica Aliev (1965) by presence of secondary spines, 1981b Crucel a spongase n. sp. – De Wever, p. 36, pl. 5, figs. 1-3. irregularly arranged pores without alignment, and absence 1982b Crucel a spongase De Wever – De Wever, p. 254, pl. 29, of lacuna. figs. 1-3. Measurements (µm): Original description: Patulibracchiinae with four arms or- 10 specimens measured. thogonally disposed, each ending in a spine, with a patag- HT Max. Min. Mean ium. Arms massive, sometimes bearing very small spines, Total length of both arms and covered with a thin spongy network, often residual. without terminal spines 336 400 297 336 Terminal spines triradiate in cross section, but one of them Length of primary spines 59 32 59 47 without a 3 part symmetry in cross section. Indeed, one of the basal pores, open in a groove, is much larger than the Etymology: Anagram of E. A. Pessagno Jr. in honor of his other two. This large pore suggests a bracchiopyle (Pl. 5, pioneer work on Mesozoic Radiolaria. fig. 2). Type locality: Sample 1662D, Gümüslü Allochthon, Taurus Arms inflated in center of test, which is flat, and does Mts., Turkey. not show a depressed part (lacuna). Network is looser in center, where pores are triangular, than distally where Occurrence: Gümüslü Allochthon, Turkey; Dürrnberg pores are rectangular. Nodes exist at bar intersections. Formation, Austria. 126 Plate CRU14. Crucella mirabunda Whalen & Carter. Magnification x200. Fig 1(H). Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 1, fig. 7. Fig. 2. Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 2, fig. 1. Plate CRU15. Crucella spongase De Wever. Magnification x150. Fig. 1(H). De Wever 1981b, pl. 5, fig. 3. Fig. 2. AT, BMW-21-24. 127 Crucella squama (Kozlova) 1971 Species code: CRU16 Synonymy: Further remarks: Crucel a squama is very similar to Cru- 1971 Hagiastrum squama n. sp. – Kozlova, p. 1175, pl. 1, fig. 10. cel a beata (Yeh) but differs from the latter in having three- 1973 Hagiastrum squama n. sp. – Kozlova, p. 59, pl. 18, fig. 8. bladed spines. 1981b Crucel a squama (Kozlova) – De Wever, p. 38, pl. 5, fig. 7. 1982b Crucel a squama (Kozlova) – De Wever, p. 255, pl. 29, fig. 4. Measurements (µm): 1988 Crucel a sp. aff. C. squama (Kozlova) – Carter et al., p. 43, Min. Max pl. 12, figs. 11, 12. 2002 Crucel a squama (Kozlova) – Whalen & Carter, p. 106, Length of arms from centre (without spines) 105 120 pl. 2, figs. 2, 5. width of arms at base 75 105 Width of spines at base - 27 Diameter of pores 6 12 Original description: Skeleton small, cross-shaped, thick. Four similar, short, triangular arms ending in thick, three- Etymology: Squama (Lat.) – scale. bladed spines. Structure of central part of the disk and arms similar, skeleton consisting of several porous layers that Type locality: Sample Timano-Ural region, Pizhma river, pass in one another. Pores rounded, oval and reniform. Lower Kimmeridgian Marls. Original remarks: By the outline of skeleton and shape Occurrence: Timano-Ural region, Russia; Gümüslü Alloch- of arms Hagiastrum squama Kozlova, sp. nov. is close to thon, Turkey; San Hipólito Formation, Baja California Sur; Stauralastrum (?) sp. Holmes from which it differs only in Fannin, Whiteaves and Phantom Creek formations, Queen having less long arms; the comparison with this species is Charlotte Islands. difficult because due to the poor preservation of specimens W. M. Holmes did not describe the structure of skeleton. Crucella theokaftensis Baumgartner 1980 Species code: 3131 Synonymy: Original remarks: This species is related to C. messinae but 1980 Crucel a theokaftensis n. sp. – Baumgartner, p. 308, pl. 8, differs in having an inflated central area with smaller pores figs 19-22; pl. 12, fig. 1. and slenderer conical rays. The specimen from the lowest 1982 Crucel a theokaftensis Baumgartner – Aita, pl. 3, fig. 12. sample of the Argolis Peninsula POB 899 (pl. 8. fig. 19; pl. ? 1985 Crucel a theokaftensis Baumgartner – Nagai, pl. 5, 12, fig. 1) differs from the topotypic material (POB 986) in figs. 5, 5a. having much shorter spines and a smaller test; see measure- 1987 Crucel a theokaftensis Baumgartner – Aita, p. 63, pl. 1, fig. 8; pl. 8, fig. 3. ments. 1987 Crucel a theokaftensis Baumgartner – Kito, pl. 1, fig. 10. Measurements (µm): 1989 Crucel a sp. A – Hattori, pl. 25, fig. G. Based on 7 specimens. 1995a Crucel a theokaftensis Baumgartner – Baumgartner et al., p. 158, pl. 3131, figs. 1-3. HT Av. Min. Max. 1997 Crucel a theokaftensis Baumgartner – Hull, p. 20, pl. 4, Length of rays AX 140 119 97 210 figs. 6, 12, 14. Length of rays BX 210 - - - 2003 Crucel a theokaftensis Baumgartner – Goričan et al., Length of rays CX 200 - - - p. 293, pl. 1, fig. 19. Length of rays DX - - - - 2004 Crucel a theokaftensis Baumgartner – Matsuoka, fig. 44. Width of rays at base 70 65 50 80 L. longest spine 150 61 50 150 Original description: Test as with genus, central area in- flated subspherical on both sides raised over rays. Rays Etymology: Named for the type locality. slender conical tapering into long triradiate spines. Central Type locality: Locality D of Baumgartner (1980); Argolis area with small, irregular pore frames, ray with lengthened Peninsula (Peloponnesus, Greece). pores becoming larger toward the base of the spines, some- times weakly linearly arranged. Occurrence: Worldwide. 128 Plate CRU16. Crucella squama (Kozlova). Magnification x150. Fig. 1(H). Kozlova 1971, pl. 1, fig. 10. Fig. 2. De Wever 1981b, pl. 5, fig. 7. Fig. 3. Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 2, fig. 2. Plate 3131. Crucella theokaftensis Baumgartner. Magnification x200. Fig. 1(H). Baumgartner 1980, pl. 8, fig. 22. Fig. 2. Matsuoka 2004, fig. 44. Fig. 3. Goričan et al. 2003, pl. 1, fig. 19. 129 Genus: Cyclastrum Rüst 1898 Type species: Cyclastrum infundibuliforme Rüst 1898 Synonymy: Included species: 1898 Cyclastrum n. gen – Rüst, p. 28. CYC01 Cyclastrum asuncionense Whalen & Carter 2002 CYC02 Cyclastrum scammonense Whalen & Carter 2002 Original description: Three rays are linked at their distal CYC03 Cyclastrum veracruzense Whalen & Carter 2002 ends by a band of patagium. CYC04 Cyclastrum sp. A Cyclastrum asuncionense Whalen & Carter 2002 Species code: CYC01 Synonymy: distinguishes C. asuncionense from all other species of 2002 Cyclastrum asuncionense n. sp. – Whalen & Carter, p. 110, Cyclastrum. pl. 4, figs. 8, 9, 14; pl. 17, fig. 1. Measurements (µm): Original description: Test subtriangular in outline, margins (n) = number of specimens measured. gently convex between peripheral spines; test thin with Diameter of Length of rounded edges. Spines medium-sized, slender, triradiate in cortical shell (Max.) (8) primary spine (Max.) (6) axial section with rounded, longitudinal ridges, and grooves. 236 90 HT Meshwork along triangular margin of test composed of 274 90 Max. medium sized tetragonal and pentagonal pore frames with 225 41 Min. no distinctive alignment. Central portion of test depressed, 245 60 Mean broad, triangular in outline, with three-rayed area defined by smaller, more delicate pore frames than on remainder of Etymology: This species is named for Punta Asuncion test; three-rayed structure raised above central cavity and located to the northwest of the type area. each ray aligned with peripheral spines. Original remarks: See remarks under Cyclastum ver- Type locality: Sample SH-412-14, San Hipólito Formation, acruzense n. sp. and Cyclastrum scammonense n. sp. Baja California Sur, Mexico. Further remarks: The shape of the test, moderately Occurrence: San Hipólito Formation, Baja California Sur. compressed, subtriangular in outline with rounded edges, Cyclastrum scammonense Whalen & Carter 2002 Species code: CYC02 Synonymy: Measurements (µm): ? 1998 Orbiculiforma silicatilis n. sp. – Cordey, p. 93, pl. 21, fig. 7 (n) = number of specimens measured (not figs. 5, 8). Diameter of Length of 2002 Cyclastrum scammonense n. sp . – Whalen & Carter, p. 111, cortical shell (max.) (17) primary spine (max.) (14) pl. 4, figs. 3-5, 11-13, 15; pl. 5, figs. 1, 2, 9. 225 71 HT Original description: Test outline a nearly straight-sided 255 94 Max. equilateral triangle; test very thick with vertical sides. Re- 195 45 Min. cessed area sometimes girdles edge of test. Spines medium- 222 62 Mean sized, triradiate in axial section with broad, rounded longi- tudinal ridges and narrow longitudinal grooves, becoming Etymology: This species is named for Scammon's Lagoon circular in axial section distally. Pore frames irregularly (a haven for migrating gray whales) located to the north- shaped, pentagonal, tetragonal and circular showing an east of the type area. indistinct lineation subparallel to margin of test. Central area of test broad, triangular in outline and slightly de- Type locality: Sample SH-412-14, San Hipólito Formation, pressed. Subspherical area, in center of test, with smaller Baja California Sur, Mexico. pore frames, connecting with poorly defined rays aligned with peripheral spines. Occurrence: San Hipólito Formation, Baja California Sur; Tawi Sadh Member of the Guwayza Formation, Oman. Original remarks: Cyclastrum scammonense n. sp. is distin- guished from C. veracruzense n. sp. and C. asuncionense n. sp. by having a straight-sided test. 130 Plate CYC01. Cyclastrum asuncionense Whalen & Carter. Magnification x200. Fig. 1(H)a, b. Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 4, figs. 8-9. Plate CYC02. Cyclastrum scammonense Whalen & Carter. Magnification x200. Fig. 1a,b(H). Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 4, figs. 3-4. Fig. 2. Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 5, fig. 2. Fig. 3a,b. Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 4, figs. 5, 12. Fig. 4. OM, BR1121, 15928. 131 Cyclastrum veracruzense Whalen & Carter 2002 Species code: CYC03 Synonymy: Further remarks: The very thin, compressed test and short 1984 unidentified Radiolaria – Whalen & Pessagno, pl. 1, fig. 14. peripheral spines distinguish Cyclastrum veracruzense 2002 Cyclastrum veracruzense n. sp. – Whalen & Carter, p. 111, n. sp. from all other species of Cyclastrum. pl. 5, figs. 3, 4, 13; pl. 17, fig. 2. Measurements (µm): Original description: Test outline a nearly straight-sided equilateral triangle; on some specimens (including holo- Based on 6 specimens. type), margins curved gently inward between periph- Diameter Length eral spines. Test very thin with gently rounded edges. of cortical shell (max.) of primary spine (max.) Spines short, stout, triradiate in axial section with narrow, 225 53 HT rounded longitudinal ridges and broad shallow longitu- 225 79 Max. dinal grooves. Meshwork along triangular margin of test 195 30 Min. 218 59 Mean composed of irregular, medium-sized tetragonal and pen- tagonal pore frames with no distinctive alignment. Central area of test slightly depressed, broad, triangular in outline, Etymology: This species is named for Pico Vera Cruz with three-rayed area defined by smaller pore frames with located to the north of the type area. slightly more alignment than on remainder of test; three- rayed structure aligned with peripheral spines. Type locality: Sample SH-412-14, San Hipólito Formation, Baja California Sur. Original remarks: The shorter, broader peripheral spines and distinctive shape of Cyclastrum veracruzense n. sp., Occurrence: San Hipólito Formation, Baja California Sur; distinguish it from C. asunsionense n. sp. Fannin Formation, Queen Charlotte Islands. Cyclastrum sp. A Species code: CYC04 Description: This species is subtriangular in outline and very thick with near vertical margins. Upper and lower surfaces of test with a broad outer rim composed mostly of subrectangular pore frames, and a narrow poorly defined central cavity made up of smaller pore frames. Test has a single spine at each corner of test; spines very small, triradiate at base becoming circular towards tips. Remarks: This species differs from Cyclastrum asuncionense Whalen & Carter in having a much thicker test, a smaller central area and short minuscule spines. Occurrence: Ghost Creek Formation and Rennell Junction member of the Fannin Formation, Queen Charlotte Islands. 132 Plate CYC03. Cyclastrum veracruzense Whalen & Carter. Magnification x200. Fig. 1a,b(H). Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 5, figs. 3-4. Fig. 2. QCI, GSC loc. C-304567, GSC 128766. Plate CYC04. Cyclastrum sp. A. Magnification x200. Fig. 1. QCI, GSC loc. C-305386, GSC 128767. Fig. 2. QCI, GSC loc. C-304566, GSC 128768. Fig. 3. QCI, GSC loc. C-304566, GSC 128769. 133 Genus: Danubea Whalen & Carter 1998 Type species: Danubea howardi Whalen & Carter 1998 Synonymy: Original remarks: The bipolar spines of Danubea n. gen., 1998 Danubea n. gen. – Whalen & Carter, p. 40. distinguish it from all other genera of the Subfamily Charlotteinae. Danubea n. gen. differs from Pantanel ium Original description: Test with two prominent spines in Pessagno by having an inner eccentric spicular network. the polar positions. Cortical shell inflated, sub-elliptical in Protopsium Pessagno and Poisson differs from Danubea outline with slightly planiform surfaces adjacent to spines; n. gen. by having spongy meshwork. meshwork composed of tetragonal and triangular pore frames with prominent nodes at pore frame vertices; large Etymology: Danubea n. gen., is named for the steamer pores sometimes located on cortical shell at base of spines. Danube, a well known trading ship in the Queen Charlotte Spines triradiate in axial section and tapering distally. Islands in the late 1800s. Included species: DAN02 Danubea sp. A sensu Whalen & Carter 2002 Danubea sp. A sensu Whalen & Carter 2002 Species code: DAN02 Synonymy: 2002 Danubea sp. A – Whalen & Carter, p. 112, pl. 7, figs. 7, 8. Original remarks: The much smaller cortical shell with smaller pore frames but with more prominent nodes at pore frame vertices and the proportionally longer, more massive polar spines distinguish this species from D. howardi Whalen and Carter. Occurrence: San Hipólito Formation, Baja California Sur; Rennell Junction member of the Fannin Formation, Queen Charlotte Islands. Genus: Droltus Pessagno & Whalen 1982 Type species: Droltus lyel ensis Pessagno & Whalen, 1982 Synonymy: Etymology: Droltus is a name formed by an arbitrary 1982 Droltus n. gen – Pessagno & Whalen, p. 120 combination of letters (ICZN, 1964, Appendix D, Pt. VI, Recommendation 40, p.113). Original description: Test conical to cylindrical, lacking strictures at joints. Cephalis with short to long horn. Ap- Included species: erture of final post-abdominal chamber open, not enclosed DRO07 Droltus eurasiaticus Kozur & Mostler 1990 by latticed dome-shaped cap. DRO02 Droltus hecatensis Pessagno & Whalen 1982 DRO03 Droltus laseekensis Pessagno & Whalen 1982 Original remarks: Droltus is compared to Bagotum, n. gen., DRO06 Droltus lyel ensis Pessagno & Whalen 1982 under the latter genus. DRO08 Droltus sanignacioensis Whalen & Carter 2002 Further remarks: Droltus differs from Broctus by lacking a narrow tubular structure on the final postabdominal chamber. 134 Plate DAN02. Danubea sp. A sensu Whalen & Carter. Magnification Fig. 1 x200, Fig. 2 x400. Fig. 1. Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 7, fig. 7. Fig. 2. Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 7, fig. 8. 135 Droltus eurasiaticus Kozur & Mostler 1990 Species code: DRO07 Synonymy: vertical lines and with small to distinct nodes at pore frame 1982 Parahsuum (?) sp. A – Yao, pl. 3, fig. 6. vertices. 1990 Droltus eurasiaticus n. sp. – Kozur & Mostler, p. 223, pl. 17, fig. 3-4. Original remarks: The other Droltus species of our mate- 1998 Droltus eurasiaticus Kozur & Mostler – Yeh & Cheng, rial have tricarinate spines. p. 20, pl. 12, fig. 1. 2002 Droltus eurasiaticus Kozur & Mostler – Whalen & Carter, p. 116, pl. 16, figs. 5, 6. Measurements (µm): Min. Max. Original description: Test conical, multicyrtid, with 6-7 Length of test 200 214 postabdominal segments lacking strictures at joints. Ce- Maximum width 83 100 phalis rounded conical, imperforate, with prominent apical horn. Cephalis covered by a layer of microgranular silica. Etymology: According to its occurrence in Eurasia. Thorax and subsequent chambers trapezoidal in cross sec- Type locality: Kirchstein Limestone, Kirchstein, Bavaria, tion. Pores arranged in vertical lines. In the thorax they Germany. are closed by layer of microgranular silica. In the remain- ing chambers the pores are open and become increasingly Occurrence: Kirchstein Limestone, Germany; Várhegy larger toward the final postabdominal chamber. Outer lat- Limestone, Hungary; San Hipólito Formation, Baja Cali- ticed layer indistinct, with large pore frames, arranged in fornia Sur; Liminangcong Chert, Philippines. Droltus hecatensis Pessagno & Whalen 1982 Species code: DRO02 Synonymy: Original remarks: This species differs from D. lyel ensis, 1982 Droltus hecatensis n. sp. – Pessagno & Whalen, p. 121; pl. 1, n. sp., by having a larger, more massive horn with a fig. 12, 13, 18, 22; pl. 4, figs. 1, 2, 6, 10; pl. 12, figs. 18-19. subsidiary spine, by being more pointed apically, and by 1988 Droltus sp. – Sashida, p. 24, pl. 3, figs. 7, 16, 17. having more aligned and more uniformly sized tetragonal 1989 Droltus hecatensis Pessagno & Whalen – Hattori, pl. 12, pore frames on its final post-abdominal chambers. fig. F. 1996 Droltus hecatensis s.l. Pessagno & Whalen – Pujana, p. 138, Measurements (µm): pl. 1, figs. 6, 16, 17. Based on 9 specimens. 1996 Bagotidae gen. et sp. indet. – Pujana, p. 138, pl. 1, fig. 10. Length excluding horn Width (maximum) 1998 Droltus hecatensis Pessagno & Whalen – Whalen & Carter, p. 63, pl. 15, fig. 14. 250.0 125.0 HT 2001 Droltus hecatensis Pessagno & Whalen – Gawlick et al., 260.0 150.0 Max. pl. 5, fig. 13. 225.0 117.5 Min. 2002 Droltus hecatensis Pessagno & Whalen – Suzuki et al., 243.33 132.2 Mean p. 181, figs. 8 G, L-M, not fig. 8 H. 2002 Droltus hecatensis Pessagno & Whalen – Tekin, p. 186, Etymology: D. hecatensis, n. sp., is named for Hecate pl. 3, fig. 9. Straight east of its type locality. Original description: Test conical with six or seven post- Type locality: Sample QC 534, Rennell Junction member abdominal chambers which are about 5 times as wide as of the Fannin Formation (Maude Formation in Pessagno long. Cephalis small, hemispherical, having small horn & Whalen, 1982), Queen Charlotte Islands, British with subsidiary spine. Cephalis and thorax imperforate. Columbia. Thorax and subsequent chambers trapezoidal in cross sec- tion. Outer latticed layer of abdomen and first several post- Occurrence: Sandilands, Ghost Creek and Fannin forma- abdominal chambers with irregularly sized and shaped tions, Queen Charlotte Islands; Sierra Chacaicó Formation, polygonal (predominantly tetragonal and pentagonal) pore Argentina; Pucara Group, Peru; Dürrnberg Formation, frames; pore frames of last two or three post-abdominal Austria; Hocaköy Radiolarite, Turkey; Musallah Formation chambers larger, more uniformly sized, predominantly te- and Tawi Sadh Member of the Guwayza Formation, Oman; tragonal (square to rectangular) and aligned in rows. Japan. 136 Plate DRO07. Droltus eurasiaticus Kozur & Mostler. Magnification x200. Fig. 1(H). Kozur & Mostler 1990, pl. 1, fig. 3. Fig. 2. Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 16, fig. 6. Fig. 3. Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 16, fig. 5. Plate DRO02. Droltus hecatensis Pessagno & Whalen. Magnification x200. Fig. 1(H). Pessagno & Whalen 1982, pl. 4, fig. 1. Fig. 2. QCI, GSC loc. C-080611, GSC 128788. Fig. 3. QCI, GSC loc. C-175310, GSC 128789. Fig. 4. QCI, GSC loc. C-304567, GSC 128790. Fig. 5. OM-00-251, 021431. Fig. 6. OM, BR1122-R02-10. Fig. 7. JP, MNA-10, MA13212. 137 Droltus laseekensis Pessagno & Whalen 1982 Species code: DRO03 Synonymy: Measurements (µm): 1982 Droltus laseekensis n. sp. – Pessagno & Whalen, p. 122, Based on 10 specimens. pl. 2, fugs. 5, 6, 11, 16; pl. 12, fig. 8, 15. Length excluding horn Width (maximum) 1998 Droltus laseekensis Pessagno & Whalen – Whalen & Carter, 257.5 142.5 HT p. 63, pl. 15, fig. 8; pl. 26, fig. 4. 280.0 142.5 Max. 2004 Droltus laseekensis Pessagno & Whalen – Matsuoka, 190.0 95.0 Min. fig. 199. 232.3 122.6 Mean Original description: Test as with genus, conical, usually with seven or eight post-abdominal chambers. Abdomen Etymology: D. laseekensis, n. sp., is named for Laseek Bay, and most post-abdominal chambers rapidly increasing north of its type locality. in width; final three post-abdominal chambers gradually increasing in width. Cephalis conical with small horn. Type locality: Sample QC 590A, Sandilands Formation Cephalis and thorax sparsely perforate, covered by veneer (Kunga Formation in Pessagno & Whalen 1982), Queen of microgranular silica; outer latticed layer of abdomen Charlotte Islands, British Columbia. and most post-abdominal chambers with irregularly sized and shaped polygonal (tetragonal and pentagonal) pore Occurrence: Sandilands and Ghost Creek formations and frames; pore frames of last two or three post-abdominal Rennell Junction member of the Fannin Formation, Queen chambers slightly larger, more uniformly sized and shaped Charlotte Islands; Mino Terrane, Japan. (rectangular) and aligned in rows. Original remarks: D. laseekensis, n. sp., differs from D. hecatensis, n. sp., by having pore frames on its final post- abdominal chambers that are more irregular in shape and disposition. Droltus lyellensis Pessagno & Whalen 1982 Species code: DRO06 Synonymy: Measurements (µm): 1982 Droltus lyel ensis n. sp. – Pessagno & Whalen, p. 122, pl. 2, Based on 9 specimens. figs. 3, 10; pl. 12, fig. 7. Length excluding horn Width (maximum) 1998 Droltus lyel ensis Pessagno & Whalen – Whalen & Carter, 170.0 87.5 HT p. 63, pl. 16, fig. 9. 210.0 100.0 Max. 2002 Droltus lyel ensis Pessagno & Whalen – Suzuki et al., 125.0 75.0 Min. p. 182, fig. 8 I. 162.0 90.5 Mean Original description: Test conical to subcylindrical with five or six post-abdominal chambers over 5 times as wide Etymology: This species is named for Lyell Island south of as long. Cephalis relatively small, hemispherical with its type locality in the Queen Charlotte Islands. asymmetrically oriented short horn. Cephalis and thorax sparsely perforate. Outer latticed layer of abdomen and post- Type locality: Sample QC 550, Sandilands Formation abdominal chambers with somewhat irregular tetragonal, (Kunga Formation of Pessagno & Whalen, 1982), north pentagonal, and hexagonal pore frames. Tetragonal pore shore of Kunga Island, Queen Charlotte Islands, British frames often aligned in rows, tending to be more uniformly Columbia. sized. Occurrence: Sandilands and Ghost Creek formations and Original remarks: Droltus lyel ensis, n. sp., is compared to Rennell Junction member of the Fannin Formation, Queen D. hecatensis n. sp., under the latter species. Charlotte Islands; Pucara Group, Peru. 138 Plate DRO03. Droltus laseekensis Pessagno & Whalen. Magnification x200. Fig. 1(H). Pessagno & Whalen 1982, pl. 2, fig. 6. Fig. 2. QCI, GSC loc. C-305386, GSC 128791. Fig. 3. QCI, GSC loc. C-175311, GSC 128792. Fig. 4. QCI, GSC loc. C-304566, GSC 128878. Fig. 5. Matsuoka 2004, fig. 199. Plate DRO06. Droltus lyellensis Pessagno & Whalen. Magnification x250. Fig. 1(H). Pessagno & Whalen 1982, pl. 2, fig. 3. Fig. 2. QCI, GSC loc. C-175310, GSC 128793. 139 Droltus sanignacioensis Whalen & Carter 2002 Species code: DRO08 Synonymy: Measurements (µm): 1984 Bagotum sp. – Whalen & Pessagno, pl. 2, figs. 12-14. (n) = number of specimens measured. 1990 Droltus (?) sp. – De Wever at al., pl. 4, fig. 6. Length (10) Width (Max.) (11) 1998 Droltus sp. – Kashiwagi, pl. 1, fig. 12; pl. 2, figs. 2, 3. 165 90 HT 2002 Droltus sanignacioensis n. sp. – Whalen & Carter, p. 116, 180 105 Max. pl. 10, figs. 7, 8, 15. 135 90 Min. 2003 Parahsuum sp. – Kashiwagi & Kurimoto, pl. 3, fig. 5. 158 95 Mean Original description: Test conical, with approximately five Etymology: Droltus sanignacioensis is named for the town post-abdominal chambers. Cephalis hemispherical without of San Ignacio located to the east of the type area. a horn. Thorax, abdomen and most post-abdominal chambers gradually increasing in width till last post- Type locality: Sample BPW80-30, San Hipólito Formation, abdominal chamber which slightly decreases in width. Baja California Sur. Outer latticed layer on proximal half of test composed of narrow, irregularly shaped pore frames elongated parallel Occurrence: San Hipólito Formation, Baja California Sur; to long axis of test; pore frames of outer latticed layer on Ghost Creek Formation, Queen Charlotte Islands; Williston distal half of test tetragonal (rectangular) in outline and Lake, north-east British Columbia; Musallah Formation, aligned in rows. Oman; Japan. Original remarks: The elongated, irregularly shaped pore frames on the proximal portion of the test distinguish this species from Droltus lyel ensis Pessagno and Whalen 1982. Genus: Ducatus Whalen & Carter 2002 Type species: Ducatus hipolitoensis Whalen & Carter 2002 Synonymy: Original remarks: The presence of circumferential porous 2002 Ducatus n. gen. – Whalen & Carter, p. 132. arms or wings rather than solid spines distinguishes Ducatus n. gen . , from Katroma Pessagno and Poisson 1981, Original description: Test multicyrtid, composed of ce- and Podobursa Wisniowski 1889, emend. Foreman 1973. phalis, thorax, abdomen, and swollen post-abdominal Ducatus is distinguished from Podocapsa Rüst l885, by chamber. Cephalis with horn. Post-abdominal chamber having only two circumferential wings, rather than three. always much larger than cephalis, thorax, and abdomen, terminating in long, gently tapering, closed tubular ex- Etymology: Ducatus is a name formed by an arbitrary tension. Post-abdominal chamber with two prominent, combination of letters (ICZN 1985, Appendix D, pt. VI, porous arms, gently tapering to closed distal tips; arms Recommendation 40, p. 201). circular in axial-section, attached at mid-point of spheri- cal portion of post-abdominal chamber, at right angles to Included species: long axis of test. DUC01 Ducatus hipolitoensis Whalen & Carter 2002 140 Plate DRO08. Droltus sanignacioensis Whalen & Carter. Magnification x250. Fig. 1(H). Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 10, fig. 7. Fig. 2. OM-00-252, 021731. Fig. 3. OM-00-118, 000629. Fig. 4. NBC, GSC loc. C-305208, GSC 128911. Fig. 5. QCI, GSC loc. C-305417, GSC 128794. Fig. 6. QCI, GSC loc. C-080611, GSC 128795. Fig. 7. QCI, GSC loc. C305417, GSC 128912. 141 Ducatus hipolitoensis Whalen & Carter 2002 Species code: DUC01 Synonymy: Original remarks: Ducatus hipolitoensis n. sp. is a mono- 1984 unidentified Radiolaria – Whalen & Pessagno, pl. 1, specific genus at this time and is not compared to any other fig. 13. species. 2002 Ducatus hipolitoensis n. sp. – Whalen & Carter, p. 132, pl. 13, figs. 3, 5-7, 11-13, 15; pl. 18, figs. 3, 4. Measurements (µm): Original description: Test large with cephalis, thorax, (n) = number of specimens. abdomen, and post-abdominal chamber. Cephalis large, Length (9) Length of arms dome-shaped with horn; cephalis and thorax covered (excludes horn) (Max.) (10) with layer of microgranular silica. Moderately sized single 375 143 HT horn, circular in cross-section, tapering distally. Abdomen 375 143 Max. trapezoidal in outline; noticeable change in slope between 251 79 Min. 300 106 Mean chamber wall of thorax and abdomen; abdomen partially covered by layer of microgranular silica. Sub-spherical post-abdominal chamber, large, inflated; hexagonal Etymology: Ducatus hipolitoensis n. sp. is named for Punta pore frames larger on medial portion of post-abdominal San Hipólito, type locality of the species. chamber becoming smaller towards abdomen and terminal tube. Two large porous arms extending at right angles from Type locality: Sample SH-412-14, San Hipólito Formation, post abdominal chamber at medial position and 180° apart; Baja California Sur. arms as long as distal closed tube and covered with pores aligned with long axis of arms. Occurrence: San Hipólito Formation, Baja California. Genus: Dumitricaella De Wever 1982a, emend. Dumitrica herein Type species: Dumitricael a pauliani De Wever 1982a Synonymy: 1982a Dumitricael a n. gen. – De Wever, p. 197. Original description: Form with two segments bearing Original remarks: Dumitricael a differs from Jacus by the a strong apical horn, two lateral spines and three feet. presence of the two horizontal lateral spines. Cephalic skeleton consists of actines A, V, D, MB, L , L , l r l and l . At the extremity of V is a large pore (sometimes Further remarks: The inclusion of Dumitricael a trispinosa l r double) on the cephalic wall. The actines l and l give rise n. sp. in this genus makes it necessary to emend the genus l r to two lateral spines; the actines D, L and L to the three specifying that the V spine may also be prolonged outside l r distal feet. Wall of test composed of several layers as for the cephalic wall. In fact, the V spine is easily prolonged Jacus n. gen. outside the cephalis in many genera, whereas the two l spines commonly stop in the cephalic wall. By most its Emended description: Skeleton two-segmented with characters Dumitricael a seems to be closely related to Na- an initial skeleton consisting of spines A, V, D, L , L , l , l pora Pessagno from which it differs essentially by the pres- l r l r originating in a short MB. A spine extended into a strong, ence of the two secondary lateral spines on the cephalis. three-bladed apical horn. V and l and l , or only l spines l r extended outside wall into horizontally directed horns. Etymology: Dedicated to P. Dumitrica (Romania) for his Wall of cephalis and possibly of thorax two layered. D, L excellent, very meticulous work on Triassic radiolarians. l and L extended into three, three-bladed feet. Cephalis r relatively large, more or less separated from thorax by Included species: a constriction. Thorax short with a wide aperture and JAC05 Dumitricael a trispinosa Dumitrica n. sp. a distinct rim. 142 Plate DUC01. Ducatus hipolitoensis Whalen & Carter. Magnification x200. Fig. 1(H). Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 13, fig. 3. Fig. 2. Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 13, fig. 5. 143 Dumitricaella trispinosa Dumitrica n. sp. Species code: JAC05 Synonymy: Remarks: Dumitricael a trispinosa n. sp. differs from 1989 Dumitricael a? spp. – Hattori, pl. 19, fig. L. D. pauliani De Wever in having V and l spines equally de- veloped, in having these spines shorter, and a rather well Type designation: Specimen R20-02 (pl. JAC05, fig. 1) marked collar constriction. from sample BR 485, Tawi Sadh Member of the Guwayza Formation, Oman. Measurements (µm): Based on 7 specimens. Diagnosis: Dumitricael a with three equal V and l spines. Min. Max. Total length of skeleton 160 195 Description: Test small, pyramidal with a thick, pointed, Length of apical horn 45 60 three-bladed apical horn. Blades of horn aligned with Length of cephalis 26 35 spines V and the two l. Cephalis relatively large, perforate, Length of thorax 46 60 thick-walled with three short, broad, laterally directed, Diameter of cephalis with spines or lobes 50 74 three-bladed spines. Spines sometimes replaced by a lobe- Diameter of thorax 72 100 like prolongation of cephalis that becomes trilobate. Pores of cephalis with rounded triangular or quadrangular raised Etymology: From the three spines (V, l and l ) laterally r l pore frames that can form ridges with different orientations. extended from the cephalis. Collar stricture relatively well marked by a constriction. Thorax slightly longer and broader than cephalis, pyramidal. Type locality: Sample BR 485, Guwayza Formation, Tawi Dorsal and primary lateral spines prolonged from the base Sadh Member, Jabal Safra, Oman. of cephalis in the wall of thorax, their outer blade forming a high rib, and extended into three divergent, curved, Occurrence: Tawi Sadh Member of the Guwayza Forma- pointed feet. Distal end of thorax wide, open and bordered tion, Oman; Skrile Formation, Slovenia; Japan. distally by an imperforate peristome. Pores of thorax small, rounded; pore frames aligned to form longitudinal, transversal or oblique ribs. Genus: Elodium Carter 1988 Type species: Elodium cameroni Carter 1988 Synonymy: Original remarks: Elodium n. gen. possesses three rows of 1988 Elodium Carter – Carter et al., p. 56. primary (open) pores between circumferential ridges; it 1996 Elodium Carter – Yeh & Cheng, p. 118. differs from Parvicingula Pessagno in that these pores are longitudinally aligned rather than offset. Original description: Test conical and large, with well de- veloped horn and numerous closely spaced post-abdomi- Further remarks: Elodium Carter can be distinguished nal chambers separated by nodose circumferential ridges. from Parahsuum Yao by having prominent circumferential Three rows of longitudinally aligned circular to subcircu- ridges and much less pronounced longitudinal costae. lar pores in polygonal (mostly tetragonal) pore frames, between circumferential ridges. Lateral pore rows flank- Etymology: Elodium is formed by an arbitrary combination ing ridges slope steeply away from ridges. Post-abdominal of letters (ICZN, 1985, Appendix D, Pt. VI, Recommendation chambers constricted between ridges. Pores in constricted 40, p. 201). area may be irregular to absent on distalmost chambers of test. Cephalis and thorax sparsely perforate to imperforate, Included species: covered with outer layer of microgranular silica; this cover- 3411 Elodium cameroni Carter 1988 ing may extend onto earliest post-abdominal chambers. PHS08 Elodium? mackenziei Carter n. sp. ELD02 Elodium pessagnoi Yeh & Cheng 1996 ELD03 Elodium wilsonense (Carter) 1988 144 Plate JAC05. Dumitricaella trispinosa Dumitrica n. sp. Magnification x300. Fig. 1(H). OM, BR485-R20-02. Fig. 2. OM, BR871-R05-22. Fig. 3. BR871-R03-01. Fig. 4. BR871-R08-09. Fig. 5. OM, BR871-R03-03. Fig. 6. OM, BR871-R09-14. Fig. 7. SI, MM6.76, 000506. 145 Elodium cameroni Carter 1988 Species code: 3411 Synonymy: Original remarks: Elodium cameroni is compared to 1988 Elodium cameroni n. sp. – Carter et al., p. 56, pl. 13, figs. 1, E. nadenensis n. sp., under the latter. Elodium cameroni is 2, 6, 9. very abundant, in all middle/upper Toarcian samples. 1991 Elodium cameroni Carter – Tipper et al., pl. 9, fig. 12. Original remarks under Elodium nadenensis Carter in 1991 Elodium cameroni Carter – Carter & Jakobs, p. 342, pl. 3, Carter et al. (1988): Differs from Elodium cameroni n. sp. by fig. 18. 1995a Elodium cameroni Carter – Baumgartner et al., p. 194, having a more conical, apically pointed test with a heavier pl. 3411, figs. 1-2. coating of microgranular silica. In addition, the horn is 1996 Elodium sp. aff. E. pessagnoi n. sp. – Yeh & Cheng, p. 120, shorter, more symmetrical and circumferential ridges pl. 11, fig. 7 only. are wider and more rounded. Differs from Lupherium (?) 1997 Elodium aff. cameroni Carter – Yao, pl. 13, fig. 635. sp. B by having more prominent circumferential ridges. Not 1997 Elodium cameroni Carter – Yao, pl. 13, fig. 636. Abundant. Measurements (µm): Original diagnosis: Large conical-cylindrical test with 10 Based on 20 specimens. to 14 post-abdominal chambers and a strong asymmetric HT Av. Max. Min. apical horn. All pores large, primary and circular; three rows Length (excluding horn) 369 352 450 280 on proximal chambers, two rows on distalmost chambers. Maximum width 161 159 185 147 Original description: Test large with 10 to 14 strongly Etymology: This species is named in honour of B.E.B. constricted post-abdominal chambers separated by nodose Cameron for his important contribution to the Mesozoic circumferential ridges; nodes low and rounded. Cephalis stratigraphy and foraminiferal biostratigraphy of the Queen and thorax trapezoidal in external outline, partially Charlotte Islands, B.C. perforate, covered by veneer of microgranular silica. Cephalis has strong, asymmetric apical horn. All pores on Type locality: GSC locality C-080597. Phantom Creek post-abdominal chambers circular and primary (open); Formation. Yakoun River, Graham Island, Queen Charlotte those within constricted areas smaller, disappearing on Islands, British Columbia. distalmost chambers. Earliest post-abdominal chambers trapezoidal, increasing gradually in width and height, distal Occurrence: Queen Charlotte Islands, British Columbia; chambers almost cylindrical with slight decrease in height. Liminangcong Chert, Philippines; Japan. Elodium? mackenziei Carter n. sp. Species code PHS08 Synonymy: Remarks: Elodium? mackenziei n. sp. differs from Elodium ? 1982 Lupherium sp. A – Pessagno & Whalen, p. 136, pl. 6, fig. 4. nadenense Carter (1988) in having less prominent 1987b Lupherium sp. G – Yeh, p. 68, pl. 23, fig. 5. circumferential ridges between post abdominal chambers 1988 Lupherium (?) sp. B – Carter et al., p. 54, pl. 5 fig. 11; pl. 13, and an absent to poorly developed apical horn. It differs figs. 5, 10, 12. from E. wilsonense Carter (1988) in having a more narrowly ? 1990 Parahsuum simplum Yao – De Wever at al., pl. 4, fig. 9. ? 2004 Archaeodictyomitra? sp. – Hori, pl. 1, fig. 55. conical shape and less differentiated apical horn. Genus 2004 Lupherium sp. – Matsuoka, figs. 217, 218. Elodium is queried because the three rows of aligned pores between chambers that characterize the genus are not well developed . E. ? mackenziei n. sp. may be ancestral to all other Type designation: Holotype GSC 80758 (Carter et al. 1988, species of Elodium in the upper Toarcian and Aalenian of pl. 13, figs. 5, 10, 12), from GSC loc. C-080583; Phantom Queen Charlotte Islands and it may also represent the link Creek Formation (upper Toarcian). between Parahsuum and Elodium. Description: Test elongate, quite pointed apically, usually Measurements (µm): with ten to twelve post-abdominal chambers. Cephalis Based on 11 specimens. conical, possibly including a short apical horn. Remaining HT Max. Min. Mean chambers in apical half of the test trapezoidal, increasing Length (excl. horn) 310 343 210 290 more in height than width as added; next few chambers Maximum width 118 131 92 120 cylindrical, final two chambers slightly constricted. Slightly raised circumferential ridges visible between post- Etymology: This species is named for J.D. MacKenzie abdominal chambers on the distal portion of the test. (Geological Survey of Canada) who first mapped central Costae fine, narrowly spaced throughout length of test. Graham Island in 1913-1914. Pores subcircular to subelliptical in shape. 146 Plate 3411. Elodium cameroni Carter. Magnification x200. Fig. 1(H). Carter et al. 1988, pl. 13, fig. 2. Fig. 2. Carter & Jakobs 1991, pl. 3, fig. 18. Fig. 3. Carter et al. 1988, pl. 13, fig. 1. Type locality: Sample GSC loc. C-080583, Phantom Creek Occurrence: Fannin member of the Fannin Formation, Formation, Yakoun River, Graham Island, approximately Whiteaves and Phantom Creek formations, Queen Char- 2 km south of Ghost Creek; east side of the river, Queen lotte Islands; Nicely and Hyde formations, Oregon; Mino Charlotte Islands, British Columbia. Terrane, Japan. Plate PHS08. Elodium? mackenziei Carter n. sp. Magnification x250. Fig. 1(H). Carter et al. 1988, pl. 13, fig. 5. Figs. 2, 3. Matsuoka 2004, figs. 217, 218. 147 Elodium pessagnoi Yeh & Cheng 1996 Species code: ELD02 Synonymy: frames. Pore frames longitudinally aligned. Postabdominal 1982 Parahsuum? sp. – Matsuda & Isozaki, pl. 1, figs. 18, 19. chambers increasing very slowly in height and gradually in 1989 Parahsuum (?) sp. aff. P. (?) magnum Takemura – Hori & width as added. Otsuka, p. 182, pl. 3, figs. 13-15. 1990 Parahsuum (?) aff. P. magnum Takemura – Hori, Fig. 9.37. Further remarks: In Elodium pessagnoi we include all 1995a Parahsuum sp. M - Baumgartner et al., p. 384, pl. 2015, forms with a long straight apical horn, circular in cross- figs. 1, ?2. 1996 Elodium jurassicum n. sp. – Yeh & Cheng, p. 118, pl. 11, section. The test is conical or subcylindrical in shape; the figs. 1, 2, 6, 12, 13. apical portion of the test is covered by simple circular 1996 Elodium pessagnoi n. sp. – Yeh & Cheng, p. 120, pl. 4, pores or possesses an additional layer of raised irregular figs. 5, 7-8, 10-13; pl. 11, figs. 3, 4, 9, 14. nodes. Elodium jurassicum is herein synonymized with 1996 Elodium sp. aff. E. pessagnoi n. sp. – Yeh & Cheng, p. 120, E. pessagnoi. It should be noted that holotypes of these pl. 6, fig. 13; pl. 11, figs. 5, 11, 15, not fig. 7. two species (and most specimens of informal species) 1996 Elodium sp. cf. E. pessagnoi n. sp. – Yeh & Cheng, p. 120, illustrated from Busuanga Island (Yeh & Cheng, 1996) are pl. 4, fig. 6. from a single sample. 1996 Elodium sp. B – Yeh & Cheng, p. 122, pl. 12, figs. 1, 6, 8, 12, not fig. 4. 1996 Elodium sp. C – Yeh & Cheng, p. 122, pl. 12, fig. 2, 7, 9, 10. Measurements (µm): 1996 Elodium sp. D – Yeh & Cheng, p. 122, pl. 12, figs. 3, 15. Based on 7 specimens. 1996 Elodium sp. E – Yeh & Cheng, p. 122, pl. 12, figs. 5, 11. Max. Max. Length No. of 1997 Parahsuum (?) aff. P. magnum Takemura – Hori, pl. 1, fig. 7. test width test length of horn postabdom. chambers 2004 Parahsuum (?) sp. aff. magnum Hori & Otsuka – Ishida et HT 148 284 49 6 al., pl. 5, fig. 21. Mean 145 264 55 5.5 Max. 150 291 74 6 Original description: Test medium in size, conical in shape, Min. 138 239 41 5 multicyrtid with six to seven post-abdominal chambers. Cephalis and thorax moderately broad, hemispherical with Etymology: This species is named for Prof. E. A. Pessagno, massive horn. Horn tapered, circular in axial section. Outer UT-Dallas, U.S.A., in honor of his great contribution to test layer of cephalis and thorax covered with raised irregular Mesozoic radiolarian studies. pore frames. First postabdominal chamber separated from abdomen and subsequent postabdominal chambers Type locality: Liminangcong Chert near Ocam Ocam vil- separated from each other by nodose circumferential ridges. lage, Busuanga Island, Philippines. Abdomen and postabdominal chambers trapezoidal in shape; each chamber having three rows of tetragonal pore Occurrence: Liminangcong Chert, Philippines; Japan. Elodium wilsonense (Carter) 1988 Species code: ELD03 Synonymy: rows of longitudinally aligned pores (three per chamber, set 1988 Crubus wilsonensis Carter n. sp. – Carter et al., p. 53, pl. 5, in square pore frames) alternate with costae. fig. 12. 1996 Elodium sp. cf. E. wilsonense (Carter) – Yeh & Cheng, Original remarks: Differs from Crubus firmus Yeh in hav- p. 122, pl. 12, figs. 13, 14. ing three rows of linearly arranged pore frames per cham- ber, larger pores on initial chambers, a stouter horn, and Original diagnosis: Test large, broadly conical with short stronger costae. horn. Eighteen costae visible laterally; three longitudinally Further remarks: Elodium wilsonense differs from aligned pores per chamber between adjacent costae. Ridges E. cameroni Carter in having fewer postabdominal cham- slightly raised with small nodes superimposed on costae. bers and much less prominent circumferential ridges. It differs from E. pessagnoi Yeh & Cheng in having a more Original description: Test broadly conical, rounded apically broadly conical shape, two rows of pore frames on early with short cylindrical horn. Cephalis hemispherical, postabdominal chambers and a shorter apical horn. all other chambers trapezoidal in outline. Cephalis imperforate, thorax and abdomen sparsely perforate; all Measurements (µm): three covered with a layer of microgranular silica. Usually Based on 10 specimens. 7 to 9 postabdominal chambers. All but final chamber HT Av. Max. Min. increase gradually in width and height. Fifteen continuous Length (excluding horn) 334 290 334 210 narrow costae visible laterally, nodose along ridges. Single Maximum width 188 171 190 155 148 Plate ELD02. Elodium pessagnoi Yeh & Cheng. Magnification x250. Fig. 1(H). Yeh & Cheng 1996, pl. 11, fig. 3. Fig. 2. JP, NK86050720. Fig. 3. Hori 1990, fig. 9-37. Etymology: Named for Wilson Creek on Graham Island, Occurrence: Whiteaves Formation, Queen Charlotte Is- site of one of the early coal mines. lands; Liminangcong Chert, Philippines. Type locality: GSC locality C-080579, Whiteaves Forma- tion, Creek locality, Maude Island, Queen Charlotte Is- lands, British Columbia. Plate ELD03. Elodium wilsonense (Carter). Magnification x200. Fig. 1(H). Carter et al. 1988, pl. 5, fig. 12. 149 Genus: Eospongosaturninus Kozur & Mostler 1990 Type species: Spongosaturnalis protoformis Yao 1972 Synonymy: tinct and in several specimens the inner ridge on the ring 1990 Eospongosaturninus n. gen. – Kozur & Mostler, p. 211. is indistinct, partly even missing (Yao, 1972, pl. 2, fig. 9). The specimen, figured by Yao (1972, pl. 2, fig. 8) as Spon- Original description: Shell large, spongy, consisting of gosaturnalis bispinosus belongs to an other species and is several concentric layers. Microsphere latticed. The shell probably the first representative of the genus Spongosatur- reaches on the ridge around the base of the peripolar nalis Campbell and Clark, 1944b. The genus Acanthocircus spines. Ring transversally elongated elliptical, narrow to Squinabol, 1903b has strong outer ridges on the ring or the moderately broad, in parts of the ring undifferentiated, in ridges cover the whole ring. A deep furrow on the lateral other parts with ridge near the inner side of the ring. Outer outer side of the ring is always present. This genus is only margin of ring smooth or with one peripolar spine on the homoeomorphic to the Pseudacanthocircidae n. fam. (and long axis poles. Near the base of the peripolar spines tiny in it to Eospongosaturninus n. gen.) and evolved from the auxiliary spines may be present. parasaturnalinid stock. Original remarks: Eospongosaturninus n. gen. is the fore- Further remarks: In disagreement with Kozur and Mos- runner of Spongosaturninus Campbell and Clark, 1944b tler (1990) we consider that in spite of its name Eospongo- that has more distinct ridges along the whole inner mar- saturninus has nothing to do with Spongosaturninus and is gin of the ring, a latticed second medullary shell and a not »in the transition field between the genera Pseudacan- rather large third medullary shell (transitional to a cortical thocircus Kozur and Mostler, Spongosaturninus Campbell shell) covered by a still rather thick spongy layer. Pseuda- and Clark and Spongosaturnalis Campbell and Clark«. In canthocircus n. gen. has an undifferentiated ring and the the Middle Jurassic the genus should be restrained to the shell reaches never until the ring. Spongosaturnalis Camp- type species. Its main generic character is the three-bladed bell and Clark, 1944b displays more distinct ridges along ring in the middle part and twisting of the ring, the result the whole inner margin of the ring and the shell does not being the change of the position of the blades from the reach the ring. Eospongosaturninus n. gen. lies in the transi- middle part to the distal part. tion field between the genera Pseudacanthocircus n. gen., Spongosaturninus Campbell and Clark, 1944b and Spon- Etymology: Forerunner of Spongosaturninus Campbell & gosaturnalis Campbell and Clark, 1944b. The type species Clark 1944. is surely the forerunner of Spongosaturninus Campbell and Clark, 1944b. In Eospongosaturninus? bispinosus (Yao, Included species: 1972) the overreach of the shell on the ring is not so dis- 2021 Eospongosaturninus protoformis (Yao) 1972 Eospongosaturninus protoformis (Yao) 1972 Species code: 2021 Synonymy: of polar spines, and another one on inner edge disappears 1972 Spongosaturnalis protoformis n. sp. – Yao, p. 27, pl. 1, figs. at polar spines. Both ridges become obsolete on terminal 2-7; pl. 10, figs. 1-2. end of ring. No spine on ring. 1995a Acanthocircus protoformis (Yao) – Baumgartner et al., p. 64, pl. 2021, figs. 1-3. Original remarks: This species may be similar to Saturnalis 1996 Acanthocircus protoformis (Yao) – Yeh & Cheng, p. 108, pl. 2, fig. 11. simplex Squinabol (1914, p. 286-287, pl. 22, fig. 2; Jurassic, Fontanafredda (Euganei), Italy) in the shape of the saturna- lin ring, but the generic assignment of S. simplex is doubtful Original description: Spongosaturnalis with simple ring, because the nature of the shell is not known, namely the where no spine is developed. Shell approximately spherical, shell is not preserved and the fragmentary thorns are not spongy, composed of irregular meshes which become observed on the polar spines. Spongosaturnalis protoformis denser centrally. Polar spines short, smooth, not always differs from S. bispinus (described below) in lacking spine distinguished when shell extends completely across ring. on each terminal end of the ring, and in having ridges on Polar spines change to sturdy spines inside shell. When both edges of the ring. shell is not preserved, numerous fragmentary thorns are observed on sturdy spines and rarely on ring where Further remarks: In spite of the similarity to Saturnalis each of polar spines bifurcates. Ring generally bilaterally simplex Squinabol the species differs from the latter by the symmetrical or ovoidal, simple, with ridges on both edges character of the blades. near polar spines. Ridge on outer edge extends across ends 150 Measurements (µm): Type locality: Manganese carbonate ore, Mino Belt, river Based on 6 specimens. side of the Kiso, east of Unuma, Kagamihara City, Gifu HT Av. Min. Max. Prefecture, Central Japan. Diameter of ring along polar spines 170 191 170 210 Diameter of ring transversaly 335 362 330 420 Occurrence: Inuyama area, Japan; Italy; Tawi Sadh Member Diameter of shell 110 153 110 180 of the Guwayza Formation, Oman; Liminangcong Chert, Length of polar spine 20 15 7 20 Philippines; Snowshoe Formation, Oregon. Breadth of ring 11-21 12-20 9 29 Plate 2021. Eospongosaturninus protoformis (Yao). Magnification x200. Fig. 1(H). Yao 1972, pl. 1, fig. 2. Fig. 2. JP, IYII-17. Fig. 3. OM, BR871-R01-08. Fig. 4. OM, BR871-R01-11. Fig. 5. BR871-R01-05. Fig. 6. OM, BR871-R01-12. Fig. 7. OM, BR871-R02-12. Fig. 8. JP, Nanjo Massif, IH84120462-R05-08. Fig. 9. OR555-R07-07. 151 Genus: Eucyrtidiellum Baumgartner 1984 Type species: Eucyrtidium (?) unumaensis Yao 1979 Synonymy: Thetis De Wever, and especially T. oblonga De Wever. In 1984 Eucyrtidiel um n. gen. – Baumgartner, p. 764. fact, the two genera seem to be synonymous: both have 1986 Monosera n. gen – Takemura & Nakaseko, p. 1021. four segmented tests where the first three are thicker- 1986 Eucyrtidiel um Baumgartner – Takemura, p. 66. walled and the fourth is thin-walled and usually not 1990 Eucyrtidiel um Baumgartner – Nagai & Mizutani, p. 593. preserved; a practically imperforate cephalis; and usually an apical horn that is always circular in cross section. What Original description: Test composed of four segments. would differentiate T. oblonga De Wever, the type species Cephalis small, spherical, poreless with variably developed of the genus Thetis, from the other species of the genus straight or slightly oblique apical horn, rare forms with Eucyrtidiel um would be the presence of three thoracic apical and vertical horn. A sutural pore is present at collar spines representing probably the dorsal and the two primary stricture or on proximal portion of thorax. Thorax dome- lateral spines, and the large ventral pore aligned with the shaped, poreless, with irregular ornamentation consisting ventral spine. However, a ventral pore is present with of ridges and nodes leaving depressions (“closed pores” of Thetis, or at least the type species. T. oblonga? (De Wever, some authors) or with plicae. One or two rows of pores may 1982a, pl. 4, fig. 16) seems to show it, and a specimen we occur at stricture between thorax and abdomen. Abdomen illustrate herein from the type sample shows clearly such a inflated annular to hemispherical, poreless, except for the pore (see under T. oblonga, pl. THT01, fig. 4). The fact that distal quarter, where one or two irregular rows of pores may the holotype of T. oblonga shows no ventral pore is because occur. Ornamentation of abdomen varying with species. it is illustrated in the dorsal position. One row of large pores marks the joint with fourth segment. Fourth segment delicate, mostly cylindrical, covered with Included species: circular pores in loose diagonal rows, with a distal poreless EUC09 Eucyrtidiel um disparile gr. Nagai & Mizutani 1990 constriction. EUC10 Eucyrtidiel um gujoense (Takemura & Nakaseko) Original remarks: The Mesozoic species hitherto 1986 questionably assigned to Eucyrtidium are assigned to this EUC03 Eucyrtidiel um gunense gr. Cordey 1998 new genus, because they bear no resemblance to the type EUC06 Eucyrtidiel um nagaiae Dumitrica, Goričan & species E. acuminatum (Ehrenberg). Matsuoka n. sp. EUC07 Eucyrtidiel um omanojaponicum Dumitrica, Further remarks: The stratigraphic record and structural Goričan & Hori n. sp. features prove that Eucyrtidiel um is derived from the genus EUC04 Eucyrtidiel um ramescens Cordey 1998 Eucyrtidiellum disparile gr. Nagai & Mizutani 1990 Species code: EUC09 Synonymy: 1998 Eucyrtidiel um disparile Nagai & Mizutani – Kashiwagi, 1986 Eucyrtidiel um sp. a and sp. a – Nagai, pl. 1, figs. 5, 6. pl. 1, fig. 18. 1 1986 Monosera unumaensis (Yao) – Takemura & Nakaseko, Not 2001 Eucyrtidiel um disparile Nagai & Mizutani p. 1022, pl. 4, fig. 9. – Matsuoka et al., pl. 3, fig. 16. 1987 Eucyrtidiel um sp. A – Hattori, pl. 12, figs. 1, 2. 2003 Eucyrtidiel um disparile Nagai & Mizutani – Goričan et 1987 Eucyrtidiel um aff. E. unumaensis Yao – Hattori, pl. 12, al., p. 296, pl. 5, figs. 2, 3. figs. 5, 6. 2004 Eucyrtidiel um disparile Nagai & Mizutani – Hori, pl. 3, fig. 42; 1988 Eucyrtidiel um sp. a – Nagai, pl. 1, figs. 1a-d, 2. pl. 5, figs. 52-54, not fig. 55; pl. 6, figs. 4-8, pl. 10, fig. 27. 1988 Eucyrtidiel um sp. A – Hattori, pl. 8, fig. D. 2004 Eucyrtidiel um sp. – Ishida et al., pl. 5, fig. 13. 1988 Eucyrtidiel um sp. aff. E. unumaensis Yao – Hattori, pl. 8, ? 2004 Eucyrtidiel um disparile Nagai & Mizutani – Matsuoka, fig. J. fig. 177. 1989 Eucyrtidiel um spp. – Hattori, pl. 7, fig. H. 2004 Eucyrtidiel um disparile Nagai & Mizutani – Suzuki & 1989 Eucyrtidiel um unumaensis (Yao) - Hattori, pl. 28, Fig. H. Ogane, pl. 8, fig. 2. 1990 Eucyrtidiel um disparile n. sp. – Nagai & Mizutani, p. 594, 2005 Eucyrtidiel um aff. disparile Nagai & Mizutani – Hori, fig. 3. 6-8a,b,c. pl. 8, fig. 20. 1991 Eucyrtidiel um sp. cf. E. disparile – Kojima et al., pl. 1, fig.17. 2005 Eucyrtidiel um disparile Nagai & Mizutani – Hori, pl. 8, 1993 Eucyrtidiel um disparile Nagai & Mizutani – Fujii et al., fig. 21; pl. 12, figs. 18-20, 49; pl. 13, figs. 24-25. pl. 1, fig. 13. 2005 Eucyrtidiel um disparile Nagai & Mizutani – Kashiwagi et 1993 Eucyrtidiel um sp. a – Fujii et al., pl. 1, fig. 14. al., pl. 6, fig. 11. 1995 Eucyrtidiel um disparile Nagai & Mizutani – Nagai, pl. 4, fig. 3; pl. 5, fig. 8. Original diagnosis: Abdomen has circular pores regularly 1997 Eucyrtidiel um aff. unumaense (Yao) – Yao, pl. 10, fig. 458. arranged along two diagonal lines on its whole surface. 152 Original description: This species has a test which is com- E. unumaense (Yao) and looks intermediary between the posed generally of three segments, cephalis, thorax and two species. This would prove that the evolutionary trend abdomen. Cephalis is small, spherical with a medium- giving rise to E. unumaense started in the early Toarcian. sized apical horn. Sutured pores are arranged at a stricture between thorax and abdomen. Thorax truncated-conical Measurements (µm): with closed pores and irregular hexagonal meshworks on Based on 10 specimens. the whole surface. Abdomen is relatively large and inflat- Min. Max. Av. ed-hemispherical, with circular pores regularly arranged Height of apical horn 3 13 8 along two diagonal lines on its whole surface. Height of entire body including cephalis, thorax and abdomen 67 100 79 Original remarks: External shell form of Eucyrtidiel um Height of cephalis 5 19 13 disparile is almost identical with that of E. unumaense, but Width of cephalis 8 21 17 differs in having pores on its entire abdomen. Many speci- Height of thorax 14 23 18 mens of Eucyrtidiel um have been provisionally described Width of thorax 31 38 35 as Eucyrtidium (?) sp. or Eucyrtidiel um (?) sp., just be- Height of abdomen 41 66 48 cause of the presence of opened pores in their abdomen. Width of abdomen 48 77 71 Further remarks: Although initially we were tempted to Etymology: Derived from Latin adjective disparilis, -e, separate this species into two subspecies, one with shorter which means unlike or dissimilar. apical horn, the other with longer apical horn, we decided against this because, except for the length of this horn, Type locality: Sample MNHK05, Kamiaso, Mino Terrane, the test morphology is similar in almost all the other central Japan. respects. The specimen determined by Matsuoka (2004) as E. disparile is questionably included in the synonymy Occurrence: Japan; Skrile Formation, Slovenia; Tawi Sadh of this species because it lacks pores on the middle part Member of the Guwayza Formation, Oman. of the abdomen. Accordingly, this specimen is closer to Plate EUC09. Eucyrtidiellum disparile gr. Nagai & Mizutani. Magnification x400. Fig. 1(H). Nagai & Mizutani 1990, fig. 3-8c. Fig. 2. Goričan et al. 2003, pl. 5, fig. 2. Fig. 3. Goričan et al. 2003, pl. 5, fig. 3. Fig. 4. OM, BR1121-R06-10. Fig. 5. OM; BR1121-R06-24. Fig. 6. OM, BR706-R13-03. Fig. 7. JP, MNA-10, MA13437. Fig. 8. JP, MNA-10, MA11896. 153 Eucyrtidiellum gujoense (Takemura & Nakaseko) 1986 Species code: EUC10 Synonymy: Original remarks: Monosera gujoensis n. sp. is distin- 1986 Monosera gujoensis n. sp. – Takemura & Nakaseko, guished from M. unumaensis by the presence of abdominal p. 1022, figs. 4.10, 4.11, 5.1-5.3. pore frames and the distribution and density of abdominal 1986 Eucyrtidiel um gujoensis (Takemura & Nakaseko) pores. Monosera gujoensis differs from Eucyrtidium ptyc- – Takemura, p. 67, pl. 12, figs. 13-15. tum Riedel and Sanfilippo in the absence of plicae on the 1986 Eucyrtidiel um sp. e – Nagai, p. 14, pl. 1, figs. 3a-c. 1987 Eucyrtidiel um gujoensis – Hattori, pl. 12, figs. 14, 15. surface of the abdomen and in the presence of abdominal 1989 Eucyrtidiel um sp. aff. E. gujoensis Takemura – Hattori & pores and pore frames. Sakamoto, pl. 10, fig. B. 1988 Eucyrtidiel um gujoensis (Takemura & Nakaseko) – Nagai, Further remarks: Morphologically E. gujoense is very close pl. 2, figs. 5, 9. to Thetis oblonga De Wever from which it differs in having a 1988 Eucyrtidiel um sp. f – Nagai, pl. 2, fig. 8. shorter, conical apical horn, and lacks spines on the thorax, 1989 Tethys oblonga De Wever – Hattori, pl. 7, figs. C, D. and shoulders on the upper third of the abdomen. 1989 Eucyrtidiel um gujoensis Takemura & Nakaseko – Nagai, pl. 1, fig. 7; pl. 2, fig. 7a-b; pl. 3, fig. 7; pl. 4, fig. 5. Measurements (µm): 1995 Eucyrtidiel um gujoensis Takemura – Nagai, pl. 5, fig. 9. 1995 Eucyrtidiel um sp. f – Nagai, pl. 5, fig. 10. Based on 15 specimens. 1997 Eucyrtidiel um sp. D0 – Yao, pl. 10, fig. 452. Min. Max. 2001 Eucyrtidiel um disparile Nagai & Mizutani – Matsuoka Length of apical horn 10 50 et al., pl. 3, fig. 16. Height of cephalis 15 20 2002 Eucyrtidiel um gujoense (Takemura & Nakaseko) – Hori & Height of thorax 20 30 Wakita, pl. 3, fig. 4. Height of abdomen 40 50 2004 Eucyrtidiel um gujoense (Takemura & Nakaseko) Width of cephalis 20 25 – Matsuoka, fig. 178. Width of thorax 40 50 2004 Eucyrtidiel um sp. D0 sensu Yao – Hori, pl. 2, fig. 8. Width of abdomen 70 90 Original diagnosis: A species of Monosera characterized by Etymology: The trivial name, gujoensis, is derived from the the existence of pore frames on abdominal surface and by Gujo County, Gifu Prefecture, Japan. irregular or longitudinal arrangement and dense distribu- tion of abdominal pores. Type locality: Manganese carbonate ore deposits (sample TKN-105) from the Gujo-hachiman area of the Mino Original description: Cephalis small, spherical to subspher- Terrane, Japan. ical, poreless with a strong rod-like apical horn. Thorax truncated conical to subhemispherical with usually irregu- Occurrence: Japan; Tawi Sadh Member of the Guwayza larly arranged pores or relict pores. Abdomen subspherical Formation and Musallah Formation, Oman. with pores on surface. Abdominal pores with pore frames, longitudinally or irregularly distributed in great density. Fourth segment inflated-cylindrical with irregularly dis- tributed pores. Cephalic structure same as genus. 154 Plate EUC10. Eucyrtidiellum gujoense (Takemura & Nakaseko). Magnification x400. Fig. 1(H). Takemura & Nakaseko 1986, fig. 4-10. Fig. 2. Matsuoka 2004, fig. 178. Fig. 3. OM, BR1121-R08-28. Fig. 4. OM-00-252, 021905. Fig. 5. OM-00-258, 022630. 155 Eucyrtidiellum gunense gr. Cordey 1998 Species code: EUC03 Synonymy: between Eucyrtidiel um and Thetis in spite of the common 1982 Eucyrtidium (?) sp. C – Imoto et al., pl. 1. fig. 9. external resemblance of certain species. 1984 Eucyrtidiel um sp. A – Murchey, pl. 2, fig. 25. 1984 Eucyrtidiel um sp. B – Murchey, pl. 2, fig. 26. Further remarks: Most specimens from Oman and Japan 1986 Eucyrtidiel um sp. C group – Nagai, p. 12, pl. 2, fig. 10, included in this species do not correspond perfectly to not 11-12. 1987 Eucyrtidiel um sp. C – Hattori, pl. 12, fig. 10. the original diagnosis and differ significantly from the 1990 Eucyrtidiel um sp. C3 – Nagai, pl. 4, fig. 2, 3. holotype, but to a lesser extent from the paratype. The 1992 Eucyrtidiel um sp. – Sashida, pl. 1, figs. 19, 20. apical horn is shorter and conical in our specimens, and 1995 Eucyrtidiel um sp. C – Nagai, pl. 4, fig. 6. the thorax is larger, well marked by the cortical and lumbar 1997 Eucyrtidiel um sp. Q0 – Yao, pl. 10, fig. 453. constrictions and is either truncate conical or convex in 1998 Eucyrtidiel um gunensis n. sp. – Cordey, p. 109, pl. 25, outline. The thorax is also completely porous whereas the figs. 8-9. original description mentions that it is poreless proximally. 2004 Eucyrtidiel um sp. Q0 sensu Yao – Hori, pl. 2, fig. 7. The abdomen is also different: the holotype shows a 2004 Eucyrtidiel um gunense Cordey – Matsuoka, fig. 180. sphaeroidal abdomen but the abdomen of the paratype 2005 Eucyrtidiel um sp. C sensu Nagai – Hori, pl. 8, figs. 16-18, not fig. 19. is also truncated conical. The original description also mentions a row of large pores separating the abdomen from Original diagnosis: Eucyrtidiel um with a long and massive the postabdominal segment. Our study shows that there apical horn. are no such pores at the postlumbar boundary, but false pores (when existing) result from some ribs superposed Original description: Shell with four segments. Cephalis on the test in different directions, most in a longitudinal cylindrical and seems incorporated into the proximal part direction. The fourth segment is wide open and inverted of the long, stout apical horn. Diameter of base of horn truncate conical, in some specimens (pl. EUC03, figs. 3, 4) same as cephalis; decreasing progressively to the generally it is almost closed distally. sharp tip. Sutural pore observed at base of horn. Thorax One of the characteristic features of this species, besides small, without pores proximally and smooth or with small those mentioned in the original description or in the costae. Abdomen wide, sphaeroidal, porous and without paragraph above, is that the abdominal pores are commonly costae. One row of large pores separates abdomen form aligned in oblique rows and, consequently, most are fourth segment which is seldom preserved. Fourth segment rhombically framed. Also the surface of the abdomen may made of thick pore frames with a loose network. have some oblique ribs representing thickened intervening bars. Original remarks: This form is close to E. gujoensis E. gunense is very close to Thetis oblonga but differs in (Takemura and Nakaseko), but differs mainly by having having the cephalis less marked, and lacking thoracic a much stouter and longer apical horn (horn includes spines, and in having thick ribs on the entire postabdominal cephalis). E. gujoensis is known only from the Middle segment or only proximally around the postlumbar Jurassic while E. gunense n. sp. appears during the Lower stricture. Jurassic. This new morphotype shows apparent affinities with species attributed to genus Thetis De Wever ( Thetis Etymology: From the name of a local stream Gun. undulata De Wever, 1982a, p. 196, pl. 5, fig. 8, 9, ? Thetis oblonga De Wever, 1982a, p. 196, pl. 4, fig. 15-16); cephalic Type locality: Locality GSC C-300407, Bridge River structure of Thetis has not been observed by its author, but Complex, Carpenter Lake, British Columbia. this genus possesses three external cephalic spines, which are probably external extensions of inner cephalic spines Occurrence: Bridge River Complex, British Columbia; (De Wever, personal communication, 1987). However, the Hyde Formation, Oregon; Franciscan Complex, California; cephalic structure of Eucyrtidiel um does not have these Skrile Formation, Slovenia; Tawi Sadh Member of the three spines; this implies true phylogenetic differences Guwayza Formation, Oman; Japan. 156 Plate EUC03. Eucyrtidiellum gunense gr. Cordey. Magnification x300. Fig. 1(H). Cordey 1998, pl. 25, fig. 8. Fig. 2. OR600A-R03-01. Fig. 3. SI, MM11.76, 010211. Fig. 4. OM-99-83, 011312. Fig. 5. OM, BR1121-R06-25. Fig. 6. OM, BR1121-R08-27. Fig. 7. OM, BR1121-R08-03. Fig. 8. OM; BR524-R04-19. Fig. 9. OM, BR1122-R02-1. Fig. 10. OM, BR1122-R02-14. Fig. 11. OM; BR1121-R08-21. Fig. 12. Matsuoka 2004, fig. 180. Fig. 13. OM, BR523-R03-08. Fig. 14. OM, BR1121-R08-24. Fig. 15. OM, BR1121-R08-06. 157 Eucyrtidiellum nagaiae Dumitrica, Goričan & Matsuoka n. sp. Species code: EUC06 Synonymy: Remarks: Eucyrtidiel um nagaiae n. sp. differs from 1986 Eucyrtidiel um sp. C – Nagai, pl. 2, fig. 12. 2 E. ramescens Cordey by having well-individualized costae 1987 Eucyrtidiel um sp. C – Hattori, pl. 12, fig. 12. 2 throughout the abdomen. The wall of the abdomen is 1989 Eucyrtidiel um spp. – Hori & Otsuka, pl. 4, fig. 3, not figs. 1, 2. otherwise smoother, perforate but the pore frames do not 1990 Eucyrtidiel um sp. C – Nagai, pl. 4, figs. 1a-c. 2 form coalescent thickenings as in E. ramescens and the 1995 Eucyrtidiel um sp. C – Nagai, pl. 4, figs. 7a-b, 8. 2 1997 Eucyrtidiel um sp. X – Yao, pl. 10, fig. 456. apical horn is shorter. The stout apical horn and the rows 1997 Eucyrtidiel um sp. Y – Yao, pl. 10, fig. 457. of intercostal pores also differentiate this species from 2003 Eucyrtidiel um sp. C sensu Nagai – Kashiwagi & Kurimoto, E. ptyctum (Riedel & Sanfilippo). 2 pl. 4, figs. 8, 9. 2004 Eucyrtidiel um sp. – Matsuoka, fig. 179. Measurements (µm): Based on 8 specimens. Type designation: Holotype specimen MA13547 HT Min. Max. Mean (pl. EUC06, figs. 1a,b) from sample MNA-10, Nanjo Mas- Height of cephalis and apical horn 86 37 86 57 sif, Mino Terrane, Japan. Width of cephalis at base 40 20 43 29 Height of thorax 24 20 32 25 Diagnosis: Eucyrtidiel um with stout apical horn and strong Maximum width of thorax 58 40 58 48 longitudinal abdominal costae separated by 2-4 longitudi- Height of abdomen 107 47 114 80 nal rows of pores. Maximum width of abdomen 112 77 118 95 Description: Test composed of three segments. Cephalis smooth, poreless, incorporated into a long, stout, pointed Etymology: Named for Hiromi Nagai, Nagoya University, apical horn, circular in cross-section throughout length. to honour her contribution to the knowledge of Mesozoic Sutural pore situated in the proximal part of the cephalis. Radiolaria and especially of Eucyrtidiel um. Thorax larger, trapezoidal in outline, with a regular mesh- work of polygonal pore frames. Abdomen inflated, porous, Type locality: Sample MNA-10, Nanjo Massif, Mino ornamented with 7-9 strong, continuous vertical costae vis- Terrane, Japan. ible laterally. Pores on abdomen circular; number of pore rows between adjacent costae may vary from two (rarely Occurrence: Nanjo Massif, Mino Terrane, Japan; Hyde one) to four on a single specimen. Formation, Oregon; Musallah Formation, Oman. Eucyrtidiellum omanojaponicum Dumitrica, Goričan & Hori n. sp. Species code: EUC07 Synonymy: Remarks: The species is very rare and is described based 1990 Eucyrtidiel um (?) sp. C group – Hori, fig. 8. 27. on 3 specimens only. E. omanojaponicum n. sp. resembles 1997 Eucyrtidiel um sp. C group of Nagai – Hori, pl. 1, fig. 12. E. nagaiae n. sp. in having longitudinal abdominal costae, but the costae are weaker and separated by a single row Type designation: Holotype specimen 15862 (pl. EUC07, of pores whereas E. nagaiae has 2-4 rows of pores in the fig. 1) from sample BR1122, Tawi Sadh Member of the intercostal intervals. Guwayza Formation, Wadi Mu’aydin, Oman. Measurements (µm): Diagnosis: Eucyrtidiel um with numerous thin, longitudi- Based on 3 specimens. nal abdominal costae and a row of pores in each intercostal HT Min. Max. depression. Length of apical horn + cephalis 59 38 84 Length of thorax 27 26 30 Description: Test composed of four segments of which only Length of abdomen 65 54 86 the first three are completely preserved. Cephalis integrated Diameter of cephalis 24 24 27 into the proximal part of the long, stout conical apical horn Diameter of thorax 55 45 55 and visible as a slightly inflated portion at the base of the Diameter of abdomen 93 83 105 latter. Diameter of horn at base the same as cephalis, de- Etymology: From its occurrence in Oman and Japan. creasing progressively to the sharp tip. Thorax small, trun- cate conical with convex sides and numerous small pores Type locality: Sample BR 1122 from theTawi Sadh Member disposed irregularly. Abdomen wide, subglobular and po- of the Guwayza Formation, Wadi Mu’aydin, Oman. rous; pores circular aligned in longitudinal rows, each row separated by thin costae. Fourth segment preserved only Occurrence: Tawi Sadh Member of the Guwayza Formation, as remains. Oman; Japan. 158 Plate EUC06. Eucyrtidiellum nagaiae Dumitrica, Goričan & Matsuoka n. sp. Magnification x300. Fig. 1a,b(H). JP, MNA-10, MA13547, MA13548. Fig. 2. JP, MNA-10, MA12501. Fig. 3. OM-00-255, 022326. Fig. 4. JP, MNA-10, MA12499. Fig. 5. OM-00-254, 022126. Fig. 6. Hori & Otsuka 1989, pl. 4, fig. 3. Plate EUC07. Eucyrtidiellum omanojaponicum Dumitrica, Goričan & Hori n. sp. Magnification x300. Fig. 1(H). OM, BR1122-R04-04. Fig. 2. Hori 1990, fig. 8-27. Fig. 3. OM-00-92, 011110. 159 Eucyrtidiellum ramescens Cordey 1998 Species code: EUC04 Synonymy: proximal part and smooth or with small costae. Abdomen 1982 Eucyrtidium (?) sp. C – Yao et al., pl. 2, fig. 12. wide, sphaeroidal and porous; pores circular without 1982 » Eucyrtidium« sp. – Nishizono et al, pl. 2, fig. 13. specific alignment. Some pore-frames reinforced near 1986 Eucyrtidiel um sp. C – Nagai, pl. 2, fig. 11. 1 proximal part of abdomen and become thicker distally 1987 Eucyrtidiel um sp. C – Hattori, pl. 12, fig. 11. 1 giving rise to longitudinal costae, sometimes transversally 1995 Eucyrtidiel um sp. C – Nagai, pl. 4, fig. 5. 1 1998 Eucyrtidiel um ramescens n. sp. – Cordey, p. 110, pl. 25, connected. One row of large pores separates abdomen figs. 7, 11-13. from fourth segment which is seldom preserved. Fourth 2004 Eucyrtidiel um sp. C sensu Nagai – Hori, pl. 5, fig. 24. segment composed of thick pore frames with a loose 1 2005 Eucyrtidiel um sp. C sensu Nagai – Hori, pl. 8, fig. 19, not network. figs. 16-18. Original remarks: This form differs from E. gunensis n. sp. Original diagnosis: Eucyrtidiel um with a very long apical by the presence of thick abdominal and post-abdominal horn and massive, porous abdominal costae. costae. Original description: Test composed of four segments. Etymology: From Latin ramus (branch). Cephalis cylindrical and appears integrated into the Type locality: Locality GSC C-300407, Bridge River Com- proximal part of the long, stout apical horn. Diameter of plex, lake Carpenter, British Columbia. horn at base, the same as cephalis, decreasing progressively to the sharp tip. Sutural pore situated in proximal part Occurrence: Bridge River Complex, British Columbia; or near the collar edge. Thorax small, without pores in Musallah Formation, Oman; Japan. Genus: Farcus Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh 1986 Type species: Farcus graylockensis Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh 1986 Synonymy: two secondary lateral bars; fifth foot, if present, opposed to 1986 Farcus n. gen. – Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh, p. 23. vertical bar. Base of thorax hemispherical with centrally- placed circular aperture (mouth) that has an imperforate Original diagnosis: Test as with family but possessing rim. Thorax with (e.g., Rolumbus, n. gen . ) or without (e.g., a single, massive apical horn that is attached to the apical Farcus, n. gen.) fragile tubular, velum-like structure ex- bar. Thorax lacking tubular, velum-like structure distally. tending distally from aperture (mouth) of well-preserved Original description of family Farcidae (Pessagno, Whalen specimens. & Yeh 1986, p. 22): Test dicyrtid with single layer of latticed meshwork on both cephalis and thorax. Latticed layer of Original remarks: Farcus n. gen., is compared to Rolumbus cephalis and occasionally proximal portion of thorax cov- n. gen., under the latter genus. ered by thin outer layer of microgranular silica. Cephalis large, hemispherical with one horn (e.g., Farcus n. gen.), or Etymology: Farcus (masc.) is a name formed by an arbitrary two horns (e.g., Rolumbus n. gen.), which are triradiate in combination of letters (ICZN, 1964, Appendix D, Pt. VI, axial section. Cephalic skeletal elements cyrtoid, including Recommendation 4, p. 113). vertical bar, primary left lateral bar, primary right lateral bar, median bar, secondary left lateral bar, secondary right Included species: lateral bar, and apical bar (dorsal bar absent). Thorax large, FAR02 Farcus asperoensis Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh 1986 inflated, with four (rarely five) feet that are triradiate in FAR04 Farcus graylockensis Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh 1986 axial section. Four feet opposed to two primary lateral and FAR03 Farcus kozuri Yeh 1987b 160 Plate EUC04. Eucyrtidiellum ramescens Cordey. Magnification x300. Fig. 1(H). Cordey 1998, pl. 25, fig. 7. Fig. 2. OM-00-118, 000702. 161 Farcus asperoensis Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh 1986 Species code: FAR02 Synonymy: species of Farcus (Pl. 11, fig. 14) from the Hyde Formation 1986 Farcus asperoensis n. sp. – Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh, p. 23, of east-central Oregon possesses an elongated thorax and pl. 3, figs. 12, 16, 17, 21; pl. 11, fig. 9. massive horn similar to those of F. asperoensis, n. sp. 2002 Farcus asperoensis Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh – Whalen & Carter, p. 124, pl. 11, figs. 3, 11, 15. Measurements (µm): Numbers of specimens measured are in parentheses. Original diagnosis: Cephalis medium-sized, hemispheri- HT Mean Max. Min. cal, with single, massive triradiate horn; cephalis common- length of cephalis 20 22.3 (9) 30 (9) 18 (9) ly covered by layer of microgranular silica. Horn triradi- length of thorax 80 80 (9) 90 (9) 70 (9) ate in axial section with rounded, longitudinal ridges and width of thorax at top 48 50.5 (9) 64 (9) 43 (9) narrow grooves. Thorax with small, polygonal pore frames, width of thorax at base 50 61.2 (8) 70 (8) 50 (8) commonly partially covered by a thin layer of microgranu- length of horn 48 64.6 (9) 80 (9) 48 (9) lar silica. Four feet, medium-sized, triradiate in axial sec- width of horn at base 13 20.4 (9) 25 (9) 13 (9) tion with narrow, rounded longitudinal ridges and broad length of foot (maximum) 32 61.3 (9) 80 (9) 32 (9) grooves. Four feet commonly attached to base of thorax, although on some specimens two of the feet are attached Etymology: This species is named for Pico Aspero, which is part way up the thorax. Circular mouth surrounded by im- located east of its type area. perforate rim. Type locality: Sample SH-412-14, San Hipólito Formation, Vizcaino Peninsula, Baja California Sur. Original remarks: Farcus asperoensis n. sp., differs from other species of Farcus by the nature of the distinctive Occurrence: San Hipólito Formation, Baja California Sur; imperforate rim surrounding the mouth. An undescribed Musallah Formation, Oman. Farcus graylockensis Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh 1986 Species code: FAR04 Synonymy: Measurements (µm): 1986 Farcus graylockensis n. sp. – Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh, Based on 10 specimens. p. 24, pl. 2, figs. 4, 6-8, 12, 15. HT Mean Max. Min. 1987b Farcus graylockensis Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh – Yeh, length of cephalis 25 25.7 30 20 p. 76, pl. 1, fig. 7. length of thorax 100 92.5 100 75 1996 Farcus graylockensis Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh – Pujana, width of thorax at top 62.5 63.7 87.5 50 p. 139, pl. 1, fig. 7. width of thorax at base 112.5 106.2 120 100 1997 Farcus graylockensis Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh – Yao, pl. 8, fig. 395. length of horn 70 72.7 87.5 62.5 1997 Farcus aff . kozuri Yeh – Yao, pl. 8, fig. 396. width of horn at base 25 23.5 25 20 2002 Farcus graylockensis Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh – Tekin, length of foot (maximum) 95 96.5 125 75 p. 189, pl. 4, fig. 2. Etymology: Farcus graylockensis n. sp., is named for Gray- Original diagnosis: Single horn wide, massive, triradiate in lock Butte, which is located north of its type locality. axial section; horn comprised of three wide, wedge-shaped grooves alternating with three wide, rounded ridges. Tho- Type locality: OR-536, Nicely Formation, southeast side of rax with massive, uniformly-sized tetragonal and pentago- Morgan Mountain, east-central Oregon. nal pore frames. Feet moderately long, triradiate in axial section; three longitudinal grooves deep, wider proximally Occurrence: Nicely Formation, Oregon; Sierra Chacaicó than distally, wedging out distally; three longitudinal ridges Formation, Argentina; Hocaköy Radiolarite, Turkey; Tawi rounded, becoming progressively narrower distally. Sadh Member of the Guwayza Formation, Oman; Japan. Original remarks: This species differs from similar forms among the Hilarisiregidae Takemura and Nakaseko, 1982, by possessing a dicyrtid test, and considerably different wall structure (see Pl. 1, figs. 4, 5, 10). 162 Plate FAR02. Farcus asperoensis Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh. Magnification x300. Fig. 1(H). Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh 1986, pl. 3, fig. 12. Fig. 2. Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh 1986, pl. 3, fig. 16. Fig. 3. OM-00-251, 021607. Plate FAR04. Farcus graylockensis Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh. Magnification x300. Fig. 1(H). Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh 1986, pl. 2, fig. 6. Fig. 2. OM, BR1122-R01-09. 163 Farcus kozuri Yeh 1987b Species code: FAR03 Synonymy: Measurements (µm): 1986 Farcus sp. A – Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh, p. 24, pl. 3, fig. 4. Based on 10 specimens. 1986 Farcus sp. B – Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh, p. 24, pl. 3, fig. 13. HT Mean Max. Min. 1987b Farcus kozuri n. sp. – Yeh, p. 75, pl. 1, figs. 2, 6, 13. Length of cephalis 29 29 30 28 Length of thorax 78 84 78 90 Original description: Test dicyrtid, cephalis medium in width of thorax at top 43 42 43 40 size, hemispherical, imperforate, covered with layer of width of thorax (maximum) 114 112 114 108 microgranular silica. Single horn moderately massive, length of apical horn 78 65 78 36 triradiate with three narrow ridges alternating with three length of foot (maximum) 100 90 100 78 wide grooves. Thorax hemispherical, with slightly variable size of massive polygonal pore frames. Distal portion of Etymology: This species is named for Dr. H. Kozur, in thorax with three to four prominent transverse ridges, honor of his studies on Mesozoic Radiolaria. ridges continuous or slightly offset, parallel to each other and merging with those of feet. Feet massive, medium in Type locality: Sample OR-536J, Nicely Formation, south- length, tapering distally, triradiate in axial section with east side of Morgan Mountain, east-central Oregon. three wide, deep longitudinal grooves alternating with three narrow longitudinal ridges. Occurrence: Nicely Formation, Oregon; Tawi Sadh Mem- ber of the Guwayza Formation, Oman. Original remarks: Farcus kozuri, n. sp., differs from F. gray- lockensis Pessagno, Whalen, and Yeh (1986) by possessing three to four well-developed transverse ridges on the distal portion of thorax. Genus: Foremania Whalen & Carter 1998 Type species: Foremania sandilandsensis Whalen & Carter 1998 Synonymy: Original remarks: The narrow but open tubular extension 1998 Foremania n. gen. – Whalen & Carter, p. 79. of the test and the very regularly shaped and aligned pore frames on the distal post-abdominal chambers distinguish Original description: Test elongate, cylindrical with single- Foremania n. gen. from Pseudoeucyrtis Pessagno. The layered wall. Cephalis large, dome shaped with irregularly single-layered wall distinguishes Foremania n. gen. from branching horn. Post-abdominal chambers generally Canutus Pessagno and Whalen and Droltus Pessagno and rectangular in outline; first few chambers very gradually Whalen. increasing in size as added; post-abdominal chambers gradually decreasing in width producing an open tube. Etymology: This genus is named in memory of Helen Regularly shaped pore frames on most post-abdominal Foreman a noted scholar of fossil Radiolaria. chambers; pore frames more regular in shape (tetragonal) and aligned in distinct horizontal and vertical rows on distal Included species: portion of test; pore frames smaller on more proximal part FRM01 Foremania sandilandsensis gr. Whalen & Carter of test, larger and more regularly shaped on distal part of 1998 test. 164 Plate FAR03. Farcus kozuri Yeh. Magnification x200. Fig. 1(H). Yeh 1987b, pl. 1, fig. 6. Fig. 2. Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh 1986, pl. 3, fig. 4. Fig. 3. Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh 1986, pl. 3, fig. 13. 165 Foremania sandilandsensis gr. Whalen & Carter 1998 Species code: FRM01 Synonymy: very large and seldom complete, the observed number of 1982a gen. et sp. indet. 1 – De Wever, p. 220, pl. 13, figs. 13-14. postabdominal chambers depends on preservation. 1982b gen. et sp. indet. 1 – De Wever, p. 354, pl. 56, figs. 10-11. ? 1990 Nassellaria gen. et sp. indet. – De Wever et al., pl. 4, fig. 2. Further remarks: The size of this species is very variable. 1990 Gen. sp. indet. 1 in De Wever 1982 – De Wever et al., The length of the specimens illustrated herein varies from pl. 4, fig. 3. 140µm (pl. FRM01, fig 1(H)) to 530µm (pl. FRM01, fig. 1998 Foremania sandilandsensis n. sp. – Whalen & Carter, p. 79, pl. 24, figs. 14, 15, 18-21, 24-26. 8a). Measurements (µm): Original description: Test elongate, cylindrical, commonly Based on 5 specimens. with ten postabdominal chambers. Cephalis large, dome- Length Max. width shaped with horn; horn irregularly shaped, branching, 140 26 HT usually with two or three prongs varying in size. Cephalis 227 103 Max. and thorax mostly imperforate, almost completely 140 26 Min. covered by layer of microgranular silica. Thorax and 200 80 Mean abdomen trapezoidal in outline. Most postabdominal chambers subrectangular to square in outline, very Etymology: This species is named for Sandilands Island, gradually increasing in width and height as added; last located in Skidegate Inlet, north of South Bay, Queen few postabdominal chambers gradually decreasing in Charlotte Islands, British Columbia. width. On well preserved specimens, test terminating in a narrow, open tube. Pore frames on initial chambers of test Type locality: Sample QC 590A. Kunga Island, north side, small and irregularly shaped; pore frames on test gradually Sandilands Formation, Queen Charlotte Islands, British increasing in size as added, becoming much more regularly Columbia, Canada. tetragonal and aligned in distinct horizontal and vertical rows on distal part of test; small rounded nodes at vertices Occurrence: Sandilands and Ghost Creek formations, of all pore frames. Queen Charlotte Islands; Dürrnberg Formation, Austria; Gümüslü Allochthon, Turkey; Tawi Sadh Member of the Original remarks: Foremania sandilandsensis is the only Guwayza Formation and Musallah Formation, Oman; species of Foremania yet recognized. Since the test is Japan. Genus: Gigi De Wever 1982a Type species: Gigi fustis De Wever 1982a Synonymy: Original remarks: This genus differs from Katroma by hav- 1982a Gigi n. gen. – De Wever, p. 194. ing only two segments, very small cephalic horns (except 1988 Gigi De Wever – Hori, p. 558. the apical horn) and smaller pores. It differs from Podobursa by the number of segments and the structure of the pores. Original description: Two-segmented test with a long po- This genus could be considered as older than Katroma (P. rous closed tube. Apical horn small, simple or forked. On Dumitrica, pers. com.). the cephalis, or at the collar stricture, one (or several ?) spines corresponding to the external prolongation of ce- Further remarks: Contrary to the assumption in the origi- phalic spines are present. Cephalic skeleton not in collar nal remarks, our new data show that Katroma appears prior plane. to Gigi. Revised description: By Hori (1988): Test comprising 2 Etymology: Name formed by an arbitrary combination of to 3 chambers, cephalis, thorax or abdomen, or both and letters (ICZN, art. 40, p. 113). closed tube, without radial spines. The proximal portion subspherical, having smooth surface and circular pores Included species: with a crown-like apical horn and thorn(s). Tube porous GIG01 Gigi fustis De Wever 1982a and elongated cylindrically, sometimes weakly expanded near the distal end. 166 Plate FRM01. Foremania sandilandsensis gr. Whalen & Carter. Magnification Figs. 1-7 x300 (scale bar A), Figs. 8-16 x200 (scale bar B), except Fig. 8b x400. Fig. 1(H). Carter et al. 1998, pl. 24, fig. 20. Fig. 2. Carter et al. 1998, pl. 24, fig. 19. Fig. 3. Carter et al. 1998, pl. 24, fig. 18. Fig. 4. OM; BR1121-R10-06. Fig. 5. OM, BR1121-R10-11. Fig. 6. OM, BR1121-R08-18. Fig. 7. QCI, GSC loc. C-305417, GSC 111808. Fig. 8a,b. TR, 1662D-R03-12. Fig. 9. TR, 1662D-R02-13. Fig. 10. JP, IYII8-85. Fig. 11. OM-00-252, 022012. Fig. 12. AT, BMW21-17. Fig. 13. OM-00-118, 000612. Fig. 14. OM, BR528-R10-07. Fig. 15. OM, BR524-R04-24. Fig. 16. OM, BR706-R12-03. 167 Gigi fustis De Wever 1982a Species code: GIG01 Synonymy: Original remarks: This species differs from Katroma neagui, 1982a Gigi fustis n. sp. – De Wever, p. 195, pl. 4, figs. 1-8. K. bicornus and K. sp. A , K. sp. B , by having a simpler 1982b Gigi fustis De Wever – De Wever, p. 340, pl. 57, outline, smaller horns (apical and lateral), and especially by figs. 1-6, 12. its two-segmented test. 1982 Gigi fustis De Wever – De Wever & Origlia-Devos, pl. 1, fig. F. Measurements (µm): 1988 Gigi sp. aff. G. fustis De Wever – Hori, p. 559, fig. 9.1, 2. Based on 14 specimens. 1988 Katroma dengqenesis n. sp. – Li, p. 328, pl. 1, fig. 18, not fig. 9. HT Max. Min. Mean 1993 Katroma sp. – Kashiwagi & Yao, pl. 1, fig. 10. Total length 1993 Gigi fustis De Wever – Kashiwagi & Yao, pl. 1, fig. 11. (including the apical horn) 450 490 360 443 1994 Gigi fustis De Wever – Goričan, p. 70, pl. 16, figs. 11-13. Tube length 320 390 260 315 1995 Gigi fustis De Wever – Suzuki, pl. 8, fig. 5. Tube width 24 33 24 28 1997 Gigi cf. G. fustis De Wever – Hori, pl. 1, fig. 20. Length of cephalis plus thorax 107 170 90 120 1997 Gigi sp. cf. G. fustis De Wever – Hori et al., fig. 2.3. Maximum width of thorax 79 110 72 88 1998 Gigi fustis De Wever – Kashiwagi, pl. 2, figs. 13, 14. 2001 Gigi fustis De Wever – Kashiwagi, fig. 6.4. Etymology: From the Latin fustis, -is, m. = bludgeon, 2004 Gigi fustis De Wever – Matsuoka, fig. 116. referring to general shape. Original description: Two-segmented test with a long Type locality: Sample 1662D, Gümüslü Allochthon, Taurus closed tube and a very small clove-shaped apical horn. Mts., Turkey. Horn sometimes simple and not branched when poorly preserved. Cephalis conical, porous. Cephalic skeleton Occurrence: Gümüslü Allochthon, Turkey; Budva Zone, massive, especially at the level of median bar. One spine of Montenegro; Pindos Zone, Greece; Haliw (Aqil) Formation, the cephalic skeleton (probably V) outgrowing as a small Oman; Dengqen area, Tibet; Japan; New Zealand. horn. Thorax globular with small pores. Thorax extending in a long tube with widely open proximal pores and smaller distal pores; the latter are aligned along the tube and show a tendency towards helicoidal distribution. Two keels seem to be developed distally. Genus: Gorgansium Pessagno & Blome 1980 Type species: Gorgansium silviesense Pessagno & Blome 1980 Synonymy: cal arrangement and unequal length of its primary spines. 1980 Gorgansium n. gen. – Pessagno & Blome, p. 234. Whereas Betraccium has symmetrically arranged, more or less equidistant spines of equal length, Gorgansium has its 2 Original description: Cortical shell typically elliptical shorter spines situated close together. with 3 primary spines of unequal length usually occurring in same plane. Primary spines asymmetrically arranged; Etymology: Gorgansium is a name formed by an arbitrary 2 spines closer together, often considerably shorter than combination of letters (ICZN, 1964. Appendix D. Pt. 6. third spine. Cortical shell usually compressed in plane of 3 recommendation 40. p.113). The gender of this genus is primary spines. First medullary shell small, spherical with neuter. fragile pore frames. Included species: Original remarks: Gorgansium, n. gen. differs from Betrac- GOR02 Gorgansium gongyloideum Kishida & Hisada 1985 cium Pessagno, (Pessagno et al., 1979), in the asymmetri- GOR03 Gorgansium morganense Pessagno & Blome 1980 168 Plate GIG01. Gigi fustis De Wever. Magnification x300, except Fig. 1b(H) x500. Fig. 1a,b(H). De Wever 1982a, pl. 4, figs. 1, 2. Fig. 2. TR, 1662D-R02-08. Fig. 3. Matsuoka 2004, fig. 116. Fig. 4. JP, Nanjo chert, NA-16, RH(1)394. Fig. 5. JP, Nanjo chert, NAI-76, RH(1)442. Fig. 6. JP, Nanjo chert, NA-11-12, RH(1)391. Fig. 7. OM, Haliw-039-R02-05. Fig. 8. OM, Haliw-038-R09-23. Fig. 9. OM, Haliw-038-R08-08. Fig. 10. OM, Haliw-039-R02-06. Fig. 11. OM, Haliw-038-R08-19. Fig. 12. OM, Haliw-039-R06-20. Fig. 13. OM, Haliw-039-R02-08. Fig. 14. OM, Haliw-039-R06-28. 169 Gorgansium gongyloideum Kishida & Hisada 1985 Species code: GOR02 Synonymy: ridges longitudinally. Two primary spines nearly equal in 1982 Gorgansium sp. A – Kishida & Sugano, pl. 4, fig. 8. length; third spine somewhat longer. Third spine as long as 1984 Gorgansium sp. aff. morganense Pessagno & Blome diameter of cortical shell. – Whalen & Pessagno, pl. 1, figs. 15-16. 1985 Gorgansium gongyloideum n. sp. – Kishida & Hisada, Original remarks: Gorgansium gongyloideum n. sp. differs p. 116, pl. 1, figs. 21-22. 1986 Gorgansium gongyloideum Kishida & Hisada – Kishida & from Gorgansium crassum n. sp., in having cortical shell Hisada, Fig. 4.4. without compression, more numerous pore frames and 1990 Gorgansium gongyloideum Kishida & Hisada – Hori, Fig. 8.6. primary spines with wider ridges. 1994 Gorgansium gongyloideum Kishida & Hisada – Goričan, p. 70, pl. 1, fig. 6. Measurements (µm): 1998 Gorgansium gongyloideum Kishida & Hisada – Yeh & Based on 5 specimens. Cheng, p. 12, pl. 1, fig. 1. System of measurements shown in Text-fig. 5 of Kishida & 2002 Gorgansium gongyloideum Kishida & Hisada – Whalen & Hisada (1985). Carter, p. 105, pl. 6, figs. 3-5, 9-11. 2002 Gorgansium gongyloideum Kishida & Hisada – Tekin, AB CD AT EF GH p. 179, pl. 1, fig. 4. 78 81 80 61 59 HT 2003 Gorgansium spp. – Goričan et al., p. 291, pl. 1, fig. 7. 81 83 88 69 68 Max. 78 81 78 56 57 Min. Original diagnosis: Cortical shell spherical, with three 79 82 82 62 61 Av. three-bladed primary spines. Two spines somewhat shor- ter than third spine. Third spine as long as diameter of Etymology: The name is derived from the Latin adjective cortical shell. gongylis + deus, meaning spherical. Original description: Cortical shell spherical, with pre- Type locality: Locality 230 of Kishida & Hisada (1985), dominantly hexagonal pore frames lacking well-devel- Ueno-mura area, Kanto Mountains, Central Japan. oped nodes at vertices. Thickness of pore frame bars in Z direction about two times as thick as in Y direction (Text- Occurrence: Japan; Fernie Formation, northeastern Brit- fig. 5). Seven pore frames visible on test surface along AB, ish Columbia; San Hipólito Formation, Baja California six to seven pore frames visible along CD (Text-fig. 5). Pri- Sur; Skrile Formation, Slovenia; Budva Zone, Montenegro; mary spines triradiate in axial section; composed of three Hocaköy Radiolarite, Turkey; Liminangcong Chert, Philip- narrow grooves alternating with three moderately wide pines. Gorgansium morganense Pessagno & Blome 1980 Species code: GOR03 Synonymy: Measurements (µm): 1980 Gorgansium morganense n. sp. – Pessagno & Blome, Based on 7 specimens. p. 234, pl. 6, figs. 10, 18, 23. System of measurement shown in plate 8, figure 16 of Pessagno & Blome (1980). Original description: Cortical shell circular in outline AB CD AT EF GH compressed somewhat in plane of spines and comprised 94 75 94 69 75 HT of large pore frames with poorly developed nodes at the 96 81 93 55 65 Av. vertices. Bars of pore frames of medium thickness along Y; 106 113 106 75 88 Max. thicker along Z (text-fig. 5). Five to 6 pore frames visible on 88 75 81 56 63 Min. test surface along AB; 5 pore frames visible along CD (see pl. 8, fig. 16). Two primary spines nearly equal in length; Etymology: G. morganense is named for Morgan Mountain third spine longer. All 3 spines triradiate in axial section, near its type locality. comprised of 3 massive, wide ridges alternating with 3 moderately wide grooves longitudinally; grooves somewhat Type locality: Sample OR 536, Nicely Formation, northeast wider than ridges. side of Morgan Mountain, Oregon. Original remarks: This species differs from G. silviesense, Occurrence: Nicely Formation, Oregon; Fannin Formation, n. sp., in having a cortical shell that is circular rather than Queen Charlotte Islands. elliptical in outline and in having much longer primary spines. 170 Plate GOR02. Gorgansium gongyloideum Kishida & Hisada. Magnification x300. Fig. 1(H). Kishida & Hisada 1985, pl. 1, fig. 21. Fig. 2. JP, MNA-10, MA11018. Fig. 3. Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 6, fig. 3. Fig. 4. Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 6, fig. 5. Fig. 5. Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 6, fig. 4. Plate GOR03. Gorgansium morganense Pessagno & Blome. Magnification x300. Fig. 1(H). Pessagno & Blome 1980, pl. 6, fig. 10. Fig. 2. QCI, GSC loc. C-304566, GSC 128796. 171 Genus: Haeckelicyrtium Kozur & Mostler 1979, emend. Carter 1993 Type species: Haeckelicyrtium austriacum Kozur & Mostler 1979 Synonymy: and downwardly directed spines at the distal end of the 1979 Haeckelicyrtium n. gen. – Kozur & Mostler, p. 98. abdomen. 1993 Haeckelicyrtium Kozur & Mostler – Carter, p. 96. 1997 Haeckelicyrtium Kozur & Mostler – Sugiyama, p. 154-155. Further remarks: Sugiyama writes that based on evidence from Hori (1992) and from diverse Lower and Original description: Cephalis imperforate without apical Middle Jurassic assemblages of Yao (1997), the genus horn. Thorax very wide, cap-shaped, with rough pores, Haeckelicyrtium disappears at the end of the Triassic. which can be completely closed in the proximal part by However, Carter et al. (1998) found Haeckelicyrtium sp. an imperforate layer. Abdomen short, very strongly and A in Hettangian/Sinemurian strata of the Sandilands abruptly flaring into a disc distally. Distal border smooth Formation, Queen Charlotte Islands, Whalen and Carter in the type species, but with short, wide and blunt spines (2002) found Haeckelicyrtium sp. B in Baja California Sur, distributed in the disc plane in Haeckelicyrtium? spinosum and abundant Haeckelicyrtium ( H. crickmayi described n. sp. Aperture wide, circular. Internal spicule as in family. herein) are present in Pliensbachian formations of Queen Charlotte Islands. Rare specimens of Haeckelicyrtium are Emended description: Carter (1993): Includes forms with also known from the Fernie Formation of northeastern or without an apical horn. Distal rim of abdomen may be British Columbia. spinose as well as smooth. Etymology: Named for E. Haeckel, the famous pioneer of Original remarks: Dreyericyrtium n. gen. and Deflan- radiolarian research. drecyrtium n. gen. have an apical horn. Dreyericyrtium is however considerably more slender, and Deflandrecyrtium Included species: has a two-segmented conical cephalis as well as laterally HCK05 Haeckelicyrtium crickmayi Carter n. sp. HCK04 Haeckelicyrtium sp. B sensu Whalen & Carter 2002 Haeckelicyrtium crickmayi Carter n. sp . Species code: HCK05 Type designation: Holotype GSC 111719 and paratype GSC in having a less distinct boundary between the thorax and 111720 from GSC loc. C-304281, Ghost Creek Formation cephalis and in possessing long, net-like arms on the edge (lowermost Pliensbachian). of the skirt. Description: Cephalis small and globular, imperforate, Measurements (µm ): without horn. Thorax short, funnel-shaped, with small cir- Based on 9 specimens. cular to subcircular pores. Abdomen abruptly flaring to a HT Max. Min. Mean wide, downwardly directed net-like skirt composed mostly Diameter of cephalis 52 66 32 51 (7) of large subcircular to circular pore frames becoming larger Max. diameter of thorax towards periphery. Periphery of skirt most irregular with (excl. arms and spines) 464 469 352 429 outer portions of skirt extending as flared perforate arms of Etymology: Named for Colin H. Crickmay, who contribut- variable width. All arms of skirt terminating in one or more ed significantly to the knowledge of Late Triassic and Early short circular spines; narrower arms commonly terminate Jurassic ammonoids of British Columbia with bifurcating spines. Remarks: Haeckelicyrtium crickmayi n. sp. differs from Type locality: Ghost Creek Formation, South side of Maude Island, several hundred metres west of Ells Bay, Skidegate H. karcharos Carter (1993) in lacking a horn and in pos- Inlet, Queen Charlotte Islands, British Columbia. sessing long, net-like arms of variable width on the edge of the skirt that terminate in one or more spines. It differs Occurrence: Ghost Creek and Fannin formations, Queen from Haeckelicyrtium sp. B of Whalen and Carter (2002) Charlotte Islands; Fernie Formation, NE British Columbia. Haeckelicyrtium sp. B sensu Whalen & Carter 2002 Species code: HCK04 Synonymy: Original remarks: The pore frames of this species are more 1998 Haeckelicyrtium karcharos Carter – Yeh & Cheng, p. 32, massive than the pore frames of Haeckelicyrtium sp. A of pl. 12, fig. 8. Whalen & Carter 1998. 2002 Haeckelicyrtium sp. B – Whalen & Carter, p. 122, pl. 16, fig. 9. Occurrence: San Hipólito Formation, Baja California Sur; Liminangcong Chert, Philippines. 172 Plate HCK05. Haeckelicyrtium crickmayi Carter n. sp. Magnification x100. Fig. 1(H). GSC loc. C-304281, GSC 111719. Fig. 2. QCI, GSC loc. C-304567, GSC 128803. Fig. 3. QCI, GSC loc. C-304281, GSC 111720. Fig. 4. QCI, GSC loc. C-304567, GSC 128913. Fig. 5. NBC, GSC loc. C-305208, GSC 128802. Plate HCK04. Haeckelicyrtium sp. B sensu Whalen & Carter. Magnification x150. Fig. 1. Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 16, fig. 9. 173 Genus: Hagiastrum Haeckel 1881 Type species: Hagiastrum plenum Rüst 1885 (subsequent designation by Campbell, 1954) Synonymy: arranged subsidiary beams to cortical shell. Medullary shell 1881 Hagiastrum n. gen. – Haeckel, p. 460. as with family, rays circular in cross section, composed of 1887 Hagiastrum Haeckel – Haeckel, p. 542. several medullary beams comprising 3 (sometimes up to 1971 Hagiastrum Haeckel emend. – Pessagno, p. 52. 6) primary canals. Central area of medullary shell with 1977b Hagiastrum Haeckel emend. – Pessagno, p. 72. internal vertical beamlets. 1980 Hagiastrum Haeckel emend. – Baumgartner, p. 289. Original description: 3c. Tribe: Euchitonida. Porodiscida Further remarks: By Baumgartner (1980): Included are with arms, arms chambered situated in the equatorial only those four-rayed forms displaying linear arrangement plane and radiating from the margin of the disk (often with of beams and pore rows and having an inner structure as in terminal spines on the arms, and often with the arms joined the subfamily. Species with more irregular pore arrangement by a patagium or chambered web). assigned to this genus by Kozur and Mostler (1978) and C. With four arms, arranged in the form of a rectangular Pessagno, Finch and Abbott (1979), should be assigned to cross. the genus Crucel a Pessagno under the Patulibracchiidae CI. With simple arms. Pessagno, emend. Ia. Without patagium. This volume: Although Hagiastrum is the type genus of the family Hagiastridae the cross-section of rays of the type Emended description: By Baumgartner (1980): Test as species of Hagiastrum is not yet known. In revising the fam- with subfamily, composed of 4 arms approximately at right ily, Baumgartner (1980) made no remarks on the number angles. Rays slender elongate usually with bulbous tips, of beams and rows of pores because of the difficulty to find with or without spines. a specimen confidently assigned to the type species. Herein Emendation of the subfamily Hagiastrinae Riedel 1971 we assign to this genus all species answering more or less (Baumgartner, 1980, p. 288): Test as with family, composed the emended definition without taking into account the ray of 2 to 4 rays extending from a central area which is simply structure. However, we note that Hagiastrum macrum De formed by the convergence of the rays. Cortical rays Wever (see below) has rays with 3 primary and 9 secondary composed of numerous (8-12) longitudinal external beams, canals. connected by bars regularly in transverse rows forming single rows of circular, rectangular or parallelogram-shaped Etymology: From the Greek agion = holy, and astron = pores between beams. Cross-section of ray circular or starrulet. elliptical. Central area of cortical shell usually with smaller, more irregular pore frames, nodes may be developed. Included species: Medullary shell centrally placed, about one-third the HAG06 Hagiastrum macrum gr. De Wever 1981b diameter of cortical shell, leaving a cylindrical cortical space HAG03 Hagiastrum majusculum Whalen & Carter 1998 around it. Medullary shell connected by numerous radially HAG04 Hagiastrum rudimentum Whalen & Carter 1998 Hagiastrum macrum gr. De Wever 1981b Species code: HAG06 Synonymy: Arm structure is slightly different from other Hagiastri- 1981b Hagiastrum macrum n. sp. – De Wever, p. 29, pl. 1, figs. 7-9. nae. In this subfamily the medullary shell is surrounded 1982b Hagiastrum macrum De Wever – De Wever, p. 232, by a cortical space, crossed by bars. For H. macrum, the fig. 75, pl. 20, figs. 7-8; pl. 21, fig. 1. large number of bars and their distinctive shape seem 1987b Tetratrabs imlayi n. sp. – Yeh, p. 31, pl. 21, figs. 8, 10, 12. to form porous canals that fill the cortical space (pl. 1, 2004 Tetraditryma macra (De Wever) – Matsuoka, fig. 41. fig. 9). This is in agreement with P. O. Baumgartner’s obser- Original diagnosis: Hagiastrum with four long and thin vations (1981, pers. comm.) who noticed that the cortical rays ornamented with long secondary spines. space is more and more restricted in early forms. Original description: Straight arms, composed of stout Further remarks: Although not mentioned in the origi- longitudinal beams with regularly distributed connecting nal description, the view along one broken ray (De Wever bars that form quadrangular pores. This network exists only 1981b, pl. 1. fig. 9) shows 3 primary canals surrounded by on arms, while pores are randomly arranged in center. 9 secondary canals and 9 or more external beams; such structure is similar to that of Homoeoparonael a elegans Original remarks: This species is distinguished from other (see Baumgartner, 1980). species of Hagiastrum by its skeleton-like shape and well- developed secondary spines. 174 Measurements (µm): Type locality: Sample 1662D, Gümüslü Allochthon, Taurus Based on 7 specimens. Mts., Turkey. HT Min. Max. Mean Total length Occurrence: Gümüslü Allochthon, Turkey; Fernie Forma- (of two rays without terminal spines) 442 430 496 458 tion, NE British Columbia; Hyde Formation and Warm Width of rays 40 40 54 44 Springs member of the Snowshoe Formation, Oregon; Length of terminal spines 70 62 70 66 Mino Terrane, Japan; Tawi Sadh Member of the Guwayza Formation, Oman. Etymology: From Latin macer, -a, -crum, adj. = with little substance, thin, stunted. By analogy with the emaciated shape of this form. Plate HAG06. Hagiastrum macrum gr. De Wever. Magnification 150x. Fig. 1(H). TR, De Wever 1981b, pl. 1, fig. 7. Fig. 2. TR, 1662D-R07-11. Fig. 3. NBC, GSC C-305208, GSC 128807. Fig. 4. OM, BR871-R04-04. Fig. 5. OM, BR525-R08-10. Fig. 6. OM; BR1121-R07-18. Fig. 7. OM; BR706-R12-15. Fig. 8. OM-00-231, 020405. 175 Hagiastrum majusculum Whalen & Carter 1998 Species code: HAG03 Synonymy: Original remarks: This form is likely derived from 1987b Tetratrabs sp. E – Yeh, p. 32, pl. 11, fig. 12; pl. 22, fig. 2. Hagiastrum rudimentum n. sp. It differs from the latter 1988 Hagiastrum sp. cf. H. egregium Rüst – Carter et al., p. 29, species in having longer rays with more strongly pronounced pl. 7, figs. 11, 12. linearity, stronger nodes on both rays and central area, and 1988 Hagiastrum sp. A – Carter et al., p. 29, pl. 2, fig. 2. in developing bulbous tips at the ends of the rays. 1990 Hagiastrum sp. – Nagai, pl. 5, fig. 7. 1991 Hagiastrum sp. cf. H. egregium Rüst – Carter & Jakobs, p. 342, pl. 2, fig. 10. Further remarks: This species now includes forms with six 1996 Hagiastrum cf. H. egregium Rüst – Tumanda et al., p. 172, to eight external beams and a slightly larger, more nodose fig. 6.6. central area. 1996 Tetraditryma sp. A – Yeh & Cheng, p. 97, pl. 1, fig. 5. 1996 Hagiastrum sp. A – Yeh & Cheng, p. 96, pl. 1, fig. 12. Measurements (µm): 1997 Tetraditryma sp. F – Yao, pl. 7, fig. 331. Based on 14 specimens. 1998 Hagiastrum sp. A – Cordey, p. 67, pl. 19, figs. 5, 7, 9-10 only. Length of Width of Width of Length of 1998 Hagiastrum majusculum n. sp. – Whalen & Carter, p. 45, pl. longest widest bulbous longest 10, figs. 11-12, 14-16. ray ray tips spine 2002 Hagiastrum majusculum Whalen & Carter – Whalen & 249 43 - - HT Carter, p. 103, pl. 8, figs. 3, 11, 13. 395 52 99 131 Max. 2004 Hagiastrum rudimentum Whalen & Carter – Matsuoka, 205 37 74 75 Min. fig. 38. 292 43 85 92 Mean Original description: Test composed of four long, nodose Etymology: Name from the Latin majusculus, um (m.) rays with bulbous tips terminating in moderately long meaning somewhat larger or greater. triradiate spines. Rays usually composed of eight external nodose longitudinal beams; beams display strong linearity Type locality: Sample 86-OF-KUB-2, Sandilands Forma- frequently becoming slightly twisted. Beams connected by tion, Kunga Island - north side, Queen Charlotte Islands, transverse bars forming single, longitudinal rows of square British Columbia. to tetragonal pore frames; pores circular to subcircular. Nodes at vertices of pore frames elliptical to subrectan- Occurrence: Sandilands, Ghost Creek, Fannin and Phantom gular, strongly raised and highly distinctive. Central area Creek formations, Queen Charlotte Islands; Bridge River small, composed of triangular and rectangular pore frames Complex and Williston Lake, British Columbia; San with large nodes at vertices. Bulbous ray tips composed Hipólito Formation, Baja California Sur; Hyde Formation, of square pore frames with weak nodes at vertices. Spines Oregon; Japan; Liminangcong Chert, Philippines; Skrile moderate in length, triradiate. Formation, Slovenia; Tawi Sadh Member of the Guwayza Formation, Oman. Plate HAG03. Hagiastrum majusculum Whalen & Carter. Magnification Figs. 1-5 x100 (scale bar A), Figs. 6-10 x150 (scale bar B), except Fig. 8c x300. Fig. 1(H). Carter et al. 1998, pl. 10, fig. 11. Fig. 2. QCI, GSC loc. C-304567, GSC 128806. Fig. 3. QCI, GSC loc. C-304567, GSC 128804. Fig. 4. QCI, GSC loc. C-175306, GSC 128805. Fig. 5. Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 8, fig. 3. Fig. 6. OR600A-R01-03. Fig. 7. OR600A-R01-07. Fig. 8a,b,c. OM, BR682-R10-10. Fig. 9. JP, MNA-10, MA10864. Fig. 10. SI, MM5.00, 010102. 176 177 Hagiastrum rudimentum Whalen & Carter 1998 Species code: HAG04 Synonymy: pores on the rays but in all other aspects seems to conform 1987 Hagiastrum sp. C – Hattori, pl. 3, fig. 14. to the definition of Hagiastrum as emended by Baumgartner 1998 Hagiastrum sp. A – Cordey, p. 67, pl. 19, figs. 6, 8 only. (1980). See. H. majusculum n. sp. for comparisons. 1998 Hagiastrum rudimentum n. sp. – Whalen & Carter, p. 46, pl. 10, figs. 2, 7, 8, 18, 19. Measurements (µm): 2002 Hagiastrum rudimentum Whalen & Carter – Suzuki et al., p. 178, figs. 7 H-I. Based on 10 specimens. 2002 Hagiastrum rudimentum Whalen & Carter – Whalen & Length of Width of Length of Carter, p. 103, pl. 8, fig. 2. longest ray widest ray longest spine 181 38 43 HT Original description: Test with four long rays, almost 244 56 146 Max. 161 38 43 Min. cylindrical in cross-section, sometimes broadening slightly 206 46 62 Mean near tips. Rays terminating in long triradiate spines having broad ridges and grooves. Rays usually composed of eight Etymology: Name from the Latin rudimentum meaning external longitudinal beams separated by a single row of first principle, beginning. pore frames and connected by transverse bars to from a single linear row of pores between two beams. Nodes Type locality: Sample QC-675, Sandilands Formation, at vertices of pore frames round and moderately raised. Kunga Island - north side, Queen Charlotte Islands, British Central area large, composed mostly of triangular and Columbia. tetragonal pore frames with strongly raised circular nodes at vertices. Occurrence: Sandilands and Ghost Creek formations, Queen Charlotte Islands; Bridge River Complex, British Original remarks: This is the earliest species of Hagiastrum Columbia; San Hipólito Formation, Baja California Sur; to appear in our samples. It has a few irregularly arranged Pucara Group, Peru; Japan. Genus: Helvetocapsa O’Dogherty, Goričan & Dumitrica 2006 Type species: Tricolocapsa matsuokai Sashida, in Sashida et al. 1999 Synonymy: known occurrences. The genus ranges from the early 2006 Helvetocapsa O’Dogherty, Goričan & Dumitrica n. gen. Toarcian (Matsuoka 1991a, Goričan et al. 2003), through – O’Dogherty et al., p. 450. Aalenian and Bajocian (Yao 1997; Sashida et al. 1999) to the Bathonian (Yamamoto et al. 1985; this study). Species Original diagnosis: Test spindle shaped, multisegmented, of this genus have previously been assigned to different composed of three, four, or possibly more segments. Last genera, depending on the number of segments. We segment inversely conical with a small constricted aper- grouped them together because the available data suggest ture at its base. Segmental divisions generally not well pro- that the number of pores (one vs. two or more) between nounced externally, only faint strictures present in some adjacent plicae is an important taxonomic character but species. Small circular pores on surface arranged in longi- the number of segments varies through time in the same tudinal rows. Numerous longitudinal plicae are generally phylogenetic lineage. well developed on the entire test. One row of pores present between neighbouring plicae. Etymology: Referring to the occurrence in Switzerland. Original remarks: The genus is similar to Striatojapono- Included species and subspecies: capsa Kozur, from which it differs by having an inversely TPS03 Helvetocapsa minoensis (Matsuoka) 1991 conical last segment with a simple aperture but no ap- SCP03 Helvetocapsa nanjoensis (Matsuoka) 1991 pendage or eccentric porous depression. It differs from SCP06 Helvetocapsa plicata s.l. (Matsuoka) 1991 Protunuma Ichikawa and Yao by having only one row of SCP04 Helvetocapsa plicata plicata (Matsuoka) 1991 pores between adjacent plicae. SCP05 Helvetocapsa plicata semiplicata (Matsuoka) 1991 A relatively continuous stratigraphic record can be reconstructed for Helvetocapsa n. gen. from previously 178 Plate HAG04. Hagiastrum rudimentum Whalen & Carter. Magnification x150. Fig. 1(H). Carter et al. 1998, pl. 10, fig. 2. Fig. 2. QCI, GSC loc. C-080612, GSC 128808. 179 Helvetocapsa minoensis (Matsuoka) 1991 Species code: TPS03 Synonymy: Original remarks: Pores vary in size among specimens, 1987 Tricolocapsa sp. A – Hattori, pl. 13, fig. 1. from small (Figures 2-1a,b) to moderate (Figure 2-3). 1987 Tricolocapsa sp. B – Hattori, pl. 13, fig. 2. Tricolocapsa minoensis, n. sp., differs from T. plicarum 1989 Tricolocapsa sp. A – Hattori, pl. 10, fig. A. Yao by lacking a dish-like basal appendage, by having more 1989 Tricolocapsa spp. – Hattori, pl. 10, fig. D. spaced plicae and by its smaller size. 1990 Tricolocapsa sp. – Nagai, pl. 4, figs. 5a-b. 1991 Tricolocapsa minoensis n. sp. – Matsuoka, p. 723, Fig. 2. 1a-5b. Measurements (µm): ? 1991 Tricolocapsa sp. cf. T. plicarum – Kojima et al., pl. 1, fig. 10. Numbers of specimens measured are in parentheses. 1997 Tricolocapsa minoensis Matsuoka – Yao, pl. 9, fig. 422. HT Max. Min. Mean 2003 Tricolocapsa minoensis Matsuoka – Goričan et al., p. 297, Total height of shell 115 115 93 105 (15) pl. 4, figs. 13a-b, 14a-b. Maximum width of shell 94 94 72 83 (15) 2004 Tricolocapsa minoensis Matsuoka – Matsuoka, fig. 81. Diameter of aperture 13 14 12 13 (6) Original description: Shell of three segments, drop-like Etymology: This species is named for the Mino Terrane shaped. Cephalis hemispherical, poreless. Thorax truncate which includes the type area, Nanjo Massif. conical. Abdomen large, subspherical with constricted ap- erture. Collar and lumber strictures slightly recognizable Type locality: Sample MNA-10, Nanjo Massif, Mino Ter- or indistinct externally. Outer surface of shell ornamented rane, central Japan. with continuous longitudinal plicae. Eleven to 15 moder- ately spaced plicae visible on outer shell. One row of pores Occurrence: Japan; Hyde Formation, Oregon; Skrile For- present between longitudinal plicae. Pores small to moder- mation, Slovenia; Tawi Sadh Member of the Guwayza For- ate in size, circular and uniform in shape. Aperture moder- mation, Oman. ate in size, circular. Helvetocapsa nanjoensis (Matsuoka) 1991 Species code: SCP03 Synonymy: tudinal plicae. It also differs from Cyrtocapsa (?) kisoensis 1991 Stichocapsa nanjoensis n. sp. – Matsuoka, p. 733, Yao by having longitudinal plicae and by lacking an apical Fig. 9. 1 – 4b. horn. 1997 Stichocapsa nanjoensis Matsuoka – Yao, pl. 9, fig. 440. 2004 Stichocapsa nanjoensis Matsuoka – Matsuoka, fig. 88. Measurements (µm): Numbers of specimens measured are in parentheses. Original description: Shell of four segments, spindle- HT Max. Min. Mean shaped. Cephalis hemispherical, poreless. Thorax truncate Total height of shell 104 104 90 96 (10) conical, abdomen barrel-shaped and fourth segment Maximum width of shell 62 63 54 59 (10) inverted conical with a constricted, circular aperture. Diameter of aperture - 8 7 8 (5) Collar stricture pronounced externally. Other segmental joints indistinct externally. Eight to 10 weakly developed Etymology: The species is named for the Nanjo Massif, its longitudinal plicae run from thorax to the distal end type locality. in lateral view. One row of pores arranged between the longitudinal plicae. Pores circular to subcircular, small and Type locality: MNA-10, Nanjo Massif, Mino Terrane, uniform in size. central Japan. Original remarks: Stichocapsa nanjoensis, n. sp. is distin- Occurrence: Mino Terrane, Japan; Tawi Sadh Member of guished from S. biconica, n. sp. by its small size, by consist- the Guwayza Formation and Musallah Formation, Oman. ing of four segments rather than five and by having longi- 180 Plate TPS03. Helvetocapsa minoensis (Matsuoka). Magnification x400. Fig. 1(H). Matsuoka 1991, Fig. 2.1a. Fig. 2. OM, BR1122-R02-04. Fig. 3. OM, BR1122-R04-16. Figs. 4a-b, 5a-b. Goričan et al. 2003, pl. 4, figs. 14a-b, 13a-b. Plate SCP03. Helvetocapsa nanjoensis (Matsuoka). Magnification x500. Fig. 1(H). Matsuoka 1991, Fig. 9.1. Fig. 2. OM, BR1122-R04-15. Figs. 3a, b. OM-00-254-022212, 022213. 181 Helvetocapsa plicata s.l. (Matsuoka) 1991 Species code: SCP06 Synonymy: Original remarks: Two subspecies are included under 1991 Stichocapsa plicata n. sp. – Matsuoka, p. 727, Fig. 5-1a-5b: this species; these are S. plicata plicata, n. subsp. and 6-1a-6b. S. plicata semiplicata, n. subsp. S. plicata, n. sp. differs from See also subspecies. S. convexa Yao by having longitudinal plicae between which one row of pores is present. Included subspecies: SCP04 Helvetocapsa plicata plicata (Matsuoka) 1991 Measurements (µm): SCP05 Helvetocapsa plicata semiplicata (Matsuoka) 1991 Numbers of specimens measured are in parentheses. HT Max. Min. Mean Original description: Shell of four to six segments, drop- Total height of shell 154 170 110 142 (29) like or spindle shaped. Cephalis hemispherical, poreless. Maximum width of shell 108 124 80 96 (29) The last segment large, inverted hemispherical or inverted Diameter of aperture 8 8 6 7 (12) conical with a constricted aperture. Remaining segments including thorax and abdomen truncate conical. Stric- Etymology: This specific name comes from the Latin tures between segments indistinct externally. Fifteen to 22 plicatus-a-um (= plicate). densely spaced longitudinal plicae visible on outer shell ex- cept for cephalis. The longitudinal plicae distinct or part- Type locality: MNA-10, Nanjo Massif, Mino Terrane, cen- ly obscure. One row of pores present between the plicae. tral Japan. Pores uniform, small and circular. Aperture small, circular, occasionally with a short protruding rim. Occurrence: See subspecies. Helvetocapsa plicata plicata (Matsuoka) 1991 Species code: SCP04 Synonymy: n. subsp. differs from S. plicata semiplicata, n. subsp. by 1989 Tricolocapsa sp. B. – Hattori, pl. 10, fig. B. having distinct longitudinal plicae that extend from the 1989 Tricolocapsa spp. – Hattori, pl. 10, fig. F. thorax to the distal end. 1989 Tricolocapsa sp. D. – Hattori, pl. 29, fig. D. 1989 Tricolocapsa sp. – Hattori & Sakamoto, pl. 19, fig. B. Further remarks: In comparison to the type material, some 1991 Stichocapsa plicata plicata n. subsp. – Matsuoka, p. 729, fig. 5. 1a – 5b. specimens have less numerous plicae and much larger pores 1997 Stichocapsa plicata Matsuoka – Yao, pl. 9, fig. 437. with thicker pore frames (pl. SCP04, figs. 6-9). They are in- 2003 Stichocapsa plicata plicata Matsuoka – Goričan et al., cluded in Helvetocapsa plicata plicata, because transitional p. 297, pl. 4, fig. 17a-b. forms (pl. SCP04, figs. 5a-b) also exist. 2004 Stichocapsa plicata plicata Matsuoka – Matsuoka, fig. 84. Measurements (µm): Original description: Shell of four to five segments, drop- Numbers of specimens measured are in parentheses. like or spindle shaped. Cephalis hemispherical, poreless. HT Max. Min. Mean The last segment large, inverted hemispherical or inverted Total height of shell 154 170 110 142 (20) conical with a constricted aperture. Remaining segments Maximum width of shell 108 124 82 102 (20) including thorax and abdomen truncate conical. Strictures Diameter of aperture 8 8 6 7 (9) between segments indistinct externally. Fifteen to 22 densely spaced longitudinal plicae visible on outer shell. Etymology: This subspecies is the nominotypical subspe- The plicae distinct on whole shell except for cephalis. One cies of Stichocapsa plicata, n. sp. row of pores present between plicae. Pores uniform, small and circular. Aperture small, circular, occasionally with Type locality: MNA-10, Nanjo Massif, Mino Terrane, a short protruding rim. central Japan. Original remarks: Shape varies among specimens; some Occurrence: Japan; Skrile Formation, Slovenia; Musallah are drop-like shaped (Figure 5-1a, 3a, 4, 5a, b) and others Formation and Tawi Sadh Member of the Guwayza spindle shaped (Figure 5-2a). Stichocapsa plicata plicata, Formation, Oman. 182 Plate SCP04. Helvetocapsa plicata plicata (Matsuoka). Magnification x400. Fig. 1(H) a, b. Matsuoka 1991, Figs. 5.1a-b. Figs. 2, 3. Matsuoka 1991, Fig. 5.3a, 4. Fig. 4. Goričan et al. 2003, pl. 4, fig. 17a. Figs. 5a, b. OM-99-89-011416, 011415. Fig. 6. OM-00-263-021330. Figs. 7a, b. OM-00-252-022010, 022011. Fig. 8. OM-00-251-021609. Fig. 9. OM-00-115-023022. 183 Helvetocapsa plicata semiplicata (Matsuoka) 1991 Species code: SCP05 Synonymy: Original remarks: Stichocapsa plicata semiplicata, n. subsp. 1991 Stichocapsa plicata semiplicata n. subsp. – Matsuoka, is compared to S. plicata plicata, n. subsp. under the latter p. 729, Fig. 6. 1a – 6b. subspecies. 1997 Stichocapsa semiplicata Matsuoka – Yao, pl. 9, fig. 438. 2004 Stichocapsa plicata semiplicata Matsuoka – Matsuoka, fig. 85. Measurements (µm): 2005 Stichocapsa plicata semiplicata Matsuoka – Kashiwagi et al., Numbers of specimens measured are in parentheses. pl. 5, fig. 8. HT Max. Min. Mean Total height of shell 139 149 123 142 (9) Original description: Shell of five to six segments, drop-like Maximum width of shell 95 99 80 94 (9) shaped. Cephalis hemispherical, poreless. The last segment Diameter of aperure 7 8 7 7 (3) large, truncate subspherical with a constricted aperture. Remaining segments including thorax and abdomen Etymology: The subspecific name comes from the Latin truncate conical. Strictures between segments indistinct semi (=half) and plicatus-a-um (=plicate). externally. Fifteen to 22 densely spaced longitudinal plicae Type locality: Sample MNA-10, Nanjo Massif, Mino Ter- visible on outer shell except for cephalis and the middle part rane, central Japan. of shell. Pores small, circular and arranged longitudinally. One row of pores present between the plicae. Aperture Occurrence: Japan; Tawi Sadh Member of the Guwayza small, circular, occasionally with a short protruding rim. Formation, Oman. 184 Plate SCP05. Helvetocapsa plicata semiplicata (Matsuoka). Magnification x400. Fig. 1(H)a, b. Matsuoka 1991, Fig. 6.1a-b. Figs. 2, 3. Matsuoka 1991, Figs. 6.3, 6.5. Fig. 4. OM, BR524-R05-16. 185 Genus: Hexasaturnalis Kozur & Mostler 1983 Type species: Spongosaturnalis? hexagonus Yao 1972 Synonymy: evolved in the Cretaceous from Hexasaturnalis n. gen. 1983 Hexasaturnalis n. gen. – Kozur & Mostler, p. 28. Praehexasaturnalis n. gen. from the Norian has the same 1983 Yaosaturnalis n. gen. – Kozur & Mostler, p. 31. outline of ring, but the polar spines are still situated op- posite to the marginal spines and the narrow ring is still flat Original description: Ring and outer spines strongly blad- to shallow oval in cross section. Yaosaturnalis n. gen. has ed. Outline of ring hexagonal to octagonal or subquadrati- the same outline and structure of ring as Hexasaturnalis cally rounded. 4-8 very strong outer spines. Two massive n. gen., but auxiliary spines are present. polar spines opposite to interspine spaces on the outer margin of the ring. No auxiliary spines. Ring often a little Further remarks: Herein we follow De Wever et al. (2001) constricted in the polar spine attachment region. Cortical who synonymized Yaosaturnalis Kozur & Mostler with shells spongy, widely separated from the inner margin of Hexasaturnalis Kozur & Mostler. the ring. Medullary shell latticed. Etymology: According to the outline. Original remarks: By increase of the number of marginal Included species: spines the hexagonal to octagonal outline of the ring is 3502 Hexasaturnalis hexagonus (Yao) 1972 transformed to a polygonal to subcircular one. In this man- SAT11 Hexasaturnalis octopus Dumitrica & Hori n. sp. ner the genus Spongosaturnalis Campbell and Clark, 1944b, 3089 Hexasaturnalis tetraspinus (Yao) 1972 Hexasaturnalis hexagonus (Yao) 1972 Species code: 3502 Synonymy: 1997 Hexasaturnalis hexagonus (Yao) – Yao, pl. 5, fig. 218. 1972 Spongosaturnalis ? hexagonus n. sp. – Yao, p. 31, pl. 6, ? 1997 Hexasaturnalis aff. hexagonus (Yao) – Yao, pl. 5, fig. 222. figs. 1-3; pl. 11, figs. 3a-c. 2002 Hexasaturnalis hexagonus (Yao) – Hori & Wakita, pl. 3, 1982 Spongosaturnalis ? hexagonus Yao – Wakita & Okamura, fig. 16. pl. 5, fig. 2. 2004 Hexasaturnalis hexagonus (Yao) – Hori, pl. 4, fig. 38; pl. 6, 1982 Spongosaturnalis ? hexagonus Yao – Matsuda & Isozaki, fig. 2; pl. 9, fig. 6; pl. 13, fig. 59; pl. 23, fig. 21. pl. 1, fig. 20. 2005 Hexasaturnalis hexagonus (Yao) – Hori, pl. 12, fig. 21; 1982 Spongosaturnalis ? hexagonus Yao – Wakita, pl. 4, fig. 11. pl. 13, fig. 36. 1982 Spongosaturnalis (?) tetraspinus Yao – Kishida & Sugano, pl. 6, fig. 9, not 10. 1982 Acanthocircus hexagonus (Yao) – Kido, pl. 3, fig. 10. Original description: Spongosaturnalid with subhex- Not 1986 Hexasaturnalis hexagonus (Yao) – Grill & Kozur, pl. 2, agonal ring, and with six strong spines on ring. Shell not fig. 5. preserved, but believed to be wholly spongy because nu- 1987 Acanthocircus hexagonus (Yao) – Hattori, pl. 1, fig. 2. merous fragmentary thorns, which may be connected with not 1988 Mesosaturnalis hexagonus (Yao) – Carter et al., pl. 47, spongy shell, are clearly observed on sturdy spines. Polar pl. 9, figs. 11-12. spines short, thick, with no ridge. Ring bilaterally sym- 1988 Acanthocircus hexagonus (Yao) – Hattori, pl. 1, fig. K. metrical, subhexagonal, strong, with clear ridge on outer 1989 Acanthocircus hexagonus (Yao) – Hattori & Sakamoto, pl. 2, fig. B, not fig. C. edge. Inner edge of ring curves rather smoothly, while 1989 Acanthocircus hexagonus (Yao) – Hattori, pl. 18, fig. B, outer edge is subhexagonal, with spine at each vertex. Ring pl. 35, fig. F. which joins with polar spine bends slightly toward inside. 1989 Mesosaturnalis sp. cf. M. hexagonus (Yao) – Hori & Otsuka, Spines, situated diagonally on ring, strong, somewhat long, pl. 4, fig. 9. of sharp tip, with clear ridges which continue to one on 1990 Mesosaturnalis hexagonus (Yao) – Hori, Fig. 9.42. outer edge of ring. 1991 Mesosaturnalis hexagonus (Yao) – Carter & Jakobs, p. 343, pl. 2, fig. 15. Original remarks: This species differs from Spongosatur- 1993 Acanthocircus hexagonus Yao – Fujii et al., pl. 1, fig. 3. nalis ? septispinus in the number of the spine, and from 1995a Hexasaturnalis hexagonus (Yao) – Baumgartner et al., S. ? minoensis in lacking auxiliary spines on the inner mar- p. 252, pl. 3502, figs. 1-3. 1996 Mesosaturnalis hexagonus (Yao) – Tumanda et al., p. 173, gin of the saturnalin ring. Spongosaturnalis ? sp., reported fig. 5.19. by Foreman (1971, pl.1, fig.4; Cretaceous sediments core, 1996 Acanthocircus hexagonus (Yao) – Yeh & Cheng, p. 106, Site 61, west margin of East Mariana Basin, through the pl. 2, fig. 9; pl. 7; fig. 4. Deep Sea Drilling Project), is similar to this species, but 1997 Mesosaturnalis hexagonus Yao – Hori, pl. 1, figs. 10a-c. the former has slender spines on which there is no ridge. 186 Measurements (µm): Type locality: Manganese carbonate ore, Mino Belt, river Based on 6 specimens. side of the Kiso, east of Unuma, Kagamihara City, Gifu HT Av. Min. Max. Prefecture, Central Japan. Diameter of ring longitud. 243 198 156 243 Diameter of ring trans. 278 245 188 282 Occurrence: Worldwide. Diameter of shell 136 104 75 136 Lenght of polar spine 23 19 10 25 Lenght of spine 126 101 62 130 Breadth of ring 36 27 17 39 Plate 3502. Hexasaturnalis hexagonus (Yao). Magnification x150. Fig. 1(H). Yao 1972, pl. 6, fig. 2. Fig. 2. Hori 1990, fig. 9-42. 187 Hexasaturnalis octopus Dumitrica & Hori n. sp. Species code: SAT11 Synonymy: Remarks: This new species differs from the other species of 1972 Spongosaturnalis ? sp. a – Yao, pl. 8, figs. 6, 7. the genus Hexasaturnalis in the number of spines. 1997 Hexasaturnalis sp. A – Yao, pl. 5, fig. 221. Measurements (µm): Based on 6 specimens. Type designation: Holotype pl. SAT11, fig. 1, sample BR871, HT Av. Min. Max. chert of Tawi Sadh Member reworked in the Guwayza Longitudinal size of ring 213 195 180 213 Formation, Al Khashbah Mountains, Oman. Transversal size of ring 220 236 220 267 Length of shell 90 - - - Diagnosis: Hexasaturnalis with eight-spined ring. Length of polar rays 67+ 56 47 73 Length of peripolar spines 47-60 56 40 67 Description: Shell spongy, ellipsoidal when preserved. Ring Length of distal spines 27-33 28 20 47 Breadth of ring bar 20 21 17 27 symmetrical, subcircular or elliptical, rounded on the inner margin, octagonal on outer margin, with a spine at each Etymology: From the Greek octo - eight and pous, podos corner. Inner margin without auxiliary spines. Middle part – foot, referring to the number of spines; noun. of ring more or less constricted in the vicinity of contact with polar rays. Outer blades of ring well developed Type locality: Sample BR871, Tawi Sadh Member, Guwayza especially at proximal part of ring. Spines usually strong, Formation, Al Khasbah Mountains, Oman. four-bladed, pointed; peripolar spines longer than distal spines, the latter rarely extremely short. Commonly distal Occurrence: Tawi Sadh Member of the Guwayza Formation, spines closer to each other than to peripolar spines. Oman; Japan; Snowshoe Formation, Oregon. 188 Plate SAT11. Hexasaturnalis octopus Dumitrica & Hori n. sp. Magnification x150. Fig. 1(H). OM, BR871-R01-10. Fig. 2. OM, BR871-R01-07. Fig. 3. JP, IYII10-143. Fig. 4. JP, IYII14-41. Fig. 5. JP, IYII14-65. Fig. 6. JP, IYII14-44. Fig. 7. JP, IYII14-43. Fig. 8. JP, IYII10-142. Fig. 9. JP, IYII10-11. Fig. 10. JP, IYII-144. Fig. 11a,b. OR555-R07-13. 189 Hexasaturnalis tetraspinus (Yao) 1972 Species code: 3089 Synonymy: spongy. Polar spines extend and bifurcate to form a subcir- 1972 Spongosaturnalis ? tetraspinus n. sp. – Yao, p. 29, pl. 4, cular ring with distinct indentation proximally. Ring bilat- figs. 1-6; pl. 11, figs. 1-2. erally symmetrical, strong, with clear ridge on outer edge. 1982 Spongosaturnalis ? tetraspinus Yao – Wakita, pl. 4, fig. 12. Four spines are present symmetrically on proximal part of not 1982 Spongosaturnalis ? tetraspinus Yao – Kishida & ring. Spines strong, slightly curved, with sharp tip, and with Sugano, pl. 6, figs. 9-10. ? 1984 Mesosaturnalis squinaboli – Carayon et al., pl. 1, fig. 2. clear ridges. In some specimens, short spine is present on ? 1986 Hexasaturnalis hexagonus (Yao) – Grill & Kozur, pl. 2, terminal end of ring. fig. 5. 1987 Mesosaturnalis tetraspinus (Yao) – Goričan, p. 184, pl. 3, Original remarks: This species is distinguished from other fig. 1. species by the strong spines on the proximal part of the ring. 1988 Acanthocircus tetraspinus Yao – Hattori, pl. 2, fig. B. There is little variation in the shape of the ring, excluding ? 1988 Mesosaturnalis hexagonus (Yao) – Carter et al., pl. 47, the presence of a short spine at the terminal end. pl. 9, figs. 11-12. Complete specimen with the shell was not found and 1989 Acanthocircus tetraspinus Yao – Hattori, pl. 35, fig. G. fragmentary rings are common. Although the generic 1990 Mesosaturnalis tetraspinus (Yao) – Yao, pl. 3, fig. 24. 1991 Mesosaturnalis tetraspinus (Yao) – Carter & Jakobs, p. 343, assignment of this species is slightly doubtful, it may belong pl. 2, fig. 16. to the genus Spongosaturnalis because of its morphological 1991 Hexasaturnalis tetraspinus (Yao) – Tonielli, p. 23, pl. 1, feature. fig. 5. 1995a Hexasaturnalis tetraspinus (Yao) – Baumgartner et al., Measurements (µm): p. 254, pl. 3089, figs. 1-3. Based on 6 specimens. 1996 Acanthocircus tetraspinus (Yao) – Yeh & Cheng, p. 106, HT Av. Min. Max. pl. 2, fig. 10. Diameter of ring longit. 360 294 220 360 1997 Hexasaturnalis tetraspinus (Yao) – Yao, pl. 5, fig. 219. Diameter of ring; trans. 485 374 220 485 ? 1997 Hexasaturnalis aff. tetraspinus (Yao) – Yao, pl. 5, fig. 220. Diameter of shell 105 102 80 120 2004 Hexasaturnalis tetraspinus (Yao) – Hori, pl. 4, fig. 39, Length of polar spine 95 63 40 95 pl. 11, fig. 43, pl. 13, fig. 60. 2005 Hexasaturnalis tetraspinus (Yao) – Hori, pl. 12, fig. 22. Length of spine 90 75 58 100 Breadth of ring 37 30 16 37 Original description: Spongosaturnalid with four strong Type locality: Inuyama area, central Japan. spines on proximal part of ring. Shell not preserved, but judged from numerous fragmentary thorns attached to tip Occurrence: Worldwide. of polar spines and on sturdy spines, it is most probably 190 Plate 3089. Hexasaturnalis tetraspinus (Yao). Fig. 1(H). Magnification x100. Fig. 1(H). Yao 1972, pl. 4, fig. 6. Fig. 2. JP, IYII-14. Fig. 3. JP, IYII5-65. Fig. 4. OR555-R07-15. Fig. 5. OR555-R07-14. 191 Genus: Higumastra Baumgartner 1980 Type species: Higumastra inflata Baumgartner 1980 Synonymy: Vertical septum with 1 or 2 channels below the median 1980 Higumastra n. gen. – Baumgartner, p. 290. pore row on each side. Patagium may be well developed, present as remnants, or absent. Original description: Test composed of 4 rays at right angles. Cortical rays composed of thin external beams Original remarks: Higumastra n. gen. differs from all other connected by regular bars forming large circular pores in four-armed hagiastrids by the easily visible inner structure longitudinal rows. Ray tips with central or 2 lateral and and in having large pore frames in longitudinal rows with a central spines. Inner structure in rays and medullary shells distinct median pore row. always visible in transmitted light observation. Centrally placed shells (1 or 2) are on both sides joined to the cortical Etymology: Higumastra is an anagram of Hagiastrum. shell. Vertical septae lying below the median pore row extend from the innermost medullary shell and divide the Included species: inner space of the rays into 2 main canals of semicircular HIG01 Higumastra laxa Yeh 1987b cross section. Vertical septum composed of primary beam HIG04 Higumastra lupheri Yeh 1987b and primary lamellae penetrated by large lamellar pores. HIG03 Higumastra transversa Blome 1984b Higumastra laxa Yeh 1987b Species code: HIG01 Synonymy: Remarks: In this work Higumastra laxa Yeh and Higumas- 1987b Higumastra laxa n. sp. – Yeh, p. 25, pl. 8, figs. 13, 18; tra splendida Yeh are synonymized. pl. 29, fig. 20. 1987b Higumastra splendida n. sp. – Yeh, p. 26, pl. 8, figs. 2, 4, Measurements (µm): 11-12, 16, 18, 25-27. Ten specimens measured. 1987b Higumastra sp. aff. H. splendida n. sp. – Yeh, p. 27, pl. 8, Length Width of ray Width of Length figs. 5, 28. of ray at base central area of spine 1987b Higumastra sp. A – Yeh, p. 27, pl. 8, figs. 3, 17. 61 61 122 61 HT 1997 Higumastra laxa Yeh – Yao, pl. 7, fig. 317. 73 73 128 61 Max. ? 2003 Higumastra laxa Yeh – Goričan et al., p. 293, pl. 1, fig. 18. 2004 Higumastra laxa Yeh – Matsuoka, fig. 48. 60 58 118 30 Min. 65 65 123 45 Mean Original description: Test with large central area and Etymology: Laxus-a-um (Latin, adj). = wide. short, wide rays. Rays tapering distally with short, massive triradiate spines. One spine slightly longer than other Type locality: OR-600M, Hyde Formation at Izee-Paulina three. Rays comprised of large tetragonal and pentagonal road, east-central Oregon. pore frames with five pores visible laterally at proximal end and three pores visible distally. Central area of cortical Occurrence: Hyde Formation and Warm Springs member shell consisting of concentrically arranged pentagonal and of the Sowshoe Formation, east-central Oregon; Tawi Sadh hexagonal pore frames without prominent nodes at vertices. Member of the Guwayza Formation, Oman; Japan. Test with or without patagium. Original remarks: Higumastra laxa, n. sp., differs from H. splendida, n. sp., by lacking massive nodes at pore frame vertices and by having wider rays with shorter primary spines. 192 Plate HIG01. Higumastra laxa Yeh. Magnification x250. Fig. 1(H). Yeh 1987b, pl. 8, fig. 13. Figs. 2a, b. OR600A, 13151a,b. Fig. 3. OR600A, 13126. Fig. 4. OM, BR682-R09-21. Fig. 5. OM, BR1122-R02-19. Fig. 6. OM, BR524-R05-27. 193 Higumastra lupheri Yeh 1987b Species code: HIG04 Synonymy: Measurements (µm): 1987b Higumastra lupheri n. sp. – Yeh, p. 25, pl. 8, figs. 8, 24. Ten specimens measured. 1988 Higumastra sp. A – Carter et al., p. 29, pl. 10, fig. 6. Length Width of Width of Length 2004 Higumastra lupheri Yeh – Matsuoka, fig. 48. of ray ray at base central area of spine 165 110 220 110 HT Original description: Rays medium in length, wide proxi- 170 116 225 118 Max. mally, slightly tapering distally with long massive triradi- 150 105 215 105 Min. ate spines, one spine slightly longer than other three. Test 160 108 220 110 Mean comprised of large, nearly uniform size of linearly arranged tetragonal pore frames on rays, small pentagonal and hex- Etymology: This species is named for Dr. R. L. Lupher in agonal concentrically arranged pore frames at central area. honor of his early contribution to the geology of east-cen- Central area medium in size. All pore frames lacking prom- tral Oregon. inent nodes at vertices. Test with or without patagium. Type locality: Sample OR-600A, Hyde Formation at Izee- Original remarks: Higumastra lupheri, n. sp., differs from Paulina road, east-central Oregon. H. oregonensis, n. sp., by having wider and shorter rays with longer primary spines and by concentrically arranged pore Occurrence: Hyde Formation and Warm Springs member frames on the cortical shell of central area. of the Sowshoe Formation, east-central Oregon; Phantom Creek and Graham Island formations, Queen Charlotte Islands; Mino Terrane, Japan; Tawi Sadh Member of the Guwayza Formation, Oman. Higumastra transversa Blome 1984b Species code: HIG03 Synonymy: cortical shell with massive nodes at the pore frame vertices, 1984b Higumastra transversa n. sp. – Blome, p. 350, pl. 1, and longer central spines on the ray tips. figs. 3-5, 8-13, 16-19; pl. 15, fig. 4. 1988 Crucel a sp. A – Carter et al., p. 43, pl. 15, figs. 9, 12. Further remarks: Forms with slightly tapering rays dis- 1991 Higumastra sp. cf. H. transversa Blome – Carter & Jakobs, posed in an X-shaped pattern (i.e. not at 90˚) are also in- p. 342, pl. 2, fig. 3. cluded. Original description: Test as with genus. Rays usually short, Measurements (µm): of equal length; rays usually slightly twisted (nodose dorsal Based on 7 specimens. surface of ray slightly offset with respect to ventral surface); Ray Spine rays inflated, subrectangular in axial section, usually thick- length Ray width Cortical shell width length est medially; rays terminating in relatively long central 100, 105, 72, 75, 78, spines, circular in axial section. Meshwork of cortical shell 106, 112 79 147 87, 90, 112, 118 HT (both rays and central area) consisting of two visible lay- 120 87 168 114 Max. ers of pentagonal and hexagonal pore frames: nodose outer 105 60 133 65 Min. layer composed of three to four rows of nodose pore frames 115 74 147 96 Av. visible on both dorsal and ventral surfaces, pore frames possessing massive, subspherical nodes at the pore frame Etymology: Transversus-a-um (latin, adj., f.) = transverse, vertices; outer layer extending linearly from distal end of oblique, in an oblique direction. rays onto middle of central area; inner layer visible on lat- eral portions of central area, pore frames more regular in Type locality: Sample 80AJM 8A, Shelikof Formation, size, remnants of subsidiary beams (pillars which connect Puale Bay, southern Alaska. inner layer to outer layer) sometimes observable at pore frame vertices (see pl. 1, fig. 12). Some specimens exhibit Occurrence: Shelikof Formation, Alaska; Lonesome For- remnants of patagium on lateral surfaces between rays (see mation, Oregon; Phantom Creek and Graham Island for- pl. 1, fig. 16). Medullary shell as with genus. mations, Queen Charlotte Islands. Original remarks: Higumastra transversa differs from H. inflata by having slightly twisting, subrectangular rays, a 194 Plate HIG04. Higumastra lupheri Yeh. Magnification x250. Fig. 1(H). Yeh 1987b, pl. 8, fig. 8. Fig. 2. OR600A, 13162. Fig. 3. OM, BR1121, 15921. Fig. 4. OM, BR706, 15780. Fig. 5. OM, BR1121, 15931. Fig. 6. JP, MNA-10, MA10707. Plate HIG03. Higumastra transversa Blome. Magnification x150. Fig. 1(H). Blome 1984b, pl. 3, fig. 3. Fig. 2. Carter et al. 1988, pl. 15, fig. 9. Fig. 3. Carter & Jakobs 1991, pl. 2, fig. 3. 195 Genus: Homoeoparonaella Baumgartner 1980 Type species: Paronael a elegans Pessagno 1977a Synonymy: Original remarks: Homoeoparonael a, n. gen. differs from 1980 Homoeoparonael a n. gen – Baumgartner, p. 288. Paronael a Pessagno, 1971 (placed in Patulibracchiidae herein) by its regular linear arrangement of pores and exter- Original description: Test as with subfamily, composed of nal beams and by its differentiation into cortical and med- 3 rays with equal to subequal interradial angles lacking a ullary shells. It is distinguished from all other three-armed bracchiopyle and a patagium. Cortical rays composed of hagiastrid genera in having numerous external beams and numerous longitudinal external beams connected by short in lacking a bracchiopyle. bars in transverse rows forming small pore frames. Nodes well developed. Ray tips bulbous with or without central Etymology: Homoeoparonael a is named for its external spines. Medullary shell composed of centrally placed homeomorphy with Paronael a Pessagno. medullary rays merging in central area. Medullary rays composed of 3 (sometimes 5) primary canals arranged Included species: around primary beams. Medullary shell connected by HOM01 Homoeoparonael a lowryensis Whalen & Carter numerous radially arranged subsidiary beams to cortical 2002 shell. HOM02 Homoeoparonael a reciproca Carter 1988 Homoeoparonaella lowryensis Whalen & Carter 2002 Species code: HOM01 Synonymy: Measurements (µm): 1998 Homoeoparonael a sp. A – Whalen & Carter, p. 46, pl. 13, Based on 10 specimens. fig. 13, 17. Length of ray 2002 Homoeoparonael a lowryensis n. sp. – Whalen & Carter, 225 HT p. 104, pl. 3, figs. 5, 6, 13, 15. 225 Max. 173 Min. Original description: Elongate slender rays, sub-circular 193 Mean in axial section, all approximately same length. Expanded ray tips with slightly planiform top and bottom surfaces. Etymology: This species is named for Pico Lowry located to Meshwork on rays composed of irregularly shaped triangu- the northeast of the type area. lar and tetragonal pore frames with distinct nodes at pore frame vertices; alignment of pore frames parallel to long Type locality: Sample SH-412-14, San Hipólito Formation, axis of each ray. Meshwork on expanded ray tips composed Baja California Sur, Mexico. of irregularly shaped and distributed rectangular to circular pore frames with slight development of nodes at pore frame Occurrence: San Hipólito Formation, Baja California Sur; vertices. Each ray with one small spine, usually broken. Sandilands Formation, Queen Charlotte Islands; Dürrnberg Formation, Austria; Tawi Sadh Member of the Guwayza Original remarks: Homoeoparonael a hydensis Yeh 1987 Formation, Oman. and H. reciproca Carter 1988 appear to be distinctly different species from H. lowryensis n. sp. because their pore frames are much more regular. 196 Plate HOM01. Homoeoparonaella lowryensis Whalen & Carter. Magnification x150. Fig. 1(H). Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 3, fig. 5. Fig. 2. Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 3, fig. 6. Fig. 3. AT, BMW21-27. Fig. 4. OM, BR1121, 15892. 197 Homoeoparonaella reciproca Carter 1988 Species code: HOM02 Synonymy: much smaller. The alternating pore frame pattern batween 1988 Homoeoparonael a reciproca Carter – Carter et al., p. 28, beams is diagnostic of H. reciproca but observable on well pl. 7, figs. 2-3. preserved specimens only. Original diagnosis: Test has three rays of moderate (near Measurements (µm): equal) length with strongly expanded ray tips terminated Based on 11 specimens. by numerous short, fine spines. Pore frames and beams are HT Av. Max. Min. aligned longitudinally, producing a pattern of single rows Lengths of rays AX 185 191 210 150 of square pore frames that alternate with double rows of BX 202 triangular pore frames. CX 202 Width of rays 46-49 56 62 46 Original description: Three-rayed test. Rays of moderate Width of ray tips 122-133 128 140 95 length, interradial angles subequal. Rays composed of 8-10 Length of longest spine 23 29 43 22 longitudinal beams with transverse bars oriented both per- pendicular and oblique to the beams, forming single rows Etymology: Latin, reciprocus (adj.), alternating. Refers to of square pore frames that alternate with double rows of the alternating pattern of rows of square, and rows of trian- triangular pore frames. Rays circular in axial section. Pore gular, pore frames between longitudinal beams. frames on ray tips are irregularly distributed, polygonal in shape. Type locality: GSC locality C-080584, Phantom Creek Formation, Yakoun River, Graham Island, Queen Charlotte Original remarks: Rays are short and stout compared Island, British Columbia. with those of Homoeoparonael a argolidensis Baumgartner. Homoeoparonael a reciproca differs from H. hydensis Yeh Occurrence: Whiteaves and Phantom Creek formations, in having double rows of triangular pore frames alternat- Queen Charlotte Island; Japan; Tawi Sadh Member of the ing with single rows of square pore frames; H. hydensis Guwayza Formation, Oman. has only linearly arranged square pore frames and is also 198 Plate HOM02. Homoeoparonaella reciproca Carter. Magnification x150. Fig. 1(H). Carter et al. 1988, pl. 7, fig. 2. Fig. 2. OM, BR706, 15800. Fig. 3. JP, MNA-10, MA11574. 199 Genus: Hsuum Pessagno 1977a Type species: Hsuum cuestaense Pessagno 1977a Synonymy: possessing primary rather than relict pores (cf. Pessagno, 1977a Hsuum n. gen – Pessagno, p. 280. 1976). 1986 Hsuum Pessagno 1977a, emend. – Takemura, p. 49. 1986 Transhsuum n. gen – Takemura, p. 51. Further remarks: For purposes of this catalogue we in- clude Hsuum Pessagno and Transhsuum Takemura togeth- Original description: Test multicyrtoid, conical lacking er, although we recognize morphological difference. strictures. Cephalis conical, with small horn and sparse ir- regularly dispersed pores. Thorax trapezoidal with sparse Etymology: This genus is named for Dr. Kenneth J. Hsu irregularly displaced pores. Abdomen and post-abdomi- (Swiss Federal Institute of Technology, Zurich, Switzer- nal chambers with massive, continuous to discontinuous, land) to honor his contributions to the study of the Fran- diverging costae; three to six rows of small square pore ciscan complex. frames with circular pores between costae. Costae of some species with irregular branches that link adjoining costae Included species: and obscure linearly arranged pore frames beneath. Pores HSU01 Hsuum altile Hori & Otsuka 1989 of all post-thoracic chambers tending to remain open dur- HSU02 Hsuum arenaense Whalen & Carter 2002 ing ontogeny and to be primary pores. HSU03 Hsuum busuangaense Yeh & Cheng 1996 HSU04 Hsuum exiguum Yeh & Cheng 1996 Original remarks: Hsuum n. gen., appears to build its test HSU05 Hsuum lucidum Yeh 1987b by secreting costal projections each time a new chamber 3195 Hsuum matsuokai Isozaki & Matsuda 1985 is formed; linearly arranged square pore frames are then 3278 Hsuum medium (Takemura) 1986 secreted between costal projections. Because it shares the HSU06 Hsuum mul eri Pessagno & Whalen 1982 same mode of test building as the Archaeodictyomitridae HSU07 Hsuum optimum Carter 1988 Pessagno, it is tentatively placed in this family. HSU08 Hsuum philippinense Yeh & Cheng 1996 Hsuum differs from Archaeodictyomitra Pessagno HSU11 Hsuum plectocostatum Carter n. sp. in having several rows of pores between costae and by HSU10 Hsuum sp. A sensu Carter 1988 Hsuum altile Hori & Otsuka 1989 Species code: HSU01 Synonymy: inflated and having longitudinally and transversally aligned 1982 “Lithostrobus” sp. b – Kido, pl. 4, figs. 9, 10. pores and 14 to 19 longitudinal continuous costae; longitu- 1982 Hsuum sp. – Matsuda & Isozaki, pl. 1, figs. 1, 2. dinal costae mostly long, developed at an interval of 2 or 3 1984 Hsuum sp. B – Murchey, pl. 1, fig. 23. rows of pores, and frequently having branches. Immediate- 1985 Hsuum sp. A – Kishida & Hisada, pl. 4, figs. 11, ?13, 14. 1988 Hsuum (?) matsuokai Isozaki & Matsuda – Hattori, pl. 13, ly below stricture, some discontinuous costae occasionally fig. E. observed. In complete specimens, costae disappeared at the 1989 Hsuum altile n. sp. – Hori & Otsuka, p. 180, pl. 1, figs. 1-6. distal end of test (Pl. 1, Figs. 3a, b, 5). 1990 Hsuum altile Hori & Otsuka – Hori, Fig. 9.33. 1996 Hsuum altile Hori & Otsuka – Yeh & Cheng, p. 108, pl. 10, Original remarks: Hsuum altile sp. nov. is very similar to figs. 1, 2, 6, 10, 11. Hsuum (?) matsuokai Isozaki and Matsuda, 1985b on its 1997 Hsuum altile Hori & Otsuka – Hori, pl.1, fig. 2. form and costal arrangement. The former, however, differs 2001 Hsuum altile Hori & Otsuka – Matsuoka et al., pl. 3, fig. 8. from the latter by lacking robust massive apical horn which 2004 Hsuum altile Hori & Otsuka – Hori, pl. 5, fig. 41; pl. 22, is tetraradiate cruciform in cross section and possessing figs. 52-53. ? 2004 Hsuum altile Hori & Otsuka – Ishida et al., pl. 5, fig. 15. irregular arranged pores on proximal portion of test. On 2005 Hsuum altile Hori & Otsuka – Kashiwagi et al., pl. 6, fig. 1. the basis of morphological resemblances and stratigraphic positions, H. sp. α (= the provisional name of H. altile) is regarded as the ancestor of H. (?) matsuokai. Original description: Test multi-segmented, exact number This species also resembles Hsuum sp. B of Takemura of chambers unknown, possibly less than 8 or 9. Outline (1986) and Hsuum parvulum Yeh, 1987 but differs in having of test gourd-shaped with a weak to strong stricture in irregular pore frames on proximal part of test and in being proximal 1/3 portion. Cephalis hemispherical with an api- larger and gourd-shaped. cal horn; horn solid and mostly polygonal in cross-section. Hsuum sp. aff. H. mirabundum of Pessagno and Whalen The proximal portion of test, above stricture, possessing (1982) and Hsuum sp. A of Carter in Carter et al. (1988) are irregularly arranged pores and circular to polygonal pore similar to H. altile. However, the former two species can frames; surfaces of pore frames smooth to rough, occasion- be distinguished from the latter by possessing costae on ally spiny (Pl. 1, Fig. 1c). The distal portion below stricture proximal portion of test. 200 Measurements (µm): Etymology: The name is derived from the Latin adjective Based on 9 specimens. altilis, meaning stout. Height Width H/W Type locality: The Mt. Norikuradake area, Azumi village, HT 306+ 141 2.2+ Azumi-gun, Nagano Prefecture, central Japan. Av. 275 145 1.9 Max. 326 165 2.2 Occurrence: Japan; Liminangcong Chert, Philippines; Min. 236+ 130 1.6+ Xialu chert, Tibet; Franciscan Complex, California. Plate HSU01. Hsuum altile Hori & Otsuka. Magnification x200. Fig. 1(H). Hori & Otsuka 1989, pl. 1, fig. 1a. Figs. 2-4. Hori & Otsuka 1989, pl. 1, figs. 2a, 3a, 5. 201 Hsuum arenaense Whalen & Carter 2002 Species code: HSU02 Synonymy: (more developed on some specimens than others) distin- 1984 Hsuum sp. – Whalen & Pessagno, pl. 4, figs. 1-4. guish Hsuum arenaense n. sp from H. mul eri Pessagno 2002 Hsuum arenaense n. sp. – Whalen & Carter, p. 124, pl. 12, and Whalen 1982, H. parvulum Yeh 1987 and from other figs. 1, 2, 11, 15; pl. 17, figs 10, 11. Lower and Middle Jurassic species of Hsuum. Original description: Conical test with approximately seven to eight post-abdominal chambers. Dome-shaped cephalis Measurements (µm): covered by layer of microgranular silica and terminating in Based on 11 specimens. a very small horn. Thorax and post-abdominal chambers Length Width (Max.) mostly trapezoidal in outline (sub-rectangular distally), 240 105 HT increasing gradually in width and height as added. Costae, 240 128 Max. about twice as high as wide, with lateral branches much 195 105 Min. more irregularly developed in proximal parts of test; costae 220 114 Mean becoming shorter, narrower with fewer lateral branches and more linearly arranged in distal portions of test. Inner Etymology: This species is named for Isla Arena located to layer consisting of large pore frames, square to rectangular, the southeast of its type area. with round to elliptical pores. Pore frames appear smaller in proximal parts of test due to more extensive development Type locality: Sample BPW80-30, San Hipólito Formation, of costae and lateral branches. Vizcaino Peninsula, Baja California Sur, Mexico. Original remarks: The development of very irregularly Occurrence: San Hipólito Formation, Baja California Sur. branching costae on the proximal portions of the test Hsuum busuangaense Yeh & Cheng 1996 Species code: HSU03 Synonymy: at distal portion). This form differs from H. altile Hori 1982 Hsuum sp. – Matsuda & Isozaki, pl. 1, fig. 2. and Otsuka (1989) by having a relatively inflated post- 1996 Hsuum busuangaense n. sp. – Yeh & Cheng, p. 110, pl. 3, abdominal chambers and by having apical portion with figs. 5, 9, 13. short, irregularly arranged costae rather than with dense 2004 Hsuum aff. altile Hori & Otsuka – Hori, pl. 4, fig. 19. polygonal pore frames at the outer layer test wall. Original description: Test multicyrtid, subspindle-shaped, Measurements (µm): pointed apically and terminating in a moderately long horn. Five specimens measured. Cephalis subconical in shape. Cephalis, thorax, and abdo- Max. test width Max. test length Length of horn men chambers relatively narrower, outer layer of test wall HT 148 303 37 covered by short, irregularly arranged costae. Post-abdomi- Mean 153 296 34 nal chambers inflated, outer layer of test wall covered with Max. 158 308 39 long, continuous longitudinal costae. Two or three longi- Min. 148 279 27 tudinal rows of tetragonal pore frames between every two post-abdominal costae. Post-abdominal chambers lacking strictures. Final portion of post-abdominal chambers de- Etymology: This form is named for its type locality, the creasing in width prominently. Busuanga Island, Philippines. Original remarks: This form is characterized by having Type locality: Sample CR91-30B, Liminangcong Chert, a subspindle-shaped inflated test and by having two types Busuanga Island, Philippines. of costae structure (short, irregularly arranged costae at apical portion and long, continuous longitudinal costae Occurrence: Liminangcong Chert, Philippines; Japan. 202 Plate HSU02. Hsuum arenaense Whalen & Carter. Magnification Fig. 1a(H) x 200, Fig. 1b(H) x400. Fig. 1a,b(H). Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 12, figs. 1, 11. Plate HSU03. Hsuum busuangaense Yeh & Cheng. Magnification x200. Fig. 1(H). Yeh & Cheng 1996, pl. 3, fig. 5. Fig. 2. JP, UFI (22). 203 Hsuum exiguum Yeh & Cheng 1996 Species code: HSU04 Synonymy: Original remarks: This form is characterized by its small, 1989 Parahsuum (?) sp. B – Hori & Otsuka, p. 183, pl. 3, short test and by having a stout long horn at cephalis and a figs. 11-12. rim-like structure at its final post-abdominal chamber. 1989 Parahsuum (?) sp. Y – Hori & Otsuka, p. 182, pl. 3, figs. 6-7. 1990 Parahsuum (?) sp. B – Hori, Fig. 9.32. Measurements (µm): 1997 Parahsuum (?) sp. B – Hori, pl. 1, fig. 5. Five specimens measured. 1996 Hsuum exiguum n. sp. – Yeh & Cheng, p. 110, pl. 3, figs. 1, 2, Max. test width Max. test length Length of horn 6, 10; pl. 10, fig. 3. HT 124 213 52 2004 Hsuum sp. – Hori, pl. 3, fig. 30 only; pl. 22, figs. 57-60, 62. Mean 130 216 55 2004 Hsuum sp. X sensu Hori & Otsuka – Hori, pl. 4, Max. 142 238 43 figs. 20-23. Min. 124 203 66 2004 Hsuum sp. Y sensu Hori & Otsuka – Hori, pl. 4, figs. 24-26. 2005 Hsuum exiguum Yeh & Cheng – Kashiwagi et al., pl. 6, fig. 2. Etymology: Exiguus-a-um (Latin, adj.) = short Original description: Test relatively short, bell-shaped, Type locality: Sample CR91-30B, Liminangcong Chert, cephalis hemispherical in outline, with a moderately Busuanga Island, Philippines. long, stout horn. Cephalis and thorax covered by a layer of medium-sized irregular polygonal pore frames. Costae Occurrence: Liminangcong Chert, Philippines; Tawi Sadh of outer latticed layer short, discontinuous and poorly Member of the Guwayza Formation, Oman; Japan.. developed. Post-abdominal chambers slightly increasing in width distally. Final post-abdominal chamber terminated with a rim-like structure. 204 Plate HSU04. Hsuum exiguum Yeh & Cheng. Magnification x300. Fig. 1(H). Yeh & Cheng 1996, pl. 3, fig. 1. Fig. 2. Hori 1990, fig. 9-32. Fig. 3. JP, Nanjo mudstone-1. Fig. 4. JP, Nanjo mudstone-2. Fig. 5. JP, NKII19-14. Fig. 6. OM, BR871-R08-30. Fig. 7. OM, BR871-R08-04. Fig. 8. OM, BR871-R07-08. Fig. 9. OM, BR871-R06-15. Fig. 10. OM, BR871-R06-16. Fig. 11. OM, BR871-R06-23. Fig. 12. OM, BR828-2-R12-03. 205 Hsuum lucidum Yeh 1987b Species code: HSU05 Synonymy: Further remarks: According to Yeh’s (1987b) original de- 1987b Hsuum (?) lucidum n. sp. – Yeh, p. 64, pl. 16, figs. 4, 8, 16. scription Hsuum validum differs from Hsuum lucidum by 1987b Hsuum validum n. sp. – Yeh, p. 66, pl. 3, fig. 26; pl. 5, figs. having a subconical instead of a conical test. We consider 17, 22; pl. 17, fig. 12; pl. 28, fig. 1. that this difference is not expressed well enough to distin- 1987b Hsuum sp. E – Yeh, p. 67, pl. 16, fig. 9; pl. 28, fig. 12. guish two different species, therefore both species are syno- 2003 Transhsuum lucidum (Yeh) – Goričan et al., p. 296, pl. 5, figs. 12, 13. nymized. 2004 Hsuum lucidum Yeh – Matsuoka, fig. 225. Measurements (µm): Ten specimens measured. Original description: Test conical, lobate, pointed apically, Length (max.) Width (max.) usually with six to seven post-abdominal chambers. Ce- HT 245 153 phalis small, conical, without rudimentary horn. Cephalis Mean 253 148 and thorax covered with layer of microgranular silica. Ab- Max. 270 155 domen and post-abdominal chambers rapidly increasing Min. 241 140 in width, gradually increasing in length as added. Post-ab- dominal chambers with inner layer of massive tetragonal Etymology: Lucidus-a-um (latin, adj.) = bright. pore frames with small circular pores; outer layer of mesh work with short, moderately massive costae. Costae mostly Type locality: Sample OR-600A, Hyde Formation at Izee- occurring on joints of chambers. Paulina road, east-central Oregon. Original remarks: Hsuum (?) lucidum, n. sp., differs from Occurrence: Nicely and Hyde formations, Oregon; Fannin H. parasolensis Pessagno and Whalen by lacking a horn on and Phantom Creek formations, Queen Charlotte Islands; cephalis, and by having a more conical test with less mas- Skrile Formation, Slovenia; Tawi Sadh Member of the Gu- sive costae. wayza Formation and Musallah Formation, Oman; Mino Terrane, Japan. Plate HSU05. Hsuum lucidum Yeh. Magnification x300. Fig. 1(H). Yeh, 1987b, pl. 16, fig. 4. Fig. 2. QCI, GSC loc. C-304568, GSC 128809. Fig. 3. QCI, GSC loc. C-175309, GSC 128810. Fig. 4. QCI, GSC loc. C-304568, GSC 111809. Fig. 5. SI, MM5.00, 000103. Figs. 6-7. Goričan et al. 2003, pl. 5, figs. 12-13. Fig. 8. JP, MNA-10, MA13145. Fig. 9. OM-00-117, 021128. Fig. 10. OM-00-254, 022202. Fig. 11. OM, BR1123-R05-06. 206 207 Hsuum matsuokai Isozaki & Matsuda 1985 Species code: 3195 Synonymy: post-abdominal segments. Wal of segment, thin; its longitu- 1982 Hsuum sp. C – Hattori & Yoshimura, pl. 3, fig. 8. dinal section flat in proximal half, slightly convex outward in 1982 Hsuum sp. B – Kishida & Sugano, pl. 7, figs. 14-16. distal half. Pores circular, uniform in size. Square pore frames 1982 Unnamed nassellaria – Wakita & Okamura, pl. 7, fig. 3. aligned longitudinal y and transversely; in 2 to 3 longitudinal 1984 Hsuum sp. – Yao, pl. 1, figs. 6-7. rows of pores between every neighbouring pairs of costae, in 1985 Hsuum sp. – Ishida, pl. 1, fig. 3. 1985 Hsuum (?) matsuokai n. sp. – Isozaki & Matsuda, p. 438, 4 transverse rows for each segment. 16-19 continuous cos- pl. 3, figs. 1-14. tae developing on post-abdominal segments. Weak irregular 1985 Hsuum maxwel i Pessagno – De Wever & Miconnet, pl. 4, transverse bars rarely present, linking adjoining costae. In- fig. 3. ternal partitions rudimentary, circular in outline with a large 1986 Hsuum primum n. sp. – Takemura, p. 50, pl. 5, figs. 17-21. central y placed aperture. 1986 Hsuum sp. – Matsuoka, pl. 2, figs. 1, 3. 1987 Hsuum aff. mclaughlini Pessagno & Blome – Goričan, Original remarks: Ornamentation on cephalis varies con- p. 183, pl. 2, fig. 11. siderably from specimen to specimen. General ly, larger speci- 1987 Hsuum primum Takemura – Hattori, pl. 17, figs. 11-13, not mens tend to have slenderer shel and apical horn of more figs. 8-9. Not 1988 Hsuum (?) matsuokai Isozaki & Matsuda – Hattori, completely tetraradiate cruciform section (pl. 3, figs. 1-2). Most pl. 13, fig. E. of the specimens possess 4 rudimentary ornamenting blades 1988 Hsuum (?) matsuokai Isozaki & Matsuda – Sashida, p. 19, around apical horn. pl. 4, figs. 16-18. This species is distinguished from other species of the genus 1989 Hsuum primum Takemura – Hattori & Sakamoto, pl. 15, Hsuum Pessagno by its extraordinarily conspicuous apical figs. I-J. horn with various ornamentation and restricted development 1989 Hsuum (?) matsuokai Isozaki & Matsuda – Hattori & of thick costae within distal half of the shel . Furthermore, Sakamoto, pl. 16, fig. I. bifurcation of costae or distal y widening silhouette of the shell 1990 Hsuum matsuokai Isozaki & Matsuda – Hori, Fig. 9.53. cannot be recognized in H. (?) matsuokai n. sp. although they 1991 Hsuum matsuokai Isozaki & Matsuda – Yao, pl. 2, fig. 18. 1992 Ogivus fal oti n. sp. – El Kadiri, p. 46, pl. 2, figs. 3-4. are common features among most of the species belonging to 1992 Hsuum matsuokai Isozaki & Matsuda – Sashida, pl. 2, Hsuum Pessagno. fig. 4. Pessagno & Whalen (1982) established some new multicyr- 1994 Hsuum matsuokai Isozaki & Matsuda – Goričan, p. 73, toid nassel arian genera of Early to Middle Jurassic age, such as pl. 19, figs. 9, 11-13. Droltus and Canutus, which are essential y characterized by lin- 1995a Hsuum matsuokai Isozaki & Matsuda – Baumgartner et ear arrangement of square pore frames. H. (?) matsuokai n. sp. al., p. 284, pl. 3195, figs. 1-5(H). is not referable to them in wal structure mentioned above. On 2001 Hsuum matsuokai Isozaki & Matsuda – Matsuoka et al., the other hand, the proximal half of the shel of this species pl. 3, fig. 4. looks rather like that of genus Parahsuum Yao, except for its 2004 Hsuum matsuokai Isozaki & Matsuda – Hori, pl. 2, fig. 56, pl. 9, fig. 36, pl. 10, fig. 4. robust apical horn. In these circumstances, this species is here 2004 Hsuum aff. matsuokai Isozaki & Matsuda – Hori, pl. 9, provisional y classified under genus Hsuum Pessagno. fig. 37, pl. 10, figs. 5-6, 8. 2004 Hsuum matsuokai Isozaki & Matsuda – Suzuki & Ogane, Further remarks: By Baumgartner et al. (1995a): This spe- pl. 9 fig. 20. cies differs from its ancestor Hsuum altile Hori & Otsuka 2004 Hsuum primum Takemura – Suzuki & Ogane, pl. 9, 1989 by having a robust massive apical horn which is tetra- figs. 22, 23. radiate cruciform in cross-section. 2005 Hsuum matsuokai Isozaki & Matsuda – Hori, pl. 13, fig. 6. Measurements (µm): Original description: Shel of 7 segments, possibly more, Based on 13 specimens. long, spindle-shaped; slenderly conical in proximal 3 seg- Height Width ments; broad, barrel-shaped in distal half. Cephalis conical HT 380 150 with robust apical horn, coated by outer microgranular layer, Mean 310 140 on which sparse irregularly dispersed pores remain open. Api- Max. 410 160 cal horn variously ornamented with thick blades or narrow Min. 240 120 grooves, having transverse section typical y of tetraradiate cru- ciform with 4 blades at base, almost circular at tip. Internal y, Etymology: This species is named for Dr. Matsuoka in honor 6 col ar pores, divided by median bar, D-bar, V-bar, 2 L-bars to his contribution to Jurassic radiolarian biostratigraphy and 2 l-bars. Post-cephalic segments free from the outer mi- in southwest Japan. crogranular layer, trapezoidal in longitudinal section; each segment becoming wide distal y except for the distal-most Type locality: Sample 140, Hisuikyo, Kamiaso area, Gifu one, which is reversely trapezoidal in longitudinal section. Prefecture, central Japan. Average ratio of height to width of a single segment approxi- mately 1:3 for thorax and abdomen, approximately 1:4 for Occurrence: Worldwide. 208 Plate 3195. Hsuum matsuokai Isozaki & Matsuda. Magnification 200x. Fig. 1(H). Isozaki & Matsuda 1985, pl. 3, fig. 1. Fig. 2. JP, HM1-11, RH623. Fig. 3. OM, BR292-4-R10-01. Fig. 4. OM, BR292-4-R10-03. Fig. 5. OM-99-137, 020710. Fig. 6. OM-99-137, 000827. 209 Hsuum medium (Takemura) 1986 Species code: 3278 Synonymy: of Parahsuum cruciferum (pl. 5, figs. 9, 11). Therefore it 1986 Transhsuum medium n. sp. – Takemura, p. 51, pl. 6, suggests that this new species represents the initial stage figs. 1-2; not pl. 5, figs. 25-26. of the formation of Transhsuum-type discontinuous costae 1987 Hsuum sp. – Hattori, pl. 17, fig. 16. and that it is the intermediate form between Parahsuum- 1990 Transhsuum medium Takemura – Hori, fig. 9.43. like form and Transhsuum. 1997 Transhsuum medium Takemura – Hori, pl. 1, fig. 4. 1995a Transhsuum medium Takemura – Baumgartner et al., p. 582, pl. 3278, figs. 1-3. Further remarks: Herein we follow Baumgartner et al. (1995a) who assigned forms with a strong apical horn to Original description: Shell conical to cylindrical, with 10 this species. to 15 segments, with strictures at joints of distal segments. Cephalis conical and poreless, with or without conical api- Measurements (µm): cal horn. Thorax truncated-conical usually with a single Based on 8 specimens. transverse row of small pores. In some specimens some Min. Max. longitudinal ridges covering on the surface of cephalo-tho- Length of shell 265 385 rax. Abdomen and post-abdominal segments cylindrical Maximum width of shell 100 135 with small pores, which are usually rectangularly arranged on the inner surface. Each post-abdominal segment bear- Etymology: The name medium, derived from medius, ing four to five transverse rows of pores. Indistinct discon- means intermediate. tinuous costae, their length is equal to the height of one segment, lying on distal segments. In mature specimens, small spines arising on the shell surface. Type locality: Sample TKN-105, Komami, Yamato Village, Gifu Prefecture, central Japan. Original remarks: The shell structure of the proximal part of Transhsuum medium resembles that of the distal part Occurrence: Japan; Sogno Formation, Lombardy, Italy. Hsuum mulleri Pessagno & Whalen 1982 Species code: HSU06 Synonymy: Measurements (µm): 1982 Hsuum mul eri n. sp. – Pessagno & Whalen, p. 133, pl. 5, Based on 6 specimens. figs. 6, 8, 9; pl. 12, figs. 16-17. Length excluding horn Width (max.) 1982 Hsuum sp. D – Pessagno & Whalen, p. 134, pl. 5, fig. 5. 325.0 137.5 HT 325.0 145.0 Max. Original description: Test conical, elongate for genus, usu- 230.0 100.0 Min. ally with seven post-abdominal chambers. Cephalis hemi- 270.8 126.3 Mean spherical with short rudimentary horn; other chambers, except for later post-abdominal chambers, trapezoidal in Etymology: This species is named for Dr. Jan E. Muller outline; later post-abdominal chambers subrectangular in (Geological Survey of Canada, Vancouver) in honor of his outline. Cephalis and thorax imperforate to sparsely per- contributions to the geology of British Columbia. forate; pores buried by layer of microgranular silica. Ab- domen and post-abdominal chambers with inner latticed Type locality: Sample QC 534, Fannin Formation (Maude layer of fragile, thin, linearly arranged, square pore frames Formation in Pessagno & Whalen, 1982), Queen Charlotte and outer latticed layer of moderately massive, discontinu- Islands, British Columbia. ous costae which are inserted between rows of pore frames. Costae with few ramifications, more or less equally devel- Occurrence: Ghost Creek and Fannin formations, Queen oped over abdomen and post-abdominal chambers. Post- Charlotte Islands; Fernie Formation, Williston Lake, north- abdominal chambers increasing slightly in length and more eastern British Columbia. rapidly in width as added; final two or three chambers show little increase in width. Original remarks: Hsuum mul eri, n. sp., differs from H. sp. D by having a narrower, more elongate test and less massive, more evenly distributed costae which show few branches laterally. 210 Plate 3278. Hsuum medium (Takemura). Magnification 200x. Fig. 1(H). Takemura 1986, pl. 6, fig. 1. Fig. 2. Hori 1990, fig. 9-43. Plate HSU06. Hsuum mulleri Pessagno & Whalen. Magnification x200. Fig. 1(H). Pessagno & Whalen 1982, pl. 5, fig. 6. Fig. 2. QCI, GSC loc. C-080611, GSC 128811. Fig. 3. NBC, GSC loc. C-305208, GSC 128812. Fig. 4. QCI, GSC loc. C-080611, GSC 128914. Fig. 5. QCI, GSC loc. C-080611, GSC 128813. 211 Hsuum optimum Carter 1988 Species code: HSU07 Synonymy: Differs from Hsuum sp. B, in having a more conical shape 1988 Hsuum optimus Carter n. sp. – Carter et al., p. 51, pl. 5, fig. 6. with more numerous, closely spaced elongate nodes. Ex- tremely abundant. Original diagnosis: Test large, slender conical with short cylindrical horn. Chamber boundaries marked by rows of Further remarks: Hsuum optimum differs from H. philip- distinct elongate nodes. Pores small and circular. pinense Yeh & Cheng by having a hemispherical cephalis and a short horn, circular in cross section. Original description: Test large, elongate conical, pointed apically with short, slender, cylindrical horn and as many as Measurements (µm): 11 postabdominal chambers. Cephalis hemispherical and Based on 14 specimens. imperforate; all remaining chambers perforate, trapezoidal HT Av. Max. Min. in outline. Chamber width increases gradually throughout Length excluding horn 346 293 346 210 entire test length; chamber height fairly constant. Test has Maximum width 190 165 190 125 inner layer of small, linearly arranged, square to rectangu- Etymology: Latin, optimus (adj.), best. lar pore frames; pores circular to subcircular. Outer layer consists, in the first three or four chambers, of discontinu- Type locality: GSC locality C-080579, Whiteaves Forma- ous costae. In subsequent chambers, the surface is marked tion, Creek locality, Maude Island, Queen Charlotte Is- by nonlinear, elongate nodes at chamber joints. lands, British Columbia. Original remarks: Differs from all other species of Hsuum Occurrence: Whiteaves and Phantom Creek formations, in having elongate nodes (rather than raised costae) super- Queen Charlotte Islands; Tawi Sadh Member of the Gu- imposed on the longitudinal bars of the inner latticed layer. wayza Formation, Oman. Hsuum philippinense Yeh & Cheng 1996 Species code: HSU08 Synonymy: Further remarks: See remarks under Hsuum optimum 1996 Hsuum philippinense n. sp. – Yeh & Cheng, p. 112, pl. 3, Carter. figs. 3, 4, 8, 12. 1996 Hsuum sp. aff . H. philippinense n. sp. – Yeh & Cheng, Measurements (µm): p. 112, pl. 9, figs. 3, 4, 10, 11, 12. Four specimens measured. Max. test width Max. test length Length of horn Original description: Test subcylindrical, pointed api- HT 121 271 25 cally and terminating in a short horn. Cephalis and thorax Mean 124 281 28 covered by a layer of microgranular silica, costae present Max. 132 313 36 at apical portion, often arranged in radial pattern. Costae Min. 121 259 20 of outer latticed layer short, discontinuous, and staggered. Costae quite well-developed, nodose in lateral view. Final Etymology: This species is named for the country of its type post-abdominal chambers slightly decreasing in width as locality, the Philippines. added. Type locality: Busuanga Island (CR91-30B), Philippines. Original remarks: This form is characterized by having a triangular-shaped cephalis with a short pointed horn, and Occurrence: Busuanga Island, Philippines; Japan; Tawi by having short, discontinuous, nodose costae throughout Sadh Member of the Guwayza Formation and Musallah the post-abdominal chambers. Formation, Oman. 212 Plate HSU07. Hsuum optimum Carter. Magnification x200. Fig. 1(H). Carter et al. 1998, pl. 5, fig. 6. Fig. 2. OM, BR871-R08-07. Plate HSU08. Hsuum philippinense Yeh & Cheng. Magnification x250. Fig. 1(H). Yeh & Cheng, 1996, pl. 3, fig. 3. Fig. 2. OM-00-256, 022423. Fig. 3. OM-00-256, 022525. Fig. 4. OM, BR871-05. Fig. 5. JP, NK9-50. 213 Hsuum plectocostatum Carter n. sp. Species code: HSU11 Synonymy: the costae, although irregularly fluted/twisted, are more 1988 Hsuum sp. B – Carter et al., p. 52, pl. 5, figs. 7, 8. continuous and possess small rounded nodes at ridges. It 1989 Hsuum (?) sp. Z – Hori & Otsuka, p. 182, pl. 3, fig. 8. differs from H. infirmum Sashida (1988) in having a much 1991 Hsuum sp. B – Carter & Jakobs, p. 343, pl. 3, fig. 15. larger test with a lobate outline, and stronger costae. 1996 Hsuum sp. cf. H. philippinense n. sp. – Yeh & Cheng, p. 114, pl. 9, figs. 5, 13. Measurements (µm): Type designation: Holotype GSC 99415 (Carter & Jakobs Based on 13 specimens. 1991, pl. 3, fig. 15; late early Aalenian), from GSC loc. C- Max. test width Max. test length Length of horn 156399, Phantom Creek Formation. HT 170 329 15 Mean 150 286 24 Description: Test large, conical, pointed apically, with eight Max. 237 416 37 or nine post-abdominal chambers and a short, tapering Min. 112.5 229 15 cylindrical horn. Cephalis hemispherical and imperforate with several heavy outer costae penetrating almost on to Etymology: From the Latin: plecto + costatus, -a, -um refer- horn; all remaining chambers trapezoidal, expanding ring to twisted costae. gradually in width as added; final post-abdominal sometimes decreasing in width (see holotype, pl. HSU11, Type locality: Sample GSC loc. C-156399, Phantom Creek fig. 1). Inner layer of pore frames linearly arranged, square Formation Yakoun River, 2.0 km south of Ghost Creek, east to subrectangular in shape, pores subrounded. Outer layer side of river; Graham Island; Queen Charlotte Islands, Brit- of test consisting of irregularly twisted costae with small ish Columbia. rounded nodes superimposed on circumferential ridges. Occurrence: Whiteaves and Phantom Creek formations, Remarks: Hsuum plectocostatum n. sp. differs from Hsuum Queen Charlotte Islands; Liminangcong Chert, Philippines; optimum Carter in having a more broadly conical shape and Japan. Hsuum sp. A sensu Carter 1988 Species code: HSU10 Synonymy: 1988 Hsuum sp. A – Carter et al., p. 52, pl. 5, fig. 2. Remarks: The distal post-abdominal chambers of this pyritized form are similar to Hsuum altile Hori & Otsuka but initial chambers are quite different: they lack the typical porous structure of H. altile and instead have discontinuous costae that appear almost node-like. Occurrence: Whiteaves Formation, Queen Charlotte Is- lands. 214 Plate HSU11. Hsuum plectocostatum Carter n. sp. Magnification x200. Fig. 1(H). Carter & Jakobs 1991, pl. 3, fig. 15. Fig. 2. Carter et al. 1988, pl. 5, fig. 7. Fig. 3. Carter et al. 1988, pl. 5, fig. 8. Plate HSU10. Hsuum sp. A sensu Carter. Magnification x250. Fig. 1. Carter et al. 1988, pl. 5, fig. 2. 215 Genus: Katroma Pessagno & Poisson 1981, emend. Whalen & Carter 1998 Type species: Katroma neagui Pessagno & Poisson 1981 Synonymy: closed, while on others it remains open. Since this tube is 1981 Katroma n. gen. – Pessagno & Poisson, p. 62. often broken distally, it is not considered morphologically 1982a Katroma Pessagno & Poisson emend. – De Wever, p. 193. diagnostic whether it is open or closed. 1988 Katroma Pessagno & Poisson – Hori, p. 551. This volume: Since the open or closed tube is not a 1998 Katroma Pessagno & Poisson, emend. – Whalen & Carter, diagnostic character, there seems to be no differencebetween p. 69. Katroma and Podobursa, in which case Katroma should be Original description: Test multicyrtid, comprised of considered a junior synonym of Podobursa. For the time cephalis, thorax, abdomen, and with type species one post- being, we retain the generic name Katroma but restrict it to abdominal chamber. Post-abdominal chamber terminating Early Jurassic species, because a phylogenetic relationship in long, cylindrical, open, tubular extension. Cephalis between Early and Middle Jurassic Syringocapsidae is hemispherical with horn; thorax and abdomen trapezoidal not yet fully understood. It is interesting to note that no in outline. First post-abdominal chamber subspherical, Katroma, Syringocapsa or Podobursa have been recorded considerably larger than previous chambers and with in a well preserved early-middle Aalenian HK 140 sample variable number of medially arranged circumferential from Japan, although they are diverse in older and younger spines. assemblages (see Yao, 1997). Original remarks: Katroma differs from Podobursa Wisnio- Etymology: The name Katroma is formed by an arbitrary wski by having an open tube on its final post-abdominal combination of letters (ICZN, 1964, Appendix D, Pt. IV, chamber. Recommendation 40, p.113). Its gender is feminine. Further remarks: By Whalen & Carter (1998): The small Included species: cephalic spines noted by De Wever (1982a) on specimens KAT07 Katroma angusta Yeh 1987b of Katroma from Turkey were not observed on either the KAT08 Katroma aurita Whalen & Carter 2002 Sinemurian or upper Pliensbachian specimens of Katroma KAT09 Katroma bicornus De Wever 1982a from British Columbia or Baja California Sur (Whalen, KAT12 Katroma brevitubus Dumitrica & Goričan n. sp. 1985). Due to the vagaries of preservation, these spines are KAT10 Katroma clara Yeh 1987b not considered a diagnostic feature of this genus. Transmit- KAT17 Katroma elongata Carter n. sp. ted light photography has revealed that on some species of KAT13 Katroma neagui Pessagno & Poisson 1981, emend. Katroma, the final chamber is the postabdominal chamber, De Wever 1982a while on others it is the abdominal chamber. The genus KAT14 Katroma ninstintsi Carter 1988 Katroma is hereby emended to accommodate both con- KAT16 Katroma? sinetubus Carter n. sp. ditions. In addition, the terminal tube on some species is KAT18 Katroma sp. 4 Katroma angusta Yeh 1987b Species code: KAT07 Synonymy: and tubular extension comprised mainly of pentagonal and 1984 Katroma sp. – Whalen & Pessagno, pl. 1, fig. 3. hexagonal pore frames. Size of pore frames decreasing api- 1987b Katroma angusta n. sp. – Yeh, p. 79, pl. 23, fig. 8; pl. 30, cally and distally with largest pore frames at central portion fig. 10. of post-abdominal chamber. Pore frames thin in rims and 1987b Katroma inflata n. sp. – Yeh, p. 81, pl. 9, fig. 11; pl. 10, sides. figs. 12-13, 22. 1998 Katroma megasphaera n. sp. – Yeh & Cheng, p. 28, pl. 5, Original remarks: Katroma angusta, n. sp., differs from fig. 18; pl. 7, figs. 16, 18, 21, not figs. 9, 20; pl. 9, figs. 15, 16, 25; pl. 10, figs. 6, 11, 19. K. inflata, n. sp., by having a smaller, narrower test with 2002 Katroma angusta Yeh – Whalen & Carter, p. 134, pl. 14, shorter horn. figs. 1-3, 9, 10; pl. 18, figs. 7, 8. ? 2004 Katroma angusta Yeh – Hori et al., pl. 6, fig. 4. Measurements (µm): Original description: Cephalis small, dome-shaped, with Ten specimens measured. short, well-developed horn. Horn circular in axial section. HT Mean Max. Min. Thorax and abdomen closely spaced, trapezoidal in outline. Length of apical horn 37 40 43 37 First post-abdominal chamber inflated in larger subellipsoi- Length of proximal dal outline and terminating in a narrow tubular extension. conical portion 37 52 66 37 Tubular extension tapering distally. Cephalis, thorax, and Width of conical portion at base 73 72 73 70 abdomen sparsely perforate, covered with layer of micro- Length of inflated segment 146 140 146 132 granular silica. Meshwork of first post-abdominal chamber Width of inflated segment 154 154 161 150 216 Etymology: Angustus-a-um (Latin, adj.) = narrow. Occurrence: Nicely and Hyde formations, and Warm Springs member of the Snowshoe Formation, Oregon; Type locality: Sample OR-589D, Warm Springs member, Ghost Creek Formation, Queen Charlotte Islands; San Snowshoe Formation, east-central Oregon. Hipólito Formation, Baja California Sur; Liminangcong Chert, Philippines; Dürrnberg Formation, Austria. Plate KAT07. Katroma angusta Yeh. Magnification x200. Fig. 1(H). Yeh 1987b, pl. 23, fig. 8. Fig. 2. QCI, GSC loc. C-304281, GSC 128817. Fig. 3. QCI, GSC loc. C-080612, GSC 128818. Fig. 4. QCI, GSC loc. C-140418, GSC 128819. Fig. 5. Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 14, fig. 2. Fig. 6. Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 14, fig. 1. Fig. 7. AT, BMW21-37. 217 Katroma aurita Whalen & Carter 2002 Species code: KAT08 Synonymy: Original remarks: Katroma aurita n. sp. is distinguished 1984 Katroma spp. – Whalen & Pessagno, pl. 1, figs. 1, 7. from K. bicornus De Wever 1982, by the spines on the 2002 Katroma aurita n. sp. – Whalen & Carter, p. 134, pl. 13, double-pronged horn, as well as the more numerous, figs. 4, 8, 9; pl. 18, figs. 1, 2, 5. circumferential spines positioned at right angles to the Original description: Test multicyrtid with cephalis, tho- post-abdominal chamber. rax, abdomen and post-abdominal chamber. Small cepha- lis with massive horn, usually double-pronged. Prongs of Measurements (µm): horn at an angle of approximately 80° to each other, taper- (n) = number of specimens measured ing distally, flattened, with small irregularly spaced spines Length (14) (excludes horn) Width (max.) (15) on margins; horn sometimes more irregular, without clear 315 135 HT development of two prongs. Cephalis and thorax hemi- 345 150 Max. spherical, perforate but often covered by a thin layer of 248 105 Min. microgranular silica. Abdomen trapezoidal in outline, per- 290 129 Mean forate, with pores sometimes marked by thin layer of mi- crogranular silica. Large inflated post-abdominal chamber Etymology: Auritus, a, um (Latin, adj.) = long eared lepus. sub-spherical in shape, widest at central point and ending in a closed, tapering cylindrical tube. Meshwork on post- Type locality: Sample BPW80-30, San Hipólito Formation, abdominal chamber composed predominantly of pentag- Vizcaino Peninsula, Baja California Sur. onal pore frames, larger medially and decreasing in size towards the abdomen and closed terminal tube. Numer- Occurrence: San Hipólito Formation, Baja California Sur. ous strong circumferential spines located at widest part of post-abdominal chamber. Katroma bicornus De Wever 1982a Species code: KAT09 Synonymy: Original remarks: Pores sometimes filled by a thin network 1982a Katroma bicornus n. sp. – De Wever, p. 193, pl. 3, figs. 1-4. as a spider’s web. This form differs from K. neagui Pessagno 1982b Katroma bicornus De Wever – De Wever, p. 304, pl. 46, and Poisson by its two stout horns, long cephalic spines, figs. 1-4. larger pores and a wider, distinct abdomen. 1982 Syringocapsa sp. A – Imoto et al., pl. 1, fig. 7. 1982 Katroma bicornus De Wever - De Wever & Origlia-Devos, pl. 1, figs. H, I. Measurements (µm): 1984 Katroma aff. neagui Pessagno & Poisson – Murchey, pl. 1, Based on 4 specimens. fig. 28. Mean Min. Max. HT 1987b Katroma bifurca n. sp. – Yeh, p. 79, pl. 3, figs. 3-4, 24. Length of horns 65 60 71 60 1989 Katroma sp. B – Hattori, pl. 3, fig. A. Length of cephalis 53 50 60 60 1990 Katroma cf. bicornus De Wever – Hori, Fig. 8.19. Length of thorax 51 45 59 59 1996 Katroma bicornus De Wever – Tumanda et al., p. 181, Length of abdomen 119 114 125 125 Fig. 5.1. Length of postabdominal tube 200 1997 Katroma cf. bicornus De Wever – Hori, pl. 1, fig. 21. Width of cephalis in the middle 43 42 45 42 1997 Katroma bicornus De Wever – Yao, pl. 11, fig. 544. 1998 Katroma bicornus De Wever – Yeh & Cheng, p. 28, pl. 7, Width of thorax in the middle 62 50 71 65 fig. 22. Width of abdomen 152 140 165 165 2004 Katroma bicornus De Wever – Matsuoka, fig. 121. Original description: Katroma bearing two stout spines Etymology: From latin bi-, two and cornu, -us, horn; form disposed at 120° from one another, on each side of test with two horns. axis. Porous cephalis in shape of truncated cone. Test bears thin, long spines probably related to cephalic spines. Porous Type locality: Sample 1662D, Gümüslü Allochthon, Taurus thorax in shape of a truncated cone. There is almost no Mts., Turkey. change in contour between cephalis and thorax. Abdomen inflated, much larger than cephalis and thorax, wider than Occurrence: Gümüslü Allochthon, Turkey; Nicely Forma- long. Its median part bears about ten radial spines, rounded tion, Oregon; Franciscan Complex, California; Drimos in cross-section. Postabdominal tube is subcylindrical, Formation, Greece; Tawi Sadh Member of the Guwayza distally closed, with pores sometimes elongated in axial Formation, Oman; Liminangcong Chert, Philippines; direction. Pores are large all over test with a maximum size Japan. on abdomen. 218 Plate KAT08. Katroma aurita Whalen & Carter. Magnification Fig. 1a(H) x200, Fig. 1b(H) x300. Fig. 1a(H). Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 13, fig. 4. Fig. 1b(H). Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 13, fig. 8. Plate KAT09. Katroma bicornus De Wever. Magnification x200. Fig. 1(H). De Wever 1982a, pl. 3, fig. 2. Fig. 2. OM, BR474-R17-09. Fig. 3. JP, IYII24-15. Fig. 4. Hori 1990, Fig. 8.19. 219 Katroma brevitubus Dumitrica & Goričan n. sp. Species code: KAT12 Synonymy: specimens it ends with a short spine, circular in cross- 1982 Syringocapsa sp. B – Yao, pl. 4, figs. 14-15. section. 1982 Syringocapsa sp. B – Yao et al., pl. 2, fig. 15. 1982 Syringocapsa sp. B – Imoto et al., pl. 1, fig. 8. Remarks: Katroma brevitubus n. sp. differs from K. angusta 1990 Syringocapsa sp. B – Hori, Fig. 8.11. Yeh by having a much shorter terminal tube. It differs from 1997 Syringocapsa sp. B of Yao 1982 – Hori, pl. 1, fig. 18. 1997 Syringocapsa sp. D – Yao, pl. 11, fig. 545. Katroma ninstintsi Carter by having a shorter cephalotho- 1998 Katroma megasphaera n. sp. – Yeh & Cheng, p. 28, pl. 7, rax, more expanded abdomen, and shorter terminal tube. figs. 9, 20 only. 1998 Katroma sp. B – Yeh & Cheng, p. 30, pl. 9, fig. 23. Measurements (µm): 2001 Syringocapsa inflata (Yeh) – Gawlick et al., pl. 6, fig. 6. Based on 11 specimens. 2004 Syringocapsa sp. – Hori, pl. 5, fig. 61. HT Min. Max. Mean Length of cephalis and thorax 42 33 55 43 Type designation: Specimen SG 022014 from sample Length of abdomen 145 104 156 125 OM-00-252, Musallah Formation, Jabal Buwaydah center Length of terminal tube 64 36 79 55 east. Maximum width of abdomen 159 124 183 141 Description: Test composed of three segments and a tubular Etymology: From Latin: brevis,-e (short) and tubus,-i extension. Cephalis and thorax short, broadly conical, (tube); noun. collar stricture not well pronounced externally. Apical horn indistinct, short, circular in cross-section. Cephalothorax Type locality: Sample OM-00-252 from Musallah Forma- bears small circular pores. Abdomen inflated, spherical, tion, Jabal Buwaydah center east. much larger than cephalothorax, covered with medium- sized hexagonal and pentagonal pore frames. Abdomen Occurrence: Musallah Formation, Haliw (Aqil) Formation without circumferential spines. Tubular extension short, and Tawi Sadh Member of the Guwayza Formation, Oman; inverted conical, porous. Pores similar in size to those of Dürrnberg Formation, Austria; Liminangcong Chert, Phil- abdomen. Tubular extension closed; in well-preserved ippines; Japan. 220 Plate KAT12. Katroma brevitubus Dumitrica & Goričan n. sp. Magnification x200. Fig. 1(H). OM-00-252-022014. Fig. 2. OM, BR706-R14-02. Fig. 3. OM-00-252-021819. Fig. 4. OM, Haliw-039-R06-22. Fig. 5. OM, Haliw-038-R09-02. Fig. 6. OM-00-251-021422. Fig. 7. OM-00-252-021814. Fig. 8. AT, BMW21-18. Fig. 9. JP, MNA-10, MA118883. 221 Katroma clara Yeh 1987b Species code: KAT10 Synonymy: Original remarks: Katroma clara, n. sp., differs from 1984 Katroma sp. – Whalen & Pessagno, pl. 1, fig. 2. Katroma bifurca, n. sp., by having a horn with four to 1987b Katroma clara n. sp. – Yeh, p. 80, pl. 3, figs. 6-7. five branches rather than with two branches, by having 1987 Katroma neagui Pessagno & Poisson, emend. De Wever circumferential spines on inflated post-abdominal chamber, – Goričan, p. 184, pl. 1, fig. 2. and by possessing a test with earlier chamber subcylindrical 1988 Katroma kurusuensis n. sp. – Hori, p. 553, fig. 6.1a-5. in shape rather than conical in shape. 1989 Katroma sp. A – Hattori, pl. 2, fig. K. 1990 Katroma sp. N – Hori, fig. 8.20. Further remarks: By Whalen & Carter (2002): Katroma 1990 Katroma kurusuensis Hori – Hori, fig. 8.21. clara Yeh differs from K. neagui Pessagno and Poisson 1981, 1997 Katroma kurusuensis Hori – Hori, pl. 1, fig. 16. by the more globular shape of the post-abdominal chamber ? 1998 Katroma sp. – Cordey, p. 110, pl. 22, figs. 7, 10. and from all other species of Katroma by the distinctive, 2002 Katroma clara Yeh – Whalen & Carter, p. 134, pl. 14, branching horn. figs. 4, 5, 11, 12, 15; pl. 18, figs. 12, 13. 2004 Katroma clara Yeh – Matsuoka, fig. 112. Measurements (µm): 2004 Katroma sp. – Matsuoka, fig. 113. Ten specimens measured. 2005 Katroma kurusuensis Hori – Hori, pl. 9, fig. 13. HT Mean Max. Min. Length of apical horn 22 28 40 22 Original description: Cephalis dome-shaped, with crown- Length of proximal conical like horn having four to five short branches, each branch portion 108 109 110 108 circular in cross-section. Thorax and abdomen trapezoidal Width of conical portion at base 86 83 86 80 in outline. Three earlier chambers narrow, long, subcylin- Length of inflated segment 162 162 162 150 drical in shape, sparsely perforate, covered by layer of mi- Width of inflated segment 151 151 200 151 crogranular silica. First post-abdominal chamber inflated, subspherical in outline, terminating in narrow subcylindri- Etymology: Clarus-a-um (Latin, adj.) = clear. cal tubular extension. Test mainly comprised of pentagonal Type locality: Sample OR-536J, Nicely Formation, south- and hexagonal pore frames. Pore frames small on earlier east side of Morgan Mountain, east-central Oregon. chambers, medium-sized on postabdominal chamber with thick rims and thin sides. One row of ten to twelve short Occurrence: Nicely Formation, Oregon; San Hipólito circumferential spines on equatorial surface of first post- Formation, Baja California Sur; Budva Zone, Montenegro; abdominal chamber. Tubular extension perforate with Gümüslü Allochthon, Turkey; Tawi Sadh Member of the small pores in spiral rows of pore frames. Guwayza Formation, Oman; Japan. 222 Plate KAT10. Katroma clara Yeh. Magnification x200, except Fig. 7 x300. Fig. 1(H). Yeh 1987b, pl. 3, fig. 6. Fig. 2. TR, 1662D-R02-01. Fig. 3. Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 14, fig. 4. Fig. 4. Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 14, fig. 5. Fig. 5. JP, MNA-10, MA11880. Fig. 6. JP, Ku-2-23. Fig. 7. Hori 1988, Fig. 6-1b. Fig. 8. Hori 1990, Fig. 8-21. Fig. 9. OM, BR524-R05-23. Fig. 10. OM, BR1121-R07-25. Fig. 11. OM, BR477-R19-03. 223 Katroma elongata Carter n. sp. Species code: KAT17 Synonymy: does not range above the Sinemurian, but the successor 1998 Katroma sp. aff. K. irvingi n. sp. – Whalen & Carter, p. 70, species, Katroma elongata n. sp., does and is abundant pl. 19, figs. 11, 19. through most of the Pliensbachian. For this reason, it has 1998 Katroma coliforme Hori – Yeh & Cheng, p. 28, pl. 7, fig. 6. been described as a separate species. 2001 Syringocapsa coliformis Hori – Gawlick et al., pl. 5, fig. 10; Syringocapsa coliforme Hori (1988) differs from Katroma pl. 6, fig. 7. 2001 Syringocapsa angusta (Yeh) – Gawlick et al., pl. 5, fig. 11. elongata n. sp. in having a more massive apical horn and a 2001 Gigi aff. fustis De Wever – Gawlick et al., pl. 5, fig. 12. narrower abdominal profile. Type designation: Holotype GSC 111721 from GSC loc. Measurements (µm): C- 080612; Ghost Creek Formation (lower Pliensbachian). Based on 9 specimens. HT Max. Min. Mean Description: Cephalis small, dome-shaped, with small api- Length (excl. horn) 376 376 277 329 cal horn, circular in axial section. Thorax, abdomen and Maximum width 138 138 84 110 first abdominal chamber trapezoidal in outline with small polygonal pore frames. Final post-abdominal chamber Etymology: Latin (adj.) elongatus-a-um = elongate marginally inflated, composed of medium-sized polygonal pore frames. No significant break between first and final Type locality: Sample CAA-T-80-7 (GSC loc. C-080612), post-abdominal chambers. Terminal tube narrow, imperfo- Ghost Creek Formation, Rennell Junction, central Graham rate or with very small pore frames randomly distributed. Island, Queen Charlotte Islands, British Columbia. Remarks: Whalen & Carter (1998) originally included Occurrence: Ghost Creek Formation and Rennell Junction this species with Katroma irvingi Whalen and Carter, member of the Fannin Formation, Queen Charlotte Islands; a species with widely ranging variation mainly in the size Dürrnberg Formation, Austria; Liminangcong Chert, of the final post abdominal chamber. Recent studies of the Philippines. Pliensbachian fauna, however, indicate that K. irvingi s. s. 224 Plate KAT17. Katroma elongata Carter n. sp. Magnification x250. Fig. 1(H). QCI, GSC loc. C-080612, GSC 111721. Fig. 2. QCI, GSC loc. C-127868, GSC 128814. Fig. 3. Carter et al. 1998, pl. 19, fig. 11. 225 Katroma neagui Pessagno & Poisson 1981, emend. De Wever 1982a Species code: KAT13 Synonymy: A. Poisson remain valid, except for the following. The api- 1981 Katroma neagui n. sp. – Pessagno & Poisson, p. 62, pl. 12, cal horn has 3 to 5 branches and not always 4. Cephalis figs. 1-5; pl. 15, fig. 3. bears at least one very small lateral spine similar to that of 1982a Katroma neagui Pessagno & Poisson, emend. – De Wever, Gigi fustis n. sp. This species has only 3 segments, not 4; p. 193, pl. 3, figs. 5-8. the third one is inflated and continued by a distally closed, 1982b Katroma neagui Pessagno & Poisson, emend. De Wever – De Wever, p. 305, pl. 45, figs. 8, 9, 11, 12. and not open, tube. 1992 Katroma neagui Pessagno & Poisson – Pessagno & The occurrence of cephalic spines is paramount for the Mizutani, pl. 99, figs. 7, 12, 16, 17, 20, 21. generic assignment. As a matter of fact, E. A. Pessagno et A. Poisson based the difference between Katroma and Original description: Test as with genus. Meshwork con- Podobursa on a respectively open and closed abdominal sisting of massive tetragonal to pentagonal pore frames tube; now, fig. 6 clearly shows a closed tube. (predominantly pentagonal); pores becoming larger on tubular extension of first post-abdominal chamber. Ce- Measurements (µm): phalis with crown-like horn with four branches; branch- Based on 8 specimens. ing components of horn circular in axial section. Row of HT Max. Min. short spines (approximately 12 in number) occurring cir- Width of abdomen 70 70 50 cumferentially around medial portion of post-abdominal Length of cephalis-abdomen 110 115 65 chamber; spines circular in axial section. Length of tubular Length of first post-abdominal chamber 100 50 extension on first post-abdominal chamber more than half Width of first post-abdominal chamber 120 120 of total length of test. Length of tube on post-abdominal chamber 310 310 235 Original remarks: Katroma neagui n. sp., differs from Late Etymology: This species is named for Dr. Teodor Neagu, Jurassic and Early Cretaceous species of Podobursa (e.g., University of Bucharest (Romania) in honor of his contri- P. berggreni Pessagno) by having twelve rather than three butions to Mesozoic stratigraphy and micropaleontology. circumferentially arranged spines around the medial por- tion of the final post-abdominal chamber and by having Type locality: Sample 1662D, Gümüslü Allochthon, Taurus an open, tubular extension on its final post-abdominal Mts., Turkey. chamber. Occurrence: Gümüslü Allochthon, Turkey. Further remarks: By De Wever (1982a): The morpho- logical characters described by E. A. Pessagno Jr. and 226 Plate KAT13. Katroma neagui Pessagno & Poisson. Magnification x200x. Fig. 1(H). Pessagno & Poisson 1981, pl. 12, fig. 1. Fig. 2. TR, 1662D-R01-09. Fig. 3. TR, 1662D-R02-03. 227 Katroma ninstintsi Carter 1988 Species code: KAT14 Synonymy: thorax to inflated abdomen. This change is sometimes quite 1985 Katroma sp. – Igo et al., pl. 15, fig. 14. distinct (see Pl. 2, fig. 9) in other cases not (holotype, Pl. 2, 1987b Katroma sp. A – Yeh, p. 81, pl. 3, fig.1, pl. 6, figs. 4, 14. fig. 4). 1988 Katroma ninstintsi Carter n. sp. – Carter et al., p. 60, pl. 2, Katroma ninstintsi normally differs from K. bicornus De figs. 4, 9. Wever in having only one very small, asymmetrical apical 1992 Katroma sp. – Pessagno & Mizutani, pl. 99, figs. 6, 10, 11, 15. horn and the radial abdominal spines are much smaller. 1996 Katroma sp. A. – Tumanda et al., p. 181, Fig. 4.15. It differs from K. neagui Pessagno and Poisson in having 1998 Katroma sp. A – Yeh & Cheng, p. 30, pl. 7, figs. 7, 10. a more expanded abdominal chamber and, whereas the 2001 Syringocapsa inflata (Yeh) – Gawlick et al., pl. 5, fig. 9. apical horn on some specimens appears to divide, it is much shorter and usually has only two, rather than four, Original diagnosis: Tricyrtid test; abdomen expanded and radial branches. globose with long, open tubular extension. Apical horn small and asymmetrical. Measurements (µm): Based on 13 specimens. Original description: Tricyrtid test: cephalis small and HT Av. Max. Min. hemispherical; thorax trapezoidal, expanding more rapidly Length of apical horn 15 22.3 61 14 in height than width; abdomen enlarged and globose, Length of cephalis and thorax 46 85 105 46 terminating in an open tubular extension. Irregularly Length of abdomen 96 120 150 92 shaped pore frames small on initial chambers, becoming Length of terminal tube 106 144 170 120 larger on expanded portion of abdomen and decreasing in Maximum width of abdomen 107 155 200 107 size on tubular extension. Apical horn small and more or less asymmetrical. On some specimens this horn appears Etymology: Named for Haida Indian Chief Ninstints, of to divide in the manner of Katroma neagui Pessagno and Anthony Island. Poisson (see Pl. 2, fig. 9, this report). Lateral spine (V-spine) present, but very short and usually broken in type material. Type locality: GSC locality C-080577, Fannin Formation, Very small, radial spines (positioned at maximum extension Creek locality, Maude Island, Queen Charlotte Islands, of abdomen) are more often than not eroded. British Columbia. Original remarks: A number of forms are tentatively Occurrence: Ghost Creek and Fannin formations, Queen grouped together as Katroma ninstintsi; they are thought to Charlotte Islands; Fernie Formation, northeastern British represent variants of one species. Collectively they differ in Columbia; Nicely Formation, Oregon; Dürrnberg Forma- exhibiting a more or less abrupt transition from expanding tion, Austria; Liminangcong Chert, Philippines; Japan. 228 Plate KAT14. Katroma ninstintsi Carter. Magnification x200. Fig. 1(H). Carter et al. 1988, pl. 2, fig. 4. Fig. 2. Carter et al. 1988, pl. 2, fig. 9. Fig. 3. QCI, GSC loc. C-140495, GSC 128820. Fig. 4. NBC, GSC loc. C-305208, GSC 128821. Fig. 5. NBC, GSC loc. C-305208, GSC 128822. Fig. 6. QCI, GSC loc. C-080612, GSC 128823. Fig. 7. QCI, GSC loc. C-140495, GSC 128915. Fig. 8. NBC, GSC loc. C-305208, GSC 128916. Fig. 9. OM, Haliw-039-R07-03. Fig. 10. OM, Haliw-039-R03-09. 229 Katroma? sinetubus Carter n. sp. Species code: KAT16 Type designation: Holotype GSC 111722 and paratype GSC in that the distalmost abdominal chamber terminates in a 111723 from GSC loc. C-080611; Ghost Creek Formation strong antapical spine rather than a terminal tube. (lower Pliensbachian). Measurements (µm): Description: Test with three or four chambers and a strong Based on 7 specimens. apical and antapical spine. Cephalis small, mostly imperfo- HT Max. Min. Mean rate with a strong triradiate horn; horn single on holotype Length of test (pl. KAT16, fig. 1) but bifurcating on paratype (pl. KAT16, (excl. horn and distal spine) 233 233 188 212 fig. 4). Thorax and abdomen trapezoidal in outline, usu- Maximum width 171 171 141 157 ally with small polygonal pore frames, but pore frames Length of distal spine broken 42 22 36 (4) sometimes larger. Final post-abdominal chamber strongly inflated composed of large pentagonal and hexagonal pore Etymology: Latin, sine + tubus = without tube; noun. frames; pore frames reduced in size distally. Final post-ab- dominal chamber terminating in a short triradiate antapi- Type locality: Sample CAA-79-Ren-Phant, lms 1 (GSC cal spine; spine with sharp narrow ridges and wide, deep loc. C-080611), Ghost Creek Formation, Rennell Junction grooves. section, central Graham Island, Queen Charlotte Islands, British Columbia. Remarks: Genus queried because Katroma, as described by Pessagno & Poisson (1981), has an inflated final chamber that Occurrence: Ghost Creek Formation and Rennell Junc- terminates in a long open or closed tube. Katroma? sinetu- tion member of the Fannin Formation, Queen Charlotte bus n. sp. differs from al other described species of Katroma Islands. Katroma sp. 4 Species code: KAT18 Synonymy: 2002 Katroma sp. A – Whalen & Carter, p. 136, pl. 14, fig. 8. Remarks: This species is very similar to Katroma clara Yeh, from which it differs in having thorns along the entire apical horn and in lacking the terminal branching. The horn can be circular (pl. KAT18, fig. 1) or triradiate in cross section (pl. KAT18, figs. 2, 3). Occurrence: San Hipólito Formation, Baja California Sur; Haliw (Aqil) Formation, Oman. 230 Plate KAT16. Katroma? sinetubus Carter n. sp. Magnification x200. Fig. 1(H). QCI, GSC loc. C-080611, GSC 111722. Fig. 2. QCI, GSC loc. C-080611, GSC 111723. Fig. 3. QCI, GSC loc. C-304281, GSC 128824. Fig. 4. QCI, GSC loc. C-304281, GSC 128825. Plate KAT18. Katroma sp. 4. Magnification x200. Fig. 1. BCS, loc. SH-412-14. Fig. 2. OM, Haliw-038-R08-18. Fig. 3. OM, Haliw-039-R02-10. 231 Genus: Lantus Yeh 1987b Type species: Lantus sixi Yeh 1987b Synonymy: Milax Blome is synonymized with Lantus, because 1984b Milax n. gen. – Blome, p.372. the name Milax is occupied for a gastropod genus (Gray 1987b Lantus n. gen. – Yeh, p. 90. 1855). ? 1988 Hemicryptocephalis n. gen – Li, p. 329. Hemicryptocephalis Li is questionably synonymized with Lantus Yeh, because the description of the former is unclear Original description: Test multicyrtid, conical, with horn, for the following reasons: (1) Li mentions that a constricted usually with strictures at joints, final post-abdominal aperture is absent but does not indicate whether the chamber closing, with large subspherical, latticed expan- genus is totally closed distally or not, and no illustrations sion. Cephalis conical or dome-shaped. Cephalis, thorax are provided to show this characteristic; (2) the genus and abdomen sparsely perforate, covered by layer of mi- supposedly has “two descending spines to form the second crogranular silica. Post-abdominal chambers consisting post-cephalis cavity” but again this distinguishing feature of single layer of dense, small, tetragonal, pentagonal, or is not illustrated and it is certainly not present in the genus hexagonal pore frames. Pore frames regular to irregular in Lantus. shape and size. Etymology: Lantus is a name formed by an arbitary Original remarks: Lantus n. gen., differs from Pseudor- combination of letters (ICZN, 1985, Appendix D, pt. VI, istola n. gen., by having a test with well-developed horn, Recommendation 40, p.201). strictures at joints, and smaller, less regular polygonal pore frames. Included species: LAN05 Lantus intermedius Carter n. sp. Further remarks: Lantus differs from Minocapsa Mat- LAN01 Lantus obesus (Yeh) 1987b suoka in having a conical rather than ovoid shape and LAN04 Lantus praeobesus Carter n. sp. more postabdominal chambers. It differs from Stichocapsa LAN02 Lantus sixi Yeh 1987b Haeckel by lacking an aperture. LAN03 Lantus sp. A sensu Whalen & Carter 2002 Lantus intermedius Carter n. sp. Species code: LAN05 Synonymy: chambers. L. intermedius differs from L. si xi Yeh in lacking 1988 Hemicryptocephalis dengqensis n. sp. - Li, p. 330, pl. 1, constrictions between post abdominal chambers. L. inter- figs. 5, 6; not fig. 4, ? fig. 10. medius appears to be intermediate between L. praeobesus 1989 Pseudoristola ? spp. – Hattori, pl. 15, fig. D. which first appears in the earliest Pliensbachian and L. sixi 1997 Parahsuum sp. NB – Yao, pl. 13, fig. 642. Yeh which appears later in the late Pliensbachian and Toar- cian. Type designation: Holotype GSC 111724 from GSC loc. C- 304566, Rennell Junction member of the Fannin Formation Measurements (µm): (upper lower Pliensbachian). Based on 12 specimens. HT Max. Min. Mean Description: Test conical, usually with four or five post- Max. length 258 340 226 273 abdominal chambers. Cephalis small, conical, apparently Max. width 126 158 116 140 lacking horn. Cephalis imperforate, thorax and abdomen sparsely perforate covered with a layer of microgranular Etymology: From Latin: intermedius, -a, -um = intermedi- silica. Post-abdominal chambers trapezoidal, variable in ate; adjective. width, increasing more in height than width as added, final chamber closed with an ellipsoidal cap. Pore frames on post Type locality: Sample 99-CNA-MI-9 (GSC loc. C-304566), abdominal chambers polygonal very gradually increasing Rennell Junction member of the Fannin Formation, Maude in size distally. Slightly raised transverse ridges and/or Island, west of Ells Bay, Skidegate Inlet, Queen Charlotte slight alignment of pores on distal chambers observed on Islands, British Columbia. some specimens. Occurrence: Uppermost Ghost Creek Formation and Fan- Remarks: This species differs from Lantus praeobesus n. sp. nin Formation, Queen Charlotte Islands; Fernie Forma- in being less inflated distally and by sometimes possessing tion, NE British Columbia; Haliw (Aqil) Formation, Oman; a few very rudimentary circumferential ridges between China; Japan. 232 Plate LAN05. Lantus intermedius Carter n. sp. Magnification x200. Fig. 1(H). QCI, GSC loc. C-304566, GSC 111724. Fig. 2. QCI, GSC loc. C-304567, GSC 128829. Fig. 3. QCI, GSC loc. C-140495, GSC 128830. Fig. 4. QCI, GSC loc. C-140495, GSC 128831. Fig. 5. QCI, GSC loc. C-140495, GSC 128832. Fig. 6. NBC, GSC loc. C-305208, GSC 128833. Fig. 7. OM, Haliw-038-R09-25. 233 Lantus obesus (Yeh) 1987b Species code: LAN01 Synonymy: Further remarks: Generic name changed to Lantus because 1987b Pseudoristola obesa n. sp. – Yeh, p. 96, pl. 14, figs. 11-12. this species lacks the typical parvicingulid arrangement of 2001 Stichocapsa obesa (Yeh) – Gawlick et al., pl. 5, fig. 6. pores. 2003 Stichocapsa convexa Yao – Kashiwagi & Kurimoto, pl. 4, figs. 1, 2. Measurements (µm): 1997 Pseudoristola obesa Yeh – Yao, pl. 15, fig. 724. Ten specimens measured. 2005 Sethocapsa sp. – Hori, pl. 8, figs. 29-30, 50. Length of proximal Width at Length Width conical part (= last base of of last of last Original description: Test conical, short, with two post- segment excluded) conical part segment segment abdominal chambers, without circumferential ridges. HT 114 102 120 156 Cephalis small, dome-shaped, without horn. Cephalis, Mean 111 100 128 162 Max. 114 102 138 171 thorax, and abdomen closely spaced, sparsely perforate, Min. 107 96 120 156 covered with layer of microgranular silica. Post-abdominal chamber consisting of single layer of pentagonal and Etymology: Obesus-a-um (Latin, adj.) = fat. hexagonal pore frames. Pore frames increasing in size distally. Bulbous expansion large, subspherical in outline, Type locality: Sample OR-600A, Hyde Formation along comprised of nearly two thirds of whole test. Izee-Paulina road, east-central Oregon. Original remarks: Pseudoristola obesa differs from other Occurrence: Hyde Formation and Warm Springs member Pseudoristola spp. in this report by having an extremely of the Snowshoe Formation, Oregon; Fannin Formation, short test with a very large bulbous spherical final post- Queen Charlotte Islands; Dürrnberg Formation, Austria; abdominal chamber. Haliw (Aqil) Formation, Musallah Formation and Tawi Sadh Member of the Guwayza Formation, Oman. 234 Plate LAN01. Lantus obesus (Yeh). Magnification x200. Fig. 1(H). Yeh 1987b, pl. 14, fig. 12. Fig. 2. AT, BMW21-52. Fig. 3. QCI, GSC loc. C-304567, GSC 128826. Fig. 4. QCI, GSC loc. C305417, GSC 128917. Fig. 5. OM, BR1121-R10-12. Fig. 6. OM, BR1121-R06-18. Fig. 7a, b. OM-00-252-021533, 021534. Fig. 8. OM, BR485-R20-06. Fig. 9. OM, Haliw-038-R09-03. Fig. 10. OM, BR1122-R04-02. 235 Lantus praeobesus Carter n. sp. Species code: LAN04 Synonymy: Hemicryptocephalis dengquensis Li is questionably syno- 1988 Hemicryptocephalis dengqensis n. sp. – Li, p. 330, pl. 1, nymized with L. praeobesus n. sp. because the descrip- figs. ? 4, ? 10; not figs. 5, 6. tion of the former is unclear (see remarks under genus 1993 Stichocapsa sp. – Kashiwagi & Yao, pl. 1, fig. 5. Lantus). 1998 Lantus sp. A – Yeh & Cheng, p. 34, pl. 12, fig. 9. ? 2001 Stichocapsa sp. – Kashiwagi, Fig. 6.5. Measurements (µm): Type designation: Holotype GSC 111725 from GSC loc. C- Based on 6 specimens. 304566; Rennell Junction member of the Fannin Formation HT Max. Min. Mean (upper lower Pliensbachian). Max. length 255 289 203 239 Max. width 145 167 134 152 Description: Test broadly conical, usually with four to five post-abdominal chambers. Cephalis small, conical, usually Etymology: From the Latin, prae (prefix ) and obesus (adj.) without a rudimentary horn. Cephalis imperforate, thorax = before obesus. and abdomen sparsely perforate covered with a layer of microgranular silica. Post-abdominal chambers trapezoidal, Type locality: Sample 99-CNA-MI-9 (GSC loc. C-304566); rapidly increasing in width as added, final chamber closed Rennell Junction member of the Fannin Formation, Maude with a large ellipsoidal cap. Pore frames on post-abdominal Island, west of Ells Bay, Skidegate Inlet, Queen Charlotte chambers polygonal increasing in size distally. Islands, British Columbia. Remarks: This species differs from Lantus obesus (Yeh) Occurrence: Ghost Creek Formation and Rennell Junc- 1987 in having a shorter, less inflated final post-abdominal tion member of the Fannin Formation, Queen Charlotte chamber with smaller pore frames, and in lacking a con- Islands; Fernie Formation, NE British Columbia; Haliw striction between the final two chambers. L. praeobesus (Aqil) Formation, Musallah Formation, and Tawi Sadh n. sp. is the oldest species of Lantus included in this cat- Member of the Guwayza Formation, Oman; Japan; Limi- alogue; it first appears in the basal Pliensbachian and is nangcong Chert, Philippines. abundant throughout the stage. 236 Plate LAN04. Lantus praeobesus Carter n. sp. Magnification Figs. 1-8 x200 (scale bar A), Figs. 9-13 x 300 (scale bar B). Fig. 1(H). QCI, GSC loc. C-304566, GSC 111725. Fig. 2. QCI, GSC loc. C-304281, GSC 128834. Fig. 3. QCI, GSC loc. C-304281, GSC 128835. Fig. 4. QCI, GSC loc. C-080612, GSC 128836. Fig. 5. NBC, GSC loc. C-305208, GSC 128837. Fig. 6. OM, Haliw-038-R08-31. Fig. 7. OM, Haliw-038-R09-12. Fig. 8. OM, Haliw-038-R09-17. Fig. 9. OM-00-252-021918. Fig. 10. OM, BR1122-R02-11. Fig. 11. OM, BR1121-R09-20. Fig. 12. OM, BR1121-R08-02. Fig. 13. OM, BR1121-R06-15. 237 Lantus sixi Yeh 1987b Species code: LAN02 Synonymy: Measurements (µm): 1987b Lantus sixi n. sp. – Yeh, p. 90, pl. 4, fig. 16; pl. 17, figs. 9, Ten specimens measured. 13, 17, 24. 1987b Lantus sp. cf. L. sixi n. sp. – Yeh, p. 90, pl. 4, fig. 17; pl. 5, HT Mean Max. Min. fig. 18; pl. 17, fig. 14. Length of apical horn 13 10 13 8 1997 Lantus sixi Yeh – Yao, pl. 15, fig. 725. Length of proximal conical part 2004 Lantus sp. – Matsuoka, figs. 96, 97. (= last segment excluded) 117 123 130 115 Width at base of conical part 65 75 86 65 Original description: Test small, conical in shape, usually Length of last segment 52 58 65 52 four to five post-abdominal chambers. Cephalis small, Width of last segment 95 102 108 95 conical, with short, massive horn. Earlier chambers sparsely perforate, covered by layer of microgranular silica. Post- abdominal chambers having small polygonal pore frames. Etymology: This species is named for Mr. Walter M. Six, Jr. Pore frames increasing in size distally, irregular on apical for his help on this project. portion but tending to be aligned in a regular fashion on final one or two post-abdominal chambers. Final post- Type locality: Sample OR-600A, Hyde Formation along abdominal chamber closed by large, latticed, subellipsoidal Izee-Paulina road, east-central Oregon. cap. Occurrence: Nicely and Hyde formations, and Warm Further remarks: Differs from all other species included Springs member of the Snowshoe Formation, Oregon; here in having very slight strictures between post-abdomi- Fannin member of the Fannin Formation, Queen Charlotte nal chambers. Apical horn not always distinct. Islands; Japan. Lantus sp. A sensu Whalen & Carter 2002 Species code: LAN03 Synonymy: 2002 Lantus sp. A – Whalen & Carter, p. 142, pl. 16, fig. 10. Original remarks: This species differs from Lantus sixi Yeh 1987 in lacking constrictions and by having larger pore frames on distal chambers. Occurrence: San Hipólito Formation, Baja California Sur; Rennell Junction member of the Fannin Formation, Queen Charlotte Islands; Tawi Sadh Member of the Guwayza Formation, Oman. 238 Plate LAN02. Lantus sixi Yeh. Magnification x300. Fig. 1(H). Yeh 1987b, pl. 17, fig. 9. Fig. 2. QCI, GSC loc. C-304568, GSC 128827. Fig. 3. QCI, GSC loc. C-175306, GSC 128828. Plate LAN03. Lantus sp. A sensu Whalen & Carter. Magnification x300. Fig. 1. QCI, GSC loc. C-304568, GSC 128918. Fig. 2. Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 16, fig. 10. Fig. 3. OM, BR523-R01-13. 239 Genus: Laxtorum Blome 1984a, emend. Carter 1993 Type species: Laxtorum hindei Blome 1984a Synonymy: Emended definition: Carter (1993): Genus emended to 1984a Laxtorum n. gen. – Blome, p. 56. include the following: (1) test may possess up to twelve 1993 Laxtorum Blome emend. – Carter, p. 112. postabdominal chambers, (2) test may have slender, lat- eral spines that extend radially from medial and/or distal Original description: Test multicyrtid, consisting of four or post-abdominal chambers, and are distributed equally to more post-abdominal chambers (segments). Cephalis con- subequally around perimeter of test, and (3) test may ter- ical, imperforate, with a large, well-developed horn. Thorax minate in an open, flaring terminal tube that lacks septal trapezoidal in outline, perforate, in some specimens bur- partitions. ied by microgranular silica. Abdomen and post-abdominal chambers trapezoidal in outline. Test wall consisting of two Original remarks: Laxtorum new genus differs from layers: inner layer comprised of triangular to pentagonal Canoptum Pessagno, 1979, by having a test in which pore frames that lack nodes; outer layer comprised of tri- the pores are not buried by an outer layer of accreted angular to hexagonal pore frames with massive, polygonal microgranular silica. nodes at the pore frame vertices, nodes low in relief; pores of both layers of pore frames large, subcircular to polygo- Etymology: Laxtorum is a name formed by an arbitrary nal in outline; pore frames of the outer layer generally re- combination of letters (ICZN, 1964, p. 113, Appendix D, stricted to the circumferential ridges, with the exception of Pt. IV, Recommendation 40). the final post-abdominal chambers. Post-abdominal cham- bers commonly increasing more rapidly in width than in Included species: height. LAX06 Laxtorum hemingense Whalen & Carter 1998 Laxtorum hemingense Whalen & Carter 1998 Species code: LAX06 Synonymy: absence of a prominent horn. It differs from all Rhaetian 1998 Laxtorum hemingense n. sp. – Whalen & Carter, p. 80, species of Laxtorum in having larger, open, more regularly pl. 25, figs. 6-8, 13-14, 24-25; pl. 27, figs. 5, 6, 16, 20. aligned pore frames and in lacking a terminal tube. Original description: Test conical with approximately eight Measurements (µm): to nine postabdominal chambers. Cephalis small, steeply Based on 5 specimens. dome-shaped with or without a small horn; horn circular in axial section; cephalis imperforate, covered with a thick Length (excluding horn) Max. width layer of microgranular silica. Thorax, abdomen and all 240 105 HT 240 109 Max. postabdominal chambers gradually increasing in width 218 98 Min. as added. Thorax trapezoidal in outline with medium- 229 104 Mean sized pores mostly obscured by layer of microgranular silica. Mostly tetragonal pore frames on abdomen and Etymology: This species is named for Heming Head, lo- postabdominal chambers subaligned in transverse rows. cated on the east side of Talunkwan Island, northwest of Circumferential ridges composed of thicker, more irregular the type locality. pore frame bars (zig-zag structure) on proximal parts of test becoming thinner and straighter distally; circumferential ridges with irregular longitudinal extensions superimposed Type locality: Sample QC-549, Sandilands Formation, on adjacent pore frames. Queen Charlotte Islands, British Columbia. Original remarks: Laxtorum hemingense n. sp. is distin- Occurrence: Sandilands and Ghost Creek formations, guished from Laxtorum sp. A and Laxtorum sp. B by the Queen Charlotte Islands. 240 Plate LAX06. Laxtorum hemingense Whalen & Carter. Magnification x250. Fig. 1(H). Carter et al. 1998, pl. 25, fig. 6. Fig. 2. QCI, GSC loc. C-080612, GSC 128919. Fig. 3. QCI, GSC loc. C-175311, GSC 128920. 241 Genus: Minocapsa Matsuoka 1991 Type species: Minocapsa cylindrica Matsuoka 1991 Synonymy: Further remarks: Minocapsa differs from Lantus Yeh by 1991 Minocapsa n. gen. – Matsuoka, p. 734. having fewer segments and the height of the last segment is greater than the remainder of the test. Both genera lack Original description: Closed cyrtid. Shell consisting of an aperture. four or more segments, pyriform to ovoidal. Cephalis hem- ispherical without apical horn. Thorax and abdomen trun- Etymology: The generic name is named for the Mino Ter- cate conical. Final segment large, hemispherical without rane which includes the type area, Nanjo Massif. aperture. Pores, circular to subcircular and closely spaced. Included species: Original remarks: Minocapsa, n. gen. is distinguished from MCP01 Minocapsa cylindrica Matsuoka 1991 Stichocapsa Haeckel by lacking aperture. It also differs MCP02 Minocapsa globosa Matsuoka 1991 from Zhamoidel um Dumitrica and Cryptamphorel a TPS02 Minocapsa? megaglobosa (Matsuoka) 1991 Dumitrica by not being cryptothoracic and by consisting of four or more segments rather than three. Minocapsa cylindrica Matsuoka 1991 Species code: MCP01 Synonymy: surrounded by circular rims. Small nodes or spines situated 1987 Bagotum sp. E – Hattori, pl. 15, fig. 4. at the pore frame vertices. 1989 Bagotum sp. aff. B. modestum Pessagno & Whalen – Hattori & Sakamoto, pl. 13, fig. K. Original remarks: This species differs from Minocapsa 1990 Stichocapsa (?) sp. – Nagai, pl. 4, fig. 6. globosa, n. sp. by consisting of five segments rather than four, 1991 Minocapsa cylindrica n. sp. – Matsuoka, p. 735, figs. 10.1a-5b. 1997 Minocapsa cylindrica Matsuoka – Yao, pl. 10, fig. 450. by possessing a more slender distal part and by the pores of ? 2003 Stichocapsa sp. B – Kashiwagi & Kurimoto, pl. 4, fig. 4. the distal part tending to be longitudinally arranged. 2004 Minocapsa cylindrica Matsuoka – Hori, pl. 2, fig. 14. 2004 Minocapsa cylindrica Matsuoka – Matsuoka, fig. 91. Measurements (µm): Six specimens measured. Original description: Shell of five segments, ovoidal. HT Max. Min. Mean Cephalis spherical; thorax and abdomen truncate conical. Total height of shell 193 193 165 181 The proximal three segments form a conical proximal part. Max. width of shell 120 135 115 125 The distal two segments form a cylindrical to ovoidal distal part. The last segment hemispherical without aperture. Etymology: The specific name comes from the Latin Segmental joints generally indistinct externally; joint cylindricus-a-um (=cylindrical). between abdomen and fourth segment faintly marked by change in contour from the conical proximal part Type locality: MNA-10, Nanjo Massif, Mino Terrane, to the cylindrical to ovoidal distal part. Pores circular to central Japan. subcircular, rather densely spaced and set in tetragonal to hexagonal pore frames. Pores on the distal part tend to be Occurrence: Mino Terrane, Japan; Musallah Formation, arranged longitudinally. Pores around distal end slightly Oman; Skrile Formation, Slovenia; Hyde Formation, larger than those on the rest of the shell; these pores Oregon. 242 Plate MCP01. Minocapsa cylindrica Matsuoka. Magnification x400. Fig. 1(H). Matsuoka 1991, Fig. 10-1a. Fig. 2. SI, MM 5.00-010122. Fig. 3. OM-00-252-021927. 243 Minocapsa globosa Matsuoka 1991 Species code: MCP02 Synonymy: Original remarks: This species is compared to Minocapsa 1991 Minocapsa globosa n. sp. – Matsuoka, p. 736, figs. 11.1a-4b. cylindrica, n. sp. under the latter species. 1997 Minocapsa globosa Matsuoka – Yao, pl. 10, fig. 451. 2004 Minocapsa globosa Matsuoka – Matsuoka, fig. 90. Measurements (µm): Original description: Shell of four segments, pyriform. Six specimens measured. Cephalis spherical; thorax and abdomen truncate conical. HT Max. Min. Mean The proximal three segments form a conical proximal part. Total height of shell 173 185 170 177 The fourth segment large, subspherical without aperture. Max. width of shell 140 149 135 142 Collar and lumber strictures indistinct externally. Joint between abdomen and fourth segment marked by rapid Etymology: The specific name is derived from the Latin change in contour from the conical proximal part to globosus-a-um (=spherical). spherical distal part. Pores circular to subcircular, densely spaced and set in polygonal (largely hexagonal) pore Type locality: MNA-10, Nanjo Massif, Mino Terrane, cen- frames. Pores around distal end slightly larger than those tral Japan. on the rest of shell and surrounded by rims. Small nodes situated at the pore frame vertices in some specimens. Occurrence: Mino Terrane, Japan. Minocapsa? megaglobosa (Matsuoka) 1991 Species code: TPS02 Synonymy: segments, and the presence of an inflated segment. 1991 Tricolocapsa (?) megaglobosa n. sp. – Matsuoka, p. 724, However, according to the generic diagnosis of Minocapsa, figs. 3. 1a-5b. the last segment is large whereas in this species the last 1997 Tricolocapsa megaglobosa Matsuoka – Yao, pl. 9, fig. 423. segment is very small and the third segment is the largest. 2003 Tricolocapsa ? megaglobosa Matsuoka – Goričan et al., Regardless, even if assignation to Minocapsa is questionable, p. 297, pl. 4, fig. 12. 2004 Tricolocapsa (?) megaglobosa Matsuoka – Matsuoka, the assignation of this species to Tricolocapsa Haeckel is fig. 82. completely wrong because this Cenozoic genus has three segments and a cephalic tube. It is possible that Minocapsa? Original description: Shell of three segments with a dish- megaglobosa has amphipyndacid affinities because the like basal appendage. Cephalis hemispherical, poreless. paratype illustrated in transmitted light by Matsuoka (1991, Thorax truncate-conical with circular, densely spaced fig. 3.5) seems to show a two-segmented cephalis. The pores. Abdomen large, inflated, barrel-shaped with circular, globular, imperforate cephalis of this species also suggests densely spaced pores larger than those in thorax. Collar amphipyndacid affinities. stricture distinct externally. Lumber stricture slightly recognizable externally. Joint between abdomen and basal Measurements (µm): appendage marked by a row of pores slightly larger than Numbers of specimens measured are in parentheses. those in abdomen. Basal appendage half to a third of HT Max. Min. Mean abdomen in width, with circular to subcircular densely Total height of shell 153 160 120 145 (12) spaced pores smaller than those in remaining part of shell Maximum width of shell 105 117 88 101 (12) surface. Width of basal appendage 55 61 47 55 (11) Original remarks: This species is questionably assigned Etymology: This specific name is derived from the Latin to Tricolocapsa, because it possesses a dish-like basal mega (=large) and globosus-a-um (=spherical). appendage. This species is distinguished from Tricolocapsa (?) fusiformis Yao by having a large, inflated abdomen, Type locality: Sample MNA-10, Nanjo Massif, Mino densely spaced pores and a distinct collar stricture. Terrane, central Japan. Further remarks: Tricolocapsa? megaglobosa is herein Occurrence: Mino Terrane, Japan; Skrile Formation, Slov- tentatively assigned to the genus Minocapsa Matsuoka enia; Tawi Sadh Member of the Guwayza Formation and because, in common with this genus, it has the following Musallah Formation, Oman. elements: the absence of an aperture, more than three 244 Plate MCP02. Minocapsa globosa Matsuoka. Magnification x300. Fig. 1(H). Matsuoka 1991, Fig. 11-1a. Fig. 2. Matsuoka 1991, Fig. 11-2. Fig. 3. Matsuoka 1991, Fig. 11-3. Plate TPS02. Minocapsa? megaglobosa (Matsuoka). Magnification x400. Fig. 1(H). Matsuoka 1991, Fig. 3.1a. Fig. 2. OM, BR485-R21-15. Fig. 3. OM-00-251-021611. Fig. 4. OM-00-117-021213. 245 Genus: Napora Pessagno 1977a Type species: Napora bukryi Pessagno 1977a Synonymy: considered a junior synonym of Napora. The differences 1977a Napora n. gen – Pessagno, p. 94. between these two genera concern only the superficial 1977b Ultranapora n. gen. – Pessagno, p. 38. structure of thorax, a character that can be considered of 1982a Jacus n. gen. – De Wever, p. 204. specific level. The absence of the cephalocone, considered 1986 Napora Pessagno emend. – Pessagno et al., p. 34. by De Wever (1982) an additional distinctive character 1986 Napora Pessagno emend. – Takemura, p. 43. 2003 Napora Pessagno – Dumitrica & Zügel, p. 57. from Napora, has no value because in both genera it is nothing else than the short ventral spine. Moreover, both genera have the apical horn with a verticil of three spines Original description: Test dicyrtid with a large conical ce- or spinules as extensions of the three blades; exceptions are phalis and a large subglobular thorax. Cephalis with mas- very rare. This is also a character that differentiates Napora sive horn bearing longitudinal ridges and grooves and often and Jacus from Anaticapitula n. gen. having subsidiary spines. Thorax with coarse, equal size, polygonal (usually hexagonal) pore frames and circular Etymology: Napora is an anagram for C. F. Parona, one of pores and with a large circular aperture (mouth) at base; the early students of Jurassic Radiolaria. three slightly curved feet with longitudinally developed ridges and grooves occurring at base of thorax. Included species: NAP09 Napora blechschmidti Dumitrica n. sp. Original remarks: Napora n. gen., differs from Tripilidium NAP08 Napora bona Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh 1986 in possessing a dicyrtid test with a well-developed apical NAP02 Napora cerromesaensis Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh horn. 1986 NAP06 Napora conothorax Carter & Dumitrica n. sp. Further remarks: By Dumitrica & Zügel (2003): The study NAP01 Napora graybayensis Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh 1986 of the initial spicule of the species Napora modesta n. sp. in 3410 Napora nipponica Takemura 1986 transmitted light showed that the cephalic initial skeleton NAP03 Napora reiferensis (Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh) 1986 consists of MB, V, A, two L, two l, D, and the arches VL, NAP04 Napora relica Yeh 1987b Ll, lD, Al. The arch AV is absent, but an arch AD seems to JAC01 Napora sandspitensis (Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh) exist because one of the three blades of the apical horn has 1986 a dorsal direction. Genus Jacus De Wever, 1982 is herein Napora blechschmidti Dumitrica n. sp. Species code: NAP09 Type designation: Holotype pl. NAP09, fig. 3, sample Measurements (µm): BR871-R03-08, all paratypes also from BR871, chert of Based on 4 specimens. Tawi Sadh Member reworked in the Guwayza Formation, Min. Max. Al Khashbah Mountains, Oman. Total height of shell with horn and feet 230 260 Height of apical horn and cephalis 100 140 Description: Test high pyramidal with a thick apical horn. Height of thorax 43 60 Apical horn long, multi-bladed proximally, three-bladed Breadth of thorax 100 115 distally, pointed, with a crown of three small thorns between Length of feet 73 97 the two portions. Blades of proximal part cover the cephalis that is practically invisible outside. Cephalis indistinct Etymology: The species is named for Ingo Blechschmidt as externally, screened by the blades of the apical horn. Thorax a sign of friendship and to honour his contribution to the pyramidal with convex sides and 2-4 transversal ribs. One geology of the Hamrat Duru Basin, Oman. rib may be higher making a shoulder on the thorax. Pore frames mostly quadrangular, usually aranged in transverse Type locality: Sample BR871, chert of Tawi Sadh Member rows between ribs. One row between each intercostal reworked in the Guwayza Formation, Al Khashbah Moun- area. Rows of pores toward cephalis may be more or less tains, Oman. disturbed. Feet straight to slightly curved, gently pointed, three-bladed, slightly divergent; external blades rather high Occurrence: Upper part of the Tawi Sadh Member of the along thorax where they make the edges of the pyramid. Guwayza Formation, Oman. Remarks: Napora blechschmidti resembles N. bona Pessa- gno, Whalen & Yeh and N. hasta Yeh & Cheng but differs especially by having a many-bladed apical horn. 246 Plate NAP09. Napora blechschmidti Dumitrica n. sp. Magnification x250. Fig. 1. OM, BR871-R08-11. Fig. 2. OM, BR871-R07-19. Fig. 3(H). OM; BR871-R06-10. Fig. 4. OM, BR871-R06-10. Fig. 5. OM, BR871-R08-14. 247 Napora bona Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh 1986 Species code: NAP08 Synonymy: inwardly-sloping pore frames at the base of the thorax. 1986 Napora bona n. sp. – Pessagno et al., p. 36, pl. 6, figs. 4, 5. N. bona differs from N. cosmica, n. sp., by having a larger 1986 Napora sp. A – Pessagno et al., p. 46, pl. 7, fig. 14. cephalis with a well-developed cephalocone; shorter, less 1988 Napora sp. aff. N. cosmica Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh curved feet; larger, less numerous, more irregular thoracic – Carter et al., p. 58, pl. 14, fig. 2. pore frames; a shorter, more massive horn; and an inturned 1989 Napora triangularis Takemura – Hattori, pl. 20, fig. C. row of pore frames at the base of the thorax. 1991 Napora bona Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh – Carter & Jakobs, p. 343, pl. 3, fig. 4. Measurements (µm): 2004 Napora bona Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh – Matsuoka, fig. 138. Number of specimens measured are in parentheses. HT Mean Max. Min. Original diagnosis: Cephalis large, hemispherical, with well Length of cephalis 20 22.5 (7) 25 (7) 12.5 (7) developed large cephalocone and a medium-length horn. Length of thorax 37.5 32.8 (7) 37.5 (7) 25 (7) Horn triradiate in axial section with three medium-width Width of thorax at top 37.5 36.4 (7) 37.5 (7) 30 (7) longitudinal ridges alternating with three somewhat wider Width of thorax at base 70 77.1 (7) 95 (7) 62.5 (7) longitudinal grooves; ridges wider on proximal two thirds Length of horn 32.5 45.6 (4) 50 (4) 32.5 (4) Width of horn at base 20 21.4 (7) 25 (7) 17.5(7) of horn, flaring outwards to give rise to three short spines. Length of foot (maximum) 62.5 67.5 (4) 82.5 (4) 50 (4) Thorax pyramidal with linear, circumferentially-arranged tetragonal pore frames; faces of distal one or two rows of Etymology: (Latin) bonus = good, useful. pore frames sloping inwards. Feet incurved, triradiate in axial section with three sharply-bladed longitudinal ridges Type locality: Sample OR-580, Warm Springs member, alternating with three wide longitudinal grooves; ridges Snowshoe Formation, near bridge over South Fork of John high in relief. Day River, east-central Oregon. Original remarks: Napora bona appears closely related to Occurrence: Warm Springs member of the Snowshoe For- Napora sp. A (Pl. 7, Fig. 14). It differs from the latter form mation, Oregon; Phantom Creek Formation, Queen Char- by possessing larger, less numerous, and more irregularly lotte Islands; Japan. shaped thoracic pore frames. Both forms display a row of Napora cerromesaensis Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh 1986 Species code: NAP02 Synonymy: regular arrangement of the pore frames and the thin layer 1986 Napora cerromesaensis n. sp. – Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh, of microgranular silica on the cephalis. In addition, N. cer- p. 38, pl. 4, figs. 2-4, 10, 15, 16. romesaensis possesses a more massive horn and feet that are 2002 Napora cerromesaensis Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh – Whalen not as curved as those of N.(?) graybayensis, n. sp. & Carter, p. 140, pl. 15, fig. 10. 2004 Napora sp. cf. N. cerromesaensis Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh Further remarks: This species differs from Napora bona – Ziabrev et al., Fig. 5-8. Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh in that the feet are more massive Original diagnosis: Cephalis relatively small, hemispheri- and less outwardly directed. cal, with massive apical horn; cephalis may be partially Measurements (µm): obscured by a thin layer of microgranular silica. Horn ap- proximately same length as test, triradiate in axial section Numbers of specimens measured are in parentheses. with narrow, rounded, longitudinal ridges alternating with HT Mean Max. Min. broad, deep grooves; ridges extended into broad spines Length of cephalis 20 16.8 (11) 20 (11) 15 (11) midway from base to terminus of horn; narrow ridges of Length of thorax 80 70.5 (10) 80 (10) 60 (10) apical horn may extend down over cephalis, although not Width of thorax at top 40 38.1 (11) 45 (11) 30 (11) Width of thorax at base 90 99.5 (11) 110 (11) 90 (11) as pronounced as on horn; horn tapers distally. Thorax sub- Length of horn 70 86.3 (11) 100 (11) 70 (11) pyramidal in shape with large, irregularly shaped tetrago- Width of horn at base 20 22.7 (11) 25 (11) 20 (11) nal and pentagonal pore frames arranged in poorly-defined Length of foot (maximum) 80 95.9 (11) 120 (11) 70 (11) transverse rows. Massive triradiate feet attached to base of thorax, curved slightly inward. Mouth subtriangular in Etymology: The species is named for Cerro Mesa, located outline, surrounded by imperforate rim. to the northeast of its type locality. Original remarks: Napora cerromesaensis, n. sp., is distin- Type locality: Sample BPW-30, San Hipólito Formation, guished from Napora (?) graybayensis, n. sp., by the more Vizcaino Peninsula, Baja California Sur, Mexico. 248 Plate NAP08. Napora bona Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh. Magnification x250. Fig. 1(H). Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh 1986, pl. 6, fig. 4. Fig. 2. JP, MNA-10, MA12702. Fig. 3. Carter & Jakobs 1991, pl. 3, fig. 4. Plate NAP02. Napora cerromesaensis Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh. Magnification x250. Fig. 1(H). Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh 1986, pl. 4, fig. 2. Fig. 2. Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh 1986, pl. 4, fig. 3. Fig. 3. QCI, GSC loc. C-304567, GSC 128838. Fig. 4. QCI, GSC loc. C-304566, GSC 128839. Fig. 5. QCI, GSC loc. C-304567, GSC 128840. Fig. 6. QCI, GSC loc. C-304567, GSC 128841. Fig. 7. NBC, GSC loc. C-305813, GSC 111726. 249 Occurrence: San Hipólito Formation, Baja California Sur; the Fannin Formation, Queen Charlotte Islands; Fernie Nicely Formation, Oregon; Rennell Junction member of Formation, NE British Columbia; Bainang Terrane, Tibet. Napora conothorax Carter & Dumitrica n. sp. Species code: NAP06 Type designation: Holotype pl. NAP06, fig. 1; paratype 1, paratype from Oman is rather similar to the holotype and fig. 2, both from Fernie Formation, Williston Lake, British paratype from British Columbia but has less pronounced Columbia; paratype 2, fig. 3, Haliw Formation, Humadiyin, transversal ribs and longitudinal ribs are more visible. Al- Oman. though partly broken, the only preserved foot of this speci- Description: Cephalis indistinct externally and imperforate, men seems to show characters similar to the feet of the included at the upper part of thorax. Apical horn three- holotype and paratype. bladed, relatively thin and short, bearing a verticil of three Measurements (µm): spinules and terminating in a short conical spine. Vertical Based on 3 specimens. spine not visible outside. Thorax and cephalis forming a wide, short cone with longitudinal ridges on the upper HT Paratype 1 Paratype 2 Length of apical horn 37 - 47 part, especially on cephalis, and 3-4 prominent transversal Height of cephalothorax 83 87 90 ridges. Ridges interconnected by vertical crests forming Diameter of thorax 100 103 100 rectangular depressions. Pores in single transverse rows Length of feet 157 - - between ridges. Feet strongly triradiate and recurved, long, and pointed, with thin ridges and deep grooves. Outer Etymology: From the conical shape of the thorax; noun. ridge of each foot extends outward from the area of the raised ridge. Type locality: GSC loc. C-305208, Fernie Formation, Williston Lake, northeastern British Columbia. Remarks: The apical horn and the feet of this species re- semble those of Napora latissima Takemura with differing Occurrence: Fernie Formation, Williston Lake, northeast- only in that the feet are less divergent and less curved. The ern British Columbia; Haliw (Aqil) Formation, Oman. Napora graybayensis Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh 1986 Species code: NAP01 Synonymy: the pore frames. It is questionably assigned to the genus 1986 Napora (?) graybayensis n. sp. – Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh, Napora because of its peculiar, irregular pore frames, poor p. 39, pl. 2, figs. 1-3, 10, 11, 14; pl. 11, figs. 3, 4. definition externally between the cephalis and thorax, and 1998 Napora? graybayensis Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh – Whalen & the lack of a microgranular layer proximally. Carter, p. 75, pl. 21, fig. 4. Measurements (µm): Original diagnosis: Cephalis relatively small, hemispheri- Numbers of specimens measured are in parentheses. cal, with massive horn; pore frames of cephalis commonly not covered by layer of microgranular silica. Horn trira- HT Mean Max. Min. diate in axial section throughout most of its length, with Length of cephalis 10 13.3 (9) 20 (9) 10 (9) Length of thorax 50 56.6 (9) 75 (9) 45 (9) three narrow, rounded, longitudinal ridges alternating Width of thorax at top 30 36.6 (9) 45 (9) 30 (9) with three broad, shallow grooves; horn tapering sharply Width of thorax at base 50 69.4 (9) 80 (9) 50 (9) distally; length of horn one-half to equal to length of test; Length of horn 50 42.2 (7) 60 (7) 30 (7) small spines commonly located on ridges approximately at Width of horn at base 12.5 14.1 (9) 20 (9) 10 (9) midpoint of horn. Thorax subpyramidal in shape with me- Length of foot (maximum) 30 65 (8) 80 (8) 45 (8) dium- to very large-sized, irregularly-shaped, tetragonal to pentagonal pore frames; pore frames arranged in poorly-de- Etymology: This species is named for Gray Bay, which is fined transverse rows with slight development of transverse located north of its type locality. ridges separating the rows. Feet of moderate length, curved inward, triradiate in cross-section, consisting of three very Type locality: Sample QC-675, Sandilands Formation narrow, longitudinal ridges alternating with broad shallow (Kunga Formation of Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh, 1986) grooves. Mouth triangular in outline, bounded by narrow, Kunga Island - north side, Queen Charlotte Islands, British imperforate rim. Columbia, Canada. Original remarks: This species of Napora is distinguished Occurrence: Sandilands and Ghost Creek formations, from others by the irregular shape and distribution of Queen Charlotte Islands. 250 Plate NAP06. Napora conothorax Carter & Dumitrica n. sp. Magnification x300. Fig. 1. NBC, GSC loc. C-305208, GSC 128843. Fig. 2. NBC, GSC loc. C-305208, GSC 128844. Fig. 3. OM, Haliw-038-R08-10. Plate NAP01. Napora graybayensis Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh. Magnification x400. Fig. 1(H). Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh 1986, pl. 2, fig. 1. Fig. 2. Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh 1986, pl. 2, fig. 2. Fig. 3. Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh 1986, pl. 2, fig. 3. Fig. 4. QCI, GSC loc. C-175311, GSC 128842. 251 Napora nipponica Takemura 1986 Species code: 3410 Synonymy: cal horn and feet, and a transverse arrangement of thoracic 1986 Napora nipponica n. sp. – Takemura, p. 44, pl. 2, figs. 16-21. pores. N. nipponica is also distinguishable from other spe- 1989 Napora nipponica Takemura – Hattori & Sakamoto, pl. 2, cies of Napora by its shape of apical horn and three feet. fig. M, not fig. L. 1991 Napora nipponica Takemura – Carter & Jakobs, p. 343, Further remarks: Differs from Napora bona Pessagno, pl. 3, fig. 1. Whalen & Yeh by having smaller, more numerous pores on 1993 Napora nipponica Takemura – Pessagno et al., p. 158, thorax and the feet are more incurved. pl. 8, fig. 10. 1995a Napora nipponica Takemura – Baumgartner et al., p. 330, Measurements (µm): pl. 3410, figs. 1-2. Based on 15 specimens. 1997 Napora nipponica Takemura – Yao, pl. 8, fig. 372. Min. Max. Original description: Cephalis small and subspherical with Length of the shell including horn and feet 200 270 Height of cephalo-thorax 60 85 straight and triradiate apical horn, and with or without Maximum width of shell including feet 115 160 cephalocone. Ridges of apical horn may or may not originate Width of thorax 75 110 at the base of the cephalis. A node located at the position of about half way along each ridge. Thorax subspherical Etymology: The trivial name is derived from Nippon, Japan or hemispherical to trigonally pyramidal, with usually in Japanese. transversely arranged circular pores. Three feet triradiate and curved convexly. Aperture subtriangular to circular Type locality: Maganese carbonate ore deposit, sample with remarkable circular or subtriangular apertural ring TKN-105. Gujo-Hachiman area, Mino Terrane, central around it. Japan. Original remarks: Although Napora nipponica n. sp. re- Occurrence: Mino Terrane, Japan; Phantom Creek Forma- sembles in its shape to N. bukryi Pessagno, N. nipponica dif- tion, Queen Charlotte Islands; Josephine Ophiolite, Cali- fers from N. bukryi in possessing a considerably long api- fornia. Napora reiferensis (Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh) 1986 Species code: NAP03 Synonymy: Original remarks: Jacus reiferensis, n. sp., is distinguished 1986 Jacus reiferensis n. sp. – Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh, p. 32, from Jacus coronatus De Wever, 1982, by the nature of pl. 4, figs. 7-8, 11; pl. 5, figs. 6, 14. the meshwork on the thorax and velum(?) as well as the 2002 Napora reiferensis (Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh) – Whalen & structure of the horn. Carter, p. 140, pl. 15, figs. 7, 11. Original diagnosis: Cephalis medium-sized, hemispherical, Measurements (µm): commonly covered with a thin layer of microgranular Numbers of specimens measured are in parentheses. silica; small spine may extend from base of cephalis. Apical HT Mean Max. Min. horn massive, more than one-half length of test, distally Length of cephalis 20 20.9 (11) 25 (11) 15 (11) trifurcating. Proximal two-thirds of horn triradiate in axial Length of thorax 50 63.1 (11) 80 (11) 50 (11) section with narrow, rounded ridges and broad grooves; Width of thorax at top 45 43.1 (11) 50 (11) 40 (11) distal portion of horn separated into three tapering lobes; Width of thorax at base 110 100 (11) 120 (11) 90 (11) lobes elliptical in cross-section, approximately at right Length of horn 65 63.6 (11) 85 (11) 55 (11) angles to long axis of test and in some specimens curving Width of horn at base 25 20.4 (11) 25 (11) 15 (11) slightly downward; lobes of horn ranging from one- Length of foot (maximum) 100 93.5 (10) 120 (10) 70 (10) half to equal the length of the triradiate portion of horn. Thorax subpyramidal in outline with small- to medium- Etymology: This species is named for Pico Reifer, which is sized, slightly nodose, irregularly shaped, elliptical and located east of its type area. tetragonal pore frames; pore frames arranged in poorly- defined transverse rows separated by transverse ridges. Type locality: Sample BPW-30, San Hipólito Formation, Massive triradiate feet, attached to base of thorax, curved Vizcaino Peninsula, Baja California Sur, Mexico. slightly inward. Subsidiary meshwork (velum?), with very irregularly-shaped and –spaced pore frames and Occurrence: San Hipólito Formation, Baja California Sur. imperforate rim, some attached to base of thorax. Mouth subtriangular in outline. 252 Plate 3410. Napora nipponica Takemura. Magnification Fig. 1(H) x300, Fig. 2. x200. Fig. 1(H). Takemura 1986, pl. 2, fig. 20. Fig. 2. Carter & Jakobs 1991, pl. 3, fig. 1. Plate NAP03. Napora reiferensis (Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh). Magnification x 250. Fig. 1(H). Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh 1986, pl. 4, fig. 7. Fig. 2. Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh 1986, pl. 5, fig. 6. 253 Napora relica Yeh 1987b Species code: NAP04 Synonymy: Further remarks: This species is easily recognized by its 1986 Jacus (?) species B – Pessagno et al., p. 34, Pl. 5, Fig. 9. distinctive horn with three, long, curved pointed spines. 1987b Napora relica n. sp. – Yeh, p. 85, Pl. 10, Figs. 4, 17. 1987b Napora sp. aff N. relica Yeh – Yeh, p. 85, Pl. 24, Figs. 8, 21, 23. 1989 Napora sp. A – Hattori, pl. 5, fig. L. Measurements (µm): 1989 Napora sp. B – Hattori, pl. 5, fig. M. Ten specimens measured. 2002 Napora sp. B of Hattori – Hori & Wakita, pl. 3, fig. 5. HT Mean Max. Min. 2003 Napora relica Yeh – Goričan et al., p. 296, pl. 4, fig. 4. Length of cephalis 25 25 27 23 2004 Napora relica Yeh – Matsuoka, fig. 139. Length of thorax 63 61 63 59 Width of thorax at top 30 30 32 29 Original description: Cephalis relatively large, hemispher- Width of thorax at base 94 95 97 93 ical, imperforate, covered with layer of microgranular Length of horn 63 62 65 61 silica. Horn moderately long, triradiate with three narrow Length of foot (maximum) 113 115 118 110 ridges alternating with three narrow grooves; each ridge terminating in long pointed spine. Axial part of horn also Etymology: Relicus-a-um (Latin, adj.) = outstanding. terminating in short spine and surrounded by long curved spines extending out from ridges. Thorax subhemispheri- Type locality: Sample OR-600M, Hyde Formation at Izee- cal in outline, with mixture of tetragonal, pentagonal, and Paulina road, east-central Oregon. hexagonal pore frames arranged in five to six transverse rows; larger pore frames on middle portion of thorax. Ap- Occurrence: Nicely and Hyde formations, and Warm erture large, subcircular in outline. Feet long, tapering dis- Springs member of the Snowshoe Formation, Oregon; tally, triradiate with three narrow ridges alternating with Skrile Formation, Slovenia; Tawi Sadh Member of the Gu- three grooves, grooves wider proximally and narrow dis- wayza Formation, Oman; Japan. tally. Napora sandspitensis (Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh) 1986 Species code: JAC01 Synonymy: badly-etched material. The presence of a velum in J. (?) 1986 Jacus (?) sandspitensis n. sp. – Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh, sandspitensis is probably indicated by the short spines that p. 33, pl. 2, figs. 5, 9, 13, 16, 17; pl. 11, fig. 13. occur on the proximal half of the feet. It should be noted 1998 Jacus(?) sandspitensis Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh – Whalen that some specimens of Napora, such as N. praespinifera & Carter, p. 75. (Pessagno, 1977b) and N. spinifera (Pessagno, 1977b) dis- play velum-like structure below the thorax and between Original diagnosis: Cephalis small, hemispherical, with the proximal halves of the feet; however, we have never ob- small cephalocone and relatively short horn. Proximal served the basal closure of this velum-like structure. Jacus two-thirds of horn triradiate in axial section with three (?) sandspitensis differs from J. coronatus De Wever, 1982, narrow grooves alternating with three rounded ridges by possessing a structurally simpler horn lacking a crown- of approximately the same width. Grooves often deeply- like mass at its tip, and by having considerably longer, slen- incised proximally, becoming shallower distally; ridges each der feet. Both species possess ridges at the base of the tho- bearing short spines before their termination. Distal one- rax, which separate rows of pore frames. third of horn circular in axial section; lacking ridges and grooves. Thorax with very coarse, nodose polygonal pore frames; distal portion of thorax with mixture of tetragonal Measurements (µm): and pentagonal pore frames arranged in rows between Numbers of specimens measured are in parentheses. angled ridges. Feet long, triradiate in axial section with HT Mean Max. Min. three narrow ridges that alternate with three wide grooves; Length of cephalis 25 23.8 (9) 25 (9) 15 (9) short spines occur along ridges on proximal half of each Length of thorax 100 76.1 (9) 100 (9) 55 (9) foot, suggesting velum attachement. Mouth subcircular in Width of thorax at top 50 48.0 (9) 62.5 (9) 40 (9) outline, surrounded by an imperforate rim. Width of thorax at base 112.5 105.5 (9) 125 (9) 95 (9) Length of horn 55 81.7 (7) 92.5 (7) 50 (7) Original remarks: This species is questionably assigned to Width of horn at base 47.5 35.8 (9) 47.5 (9) 25 (9) Jacus because it possesses a true cephalocone. It is conceiva- Length of foot (maximum) 170 147.5 (5) 175 (5) 95 (5) ble that the spine extending from the »hole« (cephalopyle?) of De Wever’s (1982) specimens of Jacus merely represents Etymology: This species is named for the town of Sandspit a remnant of a fragile cephalocone not preserved in his in the Queen Charlotte Islands, British Columbia. 254 Plate NAP04. Napora relica Yeh. Magnification x250x. Fig. 1(H). Yeh 1987b, pl. 10, fig. 4. Fig. 2. JP, IYII-20. Fig. 3. Goričan et al. 2003, pl. 4, fig. 4. Fig. 4. OM, BR1121-R09-06. Fig. 5. OM, BR524-R05-24. Fig. 6. OM, BR525-R08-01. Plate JAC01. Napora sandspitensis (Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh). Magnification x200. Fig. 1(H). Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh 1986, pl. 2, fig. 9. Fig. 2. QCI, GSC loc. C-080613, GSC 128845. Fig. 3. QCI, GSC loc. C-140495, GSC 128846. Fig. 4. QCI, GSC loc. C-175311, GSC 111727. 255 Type locality: Sample QC-534, Rennell Junction member Occurrence: Sandilands and Ghost Creek formations, and of the Fannin Formation (Maude Formation in Pessagno et Rennell Junction member of the Fannin Formation, Queen al., 1986), Queen Charlotte Islands, British Columbia. Charlotte Islands; Tawi Sadh Member of the Guwayza Formation, Oman. Genus: Naropa Dumitrica n. gen. Type species: Naropa vi Hori, Whalen & Dumitrica n. sp. Description: Test conical, dicyrtid or eventually tricyrtid, three-bladed and commonly has a crown of spinules, the with non-bladed apical and ventral horns and three triradi- ventral horn is short and bladed, and one blade is always ate feet having two blades on the external side and one on centrifugally directed and represents the prolongation of the internal side. Thorax latticed, wide open. Initial spicule the dorsal and primary lateral spines of the initial spicule. unknown but supposed to be similar to that of Napora. Etymology: The name is an anagram of Napora, which, in Remarks: Superficially this new genus resembles Napora turn, is an anagram of Parona, one of the pioneers of the and other ultranaporids but differs in having both apical study of fossil radiolarians. Feminine gender. and ventral horns non-bladed and the feet with one blade directed towards the axis of shell and two directed laterally. Included species: Unlike this new genus, the apical horn of Napora is always UTD01 Naropa vi Hori, Whalen & Dumitrica n. sp. Naropa vi Hori, Whalen & Dumitrica n. sp. Species code: UTD01 Synonymy: and ventral horns circular in cross-section. Moreover, the 1990 Dumitricael a (?) sp. A – Hori, p. 581, fig. 8.24. tribladed feet display two outer blades with a wide groove 2002 Ultranaporid gen. et sp. indet. – Whalen & Carter, p. 140, in between. pl. 16, fig. 14. Measurements (µm): Type designation: Holotype specimen pl. UTD01, fig. 1 Number of specimens measured in parentheses. from sample BPW80-14 Baja California Sur. HT Mean Max. Min. Length of cephalis 21 25.3 (23) 33 (23) 20 (23) Description: Test conical, dicyrtid. Cephalis small, with Length of thorax 90 79.8 (23) 100 (23) 57 (23) polygonal pore frames. Apical and ventral horns long, Maximum width of thorax 80 90.8 (23) 107 (23) 77 (23) cylindrical and fused at the base; horns disposed in a Length of apical horn 64 70.7 (22) 90 (22) 60 (22) V shape. Thorax conical with hexagonal pore frames Length of ventral horn 49 35.9 (13) 53 (13) 18 (13) arranged in staggered horizontal rows and, in some Maximum length of feet 98 90.8 (23) 107 (23) 77 (23) specimens, with a circumferential ridge at middle part. Distal opening of thorax triangular, surrounded by a wide Etymology: From the two cephalic horns that outline the imperforate rim. Feet straight, divergent, triradiate, pointed V letter; noun. distally. Two outer blades of each foot interconnected with the corresponding blade of neighbouring feet at the base Type locality: Sample BPW80-14 Baja California Sur. of the preforate part of the thorax. Occurrence: San Hipólito Formation, Baja California Sur; Remarks: This species is rare but morphologically distinc- Inuyama, Mino terrane and Kaiji, Kuma, Chichibu terrane, tive. It differs from typical Napora in having both apical SW Japan. 256 Plate UTD01. Naropa vi Hori, Whalen & Dumitrica n. sp. Magnification x250. Fig. 1(H). Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 16, fig. 14. Fig. 2. Hori 1990, fig. 8.24. Fig. 3. JP, Ku(b)-5-16, RH(1)1026. Fig. 4. JP, UC2-22-1, RH(1)75. Fig. 5. JP, KG9-52, RH(1)2803. 257 Genus: Noritus Pessagno & Whalen 1982 Type species: Noritus lil ihornensis Pessagno & Whalen 1982 Synonymy: chambers with a partially developed outer layer. Whereas 1982 Noritus n. gen. – Pessagno & Whalen, p. 123. the pore frames of Droltus are thickened along bars in all directions, those of Noritus are not; many pore frames, in Original description: Test conical to subconical. Cephalis fact, may display no thickening at all (cf. pl. 4, figs. 1, 6, 10 with well-developed horn. Pore frames polygonal, regular and pl. 5, figs. 3, 4, 10, 15, 19). Because of this difference in to irregular, aligned to nonaligned; thickened by the the mode of test construction, Noritus is tentatively placed insertion of longitudinal and lateral ridges between pore in the Bagotidae. frames; ridges not inserted between all pore frames. Well- preserved specimens with tubular extension on final post- abdominal chamber; pore frames of tubular extension Etymology: Noritus is a name formed by an arbitrary thinner than those on previous chambers and with combination of letters (ICZN, 1964, Appendix D, Pt. VI, rudimentary development of ridges. Recommendation 40, p. 113). Original remarks: Noritus, n. gen., differs from Droltus Included species: n. gen., by possessing a test wall on its post-abdominal NTS01 Noritus lil ihornensis Pessagno & Whalen 1982 Noritus lillihornensis Pessagno & Whalen 1982 Species code: NTS01 Synonymy: with a longer, more massive horn. It differs from all species 1982 Noritus lil ihornensis n. sp. – Pessagno & Whalen, p. 123, pl. of Droltus by the characters cited under the genus. 5, figs. 3, 4, 10, 15, 19; pl. 12, fig. 1. 1992 Noritus lil ihornensis n. sp. Pessagno & Whalen – Pessagno Measurements (µm): & Mizutani, pl. 99, figs. 1, 2, 9. Based on 10 specimens. 2004 Noritus sp. – Matsuoka, fig. 229. Length excluding horn Width (max.) 287.5 100.0 HT Original description: Test elongate with long massive horn 287.5 110.0 Max. on hemispherical cephalis and with five post-abdominal 175.0 62.5 Min. chambers. Cephalis and thorax with small polygonal pore 212.7 91.7 Mean frames; thorax and subsequent chambers trapezoidal in cross section. Post-abdominal chambers increasing Etymology: This species is named for Lillihorn Island in gradually in length and somewhat more rapidly in width Skidegate Channel. as added; final post-abdominal chamber with long, tubular extension which may be 1/3 length of remainder of test. Type locality: Sample QC 534, Fannin Formation (Maude Pore frames tetragonal to pentagonal (predominantly Formation in Pessagno & Whalen, 1982), Queen Charlotte tetragonal). Ridges not developed on all pore frames. Islands, Maude Island, Skidegate Inlet, British Columbia. Original remarks: Noritus lil ihornensis, n. sp., differs from Occurrence: Ghost Creek and Fannin formations, Queen N. sp. A by having a much slenderer, more elongate test Charlotte Islands; Japan. 258 Plate NTS01. Noritus lillihornensis Pessagno & Whalen. Magnification x250. Fig. 1(H). Pessagno & Whalen 1982, pl. 5, fig. 3. Fig. 2. QCI, GSC loc. C-080612, GSC 128847. Fig. 3. QCI, GSC loc. C-080612, GSC 111728. 259 Genus: Orbiculiformella Kozur & Mostler 1978 Type species: Orbiculiforma railensis Pessagno 1977b Synonymy: because of the imperfect preservation of the microsphere 1978 Orbiculiformel a n. gen. – Kozur & Mostler, p. 162. and of the absence of studies of the microsphere of all spe- cies, we include here all species having the external mor- Original description: Circular spongy skeleton. Marginal phologic diagnostic characters described by the authors of part clearly inflated, with large pores. Depressed inner the genus. part rather thick, with very small pores. Six to twelve main spines extending from test. Etymology: Arbitrary word formation. This paper: the name is a diminutive of Orbiculiforma. Original remarks: According to usual practice in all other radiolarian families, subquadratic forms with four Included species and subspecies: main spines and circular forms with 6-12 main spines ORB05 Orbiculiformel a cal osa (Yeh) 1987b will be herein considered as two separate genera. The ORB06 Orbiculiformel a incognita (Blome) 1984b genus Orbiculiforma Pessagno 1973 will be restricted to ORB03 Orbiculiformel a lomgonensis (Whalen & Carter) subquadratic forms with four main spines, the circular 1998 forms with 6-12 main spines will be assigned to the new ORB11 Orbiculiformel a mediocircus Dumitrica n. sp. genus Orbiculiformel a. ORB02 Orbiculiformel a? robusta (Whalen & Carter) 1998 ORB08 Orbiculiformel a teres (Hull) 1997 Further remarks: The genus should be emended to com- ORB13 Orbiculiformel a? trispina s.l. (Yeh) 1987b prise species with more than six spines, without limiting ORB09 Orbiculiformel a? trispina trispina (Yeh) 1987b the higher number. The genus is probably polyphyletic but ORB10 Orbiculiformel a? trispina trispinula (Carter) 1988 Orbiculiformella callosa (Yeh) 1987b Species code: ORB05 Synonymy: Note that some Pliensbachian specimens (pl. ORB05, 1987b Orbiculiforma cal osa n. sp. – Yeh, p. 41, pl. 2, fig. 25; pl. 5, fig. 8) can be more than twice as large as the holotype. fig. 19; pl. 11, fig. 11, pl. 22, figs. 10, 12. 1988 Orbiculiforma kwunaensis Carter n. sp. – Carter et al., Measurements (µm): p. 44, pl. 1, figs. 8, 11. Ten specimens measured. 1996 Orbiculiforma sp. A – Pujana, p. 135, pl. 1, fig. 12. 1998 Orbiculiforma cal osa Yeh – Cordey, p. 93, pl. 21, figs. 2, 4, 10. Diameter Diameter of Length 2002 Orbiculiformel a kwunaensis Carter – Whalen & Carter, of shell central cavity of spines p. 109, pl. 1, fig. 3. HT 160 80 2003 Orbiculiforma ? cal osa Yeh – Goričan et al., p. 295, pl. 3, Mean 170 82 38 figs. 1-4. Max. 187 87 45 2004 Orbiculiformel a sp. – Matsuoka, fig. 53. Min. 158 75 30 Original description: Test thick, circular in outline, with Etymology: Cal osus-a-um (Latin, adj.) = hard. large, deep central cavity. Test consisting of concentric lay- ers of small irregular polygonal pore frames with circular to Type locality: Sample OR-600A, Hyde Formation along elliptical pores. Pore frames slightly larger on rims, small- Izee-Paulina road, east-central Oregon. er in central cavity and median band of margin. Margin slightly concaved with several small peripheral spines. Pe- Occurrence: Nicely and Hyde formations, and Warm ripheral spines usually thin, short, circular in cross-section. Springs member of the Snowshoe Formation, Oregon; Diameter of central cavity about half the diameter of test. Fannin Formation, Queen Charlotte Islands; Bridge River Complex, British Columbia; San Hipólito Formation, Baja Original remarks: Orbiculiforma cal osa, n. sp., differs from California Sur; Sierra Chacaicó Formation, Argentina; O. (?) trispina, n. sp., by having a test with larger central Skrile Formation, Slovenia; Dürrnberg Formation, Austria; cavity and by having several small peripheral spines rather Gümüslü Allochthon; Turkey; Tawi Sadh Member of the than three massive, elongate spines. Guwayza Formation, Oman; Mino Terrane, Japan. Further remarks: Orbiculiformel a kwunaensis Carter is synonymized with O. cal osa Yeh because the larger pore frames in central area are now judged to be species vari- ability. 260 Plate ORB05. Orbiculiformella callosa (Yeh). Magnification Figs. 1-5 x200 (scale bar A), Figs. 6-11 x 150 (scale bar B). Fig. 1a(H). Yeh 1987b, pl. 22, fig. 12. Fig. 1b(H). Yeh 1987b, pl. 22, fig. 10. Fig. 2. OM, BR871-R02-14. Fig. 3. Goričan et al. 2003, pl. 3, fig. 1. Fig. 4. OM, BR871-R02-13. Figs. 5a, b. OM, BR1122-R04-13a, b. Fig. 6. Carter et al. 1988, pl. 1, fig. 11. Fig. 7. AT, BMW21-21. Fig. 8. TR, 1662D-R06-16. Fig. 9a. BCS, Loc. SH-412-14. Fig. 9b. Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 1, fig. 3. Figs. 10a, b. OM, BR706-R06-22a, b. Fig. 11. OM, BR1121-R07-19. 261 Orbiculiformella incognita (Blome) 1984b Species code: ORB06 Synonymy: Further remarks: We include also forms with upper and 1984b Orbiculiforma (?) incognita n. sp. – Blome, p. 353, pl. 5, lower planar surfaces of the shell and uniformly sized pores. figs. 1, 2, 8, 9, 12, 13. Our specimens have a rather well-pronounced groove run- 1988 Spongotrochus ( Stylospongidium) sp. aff. S. ( S.) echinodiscus ning along the test margin, whereas in the type material the Clark and Campbell – Carter et al., p. 46, pl. 10, figs. 7, 10. test margins are gently rounded. 2003 Orbiculiforma ? incognita Blome – Goričan et al., p. 296, pl. 3, figs. 5-7. Measurements (µm): Original description: Test thin, circular in outline. Mesh- Based on 6 specimens. work consisting of irregular, polygonal (tetragonal to hex- Test diam. (max.) Spine length agonal) pore frames, becoming slightly smaller toward 179 26-36 HT central area; pores circular to elliptical in outline. Central 181 65 Max. cavity extremely shallow, narrow; width approximately 162 22 Min. one-third that of test diameter. Sides of test gently rounded. 172 36 Av. Periphery of test possessing numerous, slender, rodlike pe- ripheral spines; spines circular in axial section. Etymology: Incognitus-a-um (Latin, adj., f.) = unexamined, unknown, unrecognized. Original remarks: Orbiculiforma (?) incognita, n. sp. differs from O. monticel oensis Pessagno 1973 as well as other spe- Type locality: Sample 80AJM 8A, Shelikof Formation, cies of Orbiculiforma described in this report by having an Puale Bay, southern Alaska. extremely shallow central area and by having longer, rod- like peripheral spines. This form differs from other taxa Occurrence: Shelikof Formation, southern Alaska; Phan- belonging to the genus Orbiculiforma by not possessing a tom Creek and Graham Island formations, Queen Char- well-developed central cavity and is therefore questionably lotte Island, British Columbia; Skrile Formation, Slovenia. assigned to this genus. Orbiculiformella lomgonensis (Whalen & Carter) 1998 Species code: ORB03 Synonymy: Measurements (µm): 1998 Praeorbiculiformel a? lomgonensis n. sp. – Whalen & Based on 17 specimens. Carter, p. 58, pl. 9, fig. 8. Maximum diameter of cortical shell 340 HT Original description: Test large, circular in outline with a 395 Max. straight-sided pariphery; test relatively thick in proportion 281 Min. to diameter. Seven relatively broad grooves radiating from 347 Mean centre of test to margin. Meshwork composed primarily of small, irregularly shaped polygonal pore frames; meshwork Etymology: This species is named for Lomgon Bay located generally uniform in size over surface of test. on the north side of Tasu Sound. Original remarks: Although the overall characteristics of Type locality: Sample 86-CAA-T-2/3, Sandilands Forma- Praeorbicul iformel a? lomgonensis n. sp. suggest inclusion tion, Graham Island, Yakoun River area, Queen Charlotte with Praeorbicul iformel a Kozur and Mostler, the unusual Islands, British Columbia. radiating grooves have not been observed on any other species of this genus. Occurrence: Sandilands and Ghost Creek formations, Queen Charlotte Islands. 262 Plate ORB06. Orbiculiformella incognita (Blome). Magnification x200. Fig. 1(H). Blome 1984b, pl. 5, fig. 1. Fig. 2. Carter et al. 1988, pl. 10. fig. 10. Fig. 3. Carter et al. 1988, pl. 10, fig. 7. Fig. 4. Goričan et al. 2003, pl. 3, fig. 7. Fig. 5. SI, MM 21.70-000333. Figs. 6a, b. Goričan et al. 2003, pl. 3, figs. 5a, b. Plate ORB03. Orbiculiformella lomgonensis (Whalen & Carter). Magnification x150. Fig. 1(H). Carter et al. 1998, pl. 9, fig. 8. Fig. 2. QCI, GSC loc. C-305386, GSC 128848. Fig. 3. QCI, GSC loc. C-080612, GSC 128849. 263 Orbiculiformella mediocircus Dumitrica n. sp. Species code: ORB11 Type designation: Holotype specimen 1662D-R09-05 from a thick circular ring between the central depression and sample 1662D, Gümüslü Allochthon, Taurus Mts., Turkey. sloping periphery. Diagnosis: Test spongy, circular with a large central Measurements (µm): depression, a rounded sloping periphery and a thick spongy Based on 4 specimens. circular ridge between the two. HT Min. Max. Diameter of central cavity 360 220 360 Description: Test spongy, circular with a wide central External diameter of thick ring 490 345 490 depression bordered by a thick, high, spongy circular ring Diameter of entire skeleton 605 420 605 which is hemispherical in transverse section. Periphery of disc beyond the ring sloping resulting in a round-angled Etymology: From the Latin medius – in the middle and circular band without solid spines but having fine spinules. circus – circle; noun. Meshwork of test with rounded polygonal meshes which are larger on the thick ring decreasing in size on the Type locality: Sample 1662D, Gümüslü Allochthon, Taurus periphery. Mts., Turkey. Remarks: This species is well distinguished from other Occurrence: Gümüslü Allochthon, Taurus Mts., Turkey; species of the genus by its larger size and the presence of Tawi Sadh Member of the Guwayza Formation, Oman. Orbiculiformella? robusta (Whalen & Carter) 1998 Species code: ORB02 Synonymy: Measurements (µm): 1998 Praeorbiculiformel a robusta n. sp. – Whalen & Carter, Based on 13 specimens. p. 58, pl. 9, figs. 2, 3, 4, 19. Diameter of Width of Length of cortical shell central area longest spine Original description: Test large, nearly circular in outline 325 195 118 HT with straight-sided periphery, very thin in proportion 354 228 125 Max. relative to diameter. Very broad, shallow depression in 225 195 52 Min. centre of test usually destroyed. Three strong, principal 295 181 92 Mean spines intersect in centre of test; point of intersection surrounded by dense spongy meshwork with small pores; Etymology: Robustus, a, um (Latin; adj.) = hard and strong principal spines usually triradiate in axial section and like oak. extend from periphery of feet. Subsidiary spine located between each principal peripheral spine; subsidiary spines Type locality: Sample 89-CNA-KUG-1A, Sandilands For- extend from margins of test only, not penetrating to centre mation, north Kunga Island, Queen Charlotte Islands, Brit- of test. Meshwork primarily composed of small, irregularly ish Columbia. shaped pentagonal and tetragonal pore frames; meshwork generally uniform in size over entire test. Occurrence: Sandilands Formation, Queen Charlotte Islands. Original remarks: The large test and strong spines distin- guish Praeorbiculiformel a robusta n. sp. from P. yanensis n. sp. 264 Plate ORB11. Orbiculiformella mediocircus Dumitrica n. sp. Magnification x150. Figs. 1(H)a-c. TR, 1662D-R09-05a-c. Fig. 2. OM, BR476-R18-01. Plate ORB02. Orbiculiformella? robusta (Whalen & Carter). Magnification x150. Fig. 1(H). Carter et al. 1998, pl. 9, fig. 2. 265 Orbiculiformella teres (Hull) 1997 Species code: ORB08 Synonymy: differs from Orbiculiforma multifora Pessagno and Poisson 1997 Orbiculiforma teres n. sp. – Hull, p. 16, pl. 1, figs. 10, 11, 15, 19. (1981) by having a very indistinct or no central depression. 1999 Orbiculiforma (?) teres Hull – Kiessling, p. 41, pl. 8, fig. 6. De Wever (1981b, p. 46, plate 7, figs. 6-8) illustrated 2003 Orbiculiforma? teres Hull – Goričan et al., p. 296, pl. 3, a closely related spongodiscid which, in addition to figs. 8-13. peripheral spines, possesses two polar spines. Original description: Test large, relatively thin, subcircular in outline. Central cavity very shallow. Twelve to eighteen Measurements (µm): short spines along periphery; base of spines usually weakly Based on 7 specimens. AA’ and BB’ represent the diameter triradiate, becoming circular in axial section distally. of the spongy test in two planes oriented perpendicular to Meshwork fine, composed of tetragonal and pentagonal one another. pore frames. HT Min. Max. Mean AA’ 225.0 215.0 252.0 235.4 Original remarks: Orbiculiforma teres, n. sp., is distin- BB’ 75.0 50.0 80.0 68.2 guished by its large size, very shallow central cavity, and numerous short peripheral spines. Etymology: Teres (Latin, adj.) = smooth, polished. Further remarks: By Goričan et al. (2003): Included are Type locality: Sample SM-50, Volcanopelagic strata overly- lenticular forms with angled sides of test and numerous ing the Coast Range Ophiolite, Stanley Mountain, Califor- peripheral spines. Spines can vary from short and thin to nia Coast ranges. rather thick, sometimes bladed or flattened at the base. Some specimens have a small shallow central depression Occurrence: Volcanopelagic strata at Stanley Mountain, (Plate III, fig. 11 a, b) whereas others show a perfectly California; Ameghino Formation, Antarctic Peninsula; biconvex shell (Plate III, figs. 9, 13). Orbiculiforma? teres Skrile Formation, Slovenia. 266 Plate ORB08. Orbiculiformella teres (Hull). Magnification x250. Fig. 1(H). Hull 1997, pl. 1, fig. 10. Figs. 2a, b. Goričan et al. 2003, pl. 3, figs. 12a, b. Fig. 3. Goričan et al. 2003, pl. 3, fig. 9. Figs. 4a, b. Goričan et al. 2003, pl. 3, figs. 8a, b. Fig. 5. Goričan et al. 2003, pl. 3, fig. 13. Fig. 6. Goričan et al. 2003, pl. 3, fig. 10. Fig. 7. Goričan et al. 2003, pl. 3, fig. 11b. Fig. 8. SI, MM 21.70, 010224. Figs. 9a, b. SI, MM 11.76, 000226, 000227. 267 Orbiculiformella? trispina s.l. (Yeh) 1987b Species code: ORB13 Synonymy: 1987b Orbiculiforma (?) trispina n. sp. – Yeh, p. 42, pl. 9, figs. 2, 10 ( O. (?) trispinosa in plate caption). See also subspecies. Included subspecies: ORB09 Orbiculiformel a? trispina trispina (Yeh) 1987b ORB10 Orbiculiformel a? trispina trispinula (Carter) 1988 Orbiculiformella? trispina trispina (Yeh) 1987b Species code: ORB09 Synonymy: report by having three long massive periphery spines. It is 1987b Orbiculiforma (?) trispina n. sp. – Yeh, p. 42, pl. 9, possible that this form should be assigned to a new genus. figs. 2, 10 ( O. (?) trispinosa in plate caption). 1998 Orbiculiforma silicatilis n. sp. – Cordey, p. 93, pl. 21, Measurements (µm): figs. 5, ? 8, not fig. 7. Ten specimens measured. Diameter of shell Diameter of Length of Original description: Test thick, circular in outline, with central cavity spines small, deep central cavity and three periphery spines. 158 53 168 HT Periphery spines elongate, relatively massive, circular in 170 82 38 Mean cross-section with most portion circular in cross-section 187 88 45 Max. with only proximal end triradiate with three deep grooves 158 75 30 Min. alternating with three rounded ridges. Three spines nearly Etymology: Tri = three, spina = spine. equally spaced. Meshwork of test predominantly of relatively Type locality: Sample OR-600A, Hyde Formation along uniform size of small irregular pore frames. Margin of test Izee-Paulina road, east-central Oregon. slightly concaved. Occurrence: Nicely and Hyde formations, Oregon; Fannin Original remarks: Orbiculiforma (?) trispina, n. sp., can be Formation, Queen Charlotte Islands; Bridge River and easily distinguished from other Orbiculiforma spp. in this Hozameen complexes, British Columbia. Orbiculiformella? trispina trispinula (Carter) 1988 Species code: ORB10 Synonymy: ness, a wider central cavity (and narrower rim) and much 1988 Orbiculiforma trispinula Carter n. sp. – Carter et al., p. 44, smaller radial spines. pl. 1, figs. 7, 10. Further remarks: Orbiculiformel a? trispina trispinula is Original diagnosis: Test discoidal with large central now considered a subspecies of Orbiculiformel a? trispina depression and three short radial spines. Meshwork spongy (Yeh). and coarse, pore frames larger in central area. Measurements (µm): Original description: Test a circular disc with large central Based on 7 specimens. cavity and three radial spines. Surface of test planiform, sides vertical. Central cavity large (approximately half test HT Av. Max. Min. Maximum diameter of test 206 218 230 200 diameter) and deeply depressed. Pore frames polygonal and Maximum diameter of central cavity 134 130 155 110 concentrically arranged; very small and delicate in the mid- Length of spines 46 43 46 40 dle of the central area, but immediately surrounding ones are somewhat larger; composed of thin fragile bars. Pore Etymology: Latin, trispinula (adj.), three small spines. frames on rim-like upper surfaces small, bars are coarser and small nodes occur at vertices of bars. Spines short and Type locality: GCS locality C-080577, Fannin Formation, circular in section. Creek locality, Maude Island. Original remarks: This form differs from Orbiculiforma(?) Occurrence: Ghost Creek and Fannin formations, Queen trispina Yeh by having a larger overall diameter and thick- Charlotte Islands; Fernie Formation, NE British Columbia. 268 Plate ORB09. Orbiculiformella? trispina trispina (Yeh). Magnification x 200. Fig. 1(H). Yeh 1987b, pl. 9, fig. 2. Fig. 2. QCI, GSC loc. C-304566, GSC 128851. Plate ORB10. Orbiculiformella? trispina trispinula (Carter). Magnification x200. Fig. 1(H). Carter et al. 1988, pl. 1, fig. 7. Fig. 2. NBC, GSC loc. C-305208, GSC 128852. Fig. 3. QCI, GSC loc. C-080612, GSC 128853. Fig. 4. QCI, GSC loc. C-080612, GSC 128854 . 269 Genus: Palaeosaturnalis Donofrio & Mostler 1978, emend. Kozur & Mostler 1981 Type species: Spongosaturnalis triassicus Kozur & Mostler 1972 Synonymy: separated from the ring. One medullary shell usually 1978 Palaeosaturnalis n. gen. – Donofrio & Mostler, p. 33. present. 1981 Palaeosaturnalis Donofrio & Mostler emend. – Kozur & Mostler, p. 55. Original remarks: The name Palaeosaturnalis was chosen 1983 Palaeosaturnalis Donofrio & Mostler emend. Kozur & because Triassic representatives are all characterized by a Mostler – Kozur & Mostler, p. 19. ring with a circular cross-section. Unlike Jurassic-Creta- 1984 Palaeosaturnalis Donofrio & Mostler emend. – De Wever, ceous representatives, the polar sustaining bars [of the Tri- p. 15. assic forms] are, except some specimens, in direct continu- Original diagnosis: Form with a smooth, flat, simple ring ation of the peripheral spines (see text-fig. 8). Moreover, of very variable width, bearing spines all around; thorns the stratigraphically younger forms mostly lack sustaining on the external side missing. In most cases, auxiliary or bars, whereas they are very frequent in Triassic forms. sustaining bars are developed near polar bars. Cortical and Further remarks: The genus Palaeosaturnalis differs from medullary shells as with family. Pseudoheliodiscus in not having auxiliary or/and subsidiary rays (De Wever, 1984, p. 15-16). Emended description: Kozur & Mostler (1981): Forms with a smooth, flattened, simple ring of variable width and Included species: a periphery with spines. The two polar spines are always SAT13 Palaeosaturnalis aff. liassicus Kozur & Mostler 1990 opposite to the spines of outer margin. Sustaining spines of SAT12 Palaeosaturnalis subovalis Kozur & Mostler 1990 second order absent. Cortical shell mostly spongy, widely SAT14 Palaeosaturnalis sp. B sensu Whalen & Carter 2002 Palaeosaturnalis aff. liassicus Kozur & Mostler 1990 Species code: SAT13 Synonymy: Remarks: This species differs from typical Palaeosaturnalis aff. 1990 Palaeosaturnalis liassicus n. sp. – Kozur & Mostler, p. liassicus by having fewer peripolar spines. 192, pl. 1, figs. 2, 3; pl. 12, figs. 1, 3, 4, 6, 8-10; pl. 13, figs. 1, 2, 6, 7. 2002 Paleosaturnalis sp. A – Whalen & Carter, p. 108, pl. 5, fig. 5. Occurrence: San Hipólito Formation, Baja California Sur. Palaeosaturnalis subovalis Kozur & Mostler 1990 Species code: SAT12 Synonymy: Original remarks: In Palaeosaturnalis haeckeli n. sp. the 1972 Spongosaturnalis ? sp. c – Yao, p. 35, pl. 8, fig. 3. circumaxial spines are more variable in their length. On 1987b Acanthocircus sp. B – Yeh, p. 49, pl. 5, fig. 13. both sides of the axial spines 1-2 large, widely spaced spines 1990 Palaeosaturnalis subovalis n. sp. – Kozur & Mostler, p. 193, are present. The remaining circumaxial spines are smaller pl. 1, fig. 7; pl. 13, figs. 4, 9. and closely spaced. 1991 Palaeosaturnalis sp. aff. P. liassicus Kozur & Mostler – Yang & Mizutani, p. 65, pl. 2, figs. 4, 11, 13; not pl. 3, figs. 2, 12, 13. Further remarks: The very few specimens we included in 2002 Palaeosaturnalis lenggriesensis Kozur & Mostler – Tekin, this species resemble very well the holotype and especially p. 182, pl. 2, fig. 2. one paratype (Kozur & Mostler, 1990, pl. 1, fig. 7). Not 2002 Palaeosaturnalis subovalis Kozur & Mostler – Tekin, p. 182, pl. 2, fig. 5. Measurements (µm): Min. Max. Original description: Shell slightly ellipsoidal, spongy, Diameter of shell consisting of several concentric layers. Microsphere lat- (parallel to polar axis) 76 90 ticed. Ring suboval to oval, narrow, flat, undifferentiated, Diameter of shell with 9-11 slender, relatively short spines. One axial spine (perpendicularly to polar axis) 60 77 as long as the circumaxial spines, the other one is consider- Diameter of ring ably longer and somewhat more slender. A larger smooth (parallel to polar axis) 192 215 segment is present to both sides of the axial spines. Polar Diameter of ring spines very robust. (perpendicularly to polar axis) 190 240 270 Plate SAT13. Palaeosaturnalis aff. liassicus Kozur & Mostler. Magnification x150. Fig. 1. Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 5, fig. 5. Plate SAT12. Palaeosaturnalis subovalis Kozur & Mostler. Magnification x200. Fig. 1(H). Kozur & Mostler 1990, pl. 13, fig. 4. Fig. 2. OM, BR706-R13-13. Fig. 3. JP, IYII17-63, RH(1)1660. Fig. 4. NBC, GSC loc. C-305208, GSC 111729. 271 Etymology: According to the suboval ring outline. Occurrence: Kirchstein Limestone, Germany; Varhegy Cherty Limestone Formation, Hungary; Hocaköy Radi- Type locality: Sample L1, Kirchstein Limestone at Mt. olarite, Turkey; Tawi Sadh Member of the Guwayza Forma- Kirchstein, 6.5 km WSW of Lenggries/Isar, Bavaria, tion, Oman; Japan; Nadanhada Terrane, China; Nicely For- Germany. mation, Oregon; Fernie Formation, NE British Columbia. Palaeosaturnalis sp. B sensu Whalen & Carter 2002 Species code: SAT14 Synonymy: 2002 Paleosaturnalis sp. B – Whalen & Carter, p. 108, pl. 5, figs. 6, 10. Original remarks: This species is distinguished by having bifurcating polar spines. Occurrence: San Hipólito Formation, Baja California Sur. Genus: Pantanellium Pessagno 1977a Type species: Pantanel ium riedeli Pessagno 1977a Synonymy: is under study from the Upper Triassic and another from 1977a Pantanel ium n. gen. – Pessagno, p. 78. the Lower Cretaceous. Original description: Test divided into ellipsoidal to sub- Further remarks: Kozur & Mostler (1990, p. 214) argued spherical cortical shell and spherical first medullary shell, that Pantanel ium Pessagno is a younger synonym of both with massive polygonal pore frames having nodes at El ipsoxiphus Dunikowski 1882 with Xiphosphaera vertices. Cortical shell with bipolar primary spines pos- ( El ipsoxiphus) suessi Dunikowski 1882 as type species. In sessing well-developed alternating, longitudinally arranged modern radiolarian literature the name El ipsoxiphus has ridges and grooves. One spine often somewhat shorter been used for Cenozoic species only. On the other hand, than other. Primary spines interconnected and occurring Mesozoic species have been assigned to Pantanel ium along same axes as primary beams which connect corti- by a great majority of authors and this usage has largely cal shell to first medullary shell; diameter of two primary prevailed even since 1990. Pantanel ium is a thoroughly beams about half that of primary spines. Secondary radial studied genus with a well-established stratigraphic range beams also connecting cortical shell (pl. 6, fig. 6); extend- from the Late Triassic to the Early Cretaceous (Aptian). ing from nodal points of pore frame vertices of both corti- In spite of the Principle of Priority we continue to use the cal and first medullary shells. generic name Pantanel ium, because its replacement with El ipsoxiphus would certainly cause confusion (see ICZN Original remarks: Pantanel ium n. gen., differs from Pro- 1999, art. 23.2 and Preamble p. XX). toxiphotractus Pessagno in having bipolar spines with lon- gitudinally arranged, alternating grooves and ridges. Many workers, for example Foreman (1973, p. 258), have includ- Etymology: This genus takes its name from Dante Panta- ed species assignable to this genus under Sphaerostylus nelli, one of the early students of Mesozoic Radiolaria. Haeckel. Unfortunately, the single illustration and the de- scription of the type species of Sphaerostylus (i.e., S. zitteli Included species: Rüst) are exceedingly poor and of virtually no use to any PAN20 Pantanel ium brevispinum Carter n. sp. worker hoping to make a definitive identification. The res- PAN14 Pantanel ium carlense Whalen & Carter 1998 urrection of the name Sphaerostylus can serve no purpose. PAN18 Pantanel ium cumshewaense Pessagno & Blome It is suggested, therefore, that the name Sphaerostylus be 1980 considered a nomen dubium. Pantanel ium is known to in- PAN11 Pantanel ium danaense Pessagno & Blome 1980 clude several species. At present, only the type species and PAN19 Pantanel ium inornatum Pessagno & Poisson 1981 P. fischeri (Pessagno) have formal names. One new species PAN16 Pantanel ium skedansense Pessagno & Blome 1980 272 Plate SAT14. Paleosaturnalis sp. B sensu Whalen & Carter. Magnification x 150. Fig. 1. Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 5, fig. 6. 273 Pantanellium brevispinum Carter n. sp. Species code: PAN20 Synonymy: Measurements (µm): 1980 Pantanel ium sp. G – Pessagno & Blome, p. 248, pl. 6, fig. 9. Based on 6 specimens. System of measurement shown in 1997 Pantanel ium sp. C – Yao, pl. 3, fig. 139. text-figure 5 of Pessagno & Blome (1980). HT Max. Min. Mean Type designation: Holotype GSC 111730 from GSC loc. C- AA’ 105 111 94 102 080611; Ghost Creek Formation (lower Pliensbachian). A’S’ 37 37 37 43 AS 32 37 32 34 BB’ 100 111 93 100 Description: Cortical shell relatively large, spherical to sub- cc’ 39 39 23 32 spherical with medium-sized pores and very low rounded dd’ 32 32 23 27 nodes at pore frame vertices. Pore frames pentagonal and hexagonal, thicker in Z direction than in Y direction; five Etymology: From the Latin brevis + spinus, -a, -um (with pore frames visible along AA’, six visible along BB’. Polar short spines). spines very short, less than one-quarter diameter of test; spines strongly tapering, one slightly longer than the other. Type locality: Sample CAA-79-Ren-Phant, lms 1 (GSC loc. Spines usually triradiate in axial section with three, narrow C-080611), Ghost Creek Formation, Rennell Junction sec- ridges and three relatively wide grooves. tion, central Graham Island, Queen Charlotte Islands, Brit- ish Columbia. Remarks: Pantanel ium brevispinum n. sp. differs from P. haidaense Pessagno & Blome by having much shorter Occurrence: Ghost Creek and Fannin formations, Queen polar spines, and lower nodes at pore frame vertices. Charlotte Islands; Japan. Pantanellium carlense Whalen & Carter 1998 Species code: PAN14 Synonymy: Measurements (µm): 1984 Pantanel ium sp. – Whalen & Pessagno, pl. 1, fig. 17. (n) = number of specimens measured. System of measure- 1998 Pantanel ium carlense n. sp. – Whalen & Carter, p. 47, pl. 2, ment shown in text-figure 5 of Pessagno & Blome (1980). figs. 1, 2, 13, 14, 17, 18. AA’ A’S’ AS BB’ cc’ dd’ 2002 Pantanel ium carlense Whalen & Carter – Whalen & Carter, (7) (6) (6) (7) (7) (7) p. 105, pl. 9, figs. 1, 2, 10, 11. 60 120 86 71 34 45 HT Original description: Cortical shell subspherical in shape, 68 120 90 86 45 53 Max. slightly elongated in plane of polar spines, with medium- 60 105 79 71 34 38 Min. to large- sized pentagonal and hexagonal pore frames. Bars 65 116 83 79 40 46 Mean of pore frames thin along Y, thicker along Z (refer to Fig. 23). All pore frames with irregularly shaped, spinose nodes Etymology: This species is named for Mount Carl, located at vertices. Five pore frames visible along AA’; five to six to the north of the type locality. pore frames visible along BB’. Polar spines triradiate in axial section with narrow, rounded longitudinal ridges and Type locality: Sample QC-675, southeast side of Kunga grooves; one polar spine approximately one third shorter Island, Queen Charlotte Islands. than the other; base of shorter polar spine slightly wider at cc’ than the base of other spine at dd’. First medullary shell Occurrence: Sandilands Formation, Queen Charlotte Is- with thin, fragile pentagonal and hexagonal pore frames. lands; San Hipólito Formation, Baja California Sur. Original remarks: The elongated cortical shell with spiny nodes at pore frame vertices distinguishes Pantanel ium carlense n. sp. from all other species of Pantanel ium. 274 Plate PAN20. Pantanellium brevispinum Carter n. sp. Magnification x300. Fig. 1(H). QCI, GSC loc. C-080611, GSC 111730. Fig. 2. QCI, GSC loc. C-080611, GSC 128856. Plate PAN14. Pantanellium carlense Whalen & Carter. Magnification x250, except Fig. 1(H)b x 500. Fig. 1(H) a, b. Carter et al. 1998, pl. 2, figs. 1, 17. Fig. 2. Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 9, fig. 2. 275 Pantanellium cumshewaense Pessagno & Blome 1980 Species code: PAN18 Synonymy: Measurements (µm): 1980 Pantanel ium cumshewaense n. sp. – Pessagno & Blome, Based on 11 specimens. System of measurement shown in p. 240, pl. 6, figs. 1, 2, 15, 17, 21, 22. text-figure 5 of Pessagno & Blome (1980). Original description: Cortical shell subspherical with AA’ A’S’ AS BB’ cc’ dd’ large, predominantly hexagonal pore frames with poorly 110 88 65 95 20 35 HT developed nodes of low relief at vertices. Bars of pore 101 97 63 97 23 29 Av. frames moderately thick; thickness about equal along Y 120 115 85 110 35 40 Max. and Z (text-fig. 5). Four to 5 pore frames visible along AA’; 90 80 40 90 15 20 Min. 5 pore frames visile along BB’. Polar spines triradiate in axial section; longitudinally comprised of 3 broad grooves Etymology: This species is named for Cumshewa Inlet alternating with 3 narrow ridges. One polar spine somewhat south of Skidegate Bay in the Queen Charlotte Islands. shorter than other; longer spine somewhat rounded distally, not coming to sharp point; ridges of longer spine Type locality: Sample QC 534, Fannin Formation (Maude disappearing on distal third of spine. First medullary shell Formation in Pessagno & Blome, 1980), Queen Charlotte with small, fragile pore frames. Islands. Original remarks: P. cumshewaense, n. sp., differs from Occurrence: Fannin Formation, Queen Charlotte Islands. P. baileyi, n. sp., in having better defined pore frames which lack spines. Pantanellium danaense Pessagno & Blome 1980 Species code: PAN11 Synonymy: Original remarks: P. danaense, n. sp., differs from P. riedeli 1980 Pantanel ium danaense n. sp. – Pessagno & Blome, p. 241, Pessagno in having: (1) less massive pore frames; (2) spinose pl. 4, figs. 9-11, 15. nodes at the pore frame vertices; and (3) less massive, thin- 1990 El ipsoxiphus cf. danaensis (Pessagno & Blome) – Kozur & ner polar spines. Mostler, p. 215, pl. 14, fig. 13; ? pl. 15, fig. 15. 1998 Pantanel ium danaense Pessagno & Blome – Whalen & Measurements (µm): Carter, p. 47, pl. 2, figs. 4, 5. Based on 6 specimens. System of measurement shown in 2004 Pantanel ium danaense Pessagno & Blome – Hori et al., pl. 5, fig. 4; pl. 6, fig. 16. text-figure 5 of Pessagno & Blome (1980). AA’ A’S’ AS BB’ cc’ dd’ 85 90 45 100 30 20 HT Original description: Cortical shell spherical with large 80 79 46 93 23 23 Av. (occasional small) pentagonal and hexagonal pore frames; 85 90 60 100 30 25 Max. pentagonal pore frames about equal in number to hexag- 75 65 40 90 20 20 Min. onal pore frames. Bars of pore frames thin along Y; thick along Z (text-fig. 5). All pore frames with spinose nodes at Etymology: This species is named for Dana Inlet in its type vertices. Six pore frames visible along AA’; 5 pore frames area. visible along BB’. Polar spines triradiate in axial section, 1 polar spine shorter than the other; shorter spine with 3 Type locality: Sample QC 550, Sandilands Formation moderately wide longitudinal ridges alternating with 3 lon- (Kunga Formation in Pessagno & Blome, 1980), Queen gitudinal grooves of about the same width. Longer spine Charlotte Islands, British Columbia. with 3 thin longitudinal ridges alternating with 3 wide lon- gitudinal grooves; grooves about 3 times wider than ridges. Occurrence: Sandilands, Ghost Creek and Fannin forma- First medullary shell with thin, fragile, hexagonal and pen- tions, Queen Charlotte Islands; Kirchstein Limestone, tagonal pore frames. Germany; Tawi Sadh Member of the Guwayza Formation, Oman; Japan. 276 Plate PAN18. Pantanellium cumshewaense Pessagno & Blome. Magnification x250. Fig. 1(H). Pessagno & Blome 1980, pl. 6, fig. 1. Fig. 2. QCI, GSC loc. C-304566, GSC 128857. Fig. 3. QCI, GSC loc. C-305417, GSC 111731. Plate PAN11. Pantanellium danaense Pessagno & Blome. Magnification x300. Fig. 1(H). Pessagno & Blome 1980, pl. 4, fig. 9. Fig. 2. OM, BR871-R09-01. Fig. 3. QCI, GSC loc. C-140495, GSC 128858. Fig. 4. QCI, GSC loc. C-305417, GSC 128859. Fig. 5. QCI, GSC loc. C-140495, GSC 128860. Fig. 6. QCI, GSC loc. C-140495, GSC 111732. 277 Pantanellium inornatum Pessagno & Poisson 1981 Species code: PAN19 Synonymy: thick likewise comprised of hexagonal pentagonal pore 1981 Pantanel ium inornatum n. sp. – Pessagno & Poisson, frames. Secondary radial beams between cortical shell and p. 56, pl. 6, figs. 1-9. first medullary shell circular in axial section. 1981c Pantanel ium inornatum Pessagno & Poisson – De Wever, p. 144, pl. 5, fig. 2. Original remarks: Pantanel ium inornatum Pessagno, 1982b Pantanel ium inornatum Pessagno & Poisson – De Wever, p. 128, pl. 1, fig. 8, 9. n. sp., differs from P. riedeli Pessagno (1977a) (1) by having 1982 Pantanel ium inornatum Pessagno & Poisson – De Wever longer, slender polar spines with narrow ridges separated & Origlia-Devos, pl. 1, fig. N. by narrow grooves; (2) by having smaller, narrower ridges 1982 Pantanel ium sp. – Imoto et al., pl. 1, fig. 11. separated by narrow grooves; (3) by having smaller, more 1988 Pantanel ium cf. browni Pessagno & Blome – Li, pl. 1, fig. 13. numerous pore frames; and (4) by having a thinner walled 1988 Pantanel ium aff . inornatum Pessagno & Poisson – Li, cortical shell and a thicker walled first medullary shell. pl. 1, fig. 14. 1993 Pantanel ium cf. kluense Pessagno & Blome – Kashiwagi & Measurements (µm): Yao, pl. 1, fig. 13. Based on 9 specimens. System of measurements after 1995 Sphaerostylus inornatum (Pessagno & Poisson) – Suzuki, pl. 8, fig. 7. Pessagno (1973). 1996 Pantanel ium sp. A – Pujana, p. 136, pl. 1, fig. 8. A’S AS cc’ dd’ AA’ BB’ 1998 Pantanel ium inornatum Pessagno & Poisson – Kashiwagi, 110 85 25 20 85 80 HT pl. 2, figs. 16, 17, 21. 110 85 30 25 90 85 Max. 1998 Pantanel ium sp. aff. P. kungaense Pessagno & Blome – 85 55 25 20 85 75 Min. Yeh & Cheng, p. 13, pl. 1, fig. 4. 1998 Pantanel ium sp. cf. P. inornatum Pessagno & Poisson Etymology: Inornatus-a-um (Latin, adj.): unadorned. – Yeh & Cheng, p. 13, pl. 5, fig. 5, not fig. 3. 1998 Pantanel ium skedansense Pessagno & Blome – Yeh & Type locality: Sample 1662D, Gümüslü Allochthon, Tau- Cheng, p. 13, pl. 1, fig. 5. rus Mts., Turkey. Original description: Cortical shell, thin, spherical with Occurrence: Gümüslü Allochthon, Turkey; Ghost Creek relatively slender triradiate bipolar spines; triradiate bipolar and Fannin formations, Queen Charlotte Islands; Sierra spines with three rounded, narrow ridges alternating Chacaicó Formation, Argentina; Dürrnberg Formation, with three narrow grooves. Meshwork of cortical shell Austria; Haliw (Aqil) and Musallah formations, Oman; comprised of equal number of hexagonal and pentagonal Dengqen area, Tibet; Liminangcong Chert, Philippines; pore frames. Pentagonal pore frames slightly smaller than Japan. hexagonal pore frames. Meshwork of first medullary shell 278 Plate PAN19. Pantanellium inornatum Pessagno & Poisson. Magnification x250. Fig. 1(H). Pessagno & Poisson 1981, pl. 6, fig. 1. Fig. 2. QCI, GSC loc. C-304566, GSC 111733. Fig. 3. QCI, GSC loc. C-080611, GSC 128861. Fig. 4. QCI, GSC loc. C-080611, GSC 128862. Fig. 5. QCI, GSC loc. C-080611, GSC 128863. Fig. 6. OM-00-115-023029. Fig. 7. OM, Haliw-039-R03-06. Fig. 8. OM, Haliw-039-R06-21. Fig. 9. OM, Haliw-039-R02-17. Fig. 10. OM, Haliw-038-R08-11. Fig. 11. AT, BMW 21-8. Fig. 12. JP, Ku(b)-11-24. 279 Pantanellium skedansense Pessagno & Blome 1980 Species code: PAN16 Synonymy: (in press). It differs from the latter species primarily 1980 Pantanel ium skedansense n. sp. – Pessagno & Blome, in possessing longer polar spines with much broader p. 246, pl. 5, figs. 8, 9, 15, 20, 23. grooves. Pantanel ium skedansense also closely resembles P. 1998 Pantanel ium skedansense Pessagno & Blome – Whalen & sanrafaelense, n. sp., in terms of the distribution and size of Carter, p. 49, pl. 1, fig. 12. its pore frames and the structure of its primary spines; the 2002 Pantanel ium skedansense Pessagno & Blome – Whalen & Carter, p. 105, pl. 6, figs. 7, 8, 13, 14. longer polar spine of both species usually possesses a curved tip as well as wide grooves. Pantanel ium skedansense differs from P. sanrafaelense by lacking prominent, massive nodes Original description: Cortical shell spherical to subspherical at pore frame vertices. It is suggested that P. skedansense with hexagonal and occasional pentagonal pore frames may be ancestral to P. sanrafaelense. having poorly developed nodes at their vertices. Bars of pore frames thin in both Y and Z directions (text-fig. 5). Measurements (µm): Five to 6 pore frames visible along AA’ and 6 along BB’. Polar Based on 5 specimens. System of measurement shown in spines long, triradiate in axial section, one spine somewhat text-figure 5 of Pessagno & Blome (1980). longer than the other; some specimens with slightly curved AA’ A’S’ AS BB’ cc’ dd’ spinal tips. Both spines comprised of 3 broad longitudinal 80 115 90 75 31 18 HT grooves alternating with 3 ridges; grooves about 2 times as 72 104 80 68 25 18 Av. wide as ridges. Grooves and ridges maintaining about same 80 115 90 75 31 20 Max. width throughout. 70 85 70 60 20 15 Min. Original remarks: Pantanel ium skedansense, n. sp., appears Etymology: This species is named for Skedans Point north closely related to P. inornatum Pessagno and Poisson of Kunga Island. Genus: Parahsuum Yao 1982 Type species: Parahsuum simplum Yao 1982 Synonymy: fore Canutus Pessagno and Whalen, 1982 is not synony- 1982 Parahsuum n. gen. – Yao, p. 61. mous with Parahsuum Yao, 1982. Canutus can be distin- 1982 Lupherium n. gen. – Pessagno & Whalen, 1982, p. 135. guished from Parahsuum by an outer layer that covers parts 1986 Parahsuum Yao – Takemura, p. 47. or all of the inner pore frames with very large rectangular 1987b Drulanta n. gen. – Yeh, p. 71. pores. Moreover, typical Canutus have a spindle-shaped 1987b Fantus n. gen. – Yeh, p. 61. 1988 Parahsuum Yao – Hori & Yao, p. 49. test. More elongate subconical species of Canutus s.l., in 1990 Parahsuum Yao – Kozur & Mostler, p. 222. which the outer layer is reduced to nodes on the pore frame vertices or directly superimposed on the inner pore frames (no bars of the outer pore frame between the bars of the in- Original description: Shell multisegmented, conical to ner pore frames) as Canutus giganteus Pessagno and Wha- spindle-shaped lacking well-developed strictures. Cephalis len, 1982, C. indomitus Pessagno and Whalen, 1982 and C. conical to dome-shaped, poreless with or without apical izeensis Pessagno and Whalen, 1982 are here placed into horn. Thorax trapezoidal in outline with sparse irregulary Parahsuum Yao, 1982.” displaced pores. Abdomen and post-abdominal segments with continuous edged costae. Single row of square pore Etymology: This genus is named according to the similarity frames with circular, primary pores between costae. of the external shape with Hsuum Pessagno. Original remarks: Parahsuum differs from Hsuum Pessa- Included species: gno (1977a, p. 81) in having single row of pores between PHS02 Parahsuum edenshawi (Carter) 1988 costae, from Archaeodictyomitra Pessagno (1976, p. 49) in DRO05 Parahsuum fondrenense (Whalen & Carter) 1998 having primary pores, and from Mita Pessagno (1977b, PHS09 Parahsuum formosum (Yeh) 1987b p. 44) in having edged costae. 2012 Parahsuum izeense (Pessagno & Whalen) 1982 PHS03 Parahsuum longiconicum Sashida 1988 Further remarks: For the distinction between Parahsuum PHS04 Parahsuum mostleri (Yeh) 1987b Yao and Canutus Pessagno & Whalen we follow Kozur & PHS05 Parahsuum ovale Hori & Yao 1988 Mostler (1990) who wrote: “Some of the Canutus s.l. spe- PHS01 Parahsuum simplum Yao 1982 cies, but not the type species Canutus tipperi Pessagno and PHS06 Parahsuum vizcainoense Whalen & Carter 2002 Whalen, 1982, belong also to Parahsuum Yao, 1982. There- PHS07 Parahsuum? sp. A sensu Whalen & Carter 2002 280 Type locality: Sample QC 550, Sandilands Formation Occurrence: Sandilands and Ghost Creek formations, (Kunga Formation in Pessagno & Blome, 1980), Queen Queen Charlotte Islands; Fernie Formation, Williston Lake, Charlotte Islands. northeastern British Columbia; San Hipólito Formation, Baja California Sur. Plate PAN16. Pantanellium skedansense Pessagno & Blome. Magnification x250. Fig. 1(H). Pessagno & Blome 1980, pl. 5, fig. 8. Fig. 2. Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 6, fig. 7. Fig. 3. NBC, GSC loc. C-305813, GSC 111734. 281 Parahsuum edenshawi (Carter) 1988 Species code: PHS02 Synonymy: Original remarks: Drulanta edenshawi has a more variable 1988 Drulanta edenshawi Carter n. sp. – Carter et al., p. 53, morphology than D. mostleri Yeh. It can have a shorter, pl. 2, fig. 5 only. stouter test that is very rounded apically as illustrated by 1990 Drulanta sp. cf. mostleri Yeh – De Wever et al., pl. 4, fig. 4. the holotype (Pl. 2, fig. 5) as well as a more elongate test ? 1998 Parahsuum sp. – Kashiwagi, pl. 1, fig. 8. illustrated by the paratype (Pl. 2, fig. 6). It is generally larger 2004 Parahsuum sp. – Matsuoka, fig. 210. than D. mostleri and has much coarser costae. Original diagnosis: Test conical, rounded apically without horn. 9 to 12 strong, rounded longitudinal costae visible Measurements (µm): laterally between single rows of large circular to rectangular Based on 17 specimens. pores. Test has a »welded« appearance. HT Av. Max. Min. Length 296 290 350 210 Original description: Test elongate, conical, rounded Maximum width 148 149 170 112 apically without horn and usually with six or seven post- abdominal chambers. Cephalis hemispherical, all other Etymology: Named for Albert Edward Edenshaw, a promi- chambers trapezoidal in outline. All but final one or nent chief of the Haida Indians whose head village was at two chambers increasing gradually in height and width; Kiusta, later at Kung (both are located on the north coast of distal chambers on complete specimens slightly reduced Graham Island). in width. Some tests very slightly constricted at joints. Cephalis and thorax perforate, covered with a smooth Type locality: GCS locality C-080577, Fannin Formation, layer of microgranular silica. Two rows of thin, circular Creek locality, Maude Island. to rectangular pore frames per chamber; pores circular to subcircular. Continuous costae strong, and rounded; Occurrence: Fannin Formation, Queen Charlotte Islands; superimposed on test between single longitudinal rows Haliw Formation, Tawi Sadh Member of the Guwayza of coarse pores; 9 to 12 costae visible laterally. Test has a Formation, Musallah Formation, Oman; Japan. »welded« appearance. Parahsuum fondrenense (Whalen & Carter) 1998 Species code: DRO05 Synonymy: Further remarks: This species seems to be closely related to 1998 Droltus fondrenensis n. sp. – Whalen & Carter, p. 63, pl. 15, Parahsuum formosum (Yeh) from which it differs, because figs. 9, 18. its vertical costae are not continuous throughout the test. Original description: Test conical, finely costate, with ap- Measurements (µm): proximately four to six postabdominal chambers. Cephalis Based on 6 specimens. medium sized, dome-shaped, sparsely perforate, mostly Length (excluding horn) Max. width covered by layer of microgranular silica; cephalis with 195 105 HT short, delicate horn, circular in axial section. Thorax, abdo- 225 128 Max. men, and postabdominal chambers trapezoidal in outline, 150 94 Min. increasing gradually in width and height as added. Pore 191 112 Mean frames of outer latticed layer on abdomen and postabdom- inal chambers square to rectangular, aligned in distinct Etymology: This species is named for Fondren Science transverse and vertical rows, becoming larger as added. Building at the University of Texas at Dallas where much of First few postabdominal chambers with about 8 costae vis- the systematic research for this paper was carried out. ible laterally; number of costae increasing to about 12 on final postabdominal chamber. Type locality: Sample QC-677, Sandilands Formation, Kunga Island, Queen Charlotte Islands. Original remarks: The much more regularly aligned pore frames of the outer latticed layer, distinguish Droltus Occurrence: Sandilands Formation, Queen Charlotte fondrenensis n. sp. from D. firmus n. sp. Islands. 282 Plate PHS02. Parahsuum edenshawi (Carter). Magnification x200. Fig. 1(H). Carter et al. 1988, pl. 2, fig. 5. Fig. 2. QCI, GSC loc. C-080611, GSC 128879. Fig. 3. QCI, GSC loc. C-304566, GSC 128880. Fig. 4. QCI, GSC loc. C-080612, GSC 111735. Fig. 5. OM, Haliw-039-R02-13. Fig. 6. OM, BR524-R05-15. Fig. 7. OM-00-251-021433. Plate DRO05. Parahsuum fondrenense (Whalen & Carter). Magnification x250. Fig. 1(H). Carter et al. 1998, pl. 15, fig. 9. Fig. 2. QCI, GSC loc. C-304281, GSC 128797. Fig. 3. QCI, GSC loc. C-175311, GSC 128798. Fig. 4. QCI, GSC loc. C-175310, GSC 128799. Fig. 5. QCI, GSC loc. C-080611, GSC 128800. 283 Parahsuum formosum (Yeh) 1987b Species code: PHS09 Synonymy: Measurements (µm): 1987b Drulanta formosa n. sp. – Yeh, p. 72, pl. 19, figs. 13-14. Based on ten specimens. 2004 Droltus sp. – Matsuoka, fig. 204. Max. length Max. width HT 200 140 Original description: Test as with genus, costate through- Mean 205 142 out the test except cephalis and thorax. Costae massive, Max. 210 146 about ten visible laterally. Cephalis relativelly small, conical. Min. 194 137 Cephalis and thorax covered with layer of microgranular silica. Meshwork of inner latticed layer consisting of square Etymology: Formosus-a-um (Latin, adj.) = beautiful. to rectangular pore frames and increasing in size distally. Chambers increasing in width rapidly and in length gradu- Type locality: Sample OR-600A, Hyde Formation along ally as added. Izee-Paulina road, east-central Oregon. Further remarks: See remarks under Parahsuum fondren- Occurrence: Hyde Formation, Oregon; Ghost Creek and ense (Whalen & Carter). Fannin formations, Queen Charlotte Islands; Japan. Parahsuum izeense (Pessagno & Whalen) 1982 Species code: 2012 Synonymy: irregular, polygonal pore frames. Outer latticed layer best 1982 Canutus izeensis n. sp. – Pessagno & Whalen, p. 129, pl. 6, developed on earlier post-abdominal chambers. figs. 8, 10, 15. 1982 Canutus giganteus n. sp. – Pessagno & Whalen, p. 127, Original remarks: Canutus izeensis, n. sp. differs from pl. 4, figs. 5, 13. C. tipperi, n. sp. by having a less inflated test, a hemispheri- 1987b Broctus izeensis (Pessagno & Whalen) – Yeh, pl. 4, fig. 29. ? 1987b Broctus (?) sp. A – Yeh, p. 54. cal, knoblike cephalis, and considerably smaller pore frames 1988 Canutus giganteus Pessagno & Whalen – Carter et al., in the inner layer. p. 50, pl. 3, fig. 1. 1988 Canutus izeensis Pessagno & Whalen – Carter et al., p. 51, Further remarks: Parahsuum giganteum and P. izeense are pl. 3, fig. 2. synonymized because they represent a continuum of test 1995a Parahsuum izeense (Pessagno & Whalen) – Baumgartner shape from slender to broad. et al., p. 378, pl. 2012, figs. 1-2. 1996 Canutus izeensis (Pessagno & Whalen) – Pujana, p. 138, Measurements (µm) : pl. 1, fig. 15. Based on 8 specimens. 1998 Canutus izeensis Pessagno & Whalen – Cordey, p. 104, pl. 25, figs. 5, 10. Length Width (max.) 2003 Parahsuum izeense (Pessagno & Whalen) – Goričan et al., 350.0 200.0 HT p. 296, pl. 5, figs. 18-19. 350.0 200.0 Max. 250.0 150.0 Min. Original description: Test short, inflated, spindle-shaped, 303.1 175.0 Mean usually with six post-abdominal chambers. Cephalis hemi- spherical, knoblike; remaining chambers trapezoidal in Etymology: This species is named for the village of Izee cross section; cephalis and thorax usually imperforate. Ab- near its type locality. domen and all but last two or three post-abdominal cham- bers increasing rapidly in width and gradually in length Type locality: OR-536, Nicely Formation, southeast side of as added; last two or three post-abdominal chambers de- Morgan Mountain, east-central Oregon. creasing somewhat in width. Inner latticed layer of post- abdominal chambers consisting of moderately sized square Occurrence: Nicely Formation, Oregon; Fannin Formation, to rectangular pore frames with nodes at vertices; 15 rows Queen Charlotte Islands; Bridge River Complex, British of pore frames visible laterally; three pore frames per row Columbia; Franciscan Complex, California; Sierra Chacaicó occurring between two longitudinal ridges and joints of Formation, Argentina; Apennines, Italy; Skrile Formation, chamber. Outer (second) latticed layer consisting of fragile, Slovenia; Musallah Formation, Oman. 284 Plate PHS09. Parahsuum formosum (Yeh). Magnification x200. Fig. 1(H). Yeh 1987b, pl. 19, fig. 13. Fig. 2. JP, MNA-10, MA13299. Fig. 3. QCI, GSC loc. C-175306, GSC 128881. Fig. 4. QCI, GSC loc. C-127898, GSC 111736. Plate 2012. Parahsuum izeense (Pessagno & Whalen). Magnification x200. Fig. 1(H). Pessagno & Whalen 1982, pl. 6, fig. 8. Fig. 2. Pessagno & Whalen 1982, pl. 4, fig. 5. Fig. 3. QCI, GSC loc. C-080577, GSC 128703. Fig. 4. Goričan et al. 2003, pl. 5, fig. 18. Fig. 5. OM-00-254-022034. 285 Parahsuum longiconicum Sashida 1988 Species code: PHS03 Synonymy: costae. Weak circumferential ridges present at joint part 1988 Parahsuum longiconicum n. sp. – Sashida, p. 20, pl. 2, of the first and second post-abdominal chambers. Ten to figs. 1-4, 16, 17. eleven costae usually visible on side view of final post- 1988 Parahsuum kanyoense n. sp. – Sashida, p. 21, pl. 1, figs. 14, abdominal chamber. 15, 20-24; 1990 Parahsuum aff. longiconicum Sashida – Hori, Fig. 8.14 1996 Parahsuum longiconicum Sashida – Tumanda et al., p. 178, Original remarks: This species closely resembles Parah- Fig. 4.2. suum kanyoense, n. sp. in general shell shape. However, the 1997 Parahsuum sp. aff. P. longiconicum Sashida – Hori, pl. 1, fig. present new species has a longer conical horn and more 24. uniform frame work on the outer surface of shell. 1998 Parahsuum longiconicum Sashida – Kashiwagi, pl. 1, fig. 4. ? 2001 Parahsuum cf. longiconicum Sashida – Kashiwagi, Fig. 6.3. Further remarks: Parahsuum longiconicum Sashida differs 2003 Parahsuum longiconicum Sashida – Goričan et al., p. 296, from P. formosum (Yeh) by having linearly arranged costae pl. 5, fig. 16. only on the distal half to two thirds of the test and by having 2003 Parahsuum cf. longiconicum Sashida – Kashiwagi & a much stronger horn. Kurimoto, pl. 3, figs. 7, 10. 2004 Parahsuum longiconicum Sashida – Hori, pl. 8, figs. 49-50, 54. Measurements (µm): 2004 Parahsuum sp. – Hori, pl. 8, figs. 51-52, 55-57, ? fig. 59. Based on 15 specimens. 2004 Parahsuum kanyoense Sashida – Hori, pl. 8, fig. 53. Length Max. No. of postabdominal Length 2004 Parahsuum longiconicum Sashida – Ishida et al., pl. 5, width chambers of horn figs. 3, 4. 230 130 7 50 Max. 205 110 6 25 Min. Original diagnosis: Parahsuum of cone-shaped test with 220 120 6 40 Mean long conical horn. Etymology: Latin, longus means long and conica, conical. Original description: Conical test of medium width with a massive conical horn on hemispherical cephalis. Cephalis Type locality: Sample TAK-5, Takarazawa Valley, Itsukai- usually has wide and deep grooves at the base of conical chi area, Tokyo Prefecture, central Japan. horn. Thorax and subsequent chambers trapezoidal in outline, increasing gradually in width and length as added Occurrence: Japan; Liminangcong Chert, Philippines; except for final post-abdominal chamber. Complete Haliw (Aqil) Formation and Tawi Sadh Member of the specimens with six to seven post-abdominal chambers. Guwayza Formation, Oman; Skrile Formation, Slovenia; Outer layer comprised continuous edged costae except for Dürrnberg Formation, Austria; Fannin Formation, Queen apical region. Single row of square pore frames between Charlotte Islands. 286 Plate PHS03. Parahsuum longiconicum Sashida. Magnification Figs. 1-5, 9, 11 x200 (scale bar A), Figs. 6-8, 10, 12-15 x300 (scale bar B). Fig. 1(H). Sashida 1988, pl. 2, fig. 1. Fig. 2. GSC loc. C-304568, GSC 128883. Fig. 3. GSC loc. C-304568, GSC 128884. Fig. 4. GSC loc. C-080613, GSC 128885. Fig. 5. GSC loc. C-304568, GSC 111803. Fig. 6. JP, MNA-10, MA12861. Fig. 7. JP, MNA-10, MA13012. Fig. 8. JP, IYII-11-69. Fig. 9. Hori 1990, Fig. 8-14. Fig. 10. Goričan et al. 2003, pl. 5, fig. 16. Fig. 11. AT, BMW21-55. Fig. 12. OM, BR1121-R09-26. Fig. 13. OM, BR1122-R02-03. Fig. 14. OM, BR1121-R08-01. Fig. 15. OM, Haliw-038-R08-32. 287 Parahsuum mostleri (Yeh) 1987b Species code: PHS04 Synonymy: Original remarks: Drulanta mostleri, n. sp., differs from 1987b Drulanta mostleri n. sp. – Yeh, p. 72, pl. 18, Figs. 3-4, 21. D. mirifica, n. sp., by having a shorter test with smaller 1987b Drulanta sp. cf. D. mostleri n. sp. – Yeh, p. 73, pl. 18, fig. 1. cephalis. 1987b Drulanta mirifica n. sp. – Yeh, p. 72, pl. 4, fig. 8; pl. 18, figs. 5, 7-8, 23. Further remarks: Drulanta mostleri and Drulanta mirifica 1987b Drulanta sp. aff. D. mirifica n. sp. – Yeh, p. 72, pl. 3, fig. 17. are herein assigned to Parahsuum and synonymized be- 1987 Canutus aff. C. hainaensis – Hattori, pl. 15, fig. 11. cause they represent variability amongst the population. 1988 Drulanta edenshawi Carter n. sp. – Carter et al., p. 53, pl. 2, fig. 6 only. P. mostleri is more elongated and more pointed apically 1989 Drulanta sp. aff. D. pulchra Yeh – Hattori, pl. 12, fig. K. than P. edenshawi (Carter). 1989 Drulanta sp. aff. D. mirifica Yeh – Hattori, pl. 12, fig. L. Measurements (µm): 1997 Parahsuum mirifica (Yeh) – Yao, pl. 14, fig. 648. Ten specimens measured. 1998 Drulanta mirifica Yeh – Yeh & Cheng, p. 23, pl. 8, fig. 17, pl. 9, fig. 19. Max. length Max. width 2002 Parahsuum mostleri (Yeh) – Whalen & Carter, p. 126, 221 117 HT pl. 15, figs. 4, 14. 218 119 Mean 2003 Parahsuum mostleri (Yeh) – Goričan et al., p. 296, pl. 5, 222 123 Max. fig. 20. 216 115 Min. Original description: Cephalis small, conical, usually with Etymology: This species is named after Dr. H. Mostler in seven to nine post-abdominal chambers. Cephalis dome- honor of his studies on the Mesozoic Radiolaria. shaped without horn. Thorax and subsequent chambers trapezoidal in outline. Cephalis and thorax sparsely perfo- Type locality: Sample OR-600A, Hyde Formation along rate, covered with layer of microgranular silica. Abdomen Izee-Paulina road, east-central Oregon. and all post-abdominal chambers comprised of ten, longi- tudinal costae superimposed on each row of pore frames. Occurrence: Hyde Formation, Oregon; Fannin Formation, About nine to ten costae visible laterally. Pore frames me- Queen Charlotte Islands; San Hipólito Formation, Baja dium in size. Chambers increasing gradually in width as Californian Sur; Skrile Formation, Slovenia; Dürrnberg added with final post-abdominal chamber remaining in the Formation, Austria; Liminangcong Chert, Philippines; same width or decreasing slightly in width. Japan. Parahsuum ovale Hori & Yao 1988 Species code: PHS05 Synonymy: 2004 Parahsuum ovale Hori & Yao – Ziabrev et al., Fig. 5-5. 1982 Parahsuum (?) sp. C – Yao, pl. 4, figs. 9-11. 2005 Parahsuum ovale Hori & Otsuka – Hori, pl. 8, fig. 4. 1982 Parahsuum (?) sp. C – Yao et al., pl. 2, fig. 10. 1986 Parahsuum (?) sp. C – Hori, fig. 6.3. Original description: Shell of 6 or more segments, oval, 1986 Parahsuum sp. C – Matsuoka, pl. 1, fig. 2. without stricture. Cephalis poreless apically, flattened coni- 1986 Parahsuum sp. C – Matsuoka & Yao, pl. 1, fig. 3. 1986 Parahsuum directiporata (Rüst) – Sato et al., fig. 17.11. cal, without apical horn. Internal cephalic structure quite 1986 Bagotum sp. A – Sashida et al., fig. 5.18. indistinct. Apical surface of shell smooth, partially with 1988 Parahsuum ovale n. sp. – Hori & Yao, p. 51, pl. 1, figs. 3a-e, shallow irregular depressions and sparsely arranged pores. 4a-c, 6-8, 9a, b. Thorax and abdomen with small, circular pores arranged 1988 Parahsuum takarazawaense n. sp. – Sashida, p. 19, pl. 1, irregularly and with polygonal pore frames. In some speci- figs. 6-13, 18, 19. mens, thorax and abdomen with regularly arranged pores 1990 Parahsuum ovale Hori & Yao – Hori, fig. 8.16. and with tetragonal pore frames. Post-abdominal segments 1990 Parahsuum ovale Hori & Yao – Yao, pl. 2, fig. 2. with 22-28 continuous longitudinal costae. Each of post- 1992 Parahsuum takarazawaense Sashida – Sashida, pl. 1, fig. 7. abdominal segments with 2 or 3 transverse rows of pores 1993 Parahsuum ovale Hori & Yao – Kashiwagi & Yao, pl. 1, fig. 1. 1994 Parahsuum ovale Hori & Yao – Goričan, p. 79, pl. 17, fig. 13. arranged tetragonally. Edged small nodes occurring at ver- 1997 Parahsuum ovale Hori & Yao – Hori, pl. 1, fig. 26. tices of pore frames. 1997 Parahsuum ovale Hori & Yao – Yao, pl. 14, fig. 654. 1998 Parahsuum ovale Hori & Yao – Kashiwagi, pl. 1, fig. 3; Original remarks: Parahsuum ovale sp. nov. differs from pl. 2, fig. 20. other species of Parahsuum in having an oval shell and 2003 Parahsuum takarazawaense Sashida – Kashiwagi & being fairly flat in apical part. P. ovale is possibly co-spe- Kurimoto, pl. 3, fig. 4. cific with Stichocapsa directiporata Rüst. S. directiporata is 2004 Parahsuum ovale Hori & Otsuka – Hori, pl. 2, figs. 1, 2; distinguished from P. ovale by having a small number (16- ?pl. 2, fig. 25. 18) of longitudinal costae. 288 Plate PHS04. Parahsuum mostleri (Yeh). Magnification x250. Fig. 1(H). Yeh 1987b, pl. 18, fig. 3. Fig. 2. AT, BMW21-16. Fig. 3. Goričan et al. 2003, pl. 5, fig. 20. Fig. 4. Carter et al. 1988, pl. 2, fig. 6. Fig. 5. QCI, GSC loc. C-305388, GSC 128882. Fig. 6. Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 15, fig. 4. Plate PHS05. Parahsuum ovale Hori & Yao. Magnification x250. Fig. 1(H). Hori & Yao 1988, pl. 1, fig. 3a. Fig. 2. JP, Ku(b)-11. Fig. 3. Hori 1990, Fig. 8-16. Fig. 4. OM, Haliw-038-R09-19. Fig. 5. OM, BR1121-R06-12. Fig. 6. OM-00-252-021728. 289 Measurements (µm): Type locality: Sample 38, Inuyama Section, Kiso River, Based on 13 specimens. 1.km NE of Unuma, Central Japan. Hight Width H/W 211 120 1.76 HT Occurrence: Japan; Budva Zone, Montenegro; Haliw 225 124 1.82 Av. (Aqil) Formation, Tawi Sadh Member of the Guwayza 246 141 2.05 Max. Formation, Musallah Formation, Oman; Bainang Terrane, 211 109 1.50 Min. Tibet. Etymology: The name is derived from the Latin adjective ovalis, meaning oval (egg-shaped). Parahsuum simplum Yao 1982 Species code: PHS01 Synonymy: 2004 Parahsuum simplum Yao – Hori, pl. 1, fig. 51, pl. 2, fig. 24. 1982 Parahsuum simplum n. sp. – Yao, p. 61, pl. 4, figs. 1-8. 2004 Parahsuum simplum Yao – Hori et al., pl. 6, fig. 3. 1982 Parahsuum simplum Yao – Yao et al., pl. 2, fig. 9. 2004 Parahsuum simplum Yao – Ishida et al., pl. 5, figs. 1, 2. 1982 Parahsuum simplum Yao – Imoto et al., pl. 1, figs. 1, 2. 2005 Parahsuum simplum Yao – Hori, pl. 8, figs. 1-2. 1983 Parahsuum simplum Yao – Ishida, pl. 2, figs. 1-2. 1984 Lupherium? spp. – Whalen & Pessagno, pl. 4, figs. 8, 10, 11. Original description: Shell of 6 or more segments, elongate, 1986 Parahsuum simplum Yao – Matsuoka & Yao, pl. 1, fig. 2. conical, becoming somewhat spindle-shaped in unbroken 1987 Parahsuum simplum Yao – Goričan, p. 185, pl. 1, fig. 3. or mature forms. Cephalis poreless, conical with short 1988 Parahsuum simplum Yao – Hori & Yao, p. 51, pl. 1, figs.1a-d. apical horn. Internal cephalic structure quite indistinct. 1988 Parahsuum simplum Yao – Sashida, p. 19, pl. 1, figs. 1-5, Post-thoracic segments with continuous 24-32 costae. 16, 17. Each of post-thoracic segments has 3 or 4 transverse rows 1990 Parahsuum simplum Yao – De Wever et al., pl. 4, fig. 1, not of pores arranged tetragonally. In some specimens, weak fig. 9. 1990 Parahsuum simplum Yao – Hori, Fig. 8.15. circumferencial ridges present at joint part of segments. 1990 Parahsuum simplum Yao – Kozur & Mostler, p. 222, pl. 17, fig. 2. Original remarks: Parahsuum simplum differs from Pa- 1990 Parahsuum simplum Yao – Yao, pl. 2, fig. 1. rahsuum (?) sp. A in lacking a long apical horn, and from 1992 Parahsuum simplum Yao – Sashida, pl. 1, figs, 1, 2, 5, 6, not Parahsuum (?) sp. C in having a conical shell. figs. 3, 4. ? 1992 Parahsuum simplum Yao – Sano et al., pl. 2, fig. A. Further remarks: The considerable range in variation of 1994 Parahsuum simplum Yao – Goričan, p. 79, pl. 17, this species in overall size and width of distal chambers has figs. 9, 10, 12. already been recognized by Hori & Yao (1988). 1996 Canutus sp. aff. C. hainaensis Pessagno & Whalen – Pujana, p. 138, pl. 1, fig. 5. 1997 Parahsuum simplum Yao – Hori, pl. 1, fig. 25. Measurements (µm): 1997 Parahsuum simplum Yao – Sugiyama, p. 184, Fig. 28-8. Based on 27 specimens. 1998 Parahsuum simplum Yao – Whalen & Carter, 67, pl. 16, Min. Max. Av. ig. 6. Height overall 161 293 216 1998 Parahsuum simplum Yao – Kashiwagi, pl. 1, figs. 1, 2; pl. 2, Max. height of segment 28 39 33 fig. 1. Max. width of shell 85 129 104 1998 Parahsuum simplum Yao – Yeh & Cheng, p. 26, pl. 4, fig. 14. Etymology: The name is derived from the Latin adjective 2002 Parahsuum simplum Yao – Whalen & Carter, p. 126, pl. 12, simplus, meaning simple. figs. 3, 4, 12, 13; pl. 17, figs. 14, 15. 2002 Parahsuum sp. aff. P. simplum Yao – Whalen & Carter, p. 126, pl. 12, fig. 5; pl. 17, figs. 12, 13. Type locality: Sample 38, Inuyama Section, Kiso River, 2002 Parahsuum simplum Yao – Tekin, p. 189, pl. 4, fig. 3. 1 km NE of Unuma, Central Japan. 2003 Parahsuum simplum Yao – Kashiwagi & Kurimoto, pl. 3, figs. 1-3. Occurrence: Worldwide. 290 Plate PHS01. Parahsuum simplum Yao. Magnification x250. Fig. 1(H). Yao 1982, pl. 4, fig. 1. Fig. 2-3. Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 12, figs. 3-4. Fig. 4. QCI, GSC loc. C-080613, GSC 111737. Fig. 5. QCI, GSC loc. C-080611 GSC 111738. Fig. 6. OM, Haliw-039-R04-05. Fig. 7. OM, Haliw-039-R03-18. Fig. 8. OM, Haliw-039-R01-02. Fig. 9. OM, BR1121-R08-09. Fig. 10. AT, BMW21-50. 291 Parahsuum vizcainoense Whalen & Carter 2002 Species code: PHS06 Synonymy: Original remarks: The more delicate costae and strong 1982 Lupherium sp. A – Pessagno & Whalen, p. 136, pl. 6, fig. 4. horn distinguish this species from Parahsuum simplum Yao. 1984 Lupherium sp. – Whalen & Pessagno, pl. 4, figs. 5-7. In addition it differs from Parahsuum officerense (Pessagno 1987b Lupherium sp. B – Yeh, p. 68, pl. 17, figs. 1, 4. and Whalen 1982) in having a shorter test (fewer chambers) 1987b Lupherium sp. C [ Lupherium (?) sp. E in fig. captions] and more irregular costae and meshwork. It is possible this – Yeh, p. 68, pl. 17, figs. 2, 3, 8. 1998 Drulanta sp. cf. D. mirifica Yeh – Yeh & Cheng, p. 23, pl. 4, new species is the ancestor of P. officerense (Pessagno and figs. 15, 16. Whalen). 1998 Parahsuum sp. cf. P. officerense (Pessagno & Whalen) – Yeh & Cheng, p. 26, pl. 8, fig. 6. Measurements (µm): 2002 Parahsuum vizcainoense n. sp. – Whalen & Carter, p. 126, Based on 8 specimens. pl. 12, figs. 6, 10, 14. Length (excludes horn) Width (Max.) 225 105 HT 285 120 Max. Original description: Test elongate, conical to spindle 180 98 Min. shaped, with six to seven post-abdominal chambers. 214 109 Mean Large dome-shaped cephalis and thorax with delicate horn, circular in cross section and often broken. Cephalis Etymology: This species is named for the Vizcaino Penin- and usually thorax and abdomen covered by a layer of sula, Baja California Sur. microgranular silica providing either a complete, smooth coating or incomplete, irregular coating. Thorax, abdomen Type locality: Sample BPW80-30, San Hipólito Formation, and most post-abdominal chambers trapezoidal in outline. Vizcaino Peninsula, Baja California Sur, Mexico. Post-abdominal chambers gradually increasing in width distally; final few chambers gradually decreasing in width; Occurrence: San Hipólito Formation, Baja California all post-abdominal chambers gradually increasing in height. Sur; Franciscan Complex, California; Hyde Formation Costae fine, closely spaced, not always perfectly aligned or and Warm Springs member of the Snowshoe Formation, continuous. Pores circular to elliptical in outline. Oregon; Liminangcong Chert, Philippines; Japan; Skrile Formation, Slovenia. Parahsuum? sp. A sensu Whalen & Carter 2002 Species code: PHS07 Synonymy: ? 1998 Drulanta sp. A – Yeh & Cheng, p. 23, pl. 8, fig. 11. 2002 Parahsuum? sp. A – Whalen & Carter, p. 128, pl. 16, figs. 12, 13, 17. Original remarks: The chambered test of this species is similar to the genus but it has three, short bladed wing-like extensions on distal post-abdominal chambers. Occurrence: San Hipólito Formation, Baja California Sur. 292 Plate PHS06. Parahsuum vizcainoense Whalen & Carter. Magnification x250, except Fig. 1b(H) x400. Fig. 1(H). Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 12, figs. 6, 10. Fig. 2. JP, IYII-3. Fig. 3. JP, MNA-10, MA12853. Fig. 4. SI, MM 6.76, 010302. Plate PHS07. Parahsuum? sp. A sensu Whalen & Carter. Magnification x250, except Fig. 2b x400. Fig. 1. Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 16, fig. 12. Fig. 2. Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 16, figs. 13, 17. 293 Genus: Parasaturnalis Kozur & Mostler 1972 Type species: Spongosaturnalis? diplocyclis Yao 1972 Synonymy: Original remarks: In Heliosaturnalis n. gen. the inner ring 1972 Parasaturnalis n. gen. – Kozur & Mostler, p. 43. is firmly attached to the spongy shell. In Pseudosaturnalis the secondary ring shows numerous pores. Original description: The double to triple ring encloses a single row of pores and has two polar, or four to five radial Etymology: Composed of the prefix Para- and saturnalis. rods that connect to a spongy central shell. Moderately long spines occur on the outer rim of the secondary ring. Included species: 2013 Parasaturnalis diplocyclis (Yao) 1972 SAT15 Parasaturnalis yehae Dumitrica & Hori n. sp. Parasaturnalis diplocyclis (Yao) 1972 Species code: 2013 Synonymy: both rings and first spines, elliptical or subrectangular. One 1972 Spongosaturnalis? diplocyclis n. sp. – Yao, p. 33, pl. 7, space at end of each polar spine generally larger than oth- figs. 6-10; pl. 8, figs. 1-2. ers, and in some specimens divided in two parts by trans- Not 1981c Japonisaturnalis diplocyclis (Yao) – De Wever, p. 141, versal bar. pl. 1, figs. 5, 7, 8. Not 1982b Japonisaturnalis diplocyclis (Yao) – De Wever, p. 212- 213, pl. 13, fig. 9; pl. 14, figs. 1, 2. Original remarks: Although only eight specimens, which 1982 Parasaturnalis sp. – Wakita, pl. 4, fig. 13. are represented by fragmentary ring, were found, this 1987b Parasaturnalis vigrassi n. sp. – Yeh, p. 49, pl. 5, fig. 14; species is established because of the morphological feature pl. 23, fig. 11. lacking auxiliary spines. ? S. catadelos, having a more 1987b Parasaturnalis sp. B – Yeh, p. 50, pl. 9, fig. 8. complicated ring, is described by Foreman (1968, p. 11- 1987 Parasaturnalis diplocyclis Yao group – Hattori, pl. 1, 12, pl. 1, figs. la-f; Latest Cretaceous, Moreno formation, figs. 7, 8, 9. California). The ring of ? S. catadelos is broad and flat, and 1989 Parasaturnalis diplocyclis Yao – Hattori, pl. 1, fig. 5; pl. 18, perforated by numerous pores arranging in some measure fig. A. of regularity. It probably indicates that the complicated 1995a Parasaturnalis diplocyclis (Yao) – Baumgartner et al., p. 388, pl. 2013, figs. 1-3. ring is a combination of the fundamental rings (first ring, 1996 Parasaturnalis sp. A – Yeh and Cheng, p. 108, pl. 2, fig. 6, second ring etc.) and spines (first spines, second spines not pl. 7, fig. 8. etc.). There is considerable variation in the number of 1997 Parasaturnalis diplocyclis (Yao) – Yao, pl. 5, fig. 206. spines among specimens. 1997 Parasaturnalis sp. A – Yao, pl. 5, fig. 207. 2003 Parasaturnalis cf. diplocyclis (Yao) – Goričan et al., p. 291, Measurements (µm) : pl. 1, fig. 15. Based on 6 specimens. 2003 Spongosaturnalis (?) diplocyclis Yao – Kashiwagi & HT Av. Min. Max. Kurimoto, pl. 5, figs. 8, 9. D. of 1 ring; (polar spines) 203 180 150 203 2004 Parasaturnalis sp. B sensu Yeh – Hori, pl. 2, fig. 20. 2004 Parasaturnalis diplocyclis (Yao) – Hori, pl. 4, fig. 40. D. of 1 ring; (transversely) 260 250 190 315 2004 Parasaturnalis diplocyclis (Yao) – Matsuoka, fig. 4. D. of 2 ring; (polar spines) 313 285 230 330 D. of 2 ring; (transversely) 325 302 270 350 Original description: Spongosaturnalid with double ring, Diameter of shell 126 113 100 126 and with second spines on second ring. Shell not pre- Length of polar spine 23 21 13 30 served, but fragmentary thorns on sturdy spines prob- Length of first spine 18-25 15-25 10 35 ably indicate that shell may be spongy. Polar spines a little Length of sec. spine 23 11 3 25 long or short, somewhat thin, with no ridge. Ring double, Breath of 1 ring 15 9 3 15 first (inner) ring and second (outer) ring, joined by bars Breath of 2 ring 8 7 3 13 (called as first spines), bilaterally symmetrical, circular to subcircular, with smooth surface, and no ridge. First ring Type locality: Sample IN-3, manganese carbonate ore, curves smoothly, with no auxiliary spine on inner margin. Mino Belt, river side of the Kiso, east of Unuma, Kagami- Second ring slightly waves with short wavelength, but in hara City, Gifu Prefecture, central Japan. some specimens curves smoothly. Thirteen or more first spines (bars) on first ring, constant in size and shape, join- Occurrence: Japan; Nicely and Hyde formations, and Warm ing with second ring. Thirteen or more second spines on Springs member of the Snowshoe Formation, Oregon; second ring, situated respectively at middle point of part Apennines, Italy; Skrile Formation, Slovenia; Tawi Sadh joined with first spines, short, thornlike or low protrusive, Member of the Guwayza Formation, Oman; Liminangcong with rounded or somewhat sharp ends. Spaces enclosed by Chert, Philippines. 294 Plate 2013. Parasaturnalis diplocyclis (Yao). Magnification x150. Fig. 1. Yao 1972, pl. 8, fig. 1. Fig. 2(H). Yao 1972, pl. 8, fig. 2. Fig. 3. OM, BR528-R10-16. Fig. 4. Matsuoka 2004, fig. 4. Fig. 5. OM, BR871-R02-03. Fig. 6. OM, BR528-R10-21. Fig. 7. OM, BR528-R10-15. Fig. 8. BR706-R13-11. Fig. 9. OM, BR706-R13-10. Fig. 10. OM, BR871-R02-04. 295 Parasaturnalis yehae Dumitrica & Hori n. sp. Species code: SAT15 Synonymy: The fossil record seems to prove that the latter are strati- 1981c Japonisaturnalis diplocyclis (Yao) – De Wever, p. 141, pl. 1, graphically younger (late Pliensbachian - Toarcian) (Yeh, fig. 5, ? figs. 7, 8. 1987b) than the former (Sinemurian - early Pliensbachian) 1982b Japonisaturnalis diplocyclis (Yao) – De Wever, p. 212-213, (De Wever, 1981c, 1982b; Yeh & Cheng, 1998) and that the pl. 13, fig. 9; pl. 14, ?figs. 1, 2. disappearance of these centripetally directed radial bars, 1987b Parasaturnalis sp. A – Yeh, p. 49, pl. 3, fig. 16. 1992 Parasaturnalis spp. – Pessagno & Mizutani, pl. 99, is an evolutionary process inherited from the Late Trias- figs. 10, 15. sic and earliest Jurassic ancestors. If so, these species could 1998 Heliosaturnalis sp. A – Yeh & Cheng, p. 16, pl. 2, fig. 20; be separated into two successive subspecies of evolution- pl. 8, fig. 9; pl. 11, fig. 11. ary and stratigraphic value i.e., Parasaturnalis yehae ssp. A and Parasaturnalis yehae yehae. In the present paper the Type designation: The holotype was illustrated by Yeh existance of these two morphotypes is just suggested. (1987b, pl. 3, fig. 16) from the Nicely Formation, Oregon. Measurements (µm): Diagnosis: A species of Parasaturnalis having the spines of Based on 6 specimens. secondary ring aligned with the radial bars connecting the HT Min. Max. two rings. Diameter of central shell - 108 120 Width of primary ring at the end of polar rays 227 239 305 Description: Ring double, subcircular to slightly elliptical Width of secondary ring 327 365 407 in outline, thin, smooth. Ring commonly with 12-14 radial Length of primary ring 289 - - bars between the two rings and a similar number of short Length of secondary ring 360 - - spines on the secondary ring aligned with the radial bars connecting the two rings. Shell spongy, many-layered, Etymology: The species is named after Kuei-Yu Yeh, Tainan when larger it may be connected to primary ring also by National College of the Arts, Tainan, Taiwan, who illustrat- auxiliary and/or subsidiary rays. ed several specimens of this species. Remarks: This new species is clearly different from Type locality: Sample OR-536J, Nicely Formation, Morgan Parasaturnalis diplocyclis (Yao) by the position of the Mountain, east-central Oregon (Yeh, 1987b). spines on the secondary ring relative to the radial bars connecting the two rings. Whereas in P. diplocyclis the bars Occurrence: Nicely Formation, Oregon; Inuyama and Nan- have an alternate position, in P. yehae they are aligned with jo areas, Japan; Busuanga Island, Philippines; Fernie Forma- these bars. The ring of P. yehae is comparable to ring of the tion, northeastern British Columbia; Gümüslü Allochthon, Carnian species Heliosaturnalis magnus Kozur & Mostler. Turkey; Tawi Sadh Member of the Guwayza Formation and In the present state of knowledge we include in this species Haliw (Aqil) Formation, Oman. specimens with and without auxiliary or subsidiary rays. 296 Plate SAT15. Parasaturnalis yehae Dumitrica & Hori n. sp. Magnification x150. Fig. 1(H). Yeh 1987b, pl. 3, fig. 16. Fig. 2. OM, BR528-R10-17. Fig. 3. NBC, GSC loc. C-305208, GSC 111739. Fig. 4. OM, BR706-R13-12. Fig. 5. JP, Nanjo chert, NAI-132, RH(1)468. 297 Genus: Paronaella Pessagno 1971 Type species: Paronael a solanoensis Pessagno 1971 Synonymy: Further remarks: We include all forms with or without a 1971 Paronael a n. gen. – Pessagno, p. 46. bracchiopyle and with or without bulbous tips. 1971 Patulibracchium n. gen. – Pessagno, p. 26. 1980 Paronael a Pessagno emend. – Baumgartner, p. 300. Etymology: This genus is named for C. F. Parona, one of the 1981b Paronael a Pessagno emend. – De Wever, p. 33. early students of Mesozoic Radiolaria. 1987b Sontonael a n. gen. – Yeh, p. 44. 1993 Paronael a Pessagno emend. Baumgartner – Pessagno et al., p. 121. Included species and subspecies: 1994 Fluegelium n. gen. – Steiger & Steiger, p. 457. PAR13 Paronael a corpulenta De Wever 1981b 1999 Paronael a Pessagno, emend. Baumgartner, emend. De PAR22 Paronael a curticrassa Carter & Dumitrica n. sp. Wever – Kiessling, p. 38. PAR24 Paronael a fera s.l. (Yeh) 1987b PAR15 Paronael a fera fera (Yeh) 1987b Original description: Test lacks rays with bracchiopyle. PAR10 Paronael a fera jamesi Whalen & Carter 1998 Rays always nearly equal in length; expanded or thickened PAR16 Paronael a grahamensis Carter 1988 ray tips lacking. Meshwork linear to sublinear; comprised PAR17 Paronael a notabilis Whalen & Carter 2002 of irregular polygonal pore frames. Pore frames comprised 2005 Paronael a skowkonaensis Carter 1988 of bars connected to weakly developed nodes. PAR19 Paronael a snowshoensis (Yeh) 1987b PAR20 Paronael a tripla De Wever 1981b Original remarks: Paronael a n. gen. differs from Patuli- PAR21 Paronael a variabilis Carter 1988 bracchium n. gen. and Halesium n. gen. by lacking a brac- chiopyle and expanded ray tips and by always having rays which are nearly equal in length. Paronaella corpulenta De Wever 1981b Species code: PAR13 Synonymy: of a patagium. Its plump shape, very rounded outline and 1981b Paronael a corpulenta n. sp. – De Wever, p. 33, pl. 2, primary spine (which appears to be deep-set as in a cushion) figs. 7-9. easily distinguishes this species from others. It differs from 1982b Paronael a corpulenta De Wever – De Wever, p. 245, Paronael a tripla n. sp. by the presence of secondary spines pl. 22, fig. 7; pl. 23, figs. 1-3. and, mainly by its different network. 1988 Paronael a sp. C – Carter et al., p. 42, pl. 11, fig. 7. 2002 Paronael a corpulenta De Wever – Whalen & Carter, p. 107, pl. 2, figs. 6, 12. Measurements (µm): 2003 Paronael a spp. – Goričan et al., p. 295, pl. 2, fig. 4 only. Based on 10 specimens. ? 2004 Paronael a corpulenta De Wever s.l. – Matsuoka, fig. 32. HT Min. Max. Av. Length of ray 185 167 200 177 Original description: Massive form with three very wide, club-shaped arms terminating in a short, robust triradiate Length of primary spines is difficult to measure since they spine. arise from the depressed part of a “cushion”; they are gener- Arms, almost as wide as long, composed of a spongy ally about 50µm long. network which is embedded within other more delicate spongy material that usually remains only as fragments. Etymology: From Latin corpulentus, - a, -um, adj. = corpu- This secondary spongy material is responsible for the plump lent, by analogy with the rotund shape of this species. shape of this species. Primary spines at distal ends of arms seem to be deep-set as in a cushion. Some forms possess Type locality: Sample 1662D, Gümüslü Allochthon, Tau- secondary spines between or on arms; these spines are rus Mts., Turkey. always thinner than primary spines, although sometimes longer. Occurrence: Gümüslü Allochthon, Turkey; Ghost Creek, Fannin, Whiteaves and Phantom Creek formations, Queen Original remarks: This species differs from Paronael a Charlotte Islands; San Hipólito Formation, Baja California obesa (Pessagno) by absence of bracchiopyle, more massive Sur; Skrile Formation, Slovenia; Tawi Sadh Member of the shape, finer less frequent secondary spines and presence Guwayza Formation, Oman. 298 Plate PAR13. Paronaella corpulenta De Wever. Magnification x150. Fig. 1(H). De Wever 1981b, pl. 2, fig. 7. Fig. 2. QCI, GSC loc. C-175311, GSC 128864. Fig. 3. QCI, GSC loc. C-175311, GSC 128865. Fig. 4. QCI, GSC loc. C-080612, GSC 128866. Fig. 5. QCI, GSC loc. C-080612, GSC 128867. Fig. 6. QCI, GSC loc. C-080612, GSC 128868. Fig. 7. OM, BR1123-R05-01. Fig. 8. OM, BR706-R03-21a. Fig. 9. Goričan et al. 2003, pl. 2, fig. 4. 299 Paronaella curticrassa Carter & Dumitrica n. sp. Species code: PAR22 Synonymy: appears to be morphologically intermediate between the 1987b Sontonel a sp. B – Yeh, p. 47, pl. 11, fig. 10. two other specimens illustrated. 1988 Paronael a sp. A – Carter et al., p. 42, pl. 4, fig. 10. Measurements (µm): Type designation: Holotype, pl. PAR22, fig. 2, Carter et al. Based on 4 specimens. 1988, pl. 4, fig. 10 (GSC 80574); paratype, fig. 1, QCI, GSC HT Min. Max. Av. loc. C-177371, GSC 128875. Length of ray from shell centre 135-145 73 160 117 Minimum width of ray 50 36 85 58 Description: Test small with a large slightly raised central Width of expanded tip 120-130 65 170 111 area and three short stubby rays widely expanded and club- shaped at tips; each ray with a single short spine. Meshwork Etymology: From the Latin curtus – short and crassus – fat, of test usually massive on central area and proximal part of plump; adjective. arms, pore frames triangular to quadrangular or irregularly polygonal with nodes at vertices; meshwork slightly smaller Type locality: GSC loc. C-080577, Maude Island, Queen towards ray tips. Lateral sides of rays vertical. Spines on ray Charlotte Islands, British Columbia. tips triradiate at base then circular in axial section. Occurrence: Fannin Formation, Queen Charlotte Islands; Remarks: Paronael a curticrassa n. sp. differs from P. gra- Hyde Formation and Warm Springs member of the hamensis Carter in having a larger central area and shorter Snowshoe Formation, Oregon; Tawi Sadh Member of the rays with more widely expanded ray tips. The holotype Guwayza Formation, Oman. 300 Plate PAR22. Paronaella curticrassa Carter & Dumitrica n. sp. Magnification x200. Fig. 1. QCI, GSC loc. C-177371, GSC 128875. Fig. 2(H). Carter et al. 1988, pl. 4, fig. 10. Fig. 3. OR600A-R03-13. 301 Paronaella fera s.l. (Yeh) 1987b Species code: PAR24 Synonymy: 1987b Sontonel a fera n. sp. – Yeh, p. 46, pl. 1, fig. 3; pl. 3, fig. 20. See also subspecies. Included subspecies: PAR15 Paronael a fera fera (Yeh) 1987b PAR10 Paronael a fera jamesi Whalen & Carter 1998 Paronaella fera fera (Yeh) 1987b Species code: PAR15 Synonymy: Measurements (µm): 1987b Sontonael a fera n. sp. – Yeh, p. 46, pl. 1, fig. 3; pl. 3, fig. 20. Ten specimens measured. System of measurement shown 1987b Sontonael a sp. aff. S. fera n. sp. – Yeh, p. 46, pl. 1, fig. 4. in text-figure 7 of Yeh (1987b). LA LB LC WR LT WT Original description: Rays nearly equal in length and HT 186 186 186 50 86 143 width, with large expanded tips. One tip larger than other Mean 177 177 177 56 77 140 Max. 186 186 186 60 86 143 two and flanking with two short lateral spines at distal sur- Min. 160 160 160 50 70 135 face. The other two tips with long, massive central spines. All spines circular in cross section. Test mainly with trian- Etymology: Ferus-a-um (Latin, adj.) = wild. gular and tetragonal pore frames having prominent nodes at vertices. Pore frames irregularly arranged, medium in Type locality: Sample OR-536D, Nicely Formation, south- size, with smaller pore frames on tips. east side of the Morgan Mountain, east-central Oregon. Original remarks: Sontonael a fera Yeh, n. sp., can be easily Occurrence: Nicely Formation, Oregon; Ghost Creek and distinguished from other Sontonael a spp. in this report by Fannin formations, Queen Charlotte Islands and Fernie having one large tip with two small spines and two smaller Formation, Williston Lake, British Columbia; Tawi Sadh tips with extremely long and massive spines. Member of the Guwayza Formation. 302 Plate PAR15. Paronaella fera fera (Yeh). Magnification x150. Fig. 1(H). Yeh 1987b, pl. 1, fig. 3. Fig. 2. QCI, GSC loc. C-304568, GSC 128869. Fig. 3. NBC, GSC loc. C-305208, GSC 128870. Fig. 4. NBC, GSC loc. C-305208, GSC 128871. Fig. 5. QCI, GSC loc. C-080612, GSC 128872. Fig. 6. OM, BR528-R10-04. 303 Paronaella fera jamesi Whalen & Carter 1998 Species code: PAR10 Synonymy: section and spines are shorter and slightly flat with single 1998 Paronael a jamesi n. sp. – Whalen & Carter, p. 51, pl. 13, central spine on ray tips. Several forms originally assigned figs. 19, 23, not figs. 18, 22, 24. to P. jamesi Whalen & Carter have now been assigned to 2002 Paronael a jamesi Whalen & Carter – Tekin, p. 181, pl. 1, P. grahamensis Carter. fig. 11. Original description: Test with short equally spaced rays; Measurements (µm): rays approximately equal in length, narrow proximally, Based on 8 specimens. gradually expanding in width distally. Ray tips moderately Length Average width Max. width expanded and bulbous. Meshwork composed mostly of of longest ray of rays at base of ray tips strong, triangular and tetragonal pore frames with small 174 53 121 HT nodes at pore frame vertices; slight lineation of pore frames 249 66 184 Max. developed externally on proximal portion of rays. Each ray 146 50 113 Min. usually with short, circular, flat-bladed to slightly triradiate 184 59 139 Mean central spine; some rays with several smaller spines rather than one primary spine. Etymology: This species is named for James Helwig, Dal- las, Texas who assisted with fieldwork and construction of Original remarks: See remarks under Paronael a skenaensis plates. n. sp. Remarks under P. skenaensis Whalen & Carter n. sp. (p. 52): Paronael a skenaensis n. sp. differs from P. jamesi n. sp. Type locality: Sample 89-CNA-KUH-8, Sandilands Forma- in having much finer meshwork with smaller nodes and tion, north side of Kunga Island, Queen Charlotte Islands, more delicate spines. British Columbia. Further remarks: This species differs from Paronael a fera Occurrence: Sandilands Formation, Queen Charlotte Is- fera (Yeh) because the rays are not rectangular in cross- lands; Hocaköy Radiolarite, Turkey. Paronaella grahamensis Carter 1988 Species code: PAR16 Synonymy: Original remarks: This abundant form is similar to, but 1987 Paronael a (?) sp. V – Hattori, pl. 4, fig. 12. much smaller than, Paronael a bona Yeh. Strong central 1988 Paronael a grahamensis Carter n. sp. – Carter et al., p. 40, spines are evident on almost all specimens. pl. 11, figs. 11, 12; not pl. 11, fig. 10. 1998 Paronael a jamesi n. sp. – Whalen & Carter, p. 51, pl. 13, Measurements (µm): figs. 18, 22, 24, not figs. 19, 23. 2002 Paronael a grahamensis Carter – Whalen & Carter, p. 107, Based on 7 specimens. pl. 2, figs. 3, 4, 9, 11, 13. HT Av. Max. Min. 2001 Paronael a grahamensis Carter – Gawlick et al., pl. 2, Length of longest ray 171 167 200 125 fig. 17. Width of ray 47 60 70 47 2004 Paronael a sp. – Matsuoka, fig. 30. Width of ray tip 118 122 140 102 Length of longest spine 65 58 130 35 Original diagnosis: Moderate in size with short rays, expanded tips and slender, almost cylindrical central spine. Etymology: Named for Graham Island; type locality in cen- Rays subrectangular in cross-section. tral portion of island. Original description: Three-rayed patulibracchiid of Type locality: GSC locality C-080583, Phantom Creek For- moderate size with slender central spine. Rays short, mation, Graham Island, Queen Charlotte Islands, British approximately equal in length. Tips enlarged and rounded; Columbia. expansion may occur gradually throughout ray length or more abruptly in distal portion only. Pore frames irregular Occurrence: Fannin, Whiteaves and Phantom Creek for- to sublinearly aligned, uniform in size, mostly tetragonal. mations, Queen Charlotte Islands; Fernie Formation, NE Central spines on ray tips are slender, variable in length, British Columbia; San Hipólito Formation, Baja California circular in section. Rays subrectangular in cross-section. Sur; Skrile Formation, Slovenia; Dürrnberg Formation, Austria; Japan. 304 Plate PAR10. Paronaella fera jamesi Whalen & Carter. Magnification x150. Fig. 1(H). Carter et al. 1998, pl. 13, fig. 23. Fig. 2. Carter et al. 1998, pl. 13, fig. 19. Fig. 3. QCI, GSC loc. C-305417, GSC 128873. Plate PAR16. Paronaella grahamensis Carter. Magnification x150. Fig. 1(H). Carter et al. 1988, pl. 11, fig. 11. Fig. 2. QCI, GSC loc. C-304568, GSC 128874. Fig. 3. JP, MNA-10, MA10845. Fig. 4. NBC, GSC loc. 305208, GSC 111740. Fig. 5. Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 2, fig. 4. Fig. 6. Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 2, fig. 3. Fig. 7. SI, MM 5.00, 010106. 305 Paronaella notabilis Whalen & Carter 2002 Species code: PAR17 Synonymy: the ray tips, distinguish Paronael a notabilis n. sp. from 1988 Paronael a sp. D – Carter et al., p. 42, pl. 11, fig. 9. P. corpulenta De Wever 1981b. 2002 Paronael a notabilis n. sp. – Whalen & Carter, p. 107, pl. 2, figs. 7, 10, 14; pl. 3, figs. 1, 8, 11. Measurements (µm): 2002 Paronael a notabilis Whalen & Carter – Tekin, p. 181, pl. 1, Based on 11 specimens. figs. 12, 13. Length of ray Length of spine 90 53 HT Original description: Test with three stout rays; ray length 105 75 Max. slightly greater than ray width; distal part of ray somewhat 83 45 Min. inflated to bulbous. Each ray with small, tapering prin- 93 55 Mean cipal spine, circular in axial section. Small and medium- sized subsidiary spines sometimes present on ray tips. Etymology: Notabilis (Latin, adj.) = remarkable, striking, Meshwork composed of irregularly shaped tetragonal and noteworthy. pentagonal pore frames with slight development of nodes at pore frame vertices; no apparent development of pore Type locality: Sample BPW80-30, San Hipólito Formation, frame lineation. Vizcaino Peninsula, Baja California Sur, Mexico. Original remarks: The slightly more elongate, less bulbous Occurrence: Phantom Creek and Graham Island forma- rays, along with the presence of subsidiary spines on tions, Queen Charlotte Islands; San Hipólito Formation, Baja California Sur; Hocaköy Radiolarite, Turkey. Paronaella skowkonaensis Carter 1988 Species code: 2005 Synonymy: Original remarks: This form strongly resembles Rhopalas- 1987 Paronael a sp. O – Hattori, pl. 4, fig. 14. trum trixiphus Rüst 1898, but differs in having several 1988 Paronael a sp. F – Hattori, pl. 6, fig. D. short spines rather than a single central one on each ray 1989 Homoeoparonael a sp. – Hattori & Sakamoto, pl. 6, fig. J. tip. It has been assigned to Paronael a because of its lay- 1988 Paronael a skowkonaensis Carter n. sp. – Carter et al., ered spongy meshwork. p. 40, pl. 11, figs. 4-5. 1989 Tritrabs (?) spp. – Hori & Otsuka, pl. 4, fig. 7, not fig. 6. Measurements (µm): 1989 Paronael a (?) sp. – Hori & Otsuka, pl. 4, fig. 8. Based on 10 specimens. 1995a Paronael a skowkonaensis Carter – Baumgartner et al., HT Av. Min. Max. p. 398, pl. 2005, figs. 1-2. Length of ray AX: 196 197 230 150 2004 Homoeoparonael a sp. – Matsuoka, fig. 35. Length of ray BX: 188 - - - Length of ray CX: 182 - - - Original diagnosis: Three-rayed patulibracchiid having Width of ray: 50 81 70 50 long, slender rays with clavate to wedge-shaped tips. Mesh- Width of tip: 149 146 205 80 work fine and irregular. Ray tips have numerous short fine spines. Etymology: Named for Skowkona Mountain, southeast of the type locality. Original description: Test large with three long slender rays Type locality: GSC locality C-080584, Phantom Creek expanding at tips. Rays subequal in length at approximately Formation, Yakoun River, Graham Island, Queen Charlotte 120°. Tips rounded to wedge-shaped. External pore frames Island, British Columbia. small, sublinearly arranged; tetragonal to pentagonal with weak nodes at vertices. Numerous short, fine spines Occurrence: Fannin, Whiteaves and Phantom Creek extend from ray tips of well preserved specimens. Internal formations, Queen Charlotte Islands; Apennines, Italy; meshwork layered and spongy. Japan. 306 Plate PAR17. Paronaella notabilis Whalen & Carter. Magnification x200. Fig. 1(H). Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 3, fig. 1. Fig. 2. Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 2, fig. 7. Plate 2005. Paronaella skowkonaensis Carter. Magnification x150. Fig. 1(H). Carter et al. 1988, pl. 11, fig. 4. Fig. 2. Matsuoka 2004, fig. 35. Fig. 3. Hori & Otsuka 1989, pl. 4, fig. 8. 307 Paronaella snowshoensis (Yeh) 1987b Species code: PAR19 Synonymy: rhombohedral tips rather than with one rhombohedral tip 1987b Sontonael a snowshoensis n. sp. – Yeh, p. 46, pl. 21, fig. 3; and two ellipsoidal tips. pl. 22, figs. 9, 14. 2002 Paronael a snowshoensis (Yeh) – Whalen & Carter, p. 107, Measurements (µm): pl. 3, figs. 2, 9, 12, 14. Ten specimens measured. System of measurement shown in text-figure 7 of Yeh (1987b). Original description: Test large with three rays nearly LA LB LC WR LT WT LSP equal in length. Rays long, moderate in width, subcircular HT 315 315 315 63 125 200 150 in outline, terminating in large rhombohedral tips with a Mean 320 320 320 70 115 210 152 medium length triradiate spines originating from central Max. 355 355 355 80 125 220 155 portion of tips. Test comprised of nearly uniformly sized Min. 300 300 300 63 100 200 150 sublinearly arranged triangular pore frames on ray shafts and more irregularly arranged polygonal pore frames on Etymology: This species is named for the Snowshoe Creek tips. Pore frames larger on ray shafts and smaller in central near its type locality. area, all pore frames with nodes at vertices. Type locality: OR-589D, Warm Springs member, Snowshoe Formation, east-central Oregon. Original remarks: Sontonael a snowshoensis, n. sp., differs from S. bona, n. sp., by having rays consisting chiefly Occurrence: Hyde Formation and Warm Springs member of triangular pore frames rather than tetragonal pore of the Snowshoe Formation, Oregon; San Hipólito Forma- frames, and by having three ray shafts with three large tion, Baja California Sur; Japan. 308 Plate PAR19. Paronaella snowshoensis (Yeh). Magnification x 150. Fig. 1(H). Yeh 1987b, pl. 22, fig. 9. Fig. 2. JP, MNA-10, MA10797. Fig. 3. BCS, Loc. BPW80-30. Fig. 4. Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 3, fig. 2. 309 Paronaella tripla De Wever 1981b Species code: PAR20 Synonymy: by the shape of its arms and absence of a bracchiopyle; 1981b Paronael a tripla n. sp. – De Wever, p. 34, pl. 3, figs. 5, 6. Paronael a kotura Baumgartner (1980) is thinner with 1982b Paronael a tripla De Wever – De Wever, p. 248, pl. 25, slimmer arms. figs. 3-4. 1988 Paronael a sp. B – Carter et al., p. 42, pl. 11, fig. 6. Measurements (µm): Based on 6 specimens. Original description: Form with three massive arms each Mean Min. Max. HT terminating in a short primary spine. Arms wide at base Length of arm, from center to base of terminal spine 196 157 220 220 increasing more in width distally. Five to six longitudinal Width of arm beams clearly visible on arms, connected to oblique (before inflated part) 107 100 120 120 bars framing triangular pores. Nodes, sometimes well developed, present at beam-bar intersections. Fine, loose Etymology: From latin triplus, -a, -um, adj. = triple. This spongy material visible on well preserved specimens on all species has three arms, three primary spines, and pores test surfaces, especially on general plane of flattening. which are triangular most of the time. Original remarks: This species differs from Paronael a Type locality: Sample 1662D, Gümüslü Allochthon, Taurus elegans by its much more massive shape, wider arms, Mts., Turkey. thinner beams and bars and more abrupt brachial end. It is distinguished from Paronael a petroleumensis (Pessagno) Occurrence: Gümüslü Allochthon, Turkey; Dürrnberg 1971 by the absence of a bracchiopyle and its less inflated Formation, Austria; Phantom Creek Formation, Queen central part, and from P. californiensis (Pessagno) 1971 Charlotte Islands. 310 Plate PAR20. Paronaella tripla De Wever. Magnification x150. Fig. 1(H). De Wever 1981b, pl. 3, fig. 5. Fig. 2. TR, 1662D-R08-05. Fig. 3. Carter et al. 1988, pl. 11, fig. 6. Fig. 4. AT, BMW21-29. 311 Paronaella variabilis Carter 1988 Species code: PAR21 Synonymy: cf. P. kotura figured by Baumgartner (1980, p. 304, Pl. 9, 1988 Paronael a variabilis Carter n. sp. – Carter et al., p. 41, fig. 14), but lacks fine meshwork in central area and has pl. 11, figs. 1-3. numerous fine spines on ray tips. It differs from P. kotura 2002 Paronael a variabilis Carter – Whalen & Carter, p. 107, by having highly variable interradial angles, shorter, wider pl. 3, figs. 3, 4, 7, 10. rays with more expanded tips, and by lacking small pores 2004 Paronael a sp. cf. P. bona (Yeh) – Ziabrev et al., fig. 5-7. in the central area. Original diagnosis: Three-rayed patulibracchiid of variable morphology. Rays generally slender with greatly expanded Measurements (µm): elliptical, wedge or club-shaped tips. Mesh size irregular, Based on 10 specimens. coarse to medium, finer on ray tips. Rays terminate in nu- HT Av. Max. Min. merous small spines. Length of ray AX 196 BX 188 197 230 150 Original description: Three-rayed form variable in many CX 182 respects. Rays moderately slender, expanding to large el- Width of ray 50 81 70 50 liptical, club, or wedge-shaped tips. The largest interradial Width of tip 149 146 205 80 angle varies continuously from 120º˙to almost 150º (n=81). Pore frames irregularly arranged on most specimens, sub- Etymology: Latin, variabilis (adj.), changeable. linear on others; always smaller on ray tips. Pore frames triangular and tetragonal, nodes highly developed. Rays Type locality: GSC locality C-080584, Phantom Creek For- cylindrical to subrectangular in cross-section. mation, Yakoun River, Graham Island, Queen Charlotte n=81 Mean Standard deviation Island, British Columbia. Maximum angle 128.41º 5.88 Minimum angle 111.99º 5.93 Occurrence: Ghost Creek, Fannin, Whiteaves and Phantom Creek formations, Queen Charlotte Islands; San Hipólito Original remarks: A variable form extremely abundant Formation, Baja California Sur; Haliw (Aquil) Formation, in all upper Toarcian samples. Resembles Paronael a sp. Oman; Bainang Terrane, Tibet. Genus: Perispyridium Dumitrica 1978 Type species: Trilonche? ordinaria Pessagno 1977a Synonymy: Original remarks: Perispyridium seems to be the last survi- 1978 Perispyridium n. gen. – Dumitrica, p. 35. vor of the family. It bears the most advanced spumellarian 1987b Protoperispyridium n. gen – Yeh, p. 91. morphology among the eptingiids, the cephalis being able to be easily confused with the microsphere and the periph- Original description: Flat eptingiids with cephalis small, eral latticed shell with the cortical shell. surrounded in frontal plane by a triangular or subcircular peripheral latticed shell; sagittal ring inserted in the cephalic Included species: wall; arches more or less distinct. PSP03 Perispyridium hippaense (Carter) 1988 PSP01 Perispyridium oregonense (Yeh) 1987b 312 Plate PAR21. Paronaella variabilis Carter. Magnification x 150. Fig. 1(H). Carter et al. 1988, pl. 11, fig. 1. Fig. 2. Carter et al. 1988, pl. 11, fig. 3. Fig. 3. QCI, GSC C-080611, GSC 128876. Fig. 4. Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 3, fig. 3. Fig. 5. OM, Haliw-039-R03-10. Fig. 6. OM, Haliw-039-R03-11. 313 Perispyridium hippaense (Carter) 1988 Species code: PSP03 Synonymy: Further remarks: Perispyridium hippaense differs from 1987b Protoperispyridium sp. A – Yeh, p. 93, pl. 13, figs. 13, 23. P. oregonense (Yeh) in having large nodes on the peripheral 1988 Protoperispyridium hippaensis Carter n. sp. – Carter et al., shell and spines terminating in a crown-like structure. p. 59, pl. 6, figs. 1-2. 2004 Perisypridium sp. – Matsuoka, fig. 183. Measurements (µm): Original diagnosis: Strongly triangular, thickened periph- Based on 10 specimens. eral shell with concave sides, heavy nodes and prominent HT Av. Max. Min. sleeve-like extensions. Three spines are massive and trira- Width of test diate with crown-like extensions (produced by subsidiary (along spine axis) 120 130 150 112 Length of longest spine 93 96 110 82 spines on ridge tips). Original description: Cephalis indistinct, peripheral shell Etymology: Named for Hippa Island, on the west coast of triangular in outline, sides concave; shell thickened at Graham Island. right angles to frontal plane. Apical and two primary lat- eral spines often not at 120º. Spines massive, triradiate Type locality: GSC locality C-080588,Graham Island For- with alternating ridges and grooves. Ridges wide and deep, mation, Rennell Junction, Graham Island, Queen Charlotte grooves relatively shallow, merging to a point. Outer tip of Islands, British Columbia. each ridge is widened and blunt. The subsidiary spines to- gether produce a crown-like structure. Occurrence: Whiteaves, Phantom Creek, and Graham Is- land formations, Queen Charlotte Islands; Hyde Forma- Original remarks: Differs from Protoperispyridium sp. B, tion, Oregon; Japan. in having a thicker shell with concave sides, more massive pore frames and heavier nodes. Perispyridium oregonense (Yeh) 1987b Species code: PSP01 Synonymy: Measurements (µm): 1987b Protoperispyridium oregonense n. sp. – Yeh, p. 91, pl. 13, Ten specimens measured. LT = length of test along the axis figs. 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24. of apical spine, WT = maximum width of test normal to the 1987b Perispyridium (?) sp. A – Yeh, p. 91, pl. 3, fig. 8, pl. 24, axis of apical spine. fig. 4, 13, 22, 24. 1987b Protoperispyridium sp. D – Yeh, p. 93, pl. 24, fig. 14. LT (max.) WT (max.) 1989 Protoperispyridium sp. cf. P. oregonense Yeh – Hattori, HT 123 135 pl. 3, fig. J. Mean 125 131 1997 Perispyridium sp. E0 – Yao, pl. 15, fig. 708. Max. 141 135 2003 Perispyridium cf. oregonense (Yeh) – Goričan et al., p. 296, Min. 123 128 pl. 4, fig. 1. Original description: Test convex at right angle to frontal Etymology: This species is named for the state of Or- plane. Cephalis large, with irregular large polygonal pore egon. frames forming raised cephalic wall. Sides of peripheral shell concave inwards. Pore frames with thin rims and thick Type locality: OR-600M, Hyde Formation at Izee-Paulina sides. Peripheral shell connected to three spines with trun- road, east-central Oregon. cated, sleeve-like extensions. Apical spines and two prima- ry lateral spines displaced equally, about equal in length, Occurrence: Hyde Formation, Oregon; Ghost Creek and and triradiate with three wide ridges alternating with three Fannin formations, Queen Charlotte Islands; Skrile Forma- wide grooves, grooves about as wide as ridges. Narrow sub- tion, Slovenia; Japan. sidiary grooves occurring on ridges. Peripheral shell con- sisting of large irregular pore frames with thickest portion on sleeve-like extension and connected to cephalis by two or three butresses which separate one or two small rounded pericephalic pores. 314 Plate PSP03. Perispyridium hippaense (Carter). Magnification x250. Fig. 1(H). Carter et al. 1988, pl. 6, fig. 1. Fig. 2. Carter et al. 1988, pl. 6, fig. 2. Fig. 3. JP, MNA-10, MA11437. Plate PSP01. Perispyridium oregonense (Yeh). Magnification x250. Fig. 1(H). Yeh 1987b, pl. 13, fig. 14. Fig. 2. QCI, GSC loc. C-080611, GSC 111741. Fig. 3. QCI, GSC loc. C-175309, GSC 111742. 315 Genus: Pleesus Yeh 1987b Type species: Pleesus aptus Yeh 1987b Synonymy: Original remarks: Pleesus n. gen., differs from Katroma 1987b Pleesus n. gen. – Yeh, p. 82. Pessagno and Poisson (1981) by lacking a horn on cephalis, and by having a less inflated final post-abdominal Original description: Test multicyrtid, spindle-shaped chamber. (conical when broken), with or without constrictions be- tween joints. Cephalis dome-shaped with horn. Earlier Etymology: Pleesus is a name formed by an arbitrary chambers covered with layer of microgranular silica, re- combination of letters (ICZN, 1985, Appendix D, pt.Vl, maining chambers consisting of single layer of regular to Recommendation 40, p. 201). subregular polygonal pore frames. Final post-abdominal chambers slightly inflated and terminating in open, narrow, Included species: elongate, tubular extension. PLE01 Pleesus aptus Yeh 1987b Pleesus aptus Yeh 1987b Species code: PLE01 Synonymy: Measurements (µm): 1987b Pleesus aptus n. sp. – Yeh, p. 82, pl. 10, figs. 9, 18, 23; Ten specimens measured. pl. 23, fig. 7. Length Width of Length of 1996 Pleesus sp. – Tumanda et al., p. 181, Fig. 5.9. of conical conical part inflated Max. 1998 Pleesus sp. aff. P. aptus Yeh – Yeh & Cheng, p. 34, pl. 4, part at base part width fig. 17. HT 187 90 75 115 2004 Pleesus aptus Yeh – Matsuoka, fig. 122. Mean 192 110 73 118 Original description: Test as with genus, elongate, spindle- Max. 209 128 75 126 shaped, with slight constrictions between joints, with as Min. 185 90 71 112 many as nine post-abdominal chambers. Cephalis dome- shaped, medium in size, without horn. Thorax and subse- Etymology: Aptus-a-um (Latin, adj.) = useful. quent chambers trapezoidal in outline, gradually increas- ing in width as added, with final post-abdominal chamber Type locality: Sample OR-600A, Hyde Formation along slightly inflated and terminating in narrow, latticed, tubu- Izee-Paulina road, east-central Oregon. lar extension. Cephalis imperforate, thorax and abdomen sparsely perforate, covered by layer of microgranular silica. Occurrence: Hyde Formation and Warm Springs member Post-abdominal chambers consisting of single layer of sub- of the Snowshoe Formation, Oregon; Liminangcong Chert, regular tetragonal, pentagonal, and hexagonal pore frames. Philippines; Tawi Sadh Member of the Guwayza Formation, Pore frames gradually increasing in size distally. Musallah Formation, Oman; Japan. 316 Plate PLE01. Pleesus aptus Yeh. Magnification x200. Fig. 1(H). Yeh 1987b, pl. 10, fig. 9. Fig. 2. Matsuoka 2004, fig. 122. Fig. 3. OM, BR706-R12-08. Fig. 4. BR706-R12-04. Fig. 5. OM-00-252-021817. Fig. 6. OM-00-251-021417. 317 Genus: Plicaforacapsa O’Dogherty, Goričan & Dumitrica 2006 Type species: Stylocapsa catenarum Matsuoka 1982a Synonymy: species with this ornamentation have been found in the 2006 Plicaforacapsa O’Dogherty, Goričan & Dumitrica n. gen. Jurassic: Stichocapsa elegans Matsuoka from the Toarcian - O’Dogherty et al., p. 443. (Matsuoka 1991a) and Stylocapsa catenarum Matsuoka from the middle to late Bathonian (Baumgartner et al., Original diagnosis: Test elongated fusiform, composed 1995a). A direct phylogenetic relationship between them of two or more segments. Outer surface of shell with has not been demonstrated yet. longitudinal plicae bearing one row of small circular pores. Cephalis small, hemispherical, last segment inflated with a Etymology: Referring to perforated plicae, feminine gen- constricted aperture at the base. der. Original remarks: Plicaforacapsa differs from other genera Included species: in having pores on the longitudinal plicae. At present two SCP02 Plicaforacapsa? elegans (Matsuoka) 1991 Plicaforacapsa? elegans (Matsuoka) 1991 Species code: SCP02 Synonymy: perforated longitudinal plicae on the conical proximal 1991 Stichocapsa elegans n. sp. – Matsuoka, p. 731, Fig. 7. 1a – 5b. portion of the shell. 2003 Stichocapsa elegans Matsuoka – Goričan et al., p. 297, pl. 4, fig. 11. Measurements (µm): 2004 Stichocapsa elegans Matsuoka – Matsuoka, fig. 86. Numbers of specimens measured are in parentheses. Original description: Shell of four to five segments, HT Max. Min. Mean elongate ovoidal. Cephalis hemispherical, poreless. Thorax, Total height of shell 170 179 152 165 (15) abdomen and the fourth segment in the case of five- Max. width of shell 89 105 81 89 (15) segmented specimens truncate conical. All segments but Diameter of aperture 8 8 6 7 (2) the last one form conical proximal part; the last segment large, hemispherical with a strongly constricted aperture. Etymology: The specific name comes from the Latin elegans Strictures between segments indistinct externally. Ten to (=elegant). 12 longitudinal plicae observed on the conical proximal portion of shell in lateral view. One row of pores runs on the Type locality: MNA-10, Nanjo Massif, Mino Terrane, plicae. The distal portion of shell with smooth, perforated central Japan. surface. Pores small and circular. Occurrence: Mino Terrane, Japan; Skrile Formation, Original remarks: Stichocapsa elegans, n. sp. differs from Slovenia; Tawi Sadh Member of the Guwayza Formation, S. plicata, n. sp. by its slender form and by possessing Oman. 318 Plate SCP02. Plicaforacapsa? elegans (Matsuoka). Magnification x400. Fig. 1(H) a-b. Matsuoka 1991, fig. 7.1a-b. Fig. 2. Goričan et al. 2003, pl. 4, fig. 11. Fig. 3. OM, BR1121-R09-17. 319 Genus: Podocapsa Rüst 1885, emend. Foreman 1973 Type species: Podocapsa guembeli Rüst 1885 (subsequent designation by Campbell, 1954) Synonymy: than the one or more which were eligible to be the type 1885 Podocapsa n. gen. – Rüst, p. 304. of the species designated as type species of the genera he 1973 Podocapsa Rüst emend. – Foreman, p. 267. treated, this illustration by Campbell is not considered to be a designation. We therefore designate Rüst’s specimen (pl. Original description: The three following species required 36, fig. 6) as the lectotype of Podocapsa guembeli. Although the definition of a new genus. A diagnosis would be: Mono- Rüst considered this specimen to be a monocyrtid with two cyrtida clausa eradiata, testa subsphaerica, appendicibus porous wings and a porous apical extension, it is apparent tribus vel pluribus ubique clathratis, and it would have its that the latter is actually the terminal tube of the distalmost analogue in the genera Haeckel’s dicyrtid genus Sethrochy- segment and that the proximal segments have been broken tris and Ehrenberg’s Lithochytris. Of the two latticed exten- off. The generic definition of Podocapsa is thus emended as sions the two opposite ones, which could be named basal follows: Shell of at least three segments, the proximal part extensions, are always equal, while the third one, the apical small, made up of all but the distalmost segment which is extension, is developed different. large, globose, and bears three porous wings and a porous terminal tube. Further remarks: By Foreman (1973): When Campbell By Baumgartner et al. (1995a): This genus can be dis- (1954, p. D122) subsequently designated Podocapsa tinguished from the genus Podobursa by the nature of the guembeli Rüst, 1885 as the type species of Podocapsa, he did laterally directed porous wings as opposed to laterally di- not, in the absence of a type designation by Rüst, indicate rected spines on Podobursa. which of the two entirely different specimens illustrated by Rüst was to be considered as the lectotype of P. guembeli. Included species: He did reproduce one of Rüst’s illustrations, fig. 5 on pl. 36. POD01 Podocapsa abreojosensis Whalen & Carter 2002 However, since he very frequently selected a specimen other Podocapsa abreojosensis Whalen & Carter 2002 Species code: POD01 Synonymy: less globose shape of the cephalis and thorax and longer 1984 unidentified Radiolaria – Whalen & Pessagno, pl. 1, fig. 8. arms. It is possible Podocapsa? abreojosensis n. sp., may be 1998 Podocapsa sp. A – Yeh & Cheng, p. 30, pl. 6, figs. 12, 16. a heterochronous homeomorph as it is so disconnected in 2002 Podocapsa abreojosensis n. sp. – Whalen & Carter, p. 136, time from all other species of this genus; for this reason, pl. 14, figs. 6, 7, 13, 14; pl. 18, figs. 10, 11. the genus is queried. However, at this time we are unable to Original description: Test composed of cephalis, thorax recognize characteristics that would suggest establishing a and abdomen. Cephalis hemispherical, with small horn, new genus. small pores masked by a layer of microgranular silica. Tho- rax trapezoidal in outline with small, irregularly sized and Measurements (µm): shaped pores covered by layer of microgranular silica. Ab- (n) = number of specimens measured dominal chamber spherical, inflated, much larger than first Length (10) two chambers, terminating in porous, cylindrical terminal (maximum) Length of arms (11) extension. Pore frames on abdomen pentagonal, hexagonal, 278 135 HT as well as irregular in construction, much larger than on 278 150 Max. first two segments; abdominal pore frames larger in medial 173 60 Min. position becoming smaller towards thorax and terminal 213 96 Mean tube. Three, large, porous arms circumferentially arranged along widest part of abdomen, situated approximately 120° Etymology: This species is named for Punta Abreojos from each other. Both arms and terminal tube gently taper- located to the south of the type area. ing distally. Arms and terminal tube usually with broken tips but some specimens show closure, particularly on the Type locality: Sample BPW80-30, San Hipólito Formation, arms (holotype). Pores on arms and terminal tube slightly Punta San Hipólito, Vizcaino Peninsula, Baja California, smaller than on abdomen, sometimes showing slight tro- Mexico. chospiral arrangement. Occurrence: San Hipólito Formation, Baja California Sur; Original remarks: Podocapsa abreojosensis n. sp., is Liminangcong Chert, Philippines; Haliw (Aquil) Forma- distinguished from P. amphitreptera Foreman 1973, by the tion, Oman. 320 Plate POD01. Podocapsa abreojosensis Whalen & Carter. Magnification x200 except Fig. 1b(H) x300. Fig. 1(H). Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 14, figs. 6, 13. Fig. 2. Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 14, fig. 7. Fig. 3. OM, BR682-R09-13. Fig. 4. OM, Haliw-039-R03-04. 321 Genus: Praeconocaryomma Pessagno 1976 Type species: Praeconocaryomma universa Pessagno 1976 Synonymy: in the California Coast Ranges. Forms figured by Rüst 1976 Praeconocaryomma n. gen. – Pessagno, p. 40. (1885, pl.28, figs.12-13) from the Koprolithen of Ilsede, northwestern Germany, as “Carposphaera” circumplicata Original description: Cortical shell invariably with radial Rüst and “Carposphaera” affinis Rüst are probably spines protruding from mammae. Pore frames differing assignable at least to the Praeconocaryommidae. Likewise, in size, shape, and distribution between cortical shell and “Conosphaera” sphaeroconus Rüst (1898, pl. 4, fig. 8) each medullary shell, tending to be proportionately and from the Kieselkalk of Cittiglio may be assignable to the progressively larger on each medullary shell. Radial beams Praeconocaryommidae. All three of the last-named species connecting medullary shells about one-third as thick as have cortical shells with mammae lacking radial spines; those connecting cortical shell to first medullary shell. they should probably be assigned to a new genus. Original remarks: Praeconocaryomma n. gen., differs Included species: from Conocaryomma Lipman by invariably having three PRY05 Praeconocaryomma bajaensis Whalen n. sp. rather than four or five medullary shells. It differs from PRY01 Praeconocaryomma decora gr. Yeh 1987b Phaenicosphaera Haeckel by possessing three medullary PRY02 Praeconocaryomma immodica Pessagno & Poisson shells rather than one. 1981 “Acanthosphaera” magnimamma Rüst and “Heliosphaera” PRY03 Praeconocaryomma parvimamma Pessagno & mammil aria Rüst from the Kieselkalk of Cittiglio, Italy, Poisson 1981 appear to be early representatives of Praeconocaryomma. PRY07 Praeconocaryomma sarahae Carter n. sp. These same species are now known from Tithonian strata PRY04 Praeconocaryomma whiteavesi Carter 1988 PRY06 Praeconocaryomma? yakounensis Carter n. sp. Praeconocaryomma bajaensis Whalen n. sp. Species code: PRY05 Synonymy: Measurements (µm): 1989 Praeconocaryomma spp. – Hattori, pl. 9, fig. M. Based on 6 specimens 1996 Praeconosphaera sphaeroconus (Rüst) Yang – Pujana, HT Max. Min. Mean p. 136, pl. 1, fig. 21. Diameter of cortical shell 224 308 207 247 1997 Praeconocaryomma sp. A – Yao, pl. 1, fig. 32. Diameter of mammae 32 53 25 37 2002 Praeconocaryomma sp. A – Whalen & Carter, p. 108, pl. 8, Height of mammae 20 31 14 21 fig. 8. 2003 Praeconocaryomma spp. – Goričan et al., p. 291, pl. 1, fig. 14 only. Etymology: Named for Baja California Sur, Mexico. Type designation: Holotype USNM 401912 (pl. PRY05, Type locality: Loc. BPW80-30, sandstone member, San fig. 1) from sample BPW80-30. Paratype, GSC 111744 from Hipólito Formation, Punta San Hipólito, Vizcaino Penin- GSC loc. C-140418 (pl. PRY05, fig. 2). sula, Baja California Sur, Mexico. Paratype from Louise Is- land, Queen Charlotte Islands. Description: Test spherical with large, closely spaced po- rous mammae that comprise a large part of the total surface Occurrence: San Hipólito Formation, Baja California Sur; area. Surfaces of mammae rounded, penetrated by many Ghost Creek and Fannin formations, Queen Charlotte small circular pores centered around a small rod-like spine. Islands; Sierra Chacaicó Formation, Argentina; Skrile Pores in intermammary area generally small, very irregular Formation, Slovenia; Tawi Sadh Member of the Guwayza in shape. Outermost medullary shell with variably-sized Formation, Oman; Japan. pentagonal pore frames. Thin triradiate beams connect medullary shell with mammae on cortical shell. Remarks: This form is similar to Praeconocaryomma whiteavesi Carter but differs in having less numerous but much larger mammae and correspondingly smaller intermammary areas with smaller pores. 322 Plate PRY05. Praeconocaryomma bajaensis Whalen n. sp. Magnification Figs. 1-4, 6 x200 (scale bar A), figs. 5, 7-9 x150 (scale bar B). Fig. 1(H). Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 8, fig. 8. Fig. 2. QCI, GSC loc. C-140418, GSC 111744. Fig. 3. QCI, GSC loc. C-304566, GSC 111745. Fig. 4. Goričan et al. 2003, pl. 1, fig. 14. Fig. 5. SI, MM 5.00, 010114. Fig. 6. OM, BR1121-R06-02. Fig. 7. QCI, GSC loc. C-305417, GSC 111746. Fig. 8. OM, BR1121-R06-06. Fig. 9. OM, BR1121-R07-24. 323 Praeconocaryomma decora gr. Yeh 1987b Species code: PRY01 Synonymy: Original remarks: Praeconocaryomma decora, n. sp., is 1987b Praeconocaryomma decora n. sp. – Yeh, p. 39, pl. 6, fig. 15; very similar to P. immodica Pessagno & Poisson (1981) by pl. 20, figs. 1-2, 9, 16, 19. having a cortical shell with large rounded, closely spaced 1987b Praeconocaryomma sp. A – Yeh, p. 40, pl. 2, figs. 17, 22; mammae and by having primary spines circular in axial pl. 20, fig. 4. section. These two species can be distinguished by different 1990 Praeconocaryomma decora Yeh – Nagai, pl. 6, fig. 6. patterns of intermammary pore frames. 1998 Praeconocaryomma decora Yeh – Yeh & Cheng, p. 15, pl. 11, figs. 1, 5. Measurements (µm): 2002 Praeconocaryomma sp. A Yeh – Whalen & Carter, p. 108, Ten specimens measured. pl. 8, fig. 5. Diameter of Diameter of 2003 Praeconocaryomma spp. – Goričan et al., p. 291, pl. 1, cortical shell medullary shell Length of spines fig. 10 only. HT 180 48 Original description: Cortical shell with closely spaced Mean 180 90 70 Max. 184 95 92 mammae. Mammae uniform in size, moderately large, high Min. 174 87 45 in relief, distal surface rounded, hexagonal or subcircular in outline, with long primary spine originating from Etymology: Decorus-a-um (latin, adj.) = graceful. center of each mamma. Primary spines slender, circular in axial section. Each mamma with five to seven short rays Type locality: Sample OR-600A, Hyde Formation along connecting directly to adjacent mammae or linking with Izee-Paulina road, east-central Oregon. rays from surrounding mammae. Rays single, bifurcate, or trifurcate. Mammary pore frames poorly developed, Occurrence: Nicely and Hyde formations, and Warm with thin bars connecting massive rays and formnig small Springs member of the Snowshoe Formation, Oregon; San subtriangles beneath mammae. Intermammary pore frames Hipólito Formation, Baja California Sur; Skrile Formation, large, regular in size, mostly triangular and tetragonal in Slovenia; Liminangcong Chert, Philippines; Tawi Sadh outline. Member of the Guwayza Formation, Oman. Praeconocaryomma immodica Pessagno & Poisson 1981 Species code: PRY02 Synonymy: flattened, pentagonal in outline; mammae with radially 1977a Pr aeconocaryomma magnimamma (Rüst) – Pessagno, arranged primary spines that are circular in axial section. p. 77, pl. 5, figs. 14-16; pl. 6, fig. 1. Each face of pentagonal mammae with large pores; pores 1981 Praeconocaryomma immodic a n. sp. – Pessagno & Poisson, separated by stout rays which project into intermammary p. 57, pl. 7, figs. 2-9. areas; individual rays bifurcate or trifurcate linking up 1984 Praeconocaryomma immodica Pessagno & Poisson with rays of adjoining mammae and forming triangular – Pessagno et al., p. 24, pl. 1, figs. 22-24. intermammary pore frames. Massive nodes present 1987 Praeconocaryomma aff. P. immodica Pessagno & Poisson – Hattori, pl. 21, fig. 1. at point of bifurcation or trifurcation. Well preserved 1988 Praeconocaryomma immodica Pessagno & Poisson specimens with thinner rays projecting from bottom – Carter et al., p. 31, pl. 1, fig. 1. side of rays at nodal points forming subsidiary triangular 1996 Praeconocaryomma immodica Pessagno & Poisson pore frames. Primary radial beams (circular in axial – Tumanda et al., p. 173, Fig. 4.7. section) continuous with radial beams connecting cortical 1996 Praeconocaryomma immodica Pessagno & Poisson – Yeh shell with first medullary shell and first medullary shell & Cheng, p. 100, pl. 2, fig. 12. with second medullary shell. First medullary shell with 1998 Praeconocaryomma immodica Pessagno & Poisson triangular meshwork comprised of equilateral triangular – Cordey, p. 89, pl. 22, figs. 1, 2. pore frames; second medullary shell with polygonal pore 1998 Praeconocaryomma immodica Pessagno & Poisson – Yeh frames. & Cheng, p. 15, pl. 1, fig. 11, 14; pl. 11, fig. 15. 2004 Praeconocaryomma immodica Pessagno & Poisson – Hori, pl. 5, fig. 9. Original remarks: P. immodica, n. sp., differs from P. me- 2004 Praeconocaryomma immodica Pessagno & Poisson dia, n. sp., (1) by having mammae which are pentagonal – Ziabrev et al., Fig. 5-6. rather than hexagonal in ouline and which are consider- 2005 Praeconocaryomma immodica Pessagno & Poisson – Hori, ably higher in relief; (2) by having mammae which are pl. 8, fig. 53. more closely spaced; and (3) by having more complex intermammary areas. P. media has triangular mammary Original description: Cortical shell with prominent pore frames closed by a bar at their base; however, the mammae which tend to be exceedingly high in relief. mammary pore frames of P. immodica lack the basal bar Distal surfaces (tops) of mammae imperforate, somewhat and are open basally. 324 Plate PRY01. Praeconocaryomma decora gr. Yeh. Magnification x250. Fig. 1(H). Yeh 1987b, pl. 19, fig. 2. Fig. 2. Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 8, fig. 5. Fig. 3. QCI, GSC loc. C-304568, GSC 111804. Fig. 4. OM, BR1121-R09-13. Fig. 5. Goričan et al. 2003, pl. 1, fig. 10. Fig. 6. OM, BR1121-R06-01. Fig. 7. OM, BR1121-R08-29. Fig. 8. OM, BR1121-R06-03. Plate PRY02. Praeconocaryomma immodica Pessagno & Poisson. Magnification x250. Fig. 1(H). Pessagno & Poisson 1981, pl. 7, fig. 2. Fig. 2. QCI, GSC loc. C-080613, GSC 111743. Fig. 3. OM, BR1121-15929. 325 This species seems to be the most advanced form in the Etymology: Immodicus-a-um (Latin, adj.): immoderate, P. parvimamma, n. sp., lineage group. At present it is not excessive. possible to link it directly to earlier and simpler forms such as P. media. It would, however, appear that the basal Type locality: Sample BK 605, red radiolarian chert in mé- bar of the P. media mammary pore frames has been lost in lange, Franciscan Complex, California. the course of the evolution of this lineage. Occurrence: Franciscan Complex, California; Fannin, Measurements (µm): Whiteaves and Phantom Creek formations, Queen Char- Based on 10 specimens. lotte Islands; Bridge River Complex, British Columbia; Li- Diameter of cortical shell Height of mammae minangcong Chert, Philippines; Japan; Bainang Terrane, HT 206 44 Tibet; Tawi Sadh Member of the Guwayza Formation, Max. 225 44 Oman. Min. 193 25 Praeconocaryomma parvimamma Pessagno & Poisson 1981 Species code: PRY03 Synonymy: Pliensbachian to Early Tithonian times this lineage tends 1981 Praeconocaryomma parvimamma n. sp. – Pessagno & to change through an increase in the width and height of Poisson, p. 58, pl. 8, figs. 5-8, pl. 9, fig. 2. mammae and by developing more complex structure in 1998 Praeconocaryomma parvimamma Pessagno & Poisson the intermammary areas. All members of this group dis- – Cordey, p. 89, pl. 22, figs. 3, 6. play a first medullary shell with equilateral triangular pore frames. Original description: Cortical shell with mammae having It should be noted that the form figured by Pessagno radially arranged relatively long primary spines originating (1977) as P. magnimamma (Rüst) is assigned to P. im- from the center of their flat distal (top) surfaces. Primary modica, n. sp., herein. Rüst’s (1898, Pl. IV, fig. 1) illustra- spines relatively long, circular in cross-section. Distal tion of A. magnimamma shows a form with mammae and flattened surfaces of mammae hexagonal in outline; six intermammary areas perforated by numerous small pores. sides of each mamma with massive triangular mammary Pessagno originally assumed that the small pores were a pore frames at their base; mammary pore frames with figment of Rüst’s imagination and that the extremely large massive nodes at their base only; pore frames and sides mammae with long smooth (circular in axial section) pri- of mammae sloping gently outward. Six rays originating mary spines were the distinguishing feature of P. magni- from position of nodes at base of mammary pore frames, mamma. Unfortunately, however, a form quite similar to aligned with legs of each mammary pore frame and Rüst’s form occurs in Pliensbachian cherts from the Fran- interconnecting with rays of adjoining mammae. Large ciscan Complex. This form is referred to P. sp. aff. P. mag- subelliptical pores occurring between rays. Cortical shell nimamma (Rüst) herein. and two medullary shells connected by radial beams which are circular in axial section. First medullary shell Measurements (µm): with triangular pore frames having nodes at their vertices; Based on 9 specimens. second medullary shell with polygonal (pentagonal?) pore HT Min. Max. frames. Diameter of cortical shell 235 200 260 Height of mammae 20 12 20 Original remarks: P. parvimamma, n. sp., differs from P. media, n. sp., (1) by having much smaller, less inclined Etymology: Parvus-a-um (Latin, adj.): small + mamma mammary pore frames and (2) by having mammae which (- ae, F.) = breast. are smaller with flattened distal (top) surfaces. P. parvimamma appears to be the earliest and simplest Type locality: Sample 1662D, Gümüslü Allochthon, Taurus form of a lineage group (termed the P. parvimamma line- Mts., Turkey. age group here) which includes at least four morphotypes. The data at hand indicate the the P. parvimamma lineage Occurrence: Gümüslü Allochthon, Turkey; Franciscan group makes its first appearance in the Lower Pliensbachi- Complex, California; Bridge River Complex, British Co- an (?Upper Sinemurian) and its final appearance in lumbia; Tawi Sadh Member of the Guwayza Formation, the Lower Tithonian. During the period from Early Oman. 326 Plate PRY03. Praeconocaryomma parvimamma Pessagno & Poisson. Magnification x200. Fig. 1(H). Pessagno & Poisson 1981, pl. 8, fig. 5. Fig. 2. TR, 1662D-R04-09. Fig. 3. TR, 1662D-R04-02. Fig. 4. TR, 1662D-R04-07. Fig. 5. OM, BR1121-R07-20. 327 Praeconocaryomma sarahae Carter n. sp. Species code: PRY07 Synonymy: species are approximately the same age which suggests ? 1987 Praeconocaryomma sp. B – Hattori, pl. 20, fig. 18. the possibility that some type of horizontal gene transfer ? 1997 Praeconocaryomma ? sp. D0 – Yao, pl. 1, fig. 36. (Dumitrica & Guex, 2003) may have been operational 2001 Praeconocaryomma media Pessagno & Poisson – Gawlick during this time. et al., pl. 6, fig. 2. 2002 Praeconocaryomma media Pessagno & Poisson – Suzuki et al., p. 172, fig. 4-A. Remarks: Praeconocaryomma sarahae n. sp. differs from P. 2002 Praeconocaryomma parvimamma Pessagno & Poisson parvimamma Pessagno & Poisson in lacking the six small – Suzuki et al., p. 172, fig. 4-B. pores that surround the base of each mamma. Pessagno & Poisson (1991) suggest that P. parvimamma is probably the Type designation: Holotype GSC 111747 from GSC loc. C- earliest and simplest form of the genus Praeconocaryomma. 304568 (pl. PRY07 fig. 1), Rennell Junction member of the P. sarahae n. sp. is even simpler morphologically and may Fannin Formation (upper lower Pliensbachian). Paratype be the older of the two. GSC 111751 from GSC loc. C-305417 (pl. PRY07, fig. 5), Sandilands Formation (basal Pliensbachian). Measurements (µm): Based on 6 specimens. Description: Multi-layered cortical shell with mammae, HT Max. Min. Mean some having remnants of short, circular primary spines. Diameter of cortical shell 207 232 197 210 Distal surfaces of mammae low to moderately raised with Height of mammae 10 11 7 10 relatively flat surfaces; usually hexagonal (occasionally pentagonal or septagonal) in shape. Each mamma usually Etymology: Named for Sarah K. Carter, a mammal biolo- surrounded by six massive triangular mammary pore gist and ecologist for her help with the author’s research frames whose outer vertices link with other mammae and her constant support. forming an interlocking meshwork. Inner layer(s) of shell with triangular pore frames that apparently are connected Type locality: Sample 99-CNA-MI-11 (GSC loc. C-304568), to the inner surface of external mammae directly or are Rennell Juction member of the Fannin Formation, Maude connected by some type of pillar-like structures. Inner layer Island, Skidegate Inlet, Queen Charlotte Islands, British of pore frames slightly rotated, but usually aligned. Size of Columbia. pore frames gradually decreasing towards center of test. Central structure of test unknown. Occurrence: Sandilands and Ghost Creek formations and It is interesting to note that the outer shell structure Rennell Junction member of the Fannin Formation, Queen of P. sarahae n. sp. closely parallels that of the genus Charlotte Islands; Pucara Group, Peru; Dürrnberg Forma- Pseudopantanel ium Yeh, and species P. floridum Yeh. Both tion, Austria. 328 Plate PRY07. Praeconocaryomma sarahae Carter n. sp. Magnification x200. Fig. 1(H). GSC loc. C-304568, GSC 111747. Fig. 2. QCI, GSC loc. C-140495, GSC 111748. Fig. 3. QCI, GSC loc. C-080612, GSC 111749. Fig. 4. QCI, GSC loc. C-140495, GSC 111750. Fig. 5. QCI, GSC loc. C-305417, GSC 111751. Fig. 6. QCI, GSC loc. C-305417, GSC 111752. Fig. 7. QCI, GSC loc. C-305417, GSC 111753. Fig. 8. QCI, GSC loc. C-305417, GSC 111754. Fig. 9. QCI, GSC loc. C305417, GSC 111755. Fig. 10. AT, BMW21-01. Fig. 11. AT, BMW21-07. 329 Praeconocaryomma whiteavesi Carter 1988 Species code: PRY04 Synonymy: by Pessagno and Poisson (1981, p. 59, pl. 9, figs. 3-5). It dif- 1981 Praeconocaryomma sp. aff. P. magnimamma (Rüst) fers by having smaller mammae and correspondingly larg- – Pessagno & Poisson, p. 59, pl. 9, figs. 3-5. er intermammary areas with larger pores. These differences 1987b Praeconocaryomma sp. C – Yeh, p. 40, pl. 2, fig. 28; pl. 20, become even more apparent when this form is compared fig. 5. with P. magnimamma (Rüst) 1898 and P. sp. aff. P. magni- 1988 Praeconocaryomma whiteavesi Carter n. sp. – Carter et al., p. 31, pl. 1, figs. 3, 6. mamma figured by Feary and Pessagno (1980, figs. 3, 4), 1989 Praeconocaryomma whiteavesi Carter – Hattori, pl. 18, fig. F. and are considered significant enough to warrant designat- 1989 Praeconocaryomma spp. – Hattori, pl. 19, fig. B. ing this form a new species. 1998 Praeconocaryomma whiteavesi Carter – Cordey, p. 90, pl. 22, fig. 8. Further remarks: Praeconocaryomma sp. aff. P. magnimam- Not 1998 Praeconocaryomma whiteavesi Carter – Yeh & Cheng, ma (Rüst) figured by Pessagno and Poisson (see above) is p. 15, pl. 1, figs. 9, 12. now considered variability of P. whiteavesi. 1998 Praeconocaryomma sp. A – Yeh & Cheng, p. 15, pl. 1, fig. 10. 2005 Praeconocaryomma sp. aff. P. magnimamma (Rüst) sensu Measurements (µm): Pessagno & Poisson – Kashiwagi et al., pl. 6, fig. 12. Based on 7 specimens. Original diagnosis: Spherical test with small, closely spaced HT Av. Max. Min. porous mammae. Pores in intermammary areas normally Diameter of cortical shell 196 189 200 180 much larger; elliptical and subtriangular in shape. Height of mammae 15 14 20 11 Original description: Test spherical with small, closely Etymology: Named in honour of J. F. Whiteaves, who spaced, porous mammae. Surfaces of mammae penetrated studied the early paleontological collection from Maude by a number of small circular pores centred around a small Island. spine, which is circular in section. Pores in intermammary area irregularly sized; larger pores subtriangular in shape, Type locality: GCS locality C-080577, Fannin member of smaller pores more elliptical. Occasional nodes arise near the Fannin Formation, Creek locality, Maude Island, Queen centres of intermammary areas where a number of pores Charlotte Islands, British Columbia. converge. First medullary shell has pentagonal pore frames of varying size with weakly developed nodes at bar vertices. Occurrence: Fannin Formation, Queen Charlotte Islands Sturdy triradiate beams connect medullary shell with and Bridge River Complex, British Columbia; Warm mammae on cortical shell. Springs member of the Snowshoe Formation, Oregon; Gümüslü Allochthon, Turkey; Tawi Sadh Member of the Original remarks: This form is somewhat similar to Prae- Guwayza Formation and Musallah Formation, Oman; conocaryomma sp. aff. P. magnimamma (Rüst) illustrated Liminangcong Chert, Philippines; Japan. Praeconocaryomma? yakounensis Carter n. sp. Species code: PRY06 Type designation: Holotype GSC 111794 (pl. PRY06, fig. 1), rather than telescoping inward as in P. sarahae n. sp. In and paratype GSC 111795 (pl. PRY06, fig. 2) from GSC loc. Queen Charlotte Islands, this is the oldest form (late Sine- C-140441; Sandilands Formation (upper Sinemurian). murian) that can even questionably be assigned to the ge- nus Praeconocaryomma Pessagno. Description: Large multi-layered cortical shell with pro- minent mammae. Distal surfaces of mammae small to Measurements (µm): medium in size, low to moderately raised, pentagonal to Based on 5 specimens. hexagonal in shape, with slightly rounded surfaces. Each HT Max. Min. Mean mamma surrounded by six strong triangular pore frames Diameter of cortical shell 279 302 279 292 whose vertices link with other mammae. Inner layer(s) Height of mammae 21 21 15.6 17.5 of shell comprised of smaller irregular to subtriangular pore frames connected to the outer triangular pore frames Etymology: Named for the type locality on the western forming a slightly depressed interconnecting meshwork. bank of the Yakoun River, central Graham Island. Short peripheral spines visible on some specimens. Central structure of test unknown. Type locality: Sample CAA-86-T-2/3 (GSC loc. C-140441), Sandilands Formation, Yakoun River area, central Graham Remarks: Praeconocaryomma? yakounensis n. sp. differs Island, Queen Charlotte Islands, British Columbia. from P. sarahae n. sp. in possessing a larger test. Further- more, the inner layer of pore frames connects to the outer Occurrence: Sandilands Formation, Queen Charlotte Is- triangular pore frames forming an interlocking meshwork lands, British Columbia. 330 Plate PRY04. Praeconocaryomma whiteavesi Carter. Magnification x200. Fig. 1(H). Carter et al. 1988, pl. 1, fig. 3. Fig. 2. OM-00-251, 021521. Fig. 3. OM, BR1121-R06-04. Fig. 4. OM, BR1121-R10-07. Fig. 5. OM, BR1121-R08-16. Plate PRY06. Praeconocaryomma? yakounensis Carter n. sp. Magnification x200. Fig. 1(H). GSC loc. C-140441, GSC 111794. Fig. 2. QCI, GSC loc. C-140441, GSC 111795. Fig. 3. QCI, GSC loc. C-140441, GSC 111796. Fig. 4. QCI, GSC loc. C-140441, GSC 111797. Fig. 5. QCI, GSC loc. C-140441, GSC 111798. 331 Genus: Praehexasaturnalis Kozur & Mostler 1983, emend. Kozur & Mostler 1990 Type species: Palaeosaturnalis tenuispinosus Donofrio & Mostler 1978 Synonymy: Further remarks: By Kozur & Mostler (1990): Kozur and 1983 Praehexasaturnalis n. gen. – Kozur & Mostler, p. 30. Mostler (1983) assumed that Praehexasaturnalis Kozur and 1990 Praehexasaturnalis Kozur & Mostler, emend. – Kozur & Mostler, 1983 represents the forerunner of Hexasaturnalis Mostler, p. 194. Kozur and Mostler, 1983, because the striking hexagonal ring outline is in both genera the same and Hexasaturnalis Original diagnosis: Ring narrow but not differentiated began later than Praehexasaturnalis. As already pointed yet. Its cross section is flat. Outline of ring hexagonal to out under the remarks to the Saturnaliacea Deflandre, octagonal. 8-6 very strong marginal spines. 2 polar spines 1953 and Parasaturnalidae Kozur and Mostler, 1972, opposite to marginal spines. No auxiliary spines. Cortical Praehexasaturnalis is a dead-ending sidebranch of the shells spongy. Medullary shells latticed. Parasaturnalidae, in which the same hexagonal ring outline as in primitive Acanthocircinae Pessagno, 1977b emend. ( Hexasaturnalis Kozur and Mostler, 1983, Yaosaturnalis Emended description: By Kozur & Mostler (1990): Spongy Kozur and Mostler, 1983) evolved, but the other shell globular, consisting of several concentric layers. characteristics of the Acanthocircinae (peripolar spines, Microsphere latticed. Ring mostly narrow, rarely moderately ridges on the outer margin of the ring) never evolved. broad, in most primitive forms with 8 spines and with Within the genus Praehexasaturnalis for the first time the rounded octagonal outline to rounded hexagonal outline, development of taxa with auxiliary spines from taxa without later invariably with rounded hexagonal to hexagonal auxiliary spines have been observed. Both morphologically outline and 6 spines, occasionally with 1-2 further, mostly and phylogenetically near related forms, connected by distinctly smaller spines. Most primitive forms only with transitional forms, are here united into Praehexasaturnalis polar spines, higher evolved forms additionally with 2-12 that is therefore here used in a broader sense as by Kozur auxiliary spines. and Mostler (1983). The forms with auxiliary spines continued seemingly until the Upper Cretaceous without Original remarks: In the ring outline this new genus is larger morphological changes. These Upper Cretaceous quite identical with Hexasaturnalis n.gen. but the ring is forms have the highest number of auxiliary spines (about still flat to shallow oval in cross section and has no ridges. 12). However, the inner structure of the shell of these Upper Moreover, the polar spines are situated opposite to the Cretaceous forms is unknown. Therefore they can be only marginal spines. Palaeosaturnalis Donofrio and Mostler, tentatively assigned to Praehexasaturnalis. 1978, is distinguished by its circular outline. Moreover, in most species the ring is broader. Praehexasaturnalis n.gen. Etymology: According to the supposed phylogenetic line is a perfect transitional form between Palaeosaturnalis Praehexasaturnalis n. gen. – Hexasaturnalis n. gen. Donofrio and Mostler, 1978, and Hexasaturnalis n.gen. As for the first time in this genus the typical ring outline of the Included species: Hexasaturnalinae n.subfam. appears, it is already placed in SAT01 Praehexasaturnalis tetraradiatus Kozur & Mostler this subfamily. 1990 Praehexasaturnalis tetraradiatus Kozur & Mostler 1990 Species code: SAT01 Synonymy: Original description: Shell large, globular, spongy, consist- 1984 Pseudoheliodiscus (?) spp. – Whalen & Pessagno, pl. 3, ing of several concentric layers. Microsphere latticed. Shell fig. 12, 13. surface with delicate, short, needle-like spines. Ring nar- 1990 Praehexasaturnalis tetraradiatus n. sp. – Kozur & Mostler, row, flat, undifferentiated, ouline hexagonal. 6 very large, p. 195, pl. 6, figs. 8, 9, 11, 12. slender spines in the 6 corners of the ring. Axial spines a 1994 Praehexasaturnalis tetraradiatus Kozur & Mostler – Carter, pl. 1, fig. 19. little larger and more robust than the 4 circumaxial spines. 1998 Praehexasaturnalis tetraradiatus Kozur & Mostler Polar spines robust. Two auxiliary spines cross-like ar- – Whalen & Carter, p. 54, pl. 14, figs. 1, 2, 5, 6, 9, 10. ranged with the polar spines, mostly short, elongated tri- 2002 Praehexasaturnalis tetraradiatus Kozur & Mostler angular. – Whalen & Carter, p. 108, pl. 5, figs. 7, 11, 12. 2002 Praehexasaturnalis tetraradiatus Kozur & Mostler – Tekin, Original remarks: The phylomorphogenetic development p. 184, pl. 2, fig. 10. within the genus Praehexasaturnalis Kozur & Mostler, 1983 emend. is now well known. The oldest forms (Lower to Middle Norian) have 8 needle-like spines, all of about the 332 same length (the axial spines may be somewhat larger than (Lower Norian), P. elegans without P. tenuispinosus (Mid- the circumaxial spines, like in the stratigraphically younger dle Norian), P. tenuispinosus without P. tetraradiatus (Up- forms). The main stock (with narrow ring) of these oldest per Norian, higher Upper Norian radiolarian faunas not Praehexasaturnalis is represented by Praehexasaturnalis yet well investigated) P. tetraradiatus without P. kirchstein- burnensis (Blome, 1984a), synonym, see under the genus. ensis (?uppermost Norian, Rhaetian), P. tetraradiatus and The outline of this species is still variable (roundish P. kirchsteinensis (Hettangian). octagonal, roundish suboval, subquadratic). Taxonomically this development is interesting, because The next younger form is Praehexasaturnalis elegans taxa with auxiliary spines evolved from taxa without auxil- (Kozur & Mostler, 1972) from the Middle and Upper No- iary spines. Moreover, in P. tetraradiatus the 2 polar spines rian. In this species the 2 spines perpendicularly to the po- and the 2 auxiliary spines are cross-like arranged, like in the lar spines are already distinctly shorter than the remain- genus Stauracanthocircus Kozur & Mostler, 1983 emend. ing spines, the outline of the ring is rounded hexagonal to This is surely a homoeomorphy (see under this genus). rounded subquadratic. In the Upper Norian (? to Rhaetian) Praehexasaturna- Measurements (µm): lis tennuispinosus (Donofrio & Mostler, 1978) occurs, in Min. Max. which the 2 spines perpendicular to the polar spines are Diamater of shell 110 120 not more present. The ring outline is hexagonal. Diameter of ring (in polar axis) 144 170 In the (highest Upper Norian?) Rhaetian and Hettang- Diamater of ring (perpendicular to polar axis) 144 170 ian Praehexasaturnalis tetraradiatus n. sp. occur, that co- Width of ring 13 21 incides morphologically with P. tenuispinosus, but has Length of spines 90 125 2 auxiliary spines additional to the polar spines. These 4 inner spines are cross-like arranged. Etymology: According to the 4 rays at the inner margin of In the Hettangian P. kirchsteinensis evolved then re- the ring (2 polar spines, 2 auxiliary spines). mained morphologically unchanged, but displays 5-10 auxiliary spines. Type locality: Kirchstein Limestone, 6.5 km WSW of Maybe Upper Cretaceous forms with the same morpho- Lenggries/Isar, Bavaria, Germany. logical character, but with peripolar spines, are the last rep- resentatives of this line that yields important guide forms Occurrence: Kirchstein Limestone, Bavaria; Csövár Lime- for the Norian to Hettangian time-interval. 5 distinct stone and Várhegy Cherty Limestone formations, Hun- zones can be discriminated within this interval by evalu- gary; Sandilands Formation, Queen Charlotte Islands; San ation of the phylomorphogenetic development within the Hipólito Formation, Baja California Sur; Hocaköy Radi- genus Praehexasaturnalis: P. burnensis without P. elegans olarite, Turkey. Plate SAT01. Praehexasaturnalis tetraradiatus Kozur & Mostler. Magnification x150. Fig. 1(H). Kozur & Mostler 1990, pl. 6, fig. 11. Fig. 2. Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 5, fig. 7. Fig. 3. Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 5, fig. 11. 333 Genus: Praeparvicingula Pessagno, Blome & Hull 1993 Type species: Parvicingula profunda Pessagno & Whalen 1982 Synonymy: Further remarks: In this catalogue we include Praecaneta 1993 Praeparvicingula Pessagno, Blome & Hull n. gen. with Praeparvicingula, because on many morphotypes – Pessagno et al., p. 144. the »H-linked« circumferential ridges are not clearly 1993 Praecaneta Pessagno, Blome & Hull n. gen. – Pessagno et distinctive. al., p. 142. Original description: Test conical to subcylindrical (never Etymology: From the Latin prae prefix = before, and Parv- spindle-shaped) with horn. Final postabdominal cham- icingula Pessagno. ber(s) either increasing in width or maintaining same width. Final chamber lacking narrow terminal tube as with Included species: Parvicingula s. s. PVG01 Praeparvicingula aculeata (Carter) 1988 PVG02 Praeparvicingula elementaria (Carter) 1988 Original remarks: Praeparvicingula was originally referred PVG03 Praeparvicingula gigantocornis (Kishida & Hisada) to by Pessagno et al. (1987a, 1987b, 1989) as Parvicingula 1985 s. l. Praeparvicingula differs from Parvicingula s. s. by lack- PVG04 Praeparvicingula nanoconica (Hori & Otsuka) 1989 ing a narrow tube on the final postabdominal chamber. TVS01 Praeparvicingula? spinifera (Takemura) 1986 Moreover, the final postabdominal chamber/chambers of PCA02 Praeparvicingula tlel ensis Carter n. sp. Praeparvicingula continue to increase in width, either rap- idly or slowly, as added. Praeparvicingula aculeata (Carter )1988 Species code: PVG01 Synonymy: (not visible on all specimens). Thorax, abdomen and first 1982 Parvicingula sp. A – Wakita, pl. 1, fig. 7. few post-abdominal chambers trapezoidal, remaining 1988 Parvicingula aculeata Carter n. sp. – Carter et al., p. 54, chambers subrectangular in outline. Cephalis and thorax pl. 18, figs. 1, 2, 7. sparsely perforate. Post-abdominal chambers have three 1988a Parvicingula sp. aff. P. schoolhousensis Pessagno &Whalen lateral rows of symmetrical (predominantly pentagonal) – Hattori, pl. 10, fig. M. 1997 Parvicingula dhimenaensis dhimenaensis Baumgartner pore frames between ridges. Pore frames in rows flanking – Yao, pl. 13, fig. 625. circumferential ridges slope steeply away from ridges. Those in central row depressed, smaller and staggered; pores elliptical. Test has rows of sharp pointed nodes, rather than Original diagnosis: Test subcylindrical with 10 or more discrete circumferential ridges, between abdomen and first post-bdominal chambers and very short, slender horn. Test three or four post-abdominal chambers. More distal ridges has rows of pointed nodes in place of circumferential ridges are narrow with small rounded nodes. between abdomen and first few post-abdominal chambers. Original remarks: Differs from all other species of Parv- Original description: Test elongate, subcylindrical with 10 icingula by having a very short, almost non-existent, horn or more post-abdominal chambers when well preserved. and sharp pointed nodes separating the abdomen and first Cephalis small, conical with very short, slender horn few post-abdominal chambers. Praeparvicingula elementaria (Carter) 1988 Species code: PVG02 Synonymy: Original description: Test ovate, usually with six to eight 1988 Eucyrtidium elementarius Carter n. sp. – Carter et al., post-abdominal chambers, and a medium-sized symmetri- p. 60, pl. 17, fig. 13. cal horn. Boundaries between initial chambers indistinct; 1988 Parvicingula sp. B – Carter at al., p. 56, pl. 18, figs. 3, 4. distal chambers separated by slightly thickened ridges and/ 2001 Eucyrtidium ex gr. elementarius Carter – Vishnevskaya, p. 162, pl. 60, fig. 9; pl. 69, figs. 6, 8. or lateral rows of small, poorly developed nodes. All cham- 2001 Laxtorum ? jurassicum Isozaki & Matsuda – Vishnevskaya, bers separated internally by planiform partitions with cir- p. 166, pl. 69, fig. 4 only. cular apertures. Apical chambers increase rapidly in width; intermediate chambers are cylindrical; final chamber al- Original diagnosis: Ovate, smooth multicyrtid with thick- ways slightly constricted. Height of all chambers appears to walled test (at least two layers), and medium-sized sym- be constant. Test walls thick, composed of at least two (and metrical horn. likely more) layers of pores set in hexagonal pore frames. 334 Measurements (µm): Type locality: GSC locality C-080595, Graham Island For- Based on 7 specimens. mation, Graham Island, Queen Charlotte Islands, British HT Av. Max. Min. Columbia. Length (excluding horn) 321 308 346 260 Maximum width 126 116 130 109 Occurrence: Graham Island Formation, Queen Charlotte Islands; Tawi Sadh Member of the Guwayza Formation, Etymology: Latin, aculeatus (adj.), prickly. Oman; Japan. Plate PVG01. Praeparvicingula aculeata (Carter). Magnification x300. Fig. 1(H). Carter et al. 1988, pl. 18, fig. 1. Fig. 2. Carter et al. 1988, pl. 18, fig. 2. Fig. 3. OM, BR871-R07-27. Plate PVG02. Praeparvicingula elementaria (Carter). Magnification x200. Fig. 1(H). Carter et al. 1988, pl. 17, fig. 13. Fig. 2. Carter et al. 1988, pl. 18, fig. 4. 335 Pores circular on outer layer; small on proximal chambers, Measurements (µm): becoming larger and more uniform in size on distal cham- Based on 17 specimens. bers. HT Av. Max. Min. Maximum length (excluding horn) 244 287 350 230 Original remarks: This form bears no resemblance to any Maximum width 144 153 170 135 known species of Eucyrtidium. Specimens (not illustrated) Length of horn 38 28 40 20 of middle Toarcian age are very similar (possibly ances- tral ?) to this species but differ in having a greater number Etymology: Latin, elementarius (adj.), pertaining to rudi- of postabdominal chambers and coarser meshwork with ments of first principles. smaller, more irregularly arranged pore frames. Type locality: Locality GSC C-080595, Graham Island For- Further remarks: This species is now assigned to Praeparv- mation, Graham Island, Queen Charlotte Islands, British icingula because we consider Eucyrtidium elementarius and Columbia. Parvicingula sp. B of Carter (in Carter et al. 1988) conspe- cific and Parvicingula sp. B has slight ridges. Occurrence: Whiteaves, Phantom Creek and Graham Is- land formations, Queen Charlotte Islands; Koryak, Far East Russia. Praeparvicingula gigantocornis (Kishida & Hisada) 1985 Species code: PVG03 Synonymy: or sometimes three rows of small circular pores; center row 1982 Parvicingula? sp. A – Kishida & Sugano, pl. 7, fig. 8. of pores poorly developed. Abdomen and post-abdominal ? 1982 Parvicingula sp. – Matsuda & Isozaki, pl. 1, figs. 14, 17. chambers increasing gradually in height and increasing 1982 Parvicingula sp. – Kido, pl. 4, figs. 11, 12. rapidly in width as added. 1985 Parvicingula gigantocornis n. sp. – Kishida & Hisada, p. 118, pl. 4, figs. 1-5. 1988 Parvicingula gigantocornis Kishida & Hisada – Sashida, Original remarks: Parvicingula gigantocornis, n. sp., p. 22, pl. 2, figs. 5, 10-12, 20, 21; pl. 3, figs. 4, 5. appears to be closely related to such species as Parvicingula 1988 Parvicingula sp. aff. P. media Pessagno &Whalen – Carter matura, P. grantensis, P. vera and others described by et al., p. 55, pl. 18, figs. 9, 11. Pessagno & Whalen (1982) from Middle Jurassic strata 1990 Parvicingula cf. gigantocornis Kishida & Hisada – Hori, Fig. in North America. However, P. gigantocornis differs from 9.31. these species, in having smaller pores and poorly developed 1991 Parvicingula sp. B – Carter & Jakobs, p. 343, pl. 3, fig. 20. center row of pores. It is likely that P. gigantocornis is a more 1992 Parvicingula aff. gigantocornis Kishida & Hisada – Sashida, primitive species of the genus Parvicingula. pl. 2, fig. 7. 1993 Parvicingula sp. – Fujii et al., pl. 1, fig. 2. 2001 Praeparvicingula gigantocornis (Kishida & Hisada) Measurements (µm): – Kashiwagi, Fig. 6.6. Based on 7 specimens. 2003 Parvicingula gigantocornis Kishida & Hisada – Kashiwagi Length Width & Kurimoto, pl. 3, fig. 21. 128 88 HT 2004 Parvicingula gigantocornis Kishida & Hisada – Hori, pl. 13, 160 128 Max. figs. 49-52. 120 80 Min. 2004 Parvicingula gigantocornis Kishida & Hisada – Ishida et al., 138 90 Av. pl. 5, fig. 14. Etymology: The name is derived from the Latin noun Original diagnosis: Test multicyrtid, with long, massive gigantocornis, meaning giant horn. horn. Each circumferentail ridge widely spaced, separated by two or sometimes three rows of small circular pores. Type locality: Locality 253, black bedded chert, Ueno-mura area, Kanto Mountains, Central Japan. Original description: Test conical, with six to eight pre- served chambers, terminating in long, thick, massive apical Occurrence: Kanto Mountains, Japan; Tawi Sadh Member horn. Cephalis small, hemispherical; subsequent chambers of the Guwayza Formation and Musallah Formation, trapezoidal in outline. Cephalis and thorax sparsely pored. Oman; Phantom Creek and Graham Island formations, Each circumferential ridge widely spaced, separated by two Queen Charlotte Islands. 336 Plate PVG03. Praeparvicingula gigantocornis (Kishida & Hisada). Magnification x300. Fig. 1(H). Kishida & Hisada 1985, pl. 4, fig. 1. Fig. 2. OM-00-256-022434. Fig. 3. OM, BR871-R07-06. Fig. 4. BR871-R09-02. Fig. 5. Carter & Jakobs 1991, pl. 3, fig. 20. Fig. 6. Carter et al. 1988, pl. 18, fig. 11. Fig. 7. OM, BR871-R06-20. Fig. 8. OM, BR871-R06-21. 337 Praeparvicingula nanoconica (Hori & Otsuka) 1989 Species code: PVG04 Synonymy: 1985 but the former is distinguished from the latter by 1982 Parvicingula sp. – Matsuda & Isozaki, pl. 1, figs. 13, 16, 17. having clearly meshwork of outer layer and rather longer 1984 Parvicingula sp. A – Murchey, pl. 1, fig. 22. test. The present authors doubted whether this form was 1989 Parvicingula nanoconica n. sp. – Hori & Otsuka, p. 183, one of poor preserved specimens of P. gigantocornis at the pl. 2, figs. 1-6. first. Resulting from comparison between the two from 1990 Parvicingula nanoconica Hori & Otsuka – Hori, Fig. 9.40. 1993 Parvicingula gigantocornis Kishida & Hisada – Fujii et al., siliceous mudstones, this form was considered the different pl. 1, fig. 1. species from P. gigantocornis. Both species, P. nanoconica 1996 Praeparvicingula nanoconica (Hori & Otsuka) – Yeh & and P. gigantocornis, differ from all other species of Cheng, p. 116, pl. 6, fig. 5; pl. 9, figs. 1, 2, 7. Parvicingula by possessing a very small test and a long 1997 Parvicingula sp. D2 – Yao, pl. 13, fig. 624. horn. P. nanoconica also morphologically resembles P. vera 1999 Praeparvicingula nanoconica (Hori & Otsuka) – Hori, Pessagno and Whalen, 1982 and P. profunda Pessagno and pl. 1, fig. 9. Whalen, 1982. The latter two species are distinguished 2004 Parvicingula nanoconica Hori & Otsuka – Hori, pl. 3, from the former in these following features additionally by ig. 32, pl. 4, figs. 8-12; pl. 23. figs. 8, 9. lacking of a small test and a very long horn; by having more 2004 Parvicingula sp. – Hori, pl. 23, fig. 14. 2005 Parvicingula nanoconica Hori & Otsuka – Hori, pl. 12, weakly developed circumferential ridges and by possessing fig. 42. chamber comprised of a central row of smaller pores than 2005 Parvicingula nanoconica Hori & Otsuka – Kashiwagi et al., that of other two rows respectively. Almost all pores in each pl. 6, fig. 5. chamber of P. nanoconica are about equal in size. Original description: Test consisting of 5 to 7 chambers, Measurements (µm): possibly more, conical with developed circumferential Based on 17 specimens. ridges. Cephalis hemispherical with long apical horn; Height Width H/W Length of apical horn horn, solid, elongated cone. Thorax and subsequent HT 198+ 98 2.0+ 55+ chambers, truncated cone, increasing in width except Av. 184 103 1.8 55 distalmost chamber. Surface of cephalis having irregularly Max. 233 134 2.4+ 64 arranged pores. Meshwork of outer layer clearly, hexagonal Min. 161+ 80 1.3+ 37 symmetrically constructed by 3 rows of pore frames between two circumferential ridges; in some species, 4 rows of pore Etymology: The name is derived from the Latin adjective frames are served on distal part. Pores above and below nano-conicus, meaning small coned. adjoining circumferential ridges lined up in radius distance lag. Pore frames slope steeply away from ridges and formed Type locality: The Mt. Norikuradake area, Azumi village, wavy or nodose structure of circumferential ridges. In some Azumi-gun, Nagano Prefecture, central Japan. specimens, proximal portion of test possessing nodose or spiny circumferential ridges. Occurrence: Japan; Franciscan Complex, California; Mus- allah Formation, Oman; Liminangcong Chert, Philippines. Original remarks: Parvicingula nanoconica sp. nov. is apparently similar to P. gigantocornis Kishida & Hisada, Praeparvicingula? spinifera (Takemura) 1986 Species code: TVS01 Synonymy: small pores. Post-abdominal segments truncated-conical 1986 Triversus spinifer n. sp. – Takemura, p. 63, pl. 10, proximally, cylindrical in subsequent segments and deflat- figs. 21-23; pl. 11, figs. 1-2. ed in distal segments, with circular pores arranged hexago- 1987 Ristola sp. E – Hattori, pl. 19, fig. 6. nally and in transverse three rows. Spines conical or triradi- 1989 Ristola spp. – Hattori, pl. 14, fig. H. ate, situated at joints of the segments. 1997 Parvicingula aff. spinifer (Takemura) – Yao, pl. 13, fig. 609. 2003 Parvicingula spinifer (Takemura) – Goričan et al., p. 297, pl. 5, fig. 5. Original remarks: Triversus spinifer n. sp. is distinguished 2004 Triversus spinifer Takemura – Matsuoka, fig. 239. from T. japonicus in possessing many spines or nodes on its surface. Original description: Conical to spindle-shaped shell of seven to nine segments with many spines or nodes on its Further remarks: Triversus is not a valid name because this surface. Cephalis small, spherical and poreless, with or name had been used a few years previously for a nematod without an apical horn. Thorax truncated-conical, poreless (Sher, 1974). This species is questionably assigned to or with sparsely distributed small pores. Abdomen trun- Praeparvicingula because of its Amphipyndax-like cephalic cated-conical, with irregularly or transversely distributed skeletal structure as shown by Takemura (1986). 338 Plate PVG04. Praeparvicingula nanoconica (Hori & Otsuka). Magnification x300. Fig. 1(H). Hori & Otsuka 1989, pl. 2, fig. 1a. Fig. 2. Hori & Otsuka 1989, pl. 2, fig. 5. Fig. 3. OM-99-137-000816. Measurements (µm): Type locality: Sample TKN-105, manganese carbonate ore, Based on 10 specimens. Gujo-Hachiman area, Mino terrane, central Japan. Min. Max. Length of shell 135 210 Occurrence: Japan; Tawi Sadh Member of the Guwayza Max. width of shell including spines 80 110 Formation, Oman; Skrile Formation, Slovenia. Etymology: The name, spinifer, means thorny. Plate TVS01. Praeparvicingula? spinifera (Takemura). Magnification x400. Fig. 1(H). Takemura 1986, pl. 10, fig. 21. Fig. 2. JP, HM1-22, RH627. Fig. 3. JP, MNA-10, MA12396. Fig. 4. OM, BR871-R09-15. Fig. 5. Goričan et al. 2003, pl. 5, fig. 5. 339 Praeparvicingula tlellensis Carter n. sp. Species code: PCA02 Synonymy: conical outline, in lacking H-linked circumferential ridges, 1984 Ristola sp. B – Murchey, pl. 1, fig. 10. and in having much smaller nodes on ridges. P. tlel ensis 1987 Ristola sp. D – Hattori, pl. 19, fig. 5. n. sp. differs from Parvicingula (?) spinata (Vinassa) in 1987 Ristola sp. N – Hattori, pl. 19, fig. 9. having a more rounded cephalis, smaller pores on post- 1987b Pseudoristola sp. B – Yeh, p. 97, pl. 14, fig. 21. abdominal chambers, and rounded rather than sharp 1988 Parvicingula sp. E – Carter et al., p. 56, pl. 5, fig. 13. 1989 Ristola spp. – Hattori, pl. 14, fig. I. circumferential ridges. 1990 Pseudoristola sp. B of Yeh – Nagai, pl. 2, fig. 9. 1997 Parvicingula sp. B – Yao, pl. 13, fig. 607. Measurements (µm): 2003 Parvicingula aff. decora (Pessagno & Whalen) – Goričan et Based on 10 specimens. al., p. 297, pl. 5, figs. 6-9. HT Max. Min. Mean Length (excl. horn) 192 234 184 210 Type designation: Holotype GSC 80699 (Carter in Carter Maximum width 100 109 90 100 et al. 1988, pl. 15, figs. 1-2) from GSC loc. C-080586; Phan- tom Creek Formation (Aalenian). Etymology: Named for the Tlell River northeast of the type locality, name of Haida origin meaning place-of-big-surf Description: Test conical, almost rounded apically with a and alternately, land-of-berries. very rudimentary horn. Cephalis hemispherical, imperfo- rate; thorax slightly trapezoidal, sparsely perforate. Abdo- Type locality: Sample GSC loc. C-080586, Phantom Creek men and five to seven post- abdominal chambers slightly Formation, waterfall locality on the east side of Branch widening distally as added; all with three rows of hexago- Road 59, central Graham Island, Queen Charlotte Islands, nal pore frames. Outer rows of pore frames staggered with British Columbia. respect to central row; circumferential ridges separating chambers smooth, nodes low and rounded. Occurrence: Whiteaves, Phantom Creek and Graham Is- land formations, Queen Charlotte Islands; Hyde Forma- Remarks: Praeparvicingula tlel ensis n. sp. differs from tion, Oregon; Franciscan Complex, California; Skrile For- P. decora (Pessagno & Whalen) in having a more gradually mation, Slovenia; Japan. 340 Plate PCA02. Praeparvicingula tlellensis Carter n. sp. Magnification x300. Fig. 1(H). Carter et al. 1988, pl. 5, fig. 13. Figs. 2-5. Goričan et al. 2003, pl. 5, figs. 6-9. Fig. 6. SI, MM 21.70, 010221. 341 Genus: Protopsium Pessagno & Poisson 1981 Type species: Protopsium ehrenbergi Pessagno & Poisson 1981 Synonymy: patagium-like mass supported by secondary spines; (2) by 1981 Protopsium n. gen. – Pessagno & Poisson, p. 53. having polar spines which may or may not have alternating ridges and grooves and which sometimes bifurcate; and Original description: Primary test ellipsoidal (sometimes (3) by sometimes displaying a somewhat compressed test. somewhat flattened) with two polar spines. Patagium-like Protopsium like Archaeospongoprunum possesses meshwork mass of irregularly shaped and distributed pore frames arranged in concentric layers. occurring in one plane. Secondary spines of variable size radiating out from primary test into patagium-like mass Etymology: Protopsium is a name formed by an arbitrary seemingly offering support for the irregular meshwork. combination of letters (ICZN, 1964, Appendix D, Pt. IV, Polar spines with or without alternating grooves and ridges, Recommendation 40, p. 113). occasionally bifurcating. Original remarks: Protopsium n. gen., differs from Archaeo- Included species: spongoprunum Pessagno (1973): (1) by possessing a PTP01 Protopsium gesponsa De Wever 1981c Protopsium gesponsa De Wever 1981c Species code: PTP01 Synonymy: This form is distinguished from P. ehrenbergi by its very 1981c Protopsium gesponsa n. sp. – De Wever, p. 145, pl. 5, elongate central shell and conical spines that are partially fig. 9-11. rounded in cross-section. It differs from P. libidonosum and 1981c Protopsium sp. aff. P. gesponsa – De Wever, p. 148, pl. 5, P. posinos by the presence of two spines rather than three fig. 19. or more. 1981 Protopsium sp. A – Pessagno and Poisson, p. 54, pl. 4, figs. 1, 4. 1981 Protopsium sp. C – Pessagno and Poisson, p. 54, pl. 4, Measurements (µm): figs. 3, 5-8. Based on 4 specimens. 1982b Protopsium gesponsa De Wever – De Wever, p. 185, pl. 10, HT Av. Min. Max. figs. 11-13; pl. 15, figs. 3-6. Length of central shell 130 123 110 130 2003 Protopsium gesponsa De Wever – Goričan et al., p. 295, Width of shell 82 90 82 100 pl. 2, figs. 11, 12. Spines can reach 110 µm in length. 2004 Protopsium gesponsa De Wever – Matsuoka, fig. 15. Etymology: Anagram of E. A. Pessagno Jr. who illustrated Original description: Protopsium with an ovoid shell this form. bearing two stout spines triradiate in cross-section over half their length. Spines frequently asymmetric, conical in Type locality: Sample 1662D, Gümüslü Allochthon, Taurus general shape. Mts., Turkey. Original remarks: This species differs from P. ispartaensis Occurrence: Gümüslü Allochthon, Turkey; Skrile Forma- by its less massive spines, triradiate in cross-section tion, Slovenia; Tawi Sadh Member of the Guwayza Forma- over half their length, and a shell with a finer network tion, Oman; Mino Terrane, Japan. often prolongated by long spurs subparallel to spines (pl. 5, fig. 9). 342 Plate PTP01. Protopsium gesponsa De Wever. Magnification x250. Fig. 1(H). De Wever 1981c, pl. 5, fig. 11. Fig. 2. Matsuoka 2004, fig. 15. Fig. 3. OM, BR706-R05-20. Figs. 4, 5. Goričan et al. 2003, pl. 2, figs. 11-12. 343 Genus: Protunuma Ichikawa & Yao 1976 Type species: Protunuma fusiformis Ichikawa & Yao 1976 Synonymy: Original remarks: This genus differs from Unuma in the 1976 Protunuma n. gen. – Ichikawa & Yao, p. 114. last segment, which has no basal appendage with large pores but has a constricted, small, terminal aperture. At Original description: Spindle shaped, multisegmented present, no spiny form like Unuma ( Spinunuma) has been form with inversely subconical last segment which has observed in the genus Protunuma. a small aperture at its base. No indentation at surface junction of segments. Numerous small circular pores on Included species: surface aligned in longitudinal rows and in diagonal aspect. PRU01 Protunuma paulsmithi Carter 1988 Numerous longitudinal plicae on surface generally running continuously through segments. Apical horn not present or, if present, insignificant. Protunuma paulsmithi Carter 1988 Species code: PRU01 Synonymy: variable, having both short broad forms and more elongate 1988 Protounuma paulsmithi Carter n. sp. – Carter et al., p. 54, ‘slender’ ones. Differs from P. costata (Heitzer) in having pl. 6, figs. 9, 12. a larger terminal aperture, fewer rows of pores between 1991 Protounuma paulsmithi Carter – Carter & Jakobs, p. 344, adjacent plicae, and these pores are larger. pl. 3, fig. 17. Further remarks: Protunuma paulsmithi differs from typi- Original diagnosis: Spindle-shaped, inflated, lacking horn. cal Middle and Late Jurassic Protunuma species in having a Base partially constricted; aperture half of maximum widely open instead of a strongly constricted aperture. This diameter of test. Test surface has ten to fourteen longitudinal species, however, lacks a perforate basal appendage, char- plicae, with two to three longitudinal rows of circular pores acteristic of Unuma Ichikawa & Yao. Protunuma paulsmithi between flanking plicae. seems to be the oldest representative of the genus. Original description: Test spindle-shaped, multisegmented, Measurements (µm): final chamber partially constricted at base, aperture half Based on 19 specimens. of maxmum diameter of test. Apical horn lacking on all HT Av. Max. Min. specimens examined. Cephalis small and imperforate. All Maximum length 216 179 216 130 chambers, except for the final one or two, increase rapidly Maximum width 121 107 121 98 in width; final chamber(s) slightly constricted. Ten to fourteen longitudinal plicae superimposed on surface of Etymology: Named in honour of Dr. P. L. Smith, of the test; plicae mostly continuous from thorax to aperture. University of British Columbia, for his contributions to the Two to three longitudinal rows of circular pores between study of Jurassic ammonite biostratigraphy. adjacent plicae. Pores usually arranged diagonally, but sometimes horizontally. Pore size increases very slightly Type locality: GSC locality C-080579, Whiteaves Forma- from apex to base. tion, Creek locality, Maude Island, Queen Charlotte Is- lands, British Columbia. Original remarks: This species is larger than Protunuma fusiformis Ichikawa & Yao, has a larger aperture, fewer Occurrence: Whiteaves and Phantom Creek formations, plicae and larger pores; but like P. fusiformis it too is quite Queen Charlotte Islands. 344 Plate PRU01. Protunuma paulsmithi Carter. Magnification x300, except Fig. 1b(H) x500. Fig. 1(H)a, b. Carter et al. 1988, pl. 6, figs. 9, 12. Fig. 2. Carter & Jakobs 1991, pl. 3, fig. 17. 345 Genus: Pseudocrucella Baumgartner 1980 Type species: Crucel a sanfilippoae Pessagno 1977a Synonymy: medullary shell is on one side axially attached to the cortical 1980 Pseudocrucel a n. gen. – Baumgartner, p. 291. shell. On the other side it is surrounded by cortical space. 1982b Pseudocrucel a Baumgartner – De Wever, p. 239. Primary canals are large, with a vertical axis of symmetry, 1984b Pseudocrucel a Baumgartner – Blome, p. 351. surrounded by small, less regularly distributed canals which 1995a Pseudocrucel a Baumgartner – Baumgartner et al., p. 442. connect with the cortical space (see text-fig. 4K). Original description: Test as with subfamily composed of Original remarks: Pseudocrucel a n. gen. differs from 4 rays at right angles, usually with tapering tips and long other four-rayed hagiastrids by its inner structure, by a triradiate central spines. Cortical shell composed of 2 lateral rectangular cross section of rays and less regularly ar- and 1 to 3, sometimes merging, median external beams on ranged pore rows on top and bottom sides. The described each side connected by transverse bars with more or less internal structure has been reconfirmed in topotypes of developed nodes at intersections. Pores circular, rectangular P. sanfilippoae from Point Sal (NSF 907, Pessagno collec- or parallelogram-shaped in 2 or more partly continuous tion) (pl. 8, figs. 23-24). rows. Central area with irregular meshwork, nodose with smaller pores, or with a depression exposing the medullary Included species: shell. Lateral sides exposing the medullary rays with 2 or 3 PDC03 Pseudocrucel a ornata De Wever 1981b paired or alternating rows of circular or rectangular pores. 3126 Pseudocrucel a sanfilippoae (Pessagno) 1977a Cross section of rays rectangular or square. The discoidal PDC04 Pseudocrucel a sp. C sensu Carter 1988 Pseudocrucella ornata De Wever 1981b Species code: PDC03 Synonymy: their central part. Spines extend from arms without abrupt 1981b Pseudocrucel a (?) ornata n. sp. – De Wever, p. 32, pl. 2, change in outline. And finally, one does not know the inner figs. 1-6. structure. 1982b Pseudocrucel a (?) ornata De Wever – De Wever, p. 240, Histiastrum valanginica Aliev (1965, p. 33) has a central pl. 22, figs. 1-6. lacuna while P. (?) ornata n. sp. has an inflated center. 1987b Pseudocrucel a jurassica n. sp. – Yeh, p. 29, pl. 2, figs. 5, 19. 1988 Pseudocrucel a sp. A – Carter et al., p. 29, pl. 7, figs. 8-9. This species is tentatively assigned to Pseudocrucel a 1991 Pseudocrucel a sp. A, n. sp. – Carter & Jakobs, p. 344, pl. 2, because it does seem to have all the criteria of the genus. It fig. 13. has the proper external architecture, but the primary and secondary canals with their respective proportions evoke Original description: Form with four orthogonal arms the Tritrabinae structure. and patagium (sometimes poorly developed or preserved). Subcylindrical arms ending in spines, triradiate in cross- Measurements (µm): section at base and distally rounded. In cross-section, Based on 8 specimens. arms show three primary canals that are subtriangular in Av. Min. Max. HT shape, surrounding the primary beam (pl. 2, fig. 6). Three Total length (of two rays without spines) 217 220 310 264 small secondary canals prolongate the primary blades. This Length of spines of rays 55 54 57 54 structure resembles that described by P. O. Baumgartner Width of rays 52 40 62 55 (1980, text-fig. 4, C) for Tetratrabs gratiosa. Arms, on surface, show three (or four) longitudinal beams, connected Etymology: From Latin ornatus, -a, -um (adj.) = adorned, by transverse bars, aligned from one beam to the other thus decorated. delimiting all orthogonal network. Well-developed node present where beam and bar intersect. Central part of shell Type locality: Sample 1662D, Gümüslü Allochthon, Taurus inflated with few nodes on most specimens. Mts., Turkey. Original remarks: This species differs from “Pseudocrucel a Occurrence: Gümüslü Allochthon, Turkey; Nicely Forma- sp. C” cited by Baumgartner (1980, pl. 8, fig. 11) by its more tion, Oregon; Phantom Creek Formation, Queen Charlotte regularly arranged pores, more massive nodes and the Islands, British Columbia. presence of a patagium. Histiastrum elizabethae Rüst (1898, p. 30) has more spin- dle-shaped, slim arms that do not have aligned pores on 346 Plate PDC03. Pseudocrucella ornata De Wever. Magnification x200. Fig. 1(H). De Wever 1981b, pl. 2, fig. 1. Fig. 2. Carter & Jakobs 1991, pl. 2, fig. 13. Fig. 3. Carter et al. 1988, pl. 7, fig. 8. 347 Pseudocrucella sanfilippoae (Pessagno) 1977a Species code: 3126 Synonymy: Original remarks: Crucel a sanfilippoae n.sp. differs from 1977a Crucel a sanfilippoae n. sp. – Pessagno, p. 72, pl. 2, C. messinae by virtue of its linearly arranged square pore figs. 15-16. frames and the structure of its spines. 1982 Crucel a sanfilippoae Pessagno – Aita, pl. 3, fig. 9. 1980 Pseudocrucel a sanfilippoae (Pessagno) – Baumgartner, Measurements (µm): p. 291, pl. 8, figs. 1, 23-24. 1981 Pseudocrucel a sanfilippoae (Pessagno) – Kocher, p. 88, Based on 10 specimens. pl. 16, fig. 1. Min. Max. 1984 Pseudocrucel a sanfilippoae (Pessagno) – Baumgartner, Length of ray 100 170 p. 781, pl. 7, fig. 17. Width of ray 50 60 1988 Pseudocrucel a sanfilippoae (Pessagno) – Carter et al., Length of spines 55 120 p. 29, pl. 7, figs. 1, 4. 1989 Pseudocrucel a (?) sp. A – Hori & Otsuka, pl. 4, fig. 5. Etymology: This species is named for Annika Sanfilippo 1995a Pseudocrucel a sanfilippoae (Pessagno) – Baumgartner et (Scripps Institution of Oceanography) in honor of her al., p. 444, pl. 3126, figs. 1-3. contributions to the study of Jurassic Radiolaria Original description: Meshwork with linearly arranged Type locality: Sample NSF 907, Point Sal, Santa Barbara square pore frames having massive nodes at their corners. County, California. Spines triradiate in axial section proximally and circular in axial section distally. Occurrence: Worldwide. Pseudocrucella sp. C sensu Carter 1988 Species code: PDC04 Synonymy: 1988 Pseudocrucel a sp. C – Carter et al. p. 30, pl. 7, fig. 7. 2003 Pseudocrucel a sp. C sensu Carter – Goričan et al., p. 293, pl. 1, fig. 20. Remarks: This species is characterized by long slender rays and a rather irregular arrangement of pores. In Carter et al. (1988) it was considered identical with Pseudocrucel a sp. C of Baumgartner (1980, p. 292, pl. 8, figs. 10, 11) but it differs from the latter by having rounded and not vertical sides of rays. Occurrence: Whiteaves and Phantom Creek formations, Queen Charlotte Islands, British Columbia; Skrile Forma- tion, Slovenia; Tawi Sadh Member of the Guwayza Forma- tion and Musallah Formation, Oman. Plate PDC04. Pseudocrucella sp. C sensu Carter. Magnification x250. Fig. 1. Carter et al. 1988, pl. 7, fig. 7. Fig. 2. OM, BR825-3-R09-07. Fig. 3. OM-00-114, 023132. Fig. 4. Goričan et al. 2003, pl. 1, fig. 20. Fig. 5. SI, MM 6.76, 010330. Fig. 6. SI, MM 6.76, 000518. 348 Plate 3126. Pseudocrucella sanfilippoae (Pessagno). Magnification x200. Fig. 1(H). Pessagno 1977a, pl. 2, fig. 15. Fig. 2. Carter et al. 1988, pl. 7, fig. 1. Fig. 3. Carter et al. 1988, pl. 7, fig. 4. Fig. 4. JP, NK9-62. 349 Genus: Pseudoeucyrtis Pessagno 1977b Type species: Eucyrtis (?) zhamoidai Foreman 1973 Synonymy: Original remarks: Pseudoeucyrtis n. gen. differs from Eucyrtis 1977b Pseudoeucyrtis n. gen. – Pessagno, p. 58. Haeckel (type species = E. conoidea Rüst, 1885; see Fore- 1990 Pseudoeucyrtis Pessagno – Yang & Wang, p. 213. man, 1973, p. 264) by lacking strictures, by having a more 1994 Pseudoeucyrtis Pessagno – O’Dogherty, p. 179. coarsely and densely perforate test, and by being spindle 1997 Pseudoeucyrtis Pessagno – Hull, p. 158. shaped. Original description: Test elongate, spindle shaped, mul- Further remarks: Some species may possess weakly de- tisegmented termination in a closed (?) tube. Cephalis im- veloped strictures. Some species lack apical horn (e.g., perforate with short, often massive horn. Remaining cham- Pseudoeucyrtis safraensis Dumitrica & Goričan n. sp.). bers coarsely perforate with polygonal pore frames; pore frames often spinose. Post-cephalic chambers (exclusive Included species: of terminal tube) increasing gradually in height, but some- PSE02 Pseudoeucyrtis angusta Whalen & Carter 1998 what more rapidly in width to middle of test where they PSE04 Pseudoeucyrtis busuangaensis (Yeh & Cheng) 1998 begin to decrease in width. Test devoid of strictures. PSE03 Pseudoeucyrtis safraensis Dumitrica & Goričan n. sp. Pseudoeucyrtis angusta Whalen & Carter 1998 Species code: PSE02 Synonymy: nal chambers in central part of test. Terminal tube usually 1998 Pseudoeucyrtis angusta n. sp. – Whalen & Carter, p. 73, open, with numerous circular pores. pl. 18, figs. 9-12, 16. ? 1998 Pseudoeucyrtis angusta Whalen & Carter – Yeh & Cheng, Original remarks: Pseudoeucyrtis angusta n. sp. differs p. 31, pl. 9, figs. 3, 11. from P. sp. A by possessing weakly developed strictures. Not 2002 Pseudoeucyrtis angusta Whalen & Carter – Whalen & The very narrow elongate test of P. angusta n. sp. distin- Carter, p. 138, pl. 16, fig. 3. guishes it from Protokatroma aquila n. sp. Not 2004 Pseudoeucyrtis angusta Whalen & Carter – Matsuoka, fig. 123. Measurements (µm): Original description: Test multicyrtid, cylindrical, with Based on 5 specimens. narrow terminal tube. Cephalis very small, hemispherical Length (excluding horn) Max. width with short horn; horn circular in axial section, sometimes HT 592 99 slightly bifurcate; cephalis with small, polygonal pore Max. 592 99 frames usually covered by layer of microgranular silica. Min. 526 86 Thorax and abdomen roughly trapezoidal in outline with Mean 551 92 small irregularly shaped pore frames usually covered by Etymology: Angustus, a, um (Latin; adj.) = narrow, tight. a layer of microgranular silica. Seven to ten postabdomi- nal chambers, rectangular, with medium-sized, irregularly Type locality: Sample 89-CNA-KUD-16, Sandilands For- shaped pore frames; chambers very gradually increas- mation, Kunga Island, Queen Charlotte Islands, British ing in size to central widest part of test, then gradually Columbia. decreasing in width; chambers in central part of test just slightly wider than first and last postabdominal chambers; Occurrence: Sandilands Formation, Queen Charlotte Is- strictures usually weakly developed between postabdomi- lands. Pseudoeucyrtis busuangaensis (Yeh & Cheng) 1998 Species code: PSE04 Synonymy: nal chamber terminating with moderately long cylindrical 1998 Protokatroma busuangaensis n. sp. – Yeh & Cheng, p. 30, closed tubular extension which gently decreases in width pl. 7, figs. 2, 3; pl. 9, figs. 4, 5, 24. towards its distal end. 1998 Protokatroma sp. aff. P. aquila Whalen & Carter – Yeh & Cheng, p. 30, pl. 7, fig. 1; pl. 9, figs. 6, 7. Original remarks: This form is characterized by having a 1998 Protokatroma sp. B. – Yeh & Cheng, p. 31, pl. 10, figs. 2, 3. 2004 Pseudoeucyrtis sp. – Hori, pl. 2, figs. 49-51. slender test which is slightly inflated at its median portion. Original description: Test slender, slightly swollen at me- Further remarks: The specimens from the Haliw Forma- dian portion, with short tubular horn. Final post-abdomi- tion of Oman (pl. PSE04, figs. 2-7) resemble the holotype 350 Plate PSE02. Pseudoeucyrtis angusta Whalen & Carter. Magnification x200. Fig. 1(H). Carter et al. 1998, pl. 18, fig. 10. Fig. 2. Carter et al. 1998, pl. 18, fig. 9. Plate PSE04. Pseudoeucyrtis busuangaensis (Yeh & Cheng). Magnification x200. Fig. 1(H). Yeh & Cheng 1998, pl. 9. fig. 4. Fig. 2. OM, Haliw-039-R01-05a. Fig. 3. OM, Haliw-039-R02-07. Fig. 4. OM, Haliw-039-R01-07. Fig. 5. OM, Haliw-039-R01-06. Fig. 6. OM, Haliw-038-R08-23. Fig. 7. OM, Haliw-039-R01-05. 351 but differ only in being more inflated and the maximum Etymology: This form is named after its type locality, Busu- diameter is in the proximal third of shell rather than in the anga Island, Philippines. middle. Type locality: Sample CR91-49E, Liminangcong Chert, a Measurements (µm): reddish bedded chert sequence exposed at a road side of Based on 7 specimens. the Coron Highway, about 400 m to the west of milestone Length Width KM35. (excluding horn) (maximum) HT 380 74 Occurrence: Liminangcong Chert, Busuanga Island, Phil- Max. 397 77 ippines; Haliw (Aqil) Formation, Oman; Japan. Min. 380 66 Mean 387 72 Pseudoeucyrtis safraensis Dumitrica & Goričan n. sp. Species code: PSE03 Type designation: Holotype specimen R20-04 from sample sandilandsensis Whalen & Carter 1998 in the alignment of BR 485, Tawi Sadh Member, Guwayza Formation, Jabal pores, but differs in being proportionally narrower, distally Safra; paratype specimen 021416, sample OM-00-251, more constricted, and in lacking a large, branched apical Musallah Formation, Al Aridh Group, Jabal Buwaydah, horn. Also, the pores of F. sandilandensis are arranged in Oman. both longitudinal and transversal rows (square pattern), whereas in P. safraensis they are arranged in longitudinal Description: Test multicyrtid, spindle-shaped, elongate. rows only. Cephalis small, hemispherical; lacking apical horn. Following five to seven segments roughly trapezoidal in Measurements (µm): outline, increasing slowly in width as added; segments with Based on 5 specimens. polygonal pore frames arranged diagonally. Remainder Length Max. width of test slowly decreasing in width, mostly comprising a HT 670 81 long tube; pore frames of tube larger, mostly rectangular, Max. 670 100 arranged linearly. Intersegmental constrictions indistinct, Min. 408 81 usually weakly developed on proximal part but always Mean -- 90 lacking on the terminal portion with linearly arranged pores. Etymology: Named after type locality. Remarks: Pseudoeucyrtis safraensis n. sp. differs from Type locality: Sample BR 485, Tawi Sadh Member, Gu- P. angusta Whalen & Carter 1998 and P. busuangaensis wayza Formation, Jabal Safra, Oman. Yeh & Cheng 1998 in having linearly arranged pores. In P. safraensis the linear pore arrangement characterizes at Occurrence: Tawi Sadh Member of the Guwayza Forma- least one third of the test. P. safraensis is similar to Foremania tion, Sabt and Musallah formations, Oman. 352 Plate PSE03. Pseudoeucyrtis safraensis Dumitrica & Goričan n. sp. Magnification x200. Fig. 1(H). OM, BR485-R20-04. Fig. 2. OM, BR706-R12-18. Fig. 3. OM-01-21, 010830. Fig. 4. OM-01-21, 010829. Fig. 5. OM-00-251, 021416. Fig. 6. OM-00-252, 021822. 353 Genus: Pseudogodia Tekin 1999, emend. Carter herein Type species: Pseudogodia sonmezi Tekin 1999 Synonymy: Original remarks: This genus could be distinguished from 1999 Pseudogodia n. gen. – Tekin, p. 120. the genus Orbiculiforma Pessagno by having polygonal outline instead of circular, strong nodes both at rim and Original description: Test thick, roughly hexagonal in out- center of the test. It differs also from Cretaceous genus Godia line composing of big nodes. Each side of the test slightly Wu by possessing polygonal outline instead of circular and convex. Rim of the test mainly includes big nodes (six to whole test of former composing mainly large nodes, latter seven) in different size mainly situated in every corner but has small pores on the surface of the test. sometimes irregular. Nodes separating from each other and from central nodes by shallow depressions. Central nodes Emended remarks: This genus is distinguished from Godia have same feature those of nodes situated at the side of the Wu in possessing a polygonal outline. By its polygonal test. Meshwork consisting of irregular polygonal (mainly outline it also differs from Orbiculiforma Pessagno, which trigonal and hexagonal) pore frames and mainly circular is now restricted to subquadratic forms with four main pores in different size. Test possesses two peripheral spines spines (see original remarks under Orbiculiformel a Kozur tapering distally and circular in cross section, usually one & Mostler). Pseudogodia further differs from Godia Wu of them robust and ticker than the other could be the polar and Orbiculiformel a Kozur & Mostler in possessing a spine. large central area and large raised tubercules around the periphery. Emended description: Test disc-shaped, thick, sub- hexagonal in outline. Planar surfaces of test slightly convex, Etymology: For the similarity to Cretaceous genus Godia composed of large raised central area surrounded by one or Wu. more rings of large irregularly-sized tubercules. Tubercules separated from each other and from central area by Included species: shallow depressions. Meshwork of tubercules consisting of ORB12 Pseudogodia deweveri Carter n. sp. irregular polygonal (mainly trigonal and hexagonal) pore frames with irregular circular pores. Test with two or more peripheral spines. Pseudogodia deweveri Carter n. sp. Species code: ORB12 Synonymy: as having a pseudoaulophacid outline similar to Pseudoau- 1981c G. sp. indet. – De Wever, p. 150, pl. 5, figs. 28, 29. lophacus lenticulatus Pessagno, a central thickening, and peripheral spines. Type designation: Holotype GSC 111756 from GSC loc. There are pronounced similarities between Pseudogodia C 3045686 and paratype GSC 128855 from GSC loc. C- deweveri n. sp. and Orbiculiformel a lomgonensis Whalen 080613; Rennell Junction member of the Fannin Formation & Carter 1998, both similar in age. The former possesses (upper lower Pliensbachian). large porous tubercules on the raised central area, whereas the latter has a depressed central area and raised Description: Test disc-shaped, large and thick, subcircular tubercules around the periphery of the test. Until more to slightly scalloped in outline with short spines radiating is known, O. lomgonensis is still included with the genus from the periphery in different planes. Upper and lower Orbiculiformel a. surfaces of test with well defined raised central area, width greater than one-half diameter of test. Central area with Measurements (µm): numerous large, slight- to moderately-raised tubercules Based on 8 specimens. (Holotype, pl. ORB12, fig. 1). Outer rim of test covered HT Max. Min. Mean with fine spongy pore frames; pore frames in central part of Diameter of cortical shell 363 363 281 322 central area sometimes larger and well defined (Paratype, Diameter of central area 199 206 160 184 pl. ORB12, fig. 2), but pore frames on tubercules always much smaller. Peripheral spines short, irregularly spaced, Etymology: Named for Patrick De Wever, Muséum Nation- variable in width, circular in axial section. al d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris, to honour his pioneering con- tribution to the knowledge of Pliensbachian radiolarians Remarks: This distinctive species was first recognized in the and for his helpful guidance in the author’s early studies of Pliensbachian of Turkey (De Wever, 1981c) and mentioned the late Early Jurassic of Queen Charlotte Islands. 354 Type locality: Sample 99-CNA-MI-11 (GSC loc. C-304568), Occurrence: Fannin Formation, Queen Charlotte Islands; Rennell Junction member of the Fannin Formation, Maude Gümüslü Allochthon, Turkey. Island, east of Ells Bay, Skidegate Inlet, Queen Charlotte Islands, British Columbia. Plate ORB12. Pseudogodia deweveri Carter n. sp. Magnification x150. Fig. 1(H). QCI, GSC loc. C-304566, GSC 111756. Fig. 2. QCI, GSC loc. C-080613, GSC 128855. 355 Genus: Pseudoheliodiscus Kozur & Mostler 1972, emend. De Wever 1984 Type species: Pseudoheliodiscus riedeli Kozur & Mostler 1972 Synonymy: Original remarks: This genus is transitional between 1972 Pseudoheliodiscus n. gen. – Kozur & Mostler, p. 24. Heliodiscus Haeckel 1862, where the spines are not fused to 1979 Pseudoheliodiscus Kozur & Mostler, emend. Pessagno a ring, and Saturnalinae, where the ring is clearly detached – Pessagno et al., p. 169. from the shell. 1984 Pseudoheliodiscus Kozur & Mostler emend. – De Wever, p. 15. 1990 Pseudoheliodiscus Kozur & Mostler, emend. Pessagno Further remarks: We use here the emendation of the genus – Kozur & Mostler, p. 189. by De Wever (1984) that takes into account the presence or absence of polar spines. For Pessagno (in Pessagno et Original diagnosis: Shell spongy to delicately latticed, with al., 1979) and Kozur & Mostler (1990) this character has two prominent needle-shaped polar spines on the inner no value. side. Usually with one or two medullary shells which are not always present. Shell connected directly with a girdle Etymology: By similarity with Heliodiscus Haeckel, 1862. bearing very long radial spines. Included species: Emended diagnosis: De Wever (1984): Palaeosaturnalinae SAT16 Pseudoheliodiscus aff. alpinus Kozur & Mostler 1990 with simple ring, with auxiliary and/or subsidiary rays. sensu Whalen & Carter 2002 SAT07 Pseudoheliodiscus yaoi gr. Pessagno 1981 Pseudoheliodiscus aff. alpinus Kozur & Mostler 1990 sensu Whalen & Carter 2002 Species code: SAT16 Synonymy: Original remarks: This species differs from P. alpinus Kozur 1984 Pseudoheliodiscus (?) spp. – Whalen & Pessagno, pl. 3, & Mostler by having fewer rays between the polar spines fig. 8, 9. that are shorter and less robust. aff. 1990 Pseudoheliodiscus alpinus n. sp. – Kozur & Mostler, p. 189, pl. 5, fig. 1, 3, 5-9, 11, 12. Occurrence: San Hipólito Formation, Baja California Sur. 2002 Pseudoheliodiscus sp. aff. P. alpinus Kozur & Mostler – Whalen & Carter, p. 108, pl. 5, figs. 8, 14. Pseudoheliodiscus yaoi gr. Pessagno 1981 Species code: SAT07 Synonymy: P. finchi Pessagno (1979) by having a somewhat wider 1981 Pseudoheliodiscus yaoi Pessagno n. sp. [ Pseudoheliodiscus ring and thirteen to fourteen as opposed to ten or eleven yaoi Pessagno & Poisson n. sp. in fig. captions] – Pessagno peripheral spines. & Poisson, p. 55, pl. 4, fig. 9; pl. 5, figs. 1, 4, 7-9; pl. 13, fig. 2. 1981c Pseudoheliodiscus yaoi Pessagno – De Wever, p. 144, pl. 5, fig. 1. Measurements (µm): 1981c Pseudoheliodiscus yaoi Pessagno ? – De Wever, p. 144, Based on 8 specimens. pl. 4, figs. 8-10. HT Max. Min. 1982b Pseudoheliodiscus yaoi Pessagno – De Wever, p. 224, Diameter of spongy cortical shell 140 150 135 pl. 20, fig. 6. Diameter of test including cortical shell and 1982b Pseudoheliodiscus yaoi Pessagno ? – De Wever, p. 225, ring, excluding peripheral spines on ring 230 260 230 pl. 20, figs. 1-3. Width of ring, exclusive of peripheral spines 30 45 30 1982 Pseudoheliodiscus yaoi Pessagno – De Wever & Origlia- Devos, pl. 1, fig. T. Etymology: This species is named for Dr. Akira Yao (Osaka Original description: Test with extremely broad, flat ring City University) in honor of his contributions to the study having thirteen to fourteen peripheral spines and about of Parasaturnalidae. twelve auxiliary spines. Central spongy cortical shell occupying most of ring on most specimens; cortical shell Type locality: Sample 1662D, Gümüslü Allochthon, Taurus comprised of concentric layers of irregular polygonal Mts., Turkey. (triangular, tetragonal, pentagonal) pore frames. Occurrence: Gümüslü Allochthon, Turkey; Ghost Creek Original remarks: Pseudoheliodiscus yaoi, n. sp., differs Formation, Queen Charlotte Islands; Drimos Formation, from P. riedeli Kozur & Mostler (1972) by having a much Greece; Tawi Sadh Member fo the Guwayza Formation, broader ring with shorter peripheral spines. It differs from Oman. 356 Plate SAT16. Pseudoheliodiscus aff . alpinus Kozur & Mostler sensu Whalen & Carter. Magnification x200. Fig. 1. Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 5, fig. 8. Plate SAT07. Pseudoheliodiscus yaoi gr. Pessagno. Magnification x200. Fig. 1(H). Pessagno & Poisson1981, pl. 4, fig. 9. Fig. 2. QCI, GSC loc. C-305417, GSC 111757. Fig. 3. QCI, GSC loc. C-080612, GSC 111758. Fig. 4. OM, BR485-R20-13. Fig. 5. OM, BR485-R20-16. 357 Genus: Pseudopantanellium Yeh 1987b Type species: Pseudopantanel ium floridum Yeh 1987b Synonymy: However, Pseudopantanel ium can be distinguished from 1987b Pseudopantanel ium n. gen. – Yeh, p. 50. Pantanel ium by having a series of concentric layers of pentagonal or hexagonal pore frames rather than consist- Original description: Test spherical to ellipsoidal with ing only of a cortical shell and a medullary shell. two triradiate polar spines. Meshwork of test comprised of numerous concentric subspherical rings of pentagonal and Etymology: From the Latin pseudo = false, and Pantanel- hexagonal pore frames anchoring to pillar-like structure lium. at pore frame vertices. Size of pore frames decreasing gradually toward center of spherical test. Included species: PPN01 Pseudopantanel ium floridum Yeh 1987b Original remarks: Pseudopantanel ium n. gen., has su- perficial resemblance to Pantanel ium Pessagno (1977b). Pseudopantanellium floridum Yeh 1987b Species code: PPN01 Synonymy: Original remarks: Pseudopantanel ium floridum n. sp., 1987b Pseudopantanel ium floridum n. sp. – Yeh, p. 50, pl. 10, can be distinguished from other Pseudopantanel ium spp. figs. 3, 21; pl. 20, fig. 10. in this report by having a large spherical test with very 1987b Pseudopantanel ium sp. A – Yeh, p. 51, pl. 2, figs. 7, 13, 24. symmetrical pore frames. 1987b Pseudopantanel ium sp. B – Yeh, p. 51, pl. 2, fig. 14. 1987b Pseudopantanel ium sp. C – Yeh, p. 51, pl. 10, fig. 1, 15. Measurements (µm): 1987b Pseudopantanel ium sp. D – Yeh, p. 51, pl. 10, fig. 2; pl. 23, Ten specimens measured. figs. 4, 15. Maximum Maximum Maximum 1987 Gn. Sp. indet. – Hattori, pl. 22, fig. 17. diameter width length 1996 Pseudopantanel ium sp. A – Pujana, p. 137, pl. 1, fig. 2. of test of spine of polar spines HT 200 30 150 Original description: Test as with genus, large, spherical Mean 175 25 156 in shape, polar spines relatively thin, medium in length, Max. 200 30 165 triradiate with three ridges alternating with three narrow Min. 143 17 145 grooves, extremely narrow subsidiary grooves occurring on ridges. Concentric rings of meshwork usually of large Etymology: From the Latin floridus = flowery. pentagonal and hexagonal pore frames anchoring to pillar- like structure at vertices. Pore frames of outermost layer Type locality: Sample OR-600M, Hyde Formation at Izee- large, with prominent thin in [sic] rims and moderately Paulina road, east-central Oregon. thick in [sic] sides, with prominent nodes at vertices. Five to six pore frames visible. Occurrence: Nicely and Hyde formations, Oregon; Ghost Creek and Fannin formations, Queen Charlotte Islands; Sierra Chacaicó Formation, Argentina; Japan. 358 Plate PPN01. Pseudopantanellium floridum Yeh. Magnification x150. Fig. 1(H). Yeh 1987b, pl. 10, fig. 3. Fig. 2. QCI, GSC loc. C-140495, GSC 111759. Fig. 3. QCI, GSC loc. C-140495, GSC 111760. Fig. 4. QCI, GSC loc. C-304566, GSC 111761. 359 Genus: Pseudopoulpus Takemura 1986 Type species: Pseudopoulpus yamatoensis Takemura 1986 Synonymy: Original remarks: Pseudopoulpus, n. gen. differs from the 1986 Pseudopoulpus n. gen. – Takemura, p. 39. genera Saitoum Pessagno and Poulpus De Wever, which 1987b Pseudopoulpus Takemura emend. – Yeh, p. 86. belong to the subfamily Poulpinae De Wever, in lack of arch 2003 Pseudopoulpus Takemura – Dumitrica & Zügel, p. 32. AV, which is the sagittal ring. Although Pseudopoulpus, n. gen. has a thick and latticed cephalic shell, this new genus Original description: Shell of one segment, cephalis with is tentatively assigned to the family Plagoniidae Haeckel, apical horn and three feet. Cephalis subspherical, large and emend. Riedel in the present paper; because of its tripod perforated by many irregularly or hexagonally arranged skeleton and considerably large cephalis. Cephalic skeletal pores. Cephalis subdivided usually slightly into two parts structures of Cenozoic Plagoniids, however, have not yet by longitudinal grooves on cephalic surface, which accords been clarified sufficiently. with arches Al. Apical horn, which is a prolongation of A, usually triradiate and thinner than the three feet. Three Etymology: The genus name, is derived from “pseudo” and feet, prolongations of two L and D, triradiate and strong. the genus name Poulpus De Wever. MB, A, V, D, two L and two l as cephalic skeletal elements and two arches Al existing. VL, Ll, and lD at collar portion. Included species: Arch AV not existing. V not on the same plane defined by 2007 Pseudopoulpus acutipodium Takemura 1986 MB and two L. POU01 Pseudopoulpus sp. A sensu Whalen & Carter 2002 Pseudopoulpus acutipodium Takemura 1986 Species code: 2007 Synonymy: Measurements (µm): 1986 Pseudopoulpus acutipodium n. sp. – Takemura, p. 40, pl. 1, Based on 5 specimens. figs. 5-8. Min. Max. 1987b Pseudopoulpus pessagnoi n. sp. – Yeh, p. 89, pl. 12, Length of shell including horn and feet 175 240 figs. 7-9, 12, 13, 22, 26. Height of cephalis 85 100 1987b Pseudopoulpus sp. A – Yeh, p. 89, pl. 26, fig. 18. Maximum width of shell including feet 180 215 1987b Pseudopoulpus sp. B – Yeh, p. 89, pl. 26, fig. 14. Width of cephalis 95 120 1987b Pseudopoulpus sp. D – Yeh, p. 90, pl. 12, fig. 1. 1991 Pseudopoulpus acutipodium Takemura – Carter & Jakobs, p. 344, pl. 3, fig. 10. Etymology: Acutipodium, means sharpened foot. 2004 Pseudopoulpus acutipodium Takemura – Matsuoka, fig. 162. Type locality: Sample TKN-105, Gujo-Hachiman area in the Mino terrane, central Japan. Original description: Cephalis large and subspherical, with irregularly or hexagonally arranged usually circular pores Occurrence: Mino Terrane, Japan; Phantom Creek Forma- and pore frames. Apical horn thin, short and triradiate tion, Queen Charlotte Islands; Hyde Formation and Warm proximally. Three feet strong, straight, triradiate and Springs member of the Snowshoe Formation, Oregon. sharply pointed. Original remarks: P. acutipodium n. sp. is distinguished from P. yamatoensis by its sharply pointed feet. Pseudopoulpus sp. A sensu Whalen & Carter 2002 Species code: POU01 Synonymy: Further remarks: Pseudopoulpus pessagnoi Yeh is now 1984 unidentified Radiolaria – Whalen & Pessagno, pl. 1, fig. 4. assigned to Pseudopoulpus acutipodium Takemura. 2002 Pseudopoulpus sp. A – Whalen & Carter, p. 130, pl. 13, figs. 1, 2, 14. Occurrence: San Hipólito Formation, Baja California Sur. Original remarks: This species is similar to Pseudopoulpus pessagnoi Yeh 1987, but differs in having a more massive apical horn. 360 Plate 2007. Pseudopoulpus acutipodium Takemura. Magnification x250, except Fig. 5c x500. Fig. 1(H). Takemura 1986, pl. 1, fig. 5. Fig. 2. Matsuoka 2004, fig. 162. Fig. 3. Carter & Jakobs 1991, pl. 3, fig. 10. Fig. 4. OR600A, 13165. Figs. 5a-c. OR600A-R03-08a-c. Plate POU01. Pseudopoulpus sp. A sensu Whalen & Carter. Magnification x250. Fig. 1. Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 13, fig. 2. 361 Genus: Pseudoristola Yeh 1987b Type species: Pseudoristola faceta Yeh 1987b Synonymy: Original remarks: Pseudoristola n. gen., differs from Ristola 1987b Pseudoristola n. gen. – Yeh, p. 95. Pessagno and Whalen (1982) by having a test with pore frames more irregular in shape, by lacking well-developed Original description: Test multicyrtid, conical to subconical, circumferential ridges on post-abdominal chambers, and with two to six post-abdominal chambers. Cephalis conical by having its final post-abdominal chamber closing with a to dome-shaped without horn. Thorax and subsequent large latticed bulbous expansion rather than terminating in chambers trapezoidal in outline. Earlier chambers covered an open tubular extension. with layer of microgranular silica, remaining chambers consisting of single layer of regular to subregular pentagonal Further remarks: See original remarks under Lantus Yeh. and hexagonal pore frames. Each post-abdominal chamber with two to three transverse rows of pore frames. Pore Etymology: From the Latin pseudo = false, and Ristola. frames slightly variable in size, usually with largest pores along partitions. Test with or without poorly developed Included species: circumferential ridges. Final post-abdominal chamber PRL01 Pseudoristola megaglobosa Yeh 1987b closing and with latticed bulbous expansion. Pseudoristola megaglobosa Yeh 1987b Species code: PRL01 Synonymy: Measurements (µm): 1987b Pseudoristola megaglobosa n. sp. – Yeh, p. 96, pl. 14, Ten specimens measured. fig. 13; pl. 23, figs. 17, 22. HT Mean Max. Min. 1987b Pseudoristola sp. cf. P. megaglobosa n. sp. – Yeh, p. 96, Length of proximal conical pl. 14, fig. 15. part (= last segment excluded) 166 180 198 165 2004 Pseudoristola megaglobosa Yeh – Matsuoka, fig. 93. Width at base of conical part 105 107 110 105 Length of last segment 133 145 160 132 Original description: Test conical, without horn, with five to Width of last segment 177 190 220 177 six post-abdominal chambers. Cephalis conical, remaining chambers trapezoidal in outline and gradually increasing Etymology: Megaglobosa: mega (=large) + globosa-a-um in width as added. Earlier chambers closely spaced, (=spherical). sparsely perforate, covered with layer of microgranular silica. Post-abdominal chamber consisting of two to three Type locality: Sample OR-600A, Hyde Formation along rows of polygonal pore frames in each chamber. Final post- Izee-Paulina road, east-central Oregon. abdominal chamber terminating in large subspherical expansion. Pore frames subregular, slightly variable in Occurrence: Hyde Formation and Warm Springs member size, with largest pore frames on bulbous expansion. Test of the Snowshoe Formation, Oregon; Ghost Creek and without prominent circumferential ridges, with H-linked Fannin formations, Queen Charlotte Islands; Musallah pattern along joints. Formation, Oman; Japan. 362 Plate PRL01. Pseudoristola megaglobosa Yeh. Magnification x200. Fig. 1(H). Yeh 1987b, pl. 23, fig. 22. Fig. 2. Matsuoka 2004, fig. 93. Fig. 3. JP, MNA-10, MA13457. Fig. 4a, b. OM-00-118, 000618, 000619. Fig. 5. QCI, GSC loc. C-304566, GSC 111762. Fig. 6. QCI, GSC loc. C-080611, GSC 111763. Fig. 7. QCI, GSC loc. C-175309, GSC 111764. Fig. 8. QCI, GSC loc. C-080613. GSC 111765. 363 Genus: Religa Whalen & Carter 2002 Type species: Religa globosa Whalen & Carter 2002 Synonymy: the presence of strong spines circumferentially arranged 2002 Religa n. gen – Whalen & Carter, p. 142. along the widest part of the final post-abdominal chamber distinguishes it from Sethocapsa Haeckel 1881. The very Original description: Test multicyrtid with cephalis, thorax, inflated nature of the final chamber of Religa distinguishes abdomen and usually two post-abdominal chambers. it from Lantus Yeh 1987b. Arcanicapsa Takemura 1986 is Cephalis with strong horn. Final post-abdominal chamber distinguished from Religa n. gen. by having an inflated spherical, very inflated, significantly larger than other abdominal chamber and irregularly distributed spines. chambers, with circumferentially arranged, solid spines at widest part. Etymology: The genus Religa is named from an arbitrary combination of letters (ICZN, 1985, Appendix. D, pt. VI, Original remarks: The absence of a tubular extension on the Recommendation 40, p. 201). terminal chamber distinguishes this genus from Podobursa Wisniowski 1889; emend. Foreman 1973, from Podocapsa Included species: Rüst, 1885; emend. Foreman 1973, and from Katroma REG01 Religa globosa Whalen & Carter 2002 Pessagno and Poisson 1981; emend. De Wever 1982, while REG02 Religa sp. A Religa globosa Whalen & Carter 2002 Species code: REG01 Synonymy: position; spines triradiate in axial section at base becoming 1998 Katroma sp. aff. K. pinquitudo Whalen & Carter – Yeh & circular in axial section distally. Cheng, p. 29, pl. 9, fig. 20. 2002 Religa globosa n. sp. – Whalen & Carter, p. 144, pl. 15, Original remarks: Religa globosa n. sp. is an abundant figs. 2, 3, 8, 9; pl. 18, figs. 14, 15. and distinctive species in the upper Sinemurian and 2004 Religa globosa Whalen & Carter – Matsuoka, fig. 103. Pliensbachian and as yet, has no comparatives. Original description: Test with small, dome-shaped Measurements (µm): cephalis with small pores masked by a thin layer of Based on 12 specimens microgranular silica. Cephalis with strong horn, subcircular Length (excludes horn) Width (max.) in axial-section with two short branches irregular in HT 195 143 length and shape. Dome-shaped thorax much larger than Max. 195 150 cephalis, covered by a thin layer of microgranular silica. Min. 154 120 Abdomen and first post-abdominal chamber trapezoidal Mean 174 132 in outline; abdominal and post-abdominal pores more exposed, surrounded by raised areas of microgranular Etymology: Globosus, a, um (Latin: adj.) = globular, silica; thorax, abdomen and first post-abdominal chamber spherical. This species is named for the globular shape of its sometimes defined by transversely-aligned discontinuous post-abdominal chamber. ridges produced by buildup of microgranular silica. Post- abdominal chamber spherical, inflated, much larger than Type locality: Sample BPW80-30, San Hipólito Formation, other chambers, closed distally. Pores on globular post- Baja California Sur. abdominal chamber larger medially becoming smaller towards first post-abdominal chamber and distal part Occurrence: San Hipólito Formation, Baja California Sur; of test. Circumferential spines usually at widest part of Ghost Creek and Fannin formations, Queen Charlotte post-abdominal chamber but sometimes in a more distal Islands; Liminangcong Chert, Philippines; Japan. Religa sp. A Species code: REG02 Remarks: This species has a much smaller apical horn than Occurrence: Ghost Creek Formation, Queen Charlotte Is- Religa globosa Whalen and Carter and lacks circumferential lands; Skrile Formation, Slovenia. spines. 364 Plate REG01. Religa globosa Whalen & Carter. Magnification x200. Fig. 1(H). Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 15, fig. 2. Fig. 2. Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 15, fig. 3. Fig. 3. Matsuoka 2004, fig. 103. Fig. 4. QCI, GSC loc. C-304281, GSC 111766. Fig. 5. QCI, GSC loc. C-080610, GSC 111767. Fig. 6. QCI, GSC loc. C-304281, GSC 111768. Plate REG02. Religa sp. A. Magnification x250. Fig. 1. QCI, GSC loc. C-080612, GSC 111769. Fig. 2. QCI, GSC loc. C-080612, GSC 111770. Fig. 3. SI, MM 5.00, 992106. 365 Genus: Rolumbus Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh 1986 Type species: Rolumbus mirus Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh 1986 Synonymy: vertical bar. Base of thorax hemispherical with centrally- 1986 Rolumbus n. gen. – Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh, p. 26. placed circular aperture (mouth) that has an imperforate rim. Thorax with (e.g., Rolumbus n. gen.) or without Original diagnosis: Test as with family but possessing (e.g., Farcus n. gen.) fragile tubular, velum-like structure two massive horns: a vertical horn attached to the vertical extending distally from aperture (mouth) of well-preserved bar and an apical horn attached to the apical bar. Tubular, specimens. velum-like structure extending from base of thorax on well-preserved specimens (Pl. 1, fig. 2). Original remarks: Rolumbus n. gen., differsfrom Hilarisirex Description of family Farcidae Pessagno, Whalen & Takemura and Nakaseko, 1982, by being dicyrtid rather Yeh 1986 (p. 22): Test dicyrtid with single layer of latticed than tricyrtid, by having only a single layer of latticed meshwork on both cephalis and thorax. Latticed layer meshwork, and by lacking A-frames. It differs from Farcus of cephalis and occasionally proximal portion of thorax n. gen., by having two rather than one horn and by having covered by thin outer layer of microgranular silica. Cephalis a tubular, velum-like structure extending from the base of large, hemispherical with one horn (e.g., Farcus n. gen.), or the thorax (see Rolumbus sp. Pl. 1, Fig. 2). two horns (e.g., Rolumbus n. gen.), which are triradiate in axial section. Cephalic skeletal elements cyrtoid, including Etymology: Rolumbus (masc.) is a name formed by an vertical bar, primary left lateral bar, primary right lateral arbitrary combination of letters (ICZN, 1964, Appendix D, bar, median bar, secondary left lateral bar, secondary right Pt. VI, Recommendation 4, p.113). lateral bar, and apical bar (dorsal bar absent). Thorax large, inflated, with four (rarely five) feet that are triradiate in Included species: axial section. Four feet opposed to two primary lateral and RBS01 Rolumbus gastili Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh 1986 two secondary lateral bars; fifth foot, if present, opposed to RBS02 Rolumbus halseyensis Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh 1986 Rolumbus gastili Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh 1986 Species code: RBS01 Synonymy: Measurements (µm): 1986 Rolumbus gastili n. sp. – Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh, p. 26, Numbers of specimens measured are in parentheses, X = pl. 4, figs. 1, 5, 6, 9, 12-14.. broken. 2002 Rolumbus gastili Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh – Whalen & HT Mean Max. Min. Carter, p. 124, pl. 11, figs. 4, 9, 13, 16, 17. Length of cephalis 30 25.3 (9) 30 (9) 20 (9) Original diagnosis: Cephalis large, dome-shaped with an Length of thorax 85 76.8 (8) 90 (8) 65 (8) irregular layer of microgranular silica; pore frames may Width of thorax at top 55 49.8 (9) 58 (9) 40 (9) be exposed at base of cephalis. Horns straight; apical horn Width of thorax at base 100 97.3 (9) 110 (9) 75 (9) longer than vertical horn; horns triradiate in axial section Length of apical horn 90 88.3 (9) 108 (9) 60 (9) with narrow, rounded, longitudinal ridges and narrow Length of vertical horn 20X 52.6 (3) 60 (3) 48 (3) grooves; discontinuous, narrow ridges may lie between Distance between horn tips 150 126.6 (3) 140 (3) 120 (3) three main ridges, extending part way up horn. Thorax Length of foot (maximum) 80 69.2 (7) 80 (7) 50 (7) with very irregularly-sized and -shaped tetragonal and pentagonal pore frames; pore frames arranged in poorly- Etymology: This species is named for R. Gordon Gastil defined transverse rows separated by ridges. Four feet of (San Diego State University, San Diego, CA) in honor of his medium length, triradiate in axial section with narrow, immense contribution to our understanding of the geology rounded ridges and broad grooves. Mouth circular in of Baja California. outline. Tubular, velum-like structure may be preserved at base of thorax. Type locality: Sample BPW-30, San Hipólito Formation, Baja California Sur. Original remarks: The moderately-developed transverse ridges of Rolumbus gastili, n. sp., distinguish it from Occurrence: San Hipólito Formation, Baja California Sur; Rolumbus halseyensis, n. sp. Tawi Sadh Member of the Guwayza Formation, Oman. 366 Plate RBS01. Rolumbus gastili Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh. Magnification x300. Fig. 1(H). Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh 1986, pl. 4, fig. 5. Fig. 2. Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh 1986, pl. 4, fig. 1. Fig. 3. OM, BR485-R20-07. 367 Rolumbus halseyensis Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh 1986 Species code: RBS02 Synonymy: Measurements (µm): 1986 Rolumbus halseyensis n. sp. – Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh, Numbers of specimens measured are in parentheses, X = p. 28, pl. 3, figs. 1, 6, 18, 19. broken. 2002 Rolumbus halseyensis Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh – Whalen HT Mean Max. Min. & Carter, p. 124, pl. 11, figs. 5, 8, 12, 14. Length of cephalis 35 27.1 (6) 35 (6) 15 (6) Original diagnosis: Cephalis large, hemispherical, with Length of thorax 55 59.6 (6) 80 (6) 50 (6) layer of microgranular silica and small nodes. Horns straight Width of thorax at top 60 49.8 (6) 55 (6) 44 (6) to slightly curved downward, apical horn much larger than Width of thorax at base 90 75.8 (6) 90 (6) 55 (6) vertical horn; horns triradiate in axial section with narrow, Length of apical horn 82 79 (4) 100 (4) 54 (4) rounded, longitudinal ridges and broad grooves; small pores Length of vertical horn 44 43.6 (5) 58 (5) 28 (5) Distance between horn tips 155 131.2 (4) 152 (4) 98 (4) may be open at base of horns. Thorax with small tetragonal Length of foot (maximum) 50X 55 (4) 90 (4) 30X (4) and pentagonal pore frames, commonly obscured by layer of microgranular silica?; pore frames arranged in poorly- defined transverse rows separated by transverse ridges. Etymology: This species is named for Monte Halsey, which Four feet of moderate length, triradiate in axial section is located southeast of its type area. with narrow, rounded ridges and broad grooves. Mouth circular in outline. Tubular velum-like structure commonly Type locality: Sample SH-412-14, San Hipólito Formation, extending from base of thorax. Baja California Sur. Original remarks: This species is compared to Rolumbus Occurrence: San Hipólito Formation, Baja California Sur; gastili, n. sp., under the latter species. Fannin Formation, Queen Charlotte Islands. 368 Plate RBS02. Rolumbus halseyensis Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh. Magnification x300. Fig. 1(H). Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh 1986, pl. 3, fig. 1. Fig. 2. Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh 1986, pl. 3, fig. 6. Fig. 3. QCI, GSC loc. C-140495, GSC 111771. 369 Genus: Spongosaturninus Campbell & Clark 1944 Type species: Spongosaturninus el ipticus Campbell & Clark 1944 Synonymy: Original remarks: Possibly this new genus was derived 1944 Spongosaturninus n. gen. – Campbell & Clark, 497. from Saturninus by the development of a spongy, instead 1990 Spongosaturninus Campbell & Clark – Kozur & Mostler, of latticed cortical shell, from Saturnalis by the addition of p. 210. a spongy shell to the 2 concentric shells, or from our other new genus, Spongosaturnalis, by the addition of inner shells Original description: Spongostylinae with 3 concentric to the spongy shell. shells, outer shell spongy, inner a double lattice shell, and having 2 equal polar spines, distal ends of which are con- nected by an elliptical ring. Further remarks: By Kozur & Mostler (1990): Spongosat- urninus Campbell and Clark, 1944 is a transitional group Revised description: By Kozur & Mostler (1990): The shell to the Saturnalidae Deflandre, 1953. The third medullary consists of a tiny latticed microsphere, a second latticed shell is so large that it can be also regarded as cortical shell medullary shell and a rather large third latticed medullary (see Dumitrica, 1985). However, the spongy layer on this shell (or cortical shell) covered by a thick layer of spongy shell is always thicker than the distance between the sec- meshwork that reaches along the peripolar spines on the ond and third (medullary) shells. In Saturnalis Haeckel, ring or even beyond the ring. Ring transversally strongly 1881 disappeared this thick outer spongy layer. By this the elongated elliptical, with distinct ridge on the inner margin outer latticed medullary shell was transformed into a lat- of the ring. Cross-section of the ring therefore triangular ticed cortical shell. with broad base inside. The ring has mostly 1-3 spines in each polar region of the long axis, but may be additionally Included species: spined around the whole outer ring margin. SAT18 Spongosaturninus bispinus (Yao) 1972 Spongosaturninus bispinus (Yao) 1972 Species code: SAT18 Synonymy: and Middle Cretaceous, Novale (Vicentino), Italy) and 1972 Spongosaturnalis bispinus n. sp. – Yao, p. 28, pl. 2, figs. 1-9. Spongosaturninus parvulus Campbell and Clark (1944b, p. 9, 1996 Acanthocircus bispinus (Yao) – Yeh & Cheng, p. 106, pl. 2, pl. 3, figs. 1, 3 and 5; Late Cretaceous, Middle California) figs. 4, 5; pl. 7, fig. 3. in the shape of the saturnalin ring, but differs from them in 1997 Acanthocircus bispinus (Yao) – Yao, pl. 5, fig. 210. having a completely spongy shell. 2004 Spongosaturninus bispinus (Yao) – Matsuoka, fig. 8. There is a considerable variation in length of spines and presence of ridges among specimens. According to Original diagnosis: Spongosaturnalis with fundamentally Foreman (1968), the ridge on the saturnalin ring is an one sharp spine at each opposite narrow end of ring. important element in specific classification of Saturnalin radiolaria. In this species, however, importance of the ridge Original description: Shell spherical, loosely spongy, com- is not quite definitive. posed of irregular meshes. Ring narrow, subovoidal, with one spine (in some specimens three spines) at each oppo- Measurements (µm): site narrow end. Spines short or in some specimens long, Based on 6 specimens. smooth, with sharp tip. Ring generally smooth, in some HT Min. Max. Mean specimens with weak ridges on both edges near narrow D. of ring along polar spines 158 115 210 160 ends. Ridge on outer edge disappears at spines and not D. of ring transversely 337 212 348 302 on them, and ridge on inner edge becomes obsolete near D. of shell (86) 80 185 102 proximal part of ring. Polar spines short, smooth, their L. of polar spine 23 10 25 17.6 extensions into shell change to conical sturdy spines with L. of spine 30 18 85 36.7 fragmentary thorns joining to spongy shell. B. of ring 8-22 8-11 13-21 Original remarks: This species differs from S. protoformis Type locality: Sample IN 11, Kiso River, Inuyama area, in having two (or more) spines on the ring, and in lacking central Japan. the clear ridge on the ring. S. bispinus appears to be simlar to Saturnalis minimus Squinabol (1914, p. 287-288, pl. 22, Occurrence: Mino Belt, Japan; Liminangcong Chert, Bu- fig. 1, and pl. 23, figs. 6a-b; Jurassic, Cittiglio (Laveno), suanga Island, Philippines; Tawi Sadh Member of the Gu- wayza Formation, Oman. 370 Plate SAT18. Spongosaturninus bispinus (Yao). Magnification x200. Fig. 1(H). Yao 1972, pl. 2, fig. 1. Fig. 2. JP, IYII-52. Fig. 3. Matsuoka 2004, fig. 8. Fig. 4. OM, BR871-R01-03. Fig. 5. OM, BR871-R01-06. Fig. 6. OM, BR871-R01-09. Fig. 7. OM, BR871-R02-01. Fig. 8. OM, BR871-R01-04. 371 Genus: Stauromesosaturnalis Kozur & Mostler 1990 Type species: Stauromesosaturnalis schizospinosus Kozur & Mostler 1990 Synonymy: cross-like arranged with the peripolar spines. This genus 1990 Stauromesosaturnalis n. gen. – Kozur & Mostler, p. 201. is probably the forerunner of Stauromesosaturnalis n. gen. However, also a direct derivation from Stauracanthocircus Original diagnosis: Shell spherical or subspherical with Kozur and Mostler, 1983 emend. by transformation of the rounded subquadratic equatorial outline, spongy, consisting polar spines into peripolar spines cannot be excluded. of several concentric layers and a tiny latticed microsphere. Japonisaturnalis Kozur and Mostler, 1972 has evolved from Ring narrow, flat, undifferentiated, with subelliptical to Stauromesosaturnalis species with bifurcated peripheral rounded quadratic outline and numerous, relatively short spines. If the terminal branches of adjacent spines grow peripheral spines. 2 peripolar and 2 auxiliary spines (also together, a second ring evolved, separated from the primary opposite to interspine spaces) are cross-like arranged. In ring by a pore ring. The first true Japonisaturnalis Kozur early forms the peripolar spines are somewhat broader than and Mostler, 1972 is known from the Pliensbachian. the auxiliary spines. In highly evolved forms all 4 spines have the same size. At least opposite to the peripolar spines, Etymology: According to the peripolar spines (as in Meso- in higher evolved forms opposite to all 4 inner spines the saturnalis Kozur and Mostler, 1983), cross-like arranged ring is concavely incised. with 2 auxiliary spines. Original remarks: Stauracanthocircus Kozur and Mostler, Included species: 1983 emend. has polar spines. Praemesosaturnalis Kozur SAT19 Stauromesosaturnalis deweveri Kozur & Mostler 1990 and Mostler, 1983 has several small auxiliary spines, not Stauromesosaturnalis deweveri Kozur & Mostler 1990 Species code: SAT19 Synonymy: ond ring evolved that encloses together with the primary 1981c Pseudoheliodiscus ? sp. aff. P. concordis – De Wever, p. 142, ring and the primary peripheral spines of the pore ring. The pl. 2, fig. 4. Pliensbachian Stauromesosaturnalis deweveri n. sp. displays 1984 Pseudoheliodiscus(?) sp. – Whalen & Pessagno, pl. 3, terminally unbranched spines, the ring is concavely incised figs. 10, 11. opposite to all 4 first order spines that have all the same 1990 Stauromesosaturnalis deweveri n. sp. – Kozur & Mostler, p. 202. size. 1997 Kozurastrum sp. A – Yao, pl. 5, fig. 205. 2002 Stauracanthocircus sanrafaelensis n. sp. – Whalen & Carter, Measurements (µm): p. 108, pl. 6, figs. 1, 2; pl. 17, fig. 3. Holotype from De Wever (1981c), other values from Whalen 2004 Stauromesosaturnalis deweveri Kozur & Mostler & Carter (2002), (n) = number of specimens measured. – Matsuoka, fig. 11. Diameter of ring Width of ring Length of peripheral (max.) (6) (max.) (7) spine (max.) (7) Original diagnosis: Shell globular, spongy. Ring narrow, HT 250 and 260 15-18 14-25 flat, undifferentiated, outline rounded subquadratic, oppo- Max. 300 23 15 site to the 4 first order spines concavely incised. 21 short, Min. 255 15 4 triangular peripheral spines. 4 first order inner spines of Mean 269 17 10 equal size in cross-like arrangement, all opposite to inter- spine spaces. Peripolar and auxiliary spines cannot be sepa- Etymology: In honor of Dr. P. De Wever, Paris, who figured rated. this species for the first time. Original remarks: See under Stauromesosaturnalis schizos- Type locality: Sample 1662D, Gümüslü Allochthon, Tau- pinosus n. gen. n. sp. rus Mts., Turkey. Original remarks under S. schizospinosus: Stauromesosat- urnalis schizospinosus n. gen. n. sp. is the forerunner of the Occurrence: Gümüslü Allochthon, Turkey; Tawi Sadh Pliensbachian Japonisaturnalis n. sp. A (= Japonisaturnalis Member of the Guwayza Formation, Oman; San Hipólito japonicus sensu De Wever, 1981c, pl. 1, fig. 6). By fusion of Formation, Baja California Sur; MinoTerrane, Japan. the terminal branches of adjacent peripheral spines a sec- 372 Plate SAT19. Stauromesosaturnalis deweveri Kozur & Mostler. Magnification x150. Fig. 1(H). De Wever 1981c, pl. 2, fig. 4. Fig. 2. OM, BR485-R21-02. Fig. 3. Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 6, fig. 2. Fig. 4. Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 6, fig. 1. 373 Genus: Stichocapsa Haeckel 1881 Type species: Stichocapsa jaspidea Rüst 1885 Synonymy: Further remarks: This genus, as used in modern radiolarian 1881 Stichocapsa n. gen. – Haeckel, p. 439. literature, is polyphyletic. Although it was originally defined as having a distally closed test, most species still assigned Original description: to Stichocapsa have a constricted last segment with an 5d-Tribe: Stichocapsida aperture. Closed, eradiate Stichocyrtida. A. Obtuse (with cephalis smooth, not spiny). Etymology: Greek Stichocapsa, jointed capsule. Included species: SCP01 Stichocapsa biconica Matsuoka 1991 Stichocapsa biconica Matsuoka 1991 Species code: SCP01 Synonymy: conical with a constricted aperture. Collar stricture rather 1991 Stichocapsa biconica n. sp. – Matsuoka, p. 733, Fig. 8. 1a – 5b. distinct. Strictures between segments, except for the collar 1997 Stichocapsa biconica Matsuoka – Yao, pl. 9, fig. 439. one, indistinct. Pores small to moderate and circular to 2004 Stichocapsa biconica Matsuoka – Matsuoka, fig. 87. subcircular. Aperture moderate in size, circular. Original description: Shell of five segments, spindle shaped. Cephalis hemispherical, poreless, occasionally Original remarks: This species differs from Cyrtocapsa (?) with rough surface. Thorax and abdomen truncate conical. kisoensis Yao by consisting of five segments rather than four Fourth segment barrel-shaped. The last segment inverted and by lacking an apical horn. Genus: Tetraditryma Baumgartner 1980 Type species: Tetraditryma pseudoplena Baumgartner 1980 Synonymy: Original remarks: Tetraditryma differs from Pseudocrucel a 1980 Tetraditryma n. gen. – Baumgartner, p. 296. n. gen. and all other four-rayed hagiastrids by the paired 1993 Saldorfus Pessagno, Blome & Hull n. gen. – Pessagno et al., rows of pores on top and bottom surfaces and by the p. 126. horizontal symmetry axis of the arrangement of primary Original description: Test as with subfamily, composed of canals. The cortical wall of some species in this genus 4 rays of equal length. Cortical shell composed of 2 strong seems to be a relict of an additional lateral external beam lateral and 1 weak median external beams, connected by on each side which can be observed on early forms of this short, thin bars branching at right angles to beams, forming subfamily. 2 rows of paired circular pores. Lateral sides concave, with 3 to 4 alternating horizontal rows of uniform circular to Etymology: Greek: tetra, four-, di-, two-, tryma (feminine), rhombic pores. Centrally placed discoidal medullary shell hole - 4 rays with 2 rows of pores. connected by subsidiary beams to cortical shell. Medullary rays composed of 3 primary canals lie on each top or Included species: bottom side of the medullary shell; they connect with the 3407 Tetraditryma cf. praeplena Baumgartner sensu Carter cortical space and are confined by rows of subsidiary beams & Jakobs 1991 linking medullary and external beams. Ray tips inflated or tapered. Tetraditryma cf. praeplena Baumgartner sensu Carter & Jakobs 1991 Species code: 3407 Synonymy: Original remarks: Lacks slender triradiate lateral spines 1991 Tetraditryma cf. praeplena Baumgartner – Carter & that extend from the ray tips at a 60-70° angle to the ray Jakobs, p. 344, pl. 2, fig. 1. axis, but otherwise is very similar to P. praeplena and may 1995a Tetraditryma sp. cf. T. praeplena Baumgartner – be its immediate ancestor. Baumgartner et al., p. 558, pl. 3407, fig. 1. 1997 Tetraditryma cf. praeplena Baumgartner – Yao, pl. 7, fig. 328. Occurrence: Phantom Creek Formation, Queen Charlotte Islands; Japan. 374 Measurements (µm): Etymology: The specific name is derived from the Latin bi Numbers of specimens measured are in parentheses. (=two) and conicus-a-um (=conical). HT Max. Min. Mean Type locality: MNA-10, Nanjo Massif, Mino Terrane, cen- Total height of shell 153 153 110 130 (15) tral Japan. Maximum width of shell 77 77 57 68 (15) Diameter of aperture 9 9 9 9 (2) Occurrence: Mino Terrane, Japan. Plate SCP01. Stichocapsa biconica Matsuoka. Magnification x400. Fig. 1(H). Matsuoka 1991, Fig. 8.1a. Figs. 2-3. Matsuoka 1991, Fig. 8.3-4. Figs. 4a, b. Matsuoka 1991, Fig. 8.2a-b. Plate 3407. Tetraditryma cf. praeplena Baumgartner sensu Carter & Jakobs. Magnification x150. Fig. 1. Carter & Jakobs 1991, pl. 2, fig. 1. 375 Genus: Thetis De Wever 1982a, emend. Dumitrica herein Type species: Thetis oblonga De Wever 1982a Synonymy: the three species originally (De Wever, 1982a) included: 1982 a Thetis n. gen. – De Wever, p. 195. T. oblonga De Wever and T. undulata De Wever. T. (?) stolata ? 1984 Eucyrtidiel um n. gen. – Baumgartner, p. 764. De Wever undoubtedly belongs to another genus because it ? 1986 Monosera n. gen. – Takemura & Nakaseko, p. 1021. has a three-bladed apical horn (a characteristic never found ? 1986 Eucyrtidiel um Baumgartner – Takemura, p. 66. in either Thetis or Eucyrtidiel um), robust bladed spines L ? 1990 Eucyrtidiel um Baumgartner – Nagai & Mizutani, p. 593. and D, and a dicyrtid test. Such characteristics indicate a Original description: Multicyrtid with a stout apical horn closer affinity to Jacus? anatiformis De Wever and the genus and three thoracic spines. Last segment is prolonged by a Anaticapitula Dumitrica & Zügel. velum. The genus Thetis was not defined as having a ventral pore on cephalis but this feature is present on the type species Emended description: Test composed of four segments: the (see further remarks under this species), and De Wever first three are strong and rapidly increase in size as added, (1982a) mentioned it with T. undulata. the fourth is usually cylindrical, thinner-walled, open or Thetis is structurally very close to Eucyrtidiel um Baum- closed. Cephalis small, poreless with a conical or cylindrical gartner. The only characteristic that could differentiate (never bladed), apical horn and ventral pore in the these two genera is the presence of the L and D spines on prolongation of ventral spine. Initial spicule with MB and thorax. Unfortunately we do not know the initial spicule of apical, dorsal, and ventral spines. Secondary lateral spines the genus Thetis: it could be similar to Eucyrtidiel um (see absent. On outer test wall, L and D expressed as thin spines Takemura, 1986) i.e., with L expressed only as short thorns, descending along thorax. Thorax porous; abdomen much or it could have very thin L bars that tend to disappear. The larger, porous. First postabdominal segment cylindrical, latter possibility is supported by the presence of the spines thinner-walled, straight or undulate in outline; wide open L and D outside test wall. Regardless, the two genera are so or tending to close distally. close that Eucyrtidiel um could be a junior synonym of the genus Thetis, or a subgenus. Original remarks: This genus differs from Ectonocorys by its hemispherical cephalis. Etymology: Dedicated to Thetis, goddess of the sea, grand- daughter of Tethys and mother of Achil es. Further remarks: The original definition of this genus is so imprecise that it can be applied to many nassellarian genera. Included species: In the emended definition, the genus includes only two of THT01 Thetis oblonga De Wever 1982a Thetis oblonga De Wever 1982a Species code: THT01 Synonymy: spines are developed that are extensions of A, L and L spines l r 1982a Thetis oblonga n. sp. – De Wever, p. 195, pl. 4, figs. 10-14. and are linked to the thorax and/or the abdomen by small 1982a Thetis oblonga ? n. sp. – De Wever, p. 196, pl. 4, figs. 15-16. bars. The three spines are sub-parallel to the test outline; 1982b Thetis oblonga De Wever – De Wever, p. 312, pl. 42, being fragile, they are often broken. Pores distributed in figs. 1-5. approximately transversal rows. 1982b ? Thetis oblonga De Wever – De Wever, p. 313, pl. 42, figs. 7, 8. The velum prolonging abdomen has a thin wall that cor- ? 1982 Thetis oblonga De Wever – De Wever & Origlia-Devos, responds to the internal layer of the abdominal wall. It is pl. 1, fig. A. cylindrical or has a slight distal constriction. 2002 Thetis oblonga De Wever – Whalen & Carter, p. 138, pl. 16, fig. 4. Original remarks: This species differs from Ectonocorys spinosa Yao (1979, p. 44, pl. 11, figs. 10-17) by having Original description: Three-segmented form with a sub- a circular apical horn, a smaller cephalis, more slender cylindrical velum. Cephalis usually imperforate. Cephalis, thoracic spines closer to the test, and by the absence of thorax, and abdomen with a relatively thick wall; external abdominal spines. It differs from Ectonocorys (?) furcil ata surface frequently covered with lumps that may represent n. sp. by lacking a forked apical horn and having spines on an external silica layer. Apical horn long, circular in cross thorax. It differs from Thetis undulata n. sp. by having only section. From the collar section, or the upper thorax, three three segments and by the outline of the distal part. 376 Further remarks: The original description is incomplete Measurements (µm): concerning both cephalis and abdomen. The description Based on 10 specimens. does not mention, for instance, the presence of a ventral HT Min. Max. Mean pore on the cephalis that is aligned with the ventral spine. Length of apical horn 56 40 64 50 This pore with a protruding rim exists and is visible on the Width of cephalis 21 16 26 20 right side of the cephalis on the paratype illustrated in De Width of thorax 37 25 38 34 Wever, 1982a, pl. 4, fig. 13 and pl. 4, fig. 16 (pl. THT01, Width of abdomen 53 40 64 53 figs. 2, 3 in this catalogue), directed towards the reader. An Length of cephalis+thorax additional topotype specimen, illustrated from the same +abdomen (without apical horn) 56 50 78 60 Total length (including position as the former (pl. THT01, fig. 4), clearly shows apical horn and velum) 144 135 182 157 this pore. The three thoracic spines representing external prolongations of spines D, L , L of the initial spicule are Etymology: From the Latin oblongus, -a, -um, adj., ob- r l not always all present. The shape of the abdomen is very long. characteristic in this species; it is truncated conical in the proximal third and cylindrical with straight or concave Type locality: Sample 1662D, Gümüslü Allochthon, Tau- sides on the remaining part; the boundary between the two rus Mts., Turkey. parts forms a rather characteristic shoulder. Occurrence: Gümüslü Allochthon, Turkey; San Hipólito Formation, Baja California Sur. Plate THT01. Thetis oblonga De Wever. Magnification x400. Fig. 1(H). De Wever 1982a, pl. 4, fig. 10. Figs. 2, 3. De Wever 1982a, pl. 4, figs. 13, 16. Fig. 4. TR, 1662D-R02-06. Fig. 5. Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 16, fig. 4. 377 Genus: Thurstonia Whalen & Carter 1998 Type species: Thurstonia minutaglobus Whalen & Carter 1998 Synonymy: we tentatively assign this genus to the Subfamily Charlot- 1998 Thurstonia n. gen. – Whalen & Carter, p. 42. tinae. Thurstonia n. gen., is distinguished from all the in- cluded genera of the Subfamily Charlotteinae by having six Original description: Test with spherical shell and six prominent spines, four of which are in the same plane. prominent tapering spines; two spines bipolar, at right an- gles to four equally spaced spines, in radial plane. Corti- Etymology: Thurstonia n. gen. is named for the “Nellie cal shell with triangular and tetragonal pore frames with G. Thurston”, a schooner owned by the Pacific Fish and rounded nodes at pore frame vertices; large pores some- Cold Storage Company and a regular visitor to the fishing times apparent at base of spines. Spines circular or triradi- grounds of the Queen Charlotte Islands in the early 1900s. ate in axial section. Included species: Original remarks: The internal structure of Thurstonia THU01 Thurstonia gibsoni Whalen & Carter 1998 n. gen. is not completely understood but because of the sug- THU04 Thurstonia timberensis Whalen & Carter 1998 gestion of an internal spicular network (see Pl. 8, Fig. 13), Thurstonia gibsoni Whalen & Carter 1998 Species code: THU01 Synonymy: Measurements (µm): 1998 Thurstonia gibsoni n. sp. – Whalen & Carter, p. 42, pl. 6, Based on 15 specimens. figs. 1, 2. Maximum diameter Length 2002 Thurstonia sp. aff. T. timberensis Whalen & Carter – Tekin, of cortical shell of longest spine p. 188, pl. 3, fig. 20. 135 85 HT 2004 Thurstonia gibsoni Whalen & Carter – Hori et al., pl. 5, fig. 6. 135 131 Max. 96 66 Min. Original description: Test with small, spherical cortical 115 80 Mean shell and six narrow spines. Cortical shell composed of small, irregularly shaped and distributed triangular and Etymology: This species is named in honor of Gibson (Gib) tetragonal pore frames with prominent rounded nodes at Carter, Vernonia, Oregon, who assisted the authors in many pore frame vertices. Spines approximately equal in length, aspects of this research. circular in axial section with length of each spine slightly less than diameter of cortical shell. Type locality: Sample 89-CNA-SKUD-27, Sandilands For- mation, southeast side of Kunga Island, Queen Charlotte Original remarks: The small cortical shell and very delicate Islands, British Columbia. spines (circular in axial section) of Thurstonia gibsoni n. sp. distinguish it from T. timberensis n. sp. Occurrence: Sandilands Formation, Queen Charlotte Is- lands; Hocaköy Radiolarite, Turkey; Tawi Sadh Member of the Guwayza Formation, Oman; Japan. 378 Plate THU01. Thurstonia gibsoni Whalen & Carter. Magnification x200. Fig. 1(H). Carter et al. 1998, pl. 6, fig. 1. Fig. 2. QCI, GSC loc. C-080611, GSC 111772. Fig. 3. OM, BR682-R10-20. 379 Thurstonia timberensis Whalen & Carter 1998 Species code: THU04 Synonymy: Measurements (µm): 1989 Genus 4 spp. – Hattori, pl. 17, figs. B, C. Based on 11 specimens. 1990 Beturiel a ? sp. – Nagai, pl. 6, figs. 1, 2. Maximum diameter 1998 Thurstonia timberensis n. sp. – Whalen & Carter, p. 43, of cortical shell Length of longest spine pl. 6, figs. 3, 4, 5, 10. 169 156 HT 1998 Thurstonia sp. B – Yeh & Cheng, p. 11, pl. 8, fig. 8. 169 188 Max. Original description: Test with medium-sized spherical 131 122 Min. 152 151 Mean cortical shell with six strongly tapering spines. Cortical shell composed of small- to medium-sized, irregularly shaped and distributed triangular and tetragonal pore Etymology: This species is named for Timber Road, the frames with prominent, rounded nodes at pore frame road leading to Beth Carter’s ranch in Vernonia, Oregon vertices; pore frame bars very thin in Y direction and very where much of the biostratigraphic work for this paper was thick in Z direction; very large pores present at contact of completed. spine with cortical shell. All spines approximately equal in length, usually longer than diameter of cortical shell. Type locality: Sample 87-CNA-KUD-14, Sandilands For- Spines triradiate in axial section proximally with narrow, mation, Kunga Island, Queen Charlotte Islands, British rounded longitudinal ridges and broad, rounded, tapering Columbia. longitudinal grooves; spines becoming circular in axial section distally. Occurrence: Sandilands, Ghost Creek and Fannin forma- tions, Queen Charlotte Islands; Fernie Formation, Willis- Original remarks: The broad, strongly tapering spines and ton Lake, NE British Columbia; Hyde Formation, Oregon; smaller, more delicate pore frames of Thurstonia timberen- Tawi Sadh Member of the Guwayza Formation, Oman; Li- sis n. sp. distinguish it from Thurstonia minutaglobus n. sp. minangcong Chert, Philippines; Japan. 380 Plate THU04. Thurstonia timberensis Whalen & Carter. Magnification Figs. 1-4 x150 (scale bar A) Figs. 5-8 x200 (scale bar B). Fig. 1(H). Carter et al. 1998, pl. 6, fig. 3. Fig. 2. QCI, GSC loc. C-304281, GSC 111773. Fig. 3. NBC, GSC loc. C-305208, GSC 111810. Fig. 4. QCI, GSC loc. C-304566, GSC 111774. Fig. 5. JP, MNA-10, MA11342. Fig. 6. OR600A-R02-02. Fig. 7. OR600A-R03-02. Fig. 8. BR871-R02-17. 381 Genus: Trexus Whalen & Carter 1998 Type species: Trexus dodgensis Whalen & Carter 1998 Synonymy: pore frames rather than square to rectangular, linearly 1998 Trexus n. gen. – Whalen & Carter, p. 81. arranged pore frames on both the inner and outer layers (see Pl. 24, fig. 22). Original description: Robust, inflated, dome-shaped Canutus? beehivensis and C. ? ingrahamensis described by multicyrtid, with small horn. Test lacks strictures. Thick Carter from the Rhaetian part of the Sandilands Formation multilayered wall: inner layer composed of large, fragile, in Queen Charlotte Islands, are herein reassigned to the irregularly polygonal pore frames; outer layers more massive, genus Trexus Whalen and Carter n. gen. composed of irregularly sized and shaped polygonal pore frames; outer layers connected by irregularly sized and Etymology: Trexus n. gen. is a name formed by an arbi- shaped pillars; small nodes at pore frame vertices on outer trary combination of letters (ICZN, 1985, Appendix D, latticed layer. pt. VI, Recommendation 40, p. 201). Original remarks: Trexus n. gen. differs from Canutus Included species: Pessagno and Whalen by possessing irregularly polygonal TRX01 Trexus dodgensis Whalen & Carter 1998 Trexus dodgensis Whalen & Carter 1998 Species code: TRX01 Synonymy: Original remarks: The irregularly sized and shaped pore 1998 Trexus dodgensis n. sp. – Whalen & Carter, p. 82, pl. 24, frames of the outer layers of T. dodgensis n. sp. distinguish figs. 11, 12, 16, 22, 23. it from all other Jurassic multicyrtid Nassellariina with 2001 Trexus dodgensis Whalen & Carter – Gawlick et al., pl. 2, multiwalled construction. T. dodgensis n. sp. differs from fig. 26; pl. 6, fig. 5. T. beehivensis (Carter) and T. ingrahamensis (Carter) by 2002 Trexus dodgensis Whalen & Carter – Suzuki et al., p. 184, having a more dome-shaped test and it lacks a terminal fig. 9 D. tube. 2004 Canutus sp. – Matsuoka, fig. 213. Original description: Test large, dome-shaped, inflated Measurements (µm): with three to four postabdominal chambers. Cephalis small, Based on 7 specimens. hemispherical to dome-shaped, with short horn. Thorax and Length (excluding horn) Maximum width abdomen trapezoidal in outline. Postabdominal chambers 150 120 HT subrectangular in outline, increasing very gradually in 173 143 Max. width, more rapidly in height as added. Outer latticed 150 120 Min. layer consisting of irregularly sized and shaped polygonal 155 132 Mean pore frames (mostly pentagonal and hexagonal) with small nodes at pore frame vertices. Inner latticed layer composed Etymology: This species is named for Dodge Point, Queen of delicate, polygonal pore frames. Charlotte Islands, British Columbia, located to the south- east of the type locality. Genus: Triactoma Rüst 1885 Type species: Triactoma tithonianum RÜST 1885 (subsequent designation by Campbell, 1954). Synonymy: Further remarks: Herein we follow Baumgartner et al. 1885 Triactoma n. gen. – Rüst, p. 289. (1995a) who considered Tripocyclia Haeckel (as emended 1989 Tripocyclia Haeckel, emend. Pessagno & Yang – Pessagno et by Pessagno & Yang) to be a synonym of Triactoma. al., p. 212. Original description: Spherical latticed test with three long, Included species: slender spines arranged in one plane. 10 rows of round 3409 Triactoma jakobsae Carter 1995 pores, 10 per row. Not frequent. (Haeckel, 1881, p. 457) TCA01 Triactoma rosespitensis (Carter) 1988 Spined Phacodiscida, with marginal spines situated in the equatorial plane of the lens; with three equidistant spines with the medullary shell single, and without a spiny zone. 382 Type locality: Sample QC-574, Sandilands Formation, Occurrence: Sandilands Formation, Queen Charlotte Is- north side of Kunga Island, Queen Charlotte Islands, Brit- lands; Pucara Group, Peru; Dürrnberg Formation, Austria; ish Columbia. Japan. Plate TRX01. Trexus dodgensis Whalen & Carter. Magnification Fig. 1 x300, Fig. 2. x150. Fig. 1(H). Carter et al. 1998, pl. 24, fig. 16. Fig. 2. QCI, GSC loc. C-304567, 111790. 383 Triactoma jakobsae Carter 1995 Species code: 3409 Synonymy: Original remarks: Triactoma jacobsae n.sp. is larger than 1988 Tripocyclia sp. B – Carter et al., p. 27, pl. 10, figs. 2-3. Tripocyclia wickiupensis Pessagno & Yang in all respects 1989 Triactoma sp. – Hattori & Sakamoto, pl. 7, figs. J, K. and further differs from that species in having a spherical to 1989 Tripocyclia ? sp. – Hattori, pl. 45, fig. L. subspherical cortical shell composed of larger pore frames, 1989 Tripocyclia sp. A – Pessagno & Yang, p. 229, pl. 2, fig. 10. and in having spine tips with better developed triradiate 1995a Triactoma jakobsae Carter n. sp. – Baumgartner et al., structures. p. 588, pl. 3409, figs. 1-3. 1996 Tripocyclia yaoi n. sp. – Yeh & Cheng, p. 102, pl. 2, fig. 3, Further remarks: Forms with less massive spines (see syn- pl. 5, figs. 1, 2, 4, 5, 11. onymy) are now included in Triactoma jakobsae Carter. 1996 Tripocyclia sp. aff. T. yaoi n. sp. – Yeh & Cheng, p. 102, pl. 5, figs. 7, 8, 10. 1997 Triactoma jakobsae Carter – Yao, pl. 1, fig. 25. Measurements (µm): 2004 Triactoma jakobsae Carter – Suzuki & Ogane, pl. 4, fig 1. Based on 13 specimens. HT Av. Max. Min. Diameter of cortical shell 155 154 169 150 Original description: Cortical shell spherical to subspheri- Length secondary spines 127 120 135 99 cal. Outer latticed layer thick, composed of small, mostly Width of spine base 59 53 60 43 hexagonal pore frames with small, rather sharp nodes at vertices of pore frames. Spines short to moderate in length Etymology: Named for Dr. Giselle K. Jakobs for her contri- but length never exceeds diameter of cortical shell. Spines bution to the biostratigraphy of the Toarcian and Aalenian robust, triradiate, composed of longitudinal ridges and of Western North America. grooves. Ridges rounded with small to medium-sized tear drop-shaped subsidiary grooves tapering towards distal Type locality: GSC locality C-176579- Section 12, Phantom part of spine. Longitudinal grooves narrow and deep, taper- Creek Formation, Yakoun River, central Graham Island, ing distally but open to spine tips. Spine tips bluntly termi- Queen Charlotte Islands, British Columbia. nating with the three longitudinal ridges turned outward to form crown-like structures. On well preserved specimens a Occurrence: Phantom Creek Formation, Queen Charlotte short, robust, central spine extends beyond ridge termina- Islands; Warm Springs member of the Snowshoe Forma- tions. Cortical buttresses weakly developed. tion, Oregon; Liminangcong Chert, Philippines; Japan. Triactoma rosespitensis (Carter) 1988 Species code: TCA01 Synonymy: 1890, p. 155, Pl. 2, fig. 15; and Pessagno, 1977a, p. 80, Pl. 7, 1987b Tripocyclia sp. A – Yeh, p. 52, pl. 3, fig. 9; pl. 26, fig. 8. figs. 6, 7), but differs in having a distinctly spherical rather 1988 Tripocyclia rosespitense Carter n. sp. – Carter et al., p. 27, than subtriangular test shape. pl. 10, fig. 1. ? 1990 Tripocyclia sp. – Hori, Fig. 9.41. Measurements (µm): 1996 Tripocyclia sp. cf. T. yaoi n. sp. – Yeh & Cheng, p. 102, pl. 5, figs. 3, 6, 9, 12. Based on 7 specimens. 2002 Triactoma rosespitensis (Carter) – Whalen & Carter, HT Av. Max. Min. p. 112, pl. 8, fig. 9. Diameter of test 141 143 150 140 Length of longest spine Original diagnosis: Test small, with uniform, mostly hex- (on 4 complete specimens) 136 126 148 110 agonal, pore frames and three slender tribladed spines. Etymology: Named for Rose Spit, on the northeastern tip Original description: Test small, spherical, and slightly of Graham Island. flattened in plane of spines. Three triradiate spines are slender with alternating ridges and grooves. Ridges narrow Type locality: GSC locality C-080597, Phantom Creek For- and rounded; grooves about twice width of ridges. Terminal mation, Yakoun River, Graham Island, Queen Charlotte portion of spines normally pointed, but occasionally ridges Islands, British Columbia. widen at tip to produce a crown-like extension. Pore frames small, most are hexagonal, a few pentagonal. Occurrence: Phantom Creek Formation, Queen Charlotte Islands, British Columbia; Nicely Formation and Warm Original remarks: This species is similar in pore frame Springs member of the Snowshoe Formation, Oregon; San size and shape, and spine structure to Tripocyclia trigo- Hipólito Formation, Baja California Sur; Liminangcong nium (Rüst), (Rüst, 1885, p. 23, Pl. 30(5), fig. 3; Parona, Chert, Philippines; Japan. 384 Plate 3409. Triactoma jakobsae Carter. Magnification x150. Fig. 1(H). Baumgartner et al. 1995a. pl. 3409, fig. 1. Fig. 2. Baumgartner et al. 1995a. pl. 3409, fig. 3. Fig. 3 . Baumgartner et al. 1995a. pl. 3409, fig. 2. Plate TCA01. Triactoma rosespitensis (Carter). Magnification x200. Fig. 1(H). Carter et al. 1988, pl. 10, fig. 1. Fig. 2. QCI, GSC loc. C-304567, GSC 11181. Fig. 3. Matsuoka 2004, fig. 73. Fig. 4. Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 8, fig. 9. 385 Genus: Trillus Pessagno & Blome 1980 Type species: Tril us siedersi Pessagno & Blome 1980 Synonymy: possessing a well-developed median band. The phylogenetic 1980 Tril us n. gen – Pessagno & Blome, p. 248. relationship of Tril us to other genera of Pantanellinae is discussed elsewhere in this report. Original description: Cortical shell with well developed raised median band comprised of pore frames which are Etymology: Tril us is a name formed by an arbitrary com- greatly thickened in Z direction (text-fig. 5). Pore frames of bination of letters (ICZN, 1964, Appendix D, pt. 6, recom- raised median band lacking massive secondary spines. mendation 40, p. 113). Original remarks: Tril us n.gen. differs from Zartus n.gen. Included species: in possessing a raised median band without large, massive TRL01 Tril us elkhornensis Pessagno & Blome 1980 secondary spines. It differs from Pantanel ium Pessagno in TRL02 Tril us seidersi Pessagno & Blome 1980 Trillus elkhornensis Pessagno & Blome 1980 Species code: TRL01 Synonymy: Original description: Cortical shell subspherical with 1980 Tril us elkhornensis n. sp. – Pessagno & Blome, p. 249, well-developed median band; pore frames pentagonal and pl. 6, figs. 11, 12, 16, 20, 25; pl. 9, fig. 11. hexagonal, about equal in number, with poorly developed 1982 Tril us elkhornensis Pessagno & Blome – Nishizono et al., nodes of low relief at vertices. Bars of pore frames of equal pl. 1, fig. 10. thickness along Y and Z (text-fig. 5). Five to 6 pore frames 1987b Tril us elkhornensis Pessagno & Blome – Yeh, p. 37, pl. 5, fig. 5. visible along AA’; 6 along BB’. Both polar spines triradiate in 1987b Tril us sp. aff. T. elkhornensis Pessagno & Blome – Yeh, axial section, shorter spine about 3/4 length of longer spine; p. 37, pl. 5, fig. 7. spines comprised of massive, rather wide ridges alternating 1987b Tril us sp. A – Yeh, p. 37, pl. 5, figs. 5, 25. longitudinally with somewhat wider grooves. 1989 Tril us elkhornensis Pessagno & Blome – Hattori & Sakamoto, pl. 4, fig. B. Original remarks: Tril us elkhornensis, n. sp., is compared 1989 Tril us sp. C – Hattori & Sakamoto, pl. 4, fig. G. with T. seidersi, n. sp., under the latter species. 1989 Tril us sp. I – Hattori & Sakamoto, pl. 4, fig. N. 1989 Tril us elkhornensis Pessagno & Blome – Hattori, pl. 8, Measurements (µm): figs. E, F. 1989 Tril us elkhornensis Pessagno & Blome – Hori & Otsuka, Based on 9 specimens. System of measurement shown in pl. 4, fig. 15. text-figure 5 of Pessagno & Blome (1980). 1990 Tril us elkhornensis Pessagno & Blome – De Wever et al., AA’ A’S’ AS BB’ cc’ dd’ pl. 3, fig. 12. 113 125 94 100 25 31 HT 1990 Tril us elkhornensis Pessagno & Blome – Hori, Fig. 8.30. 99 113 88 97 29 28 Av. 1992 Tril us elkhornensis Pessagno & Blome – Sashida, pl. 2, 113 125 94 106 31 31 Max. figs. 21, 22. 88 88 81 88 25 25 Min. 1993 Tril us sp. – Fujii et al., pl. 1, fig. 6. 1996 Tril us elkhornensis Pessagno & Blome – Yeh & Cheng, Etymology: T. elkhornensis is named for Elkhorn Creek p. 98, pl. 8, fig. 2. 1996 Tril us sp. cf. T. elkhornensis Pessagno & Blome – Yeh & near its type locality. Cheng, p. 98, pl. 6, figs. 8, 12. 1996 Tril us sp. B – Yeh & Cheng, p. 98, pl. 8, fig. 1. Type locality: Sample OR 536, Nicely Formation, northeast 1996 Tril us elkhornensis Pessagno & Blome – Pujana, p. 137, side of Morgan Mountain, eastern Oregon. pl. 1, fig. 1. 1997 Tril us elkhornensis Pessagno & Blome – Hori, pl. 1, fig. 14. Occurrence: Worldwide. 1997 Tril us elkhornensis Pessagno & Blome – Yao, pl. 3, fig. 147. 2003 Tril us elkhornensis Pessagno & Blome – Goričan et al., p. 291, pl. 1, fig. 2. 2003 Tril us elkhornensis Pessagno & Blome – Kashiwagi & Kurimoto, pl. 4, figs. 10, 12, not fig. 11. 2004 Tril us elkhornensis Pessagno & Blome – Hori, pl. 4, fig. 41, pl. 13, fig. 55; pl. 23, ? fig. 25. 2004 Tril us elkhornensis Pessagno & Blome – Matsuoka, fig. 16. 2005 Tril us elkhornensis Pessagno & Blome – Kashiwagi et al., pl. 6, fig. 8. 386 Plate TRL01. Trillus elkhornensis Pessagno & Blome. Magnification x250. Fig. 1(H). Pessagno & Blome 1980, pl. 6, fig. 12. Fig. 2. GSC loc. C-080611, GSC 111775. Fig. 3. GSC loc. C-080611, GSC 111776. Fig. 4. NBC, GSC loc. C-305208, GSC 111777. Fig. 5. Hori 1990, Fig. 8.30. Fig. 6. Goričan et al. 2003, pl. 1, fig. 2. Fig. 7. OM, BR706-R14-05. Fig. 8. OM, BR1121-R09-08. 387 Trillus seidersi Pessagno & Blome 1980 Species code: TRL02 Synonymy: gave rise to T. seidersi through a reduction in the number 1980 Tril us seidersi n. sp. – Pessagno & Blome, p. 249, pl. 9, of pore frames and an increase in the width of the grooves figs. 2-4, 9, 19. on its polar spines. 1987b Tril us sp. cf. T. seidersi – Yeh, p. 37, pl. 7, figs, 10, 11, 16, 25. 1988 Tril us sp. cf. T. seidersi Pessagno & Blome – Carter et al., Further remarks: Forms referred to Tril us cf. seidersi in p. 38, pl. 16, fig. 1. Carter et al. (1988) are herein considered T. seidersi s.s. 1989 Tril us sp. aff. T. elkhornensis – Hattori, pl. 8, fig. H. 1996 Tril us sp. A – Yeh & Cheng, p. 98, pl. 2, figs. 1, 2. Measurements (µm): 1997 Tril us sp. D – Yao, pl. 3, fig. 146. Based on 9 specimens. System of measurement shown in Original description: Cortical shell small, subspherical text-figure 5 of Pessagno & Blome (1980). with about equal number of pentagonal and hexagonal AA’ A’S’ AS BB’ cc’ dd’ pore frames which lack nodes at vertices. Surface of test 90 130 90 90 25 25 HT sloping steeply from median band toward polar spines. 81 122 89 85 24 26 Av. Bars of pore frames of medium thickness along Y and 2 to 3 90 140 100 92 30 42 Max. times thicker along Z; tending to be thicker along Z in area 60 105 80 80 20 20 Min. of median band. Five pore frames visible along AA’ and Etymology: This species is named for Dr. Victor M. Seiders BB’. Polar spines quite long, triradiate in axial section; one in honor of his significant contribution to the study of Cali- spine somewhat longer than the other and usually showing fornia Coast Ranges. curvature of its tip. Both polar spines having 3 very broad longitudinal grooves alternating with 3 relatively narrow Type locality: Sample OR 513, Snowshoe Formation, along ridges. Ridges and grooves maintaining same width for Izee-John Day Road, eastern Oregon. most of their length. Occurrence: Snowshoe Formation, Oregon; Rennell Junc- Original remarks: Tril us seidersi, n. sp., differs from Tril us tion member of the Fannin Formation and Graham Island elkhornensis, n. sp., in having larger and fewer pore frames Formation, Queen Charlotte Islands; Tawi Sadh Member and polar spines with much wider grooves. Both species of the Guwayza Formation, Oman; Liminangcong Chert, have long polar spines. It is conceivable that T. elkhornensis Philippines; Japan. Genus: Tripocyclia Haeckel 1881, emend. Kiessling 1999 Type species: Tripocyclia trigonum Rüst, subsequent designation by Campbell (1954) Synonymy: sediments (Kiessling 1995b). Well-preserved specimens 1881 Tripocyclia n. gen. – Haeckel, p. 458. of Tripocyclia trigonum were also figured by De Wever 1999 Tripocyclia Haeckel 1881, emend. – Kiessling, p. 39. et al. (1986, pl. 16, figs. 17-19). The forms fit very well to the original description, figure and measurements of Original description: Tripocyclia trigonum provided by Rüst (1885), but are 2b. Spiny Coccodiscida with marginal spines lying in equa- definitely not synonymous with Tripocyclia trigonum as torial plane and radiating from the margin of the lens- described by Pessagno (1977a). T. trigonum also shows no shaped test (without chambered rays). similarity with the species described under Tripocyclia by B. With three equidistant spines. Pessagno and Yang in Pessagno et al. (1989), Yang (1993), and Hull (1997). All those species are Xiphostylidae, whereas Emended description: By Kiessling (1999): Spongy lentic- Tripocyclia has to be assigned to the Pseudoaulophacidae. ular disc, triangular in axial view. Three strong triradiate Thus the emendation of Tripocyclia by Pessagno & Yang primary spines, symmetrically arranged, but sometimes of (1989) cannot be considered valid. Much of the taxonomic slightly different size. Spines originating from a pseudoau- confusion about Tripocyclia stems from the poor original lophacid microsphere as thin cylindrical beams, triradiate description of the genus (Haeckel 1881) and the type development only on the surface or slightly inside the test. species (Rüst 1885). Although the subsequent assignment Spongy meshwork internally arranged in indistinct con- of T. trigonum as the type species of Tripocyclia by Campbell centric layers. Externally the disc commonly shows very (1954) may have altered the original concept of Haeckel small pores. Secondary spines rarely present, very small. (1881) it has to be accepted according to the IRZN (1985). No tholi and no distinct nodes developed. Tripocyclia differs from Tripodictya Haeckel by lacking concentric chambered rings internally. The differences to Remarks: By Kiessling (1999): The emendation of this Spongotripus Haeckel are less clear. The emended definition genus is based on material from the Southern Alps (Italy of Tripocyclia actually fits better to the original definition and Switzerland), where common specimens of the of Spongotripus than to that of Tripocyclia. However, the type species were found in Bathonian to Kimmeridgian subsequent designation of Spongotripus regularis Haeckel 388 Plate TRL02. Trillus seidersi Pessagno & Blome. Magnification x250. Fig. 1(H). Pessagno & Blome 1980, pl. 9, fig. 2. Fig. 2. Carter et al. 1988, pl. 16, fig. 1. Fig 3. QCI, GSC loc. C-304 566, GSC 111778. Fig. 4. OM, BR871-R07-07. Fig. 5. OM, BR706-R06-26. Fig. 6. OM, BR1121-R09-22. 389 as the type species of Spongotripus (Campbell 1954) is of a type species is against the ICZN, art. 61. The reason not considered valid, since this species was not figured by Kiessling designated another type species for Spongotripus Haeckel (1887) and hence represents a nomen dubium. is because he considered that the designation of S. regularis A possibility to define a valid type species could be by Campbell is not valid since this species was not illus- Spongechinus neumayri Dunikowski which was originally trated by Haeckel. However, the ICZN art. 69A only speci- included into the type-series by Haeckel (1887). However, fies that “In designating a type-species for a genus, a zoolo- this species cannot serve as type species, owing to its gist should give preference to a species that is adequately spherical test. Spongotripus pauper Rüst is amongst the figured”. There is no mention that the zoologist must des- first species of this genus that was sufficiently described ignate an illustrated species. In fact neither Spongotripus and figured and fits to the original definition of the genus regularis as type species nor S. pauper solve the taxonomi- and should be assigned as type species. This species differs cal problems of Mesozoic species with spongy disk-shaped externally from Tripocyclia by its test being flat rather than test and three three-bladed equatorial spines. Spongotripus lenticular and its much shorter spines. More work needs to comprises probably only Cenozoic Spongodiscidae because be done on the status of both Tripocyclia and Spongotripus its description was based on Cenozoic material and because to clarify the taxonomic problems. its type species has conical rather than three-bladed spines, whereas Jurassic and Cretaceous species have bladed spines Further remarks: We have strong doubts that the micro- and may belong to differing genera of several families such sphere of this genus is of pseudoaulophacid structure as as: Angulobracchiidae, Pseudoaulophacidae, Tritrabidae, mentioned in the emended description. Sections to mi- etc. Moreover, Spongotripus pauper as illustrated by Rüst crosphere made by one of us (PD) in several species as- (1888) does not seem to be an equatorial section because signable to Tripocyclia Haeckel as emended by Kiessling, it shows no regular structure in the center and the three species coming from the very well preserved fauna of the spines do not reach the central part, thus giving no infor- Bajocian sample IN7 of Yao (1997), show a central mi- mation on the family group to which it may belong. In crosphere similar to that of Paronael a rather than to the summary, Mesozoic species answering the original generic Pseudoaulophacidae (see Dumitrica & Zügel (2002) and diagnosis of Spongotripus should always be questionably Dumitrica (1997) for the morphology of the two types of assigned to this genus. microsphere). Regarding the type species of the genus Spongotripus Included species: Haeckel, we must use the species designated by Camp- SPT01 Tripocyclia? tortuosa Dumitrica, Goričan & bell (1954) and not Spongotripus pauper Rüst 1888 as re- Whalen n. sp. designated by Kiessling (1999) because the redesignation Tripocyclia? tortuosa Dumitrica, Goričan & Whalen n. sp. Species code: SPT01 Synonymy: n. sp. is the most similar to Alievium? juskatlaensis Carter 1990 Triactoma (?) sp. – Nagai, pl. 5, fig. 1. 1988 but the latter species has straight spines. Our speci- 1997 Spongotripus sp. B0 – Yao, pl. 5, fig. 235. mens are not well enough preserved to make equatorial sec- 2003 Spongotripus sp. B0 sensu Yao – Goričan et al., p. 296, tions in order to know the structure of the microsphere, but pl. 2, fig. 6. specimens with a superficially similar test and very slightly Type designation: Holotype specimen BR523-R02-04 torsioned spines from the Bajocian of Japan (sample IN 7 (pl. SPT01, fig. 1), paratypes specimens BR524-R04-10 and of Yao, 1997) show in their center a microsphere similar to BR 825-3-R09-06 (pl. SPT01, figs. 2, 4) from the Guwayza that of Paronael a. Formation, Tawi Sadh Member, Jabal Safra, Oman. Measurements (µm): Description: Cortical shell subspherical with three tri- Based on 5 specimens. radiate spines at approximately 120º to each other. HT Min. Max. Meshwork of cortical shell delicate, composed of thin bars Diameter of shell 83 83 113 forming a dense spongy pattern arranged in concentric Preserved length of spines 95 - 100 layers. Superficial layer of mature specimens with small but distinct nodes. Spines long, dextrally torsioned, with Etymology: From Latin: tortuosus, -a, -um = tortuous, pointed tip; degree of torsion and length of torsioned referring to torsioned spines. portion variable. Type locality: Sample BR523, Guwayza Formation, Tawi Remarks: Tripocyclia? tortuosa n. sp. differs from other re- Sadh Member, Jabal Safra, Oman. lated species by having torsioned spines. From Spongotri- pus incomptus Carter 1988 it further differs by having much Occurrence: Tawi Sadh Member of the Guwayza Formation, longer spines and a less dense and triangular test. In the Oman; Skrile Formation, Slovenia; Japan; San Hipólito structure of the nodose shell surface, Tripocyclia? tortuosa Formation, Baja California Sur; Hyde Formation, Oregon. 390 Plate SPT01. Tripocyclia? tortuosa Dumitrica, Goričan & Whalen n. sp. Magnification x250. Fig. 1(H). OM, BR523-R02-04. Fig. 2. OM, BR524-R04-10. Fig. 3. Goričan et al. 2003, pl. 2, fig. 6. Fig. 4. OM, BR825-3-R09-06. Fig. 5. BCS, SH-412-14. 391 Genus: Turanta Pessagno & Blome 1982, emend. Takemura 1986 Type species: Turanta capsensis Pessagno & Blome 1982 Synonymy: be easily distinguished externally by the asymmetrical 1982 Turanta n. gen. – Pessagno & Blome, p. 296. placement of the horn and feet of Turanta as well as the 1986 Turanta Pessagno & Blome emend. – Takemura, p. 64. flattened area between the horn and vertical foot. Original description: Test dicyrtid. Cephalic wall Emended diagnosis: By Takemura (1986): Shell of one incompletely formed, mostly open, partially lacking sides segment, cephalis, large, subspherical and latticed, with and roof, but possessing well-developed cyrtoid collar plate three usually triradiate spines, which are prolongations of (pl. 3, figs. 2-3, 11-12); collar plate usually visible externally. A, V, and D. Three spines located in a same plane, which Prominently curved to slightly curved horn attached to is perpendicular to the collar plate. Dorsal spine usually apical bar; base of horn covering collar plate on dorsal side curved slightly to the side of the apical spine. Cephalic (in position of dorsal bar) (pl. 3, figs. 2, 11; 3, 12). Thorax pores large and circular, regularly or irregularly distributed. with two feet connected with and in line with vertical and Cephalic skeletal elements, MB, V, D, two L and two l at the dorsal bars (pl. 4, fig. 17). Horns and feet varying in length base of the cephalis, and A inside the cephalis. and curvature with species, typically triradiate in axial section with alternating ridges and grooves. Horn and feet Further remarks: By Takemura (1986): Pessagno & Blome usually in same plane; distance between horn and vertical (1982) described Turanta as dicyrtid Nassellaria, of which foot always differing from distance between horn and dorsal cephalis was naked. However, Turanta possesses all the foot. Thorax subspherical, often somewhat compressed at cephalic skeletal elements and specially A, originated at the right angles to the plane of the horn and feet; flattened area point where MB, D and two l join, prolonging into an apical occurring between horn and vertical foot; thorax lacking spine (pl. 11, 17-18), penetrating inside the shell which is mouth and with symmetrical pentagonal and hexagonal described as “thorax” by Pessagno & Blome (1982). This fact pore frames. clearly indicates that the large subspherical latticed shell of Turanta is the cephalis. Therefore, the horn described by Original remarks: Turanta, n.gen., differs from all other Pessagno & Blome (1982) is the dorsal spine and the two Mesozoic dicyrtid Nassellariina by virtue of the partially feet are the apical and vertical spines. formed, naked nature of its cephalis. It may well be that the missing cephalic walls were extremely thin and fragile Etymology: Turanta (f.) is a name formed by an arbitrary in character and were not capable of being fossilized; they combination of letters (ICZN, 1964, Appendix D, pt. VI, are for the most part missing on all specimens of Turanta Recommendation 40, p. 113). observed during this study. The spumellarian-like test of Turanta at first suggests a Included species: kinship to Tripocyclia Rüst. However, the two genera can 3247 Turanta morinae gr. Pessagno & Blome 1982 Turanta morinae gr. Pessagno & Blome 1982 Species code: 3247 Synonymy: and ridges gradually decreasing in width distally. Proximal 1982 Turanta morinae n. sp. – Pessagno & Blome, p. 300, pl. 1, 1/2 of horn curved; distal 1/2 straight. Feet straight, widely figs. 3-4, 8, 11, 16. separated, nearly at right angles to horn. 1982 Turanta officerensis n. sp. – Pessagno & Blome, p. 301, pl. 2, figs. 2-3, pl. 8, fig. 1. 1988 Turanta morinae Pessagno & Blome – Carter et al., p. 62, Original remarks: Turanta morinae, n. sp., differs from pl. 14, fig. 8. Turanta silviensis n. sp. by having a longer horn, longer feet 1991 Turanta sp. A, n. sp. – Carter & Jakobs, p. 344, pl. 3, fig. 13. and fewer pore frames. Furthermore, whereas T. morinae 1995a Turanta morinae gr. Pessagno & Blome – Baumgartner et tends to have about the same number of hexagonal and al., p. 616, pl. 3247, figs. 1-3. pentagonal pore frames, T. silviensis has predominantly 1996 Turanta sp. A – Yeh & Cheng, p. 122, pl. 8, fig. 10. hexagonal pore frames. 1997 Turanta morinae gr. Pessagno & Blome – Yao, pl. 8, fig. 356. Measurements (µm): Original description: Cephalis as with genus. Thorax sub- Based on 8 specimens. spherical with equal number of pentagonal and hexagonal HT Mean Min. Max. pore frames having weakly developed nodes at vertices; Length of thorax 162.5 154.68 125 175 hexagonal pore frames somewhat larger than pentagonal Width of thorax 137.5 146.25 125 175 pore frames. Horn and feet relatively long, triradiate in ax- Length of foot 150+ 164.58 100 225 ial section with grooves and ridges of equal width; grooves Length of horn 150 122.5 87.5 150 392 Etymology: This species is named for Karen E. Morin in Occurrence: Snowshoe Formation, Oregon; Phantom honor of her recent contributions to the study of Upper Creek Formation, Queen Charlotte Islands; Sogno Forma- Cretaceous Radiolaria. tion, Italy; Liminangcong Chert, Philippines; Japan. Type locality: Sample OR-580, Warm Springs member, Snowshoe Formation, near bridge over South Fork of John Day River, east-central Oregon. Plate 3247. Turanta morinae Pessagno & Blome. Magnification x200. Fig. 1(H). Pessagno & Blome 1982, pl. 1, fig. 3. Fig. 2 Carter et al. 1988, pl. 14, fig. 8. 393 Genus: Tympaneides Carter 1988 Type species: Tympaneides charlottensis Carter 1988 Synonymy: Original remarks: Tympaneides n. gen. is assigned to the 1988 Tympaneides Carter n. gen. – Carter et al., p. 37. Staurolonchidae Haeckel because of its shape, mode of shell construction and spine structure. It differs from Emiluvia Original description: Test is a flattened sphere (drum- Foreman in having a test that is circular and drum-shaped shaped) with four spines extending from sides to form a rather than rectangular, and from Staurolonche Haeckel cross in one plane. Top and bottom surfaces planiform, in having a double-, rather than a single-layered cortical sides vertical to slightly concave. Latticed cortical shell shell. composed of two layers of pore frames on planar surfaces and a single layer on the sides. Nodes on outer layer inter- Etymology: From the Greek tympanon = drum. connected by fragile bars to form triangular or tetragonal pore frames. Included species: 3408 Tympaneides charlottensis Carter 1988 Tympaneides charlottensis Carter 1988 Species code: 3408 Synonymy: with alternating ridges and grooves. Ridges rounded and 1988 Tympaneides charlottensis Carter n. sp. – Carter et al., approximately twice as wide as grooves, which are narrow p. 37, pl. 9, figs. 4, 5. and deep. 1989 Tympaneides sp. cf. T. charlottensis Carter – Hori & Otsuka, pl. 4, fig. 10. Original remarks: This species is very abundant in middle 1991 Tympaneides charlottensis Carter – Carter & Jakobs, to upper Toarcian samples. p. 344, pl. 2, fig. 2. 1991 Tympaneides charlottensis Carter – Tipper et al., pl. 9, Measurements (µm): fig. 10. Based on 14 specimens. 1995a Tympaneides charlottensis Carter – Baumgartner et al., HT Av. Max. Min. p. 618, pl. 3408, figs. 1,2. Diameter of test 129 118 150 80 1998 Tympaneides charlottensis Carter – Cordey, p. 95, pl. 20, Length of longest spine 162 170 238 123 fig. 12. Original diagnosis: Test circular, drum-shaped. Meshwork Etymology: This species is named for Queen Charlotte (wife on planar surfaces very fine, pore frames triangular, nodes of George III of England) after whom the Queen Charlotte minute. Equatorial spines long, slender and triradiate. Islands were named. Original description: Test circular (drum-shaped) with Type locality: GSC locality C-080583, Phantom Creek four long spines extending from sides of test at 90° to Formation, Yakoun River, Graham Island, Queen Charlotte one another. Outer layer of cortical shell covered with Islands, British Columbia. very small triangular pore frames composed of thin bars with fine nodes at their vertices. Spines long (one to three Occurrence: Phantom Creek Formation, Queen Charlotte times test diameter), slender and of uniform width. Spines Islands; Fernie Formation, Williston Lake; Bridge River Complex, British Columbia; Japan. 394 Plate 3408. Tympaneides charlottensis Carter. Magnification Fig. 1 x150 (scale bar A), Figs. 2-9 x200 (scale bar B). Fig. 1. Carter & Jakobs 1991, pl. 2, fig. 2. Fig. 2. Carter et al. 1988, pl. 9, fig. 5. Fig. 3(H). Carter et al. 1988, pl. 9, fig. 4. Fig. 4. QCI, GSC loc. C-080612, GSC 128705. Fig. 5. QCI, GSC loc. C-304281, GSC 111779. Fig. 6. QCI, GSC loc. C-304281, GSC 111780. Fig. 7. NBC, GSC loc. C-205813, GSC 111781. Fig. 8. QCI, GSC loc. C-080611, GSC 111782. Fig. 9. Hori & Otsuka 1989, pl. 4, fig. 10. 395 Genus: Udalia Whalen & Carter 1998 Type species: Udalia dennisoni Whalen & Carter 1998 Synonymy: thinner shell, more pore frames, and much smaller nodes 1998 Udalia n. gen. – Whalen & Carter, 1998, p. 59. at pore frame vertices. We note that Udalia n. gen. has ferresiid-like meshwork. It is possible this genus could be Original description: Test square or rectangular in outline, assigned to the Ferresiidae Carter if that family were revised usually quite thick with four prominent spines in the same to include forms with four spines in the cruciform position. plane, one at each corner. Upper and lower surfaces of test Comparison with Emiluvia Foreman is difficult because of planiform, sides vertical. Test composed of multiple layers of the absence of information on the inner structure of Udalia fine meshwork; meshwork of cortical shell with numerous, n. gen. irregularly shaped (mostly triangular and tetragonal) pore frames with small nodes at pore frame vertices. Pore Etymology: This genus named for the “Udal”, a mission frames of inner layers much thinner and lack nodes. Inner ship built in Sandspit, Queen Charlotte Islands in the early structure unknown as center of test hollow in all specimens 1900s. observed. Spines circular or triradiate, tapering distally. Original remarks: Udalia n. gen. differs from Sophia n. gen. Included species: by lacking an entactiniid-like inner structure, having a UDA05 Udalia plana Whalen & Carter 1998 Udalia plana Whalen & Carter 1998 Species code: UDA05 Synonymy: Measurements (µm): 1998 Udalia plana n. sp. – Whalen & Carter, p. 60, pl. 5, figs. 7, 8, (n) = number of specimens measured. 12, 13; pl. 7, figs. 13, 14, 15, 18. Maximum diameter Maximum length 2002 Udalia plana Whalen & Carter – Suzuki et al., p. 178, fig. 7 J. of cortical shell (7) of primary spines (6) 2002 Udalia plana Whalen & Carter – Whalen & Carter, p. 112, 113 131 HT pl. 7, figs. 9-10. 143 131 Max. 2002 Udalia plana Whalen & Carter – Tekin, p. 185, pl. 3, fig. 3. 105 79 Min. 122 93 Mean Original description: Cortical shell diamond-shaped in outline, very thick, with planiform upper and lower surfaces Etymology: Planus, a, um (latin; adj.) = even, level, flat. and vertical sides. Meshwork composed of irregularly shaped triangular and tetragonal pore frames with large, Type locality: Sample QC-676, Sandilands Formation, rounded nodes at pore frame vertices; pore frame bars Kunga Island, Queen Charlotte Islands, British Columbia. thinner in Y direction than in Z direction (refer to Pl. 4, fig. 11 for measurement system). Test with four long spines, Occurrence: Sandilands Formation, Queen Charlotte Is- all equal in length and width and tapering distally; spines lands; Fernie Formation, NE British Columbia; San Hipól- triradiate in axial section with narrow, rounded longitudinal ito Formation, Baja California Sur; Pucara Group, Peru; ridges and grooves. Hocaköy Radiolarite, Turkey. Original remarks: See remarks under Udalia parvacapsa n. sp. Remarks under Udalia parvacapsa n. sp.: Udalia parva- capsa n. sp. differs from U. plana n. sp. in having a smaller test and much longer spines. 396 Plate UDA05. Udalia plana Whalen & Carter. Magnification x150. Fig. 1(H)a-b. Carter et al. 1998, pl. 5, figs. 8, 7. Fig. 2. Whalen & Carter 2002, pl. 7, fig. 10. Fig. 3. NBC, GSC loc. C-305208, GSC 111783. Fig. 4. NBC, GSC loc. C-305208, GSC 111784. 397 Genus: Unuma Ichikawa & Yao 1976 Type species: Unuma ( Unuma) typicus Ichikawa & Yao 1976 Synonymy: appendage and of longitudinal plicae are stable diagnostic 1976 Unuma n. gen. – Ichikawa & Yao, p. 111. features of the genus Unuma. 1976 Unuma sensu stricto – Ichikawa & Yao, p. 112. The last segment is represented by the distal part of the 1976 Spinunuma n. subgen. – Ichikawa & Yao, p. 112. main spindle-shaped shell with small pores. The basal 1986 Unuma Ichikawa & Yao – Takemura, p. 58. portion with large pores may be considered as a lid-like appendage of the last segment rather than as the last Original description: Spindle-shaped multisegmented segment itself. form with inversely subconical basal appendage which Two subgenera, Unuma ( Unuma) and Unuma ( Spinu- has pores much larger than those of the preceding main numa), are distinguished on the basis of the presence or segments. Junction of segments not externally expressed absence of a distinct apical horn, radial spines, and ba- as an indentation. Numerous small circular pores on sal spine. The morphological difference between the type the surface, aligned in longitudinal and diagonal rows. species of these subgenera may appear to be significantly Numerous longitudinal plicae on the surface generally great at first glance, but there exist some forms transitional running continuously through segments. Apical horn may with respect to the degree of development of radial spines, be minute or large; radial spines and basal spine may or so that a separation at subgeneric level is applied here. may not be present. Etymology: From the locality of the type specimens of the type species. Unuma (regarded as masculine). Original remarks: A spindle-shaped form with small pores, the absence of an externally expressed stricture, the Included species: presence of large pores on the inversely subconical basal UNM01 Unuma unicus (Yeh) 1987b Unuma unicus (Yeh) 1987b Species code: UNM01 Synonymy: Further remarks: This species is herein assigned to Unuma 1987b Hsuum (?) unicum n. sp. – Yeh, p. 66, pl. 17, figs. 15-16, 21. Ichikawa & Yao, because the complete specimens (including 1997 Unuma unicum (Yeh) – Yao, pl. 10, fig. 476. the holotype) have a perforate basal appendage. Unuma 2004 Hsuum (?) unicum Yeh – Matsuoka, fig. 190. unicus seems to be the oldest representative of the genus. Original description: Test very small, spindle-shaped, with Measurements (µm): four to five post-abdominal chambers. Cephalis dome- Ten specimens measured. shaped without horn. Test comprised of inner latticed layer Total length Max. width of tetragonal pore frames with circular to elliptical pores; HT 160 120 outer layer with long massive costae usually extending Mean 153 118 continuously throughout test. One to three rows of pore Max. 160 120 frames between two adjacent costae. Seven to eight costae Min. 147 115 visible laterally. Final post-abdominal chamber terminating in latticed, hemispherical cap. Etymology: Unicus-a-um (Latin, adj.) = unique. Original remarks: This form is questionably assigned to Type locality: OR-600M, Hyde Formation at Izee-Paulina Hsuum Pessagno because it consists of a latticed, hemi- road, east-central Oregon. spherical closing cap at final post-abdominal chamber and also because it lacks a horn. Occurrence: Hyde Formation, Oregon; Japan. 398 Plate UNM01. Unuma unicus (Yeh). Magnification x300. Fig. 1(H). Yeh 1987b, pl. 17, fig. 21. Fig. 2. Matsuoka 2004, fig. 190. 399 Genus: Williriedellum Dumitrica 1970 Type species: Wil iriedel um crystal inum Dumitrica 1970 Synonymy: constitutes the first external distinctive character. From 1970 Wil iriedel um n. gen. – Dumitrica, p. 69. the last one, with which it seems to be closely related by their constricted aperture, it differs in lacking the three Original diagnosis: Cryptothoracic tricyrtids with large descending thoracic spines and in the complex structure of inflated abdomen having a constricted aperture and a its sutural pore. complex sutural pore; cephalis free, poreless, with four collar pores, with or without a short apical horn; thorax Etymology: This genus is dedicated to William R. Riedel porous, campanulate, small, without descending spines and (Scripps Institution of Oceanography) as a homage for his partly depressed into abdomen. sustained and indefatigable work in the study of Radiolaria. Original remarks: Wil iriedel um is morphologically rather Neuter gender. similar to Zhamoidel um n. gen. Cryptamphorel a n.gen. and Hemicryptocapsa Tan. It differs from the first two Included species: ones particularly in having a constricted aperture, which TPS01 Wil iriedel um? ferum (Matsuoka) 1991 Williriedellum? ferum (Matsuoka) 1991 Species code: TPS01 Synonymy: Further remarks: In the present state of knowledge 1991 Tricolocapsa (?) fera n. sp. – Matsuoka, p. 726, there is no Mesozoic genus to which this species can be Fig. 4. 1a-3b. confidently assigned. Since assignation to Tricolocapsa 2004 T ricolocapsa(?) fera Matsuoka – Matsuoka, fig. 83. cannot be sustained any longer we assign it provisionally to Wil iriedel um because of the general shape, the number Original description: Shell of three segments, pyriform. of segments and the presence of an aperture. However, Cephalis hemispherical, poreless with a small apical horn. the cephalis is divided into two chambers by an oblique Thorax truncate conical or cylindrical with small pores. septum as in the Amphipyndacidae and particularly in the Abdomen large, subspherical with a constricted aperture. Cretaceous genus Squinabol um Dumitrica. Squinabol um Collar stricture slightly recognizable externally. Lumber is similar in the general shape of shell, it has an apical horn, stricture pronounced. Pores moderate in size, circular to but lacks an aperture. subcircular, densely spaced and set in polygonal (largely hexagonal) pore frames. Abdomen possessing small Measurements (µm): pointed spines situated at the pore frame vertices. Aperture Numbers of specimens measured are in parentheses. moderate in size, circular with a short protruding rim. HT Max. Min. Mean Total height of shell 139 146 125 133 (6) Original remarks: This species is questionably assigned Max. width of shell 100 125 96 107 (6) to Tricolocapsa because it possesses a small apical horn. Diameter of aperture 11 14 8 11 (5) However, it is uncertain whether the presence of an apical horn is an important criterion for classification at generic Etymology: This specific name is derived from the Latin level of three-segmented nassellaria. The horn seems to be ferus-a-um (= wild). an extension of apical spine. Tricolocapsa (?) fera, n. sp., is similar to T. tetragona Matsuoka and T. sp. cf. T. ruesti Tan Type locality: Sample MNA-10, Nanjo Massif, Mino Ter- Sin Hok (in Yao, 1979) in general outline but differs from rane, central Japan. both by having an apical horn and by densely spaced pores on the abdomen. Occurrence: Mino Terrane, central Japan. 400 Plate TPS01. Williriedellum? ferum (Matsuoka). Magnification x400. Fig. 1(H). Matsuoka 1991, Fig. 4.1a. Fig. 2. Matsuoka 1991, Fig. 4.2a. 401 Genus: Wrangellium Pessagno & Whalen 1982, emend. Yeh 1987a Type species: Wrangel ium thurstonense Pessagno & Whalen 1982 Synonymy: Original remarks: Wrangel ium n. gen., differs from 1982 Wrangel ium n. gen. – Pessagno & Whalen, p. 126. Canoptum Pessagno by having large primary pores on its 1987a Wrangel ium Pessagno & Whalen, emend. – Yeh, p. 67. circumferential ridges which remain open during ontog- eny and by having a single row of large symmetrical pore Original description: Test conical, multicyrtid, large, lobu- frames in the constrictions between ridges. It is likely that late in outline with numerous closely spaced post-abdomi- Wrangel ium was derived from a Canoptum stock with nal chambers separated by nodose circumferential ridges H-linked circumferential ridges. with H-linked structure. Longitudinally aligned, paired circular to elliptical primary pores situated in symmetrical, Emended definition: By Yeh (1987a): As with that of polygonal (mostly tetragonal) pore frames sloping steeply Pessagno & Whalen (1982, p. 126), but including forms with to either side of circumferential ridges; ridges continu- three pores aligned perpendicular to each circumferential ous with platform-like septal partitions possessing large, ridge, and also including forms with spine on the cephalis. circular apertures. Post-abdominal chambers with medi- ally situated constrictions in areas between ridges. Single Etymology: Wrangel ium is named for the Mesozoic terrane transverse row of large polygonal pore frames situated in of Wrangellia (Jones, Silberling and Hillhouse, 1977). constrictions between ridges, often completely obscured by veneer of micro-granular silica (pl. 3, fig. 10). Cephalis Included species: and thorax imperforate, covered by veneer of microgranu- WNG03 Wrangel ium oregonense Yeh 1987a lar silica. Cephalis lacking horn. Test terminating in a large WNG01 Wrangel ium thurstonense Pessagno & Whalen (approximately 1/3 length of test) flaring, tubular structure 1982 with large irregular pores and longitudinal ridges (pl. 3, fig. WNG04 Wrangel ium sp. A sensu Pessagno & Whalen 1982 18); tubular structure lacking septal partitions. Wrangellium oregonense Yeh 1987a Species code: WNG03 Synonymy: Original remarks: Wrangel ium oregonense, n. sp., differs 1987a Wrangel ium oregonense n. sp. – Yeh, p. 69, pl. 2, figs. 1-8, from W. izeense, n. sp., by having a smaller, more conical 14-15, 19-20. cephalis with small spine, by having a test more conical 1987b Wrangel ium oregonense Yeh – Yeh, p. 58, pl. 15, figs. 5-7, in shape, and by possessing larger, paired pores aligned 14, 18-19, 24; pl. 27, figs. 3, 22. perpendicular to the ridges. 1987b Crubus sp. B – Yeh, p. 71, pl. 23, fig. 6. 1988 Wrangel ium oregonense Yeh – Carter et al., p. 50, pl. 6, figs. 8, 11. Measurements (µm): Ten specimens measured. Original description: Test conical, lobate, with as many Max. length Max. width as eight post-abdominal chambers. Cephalis conical, HT 258 123 moderately large, with small delicate horn when well- Mean 274 123 preserved. Thorax and subsequent chambers rapidly Max. 288 135 increasing in width and gradually increasing in length as Min. 258 118 added. Cephalis, thorax, and abdomen imperforate, covered with thick layer of microgranular silica and separated from Etymology: This species is named for the state of Oregon. each other by one row of small elliptical pores. Each post- abominal chamber with central row of pore frames covered Type locality: Sample OR-600A, Hyde Formation along with microgranular silica, flanking rows of pore frames Izee-Paulina road, east-central Oregon. remaining open. Pores rapidly increasing in size distally. About eight to ten pores visible laterally in each row. Occurrence: Nicely and Hyde formations, and Warm Springs member of the Snowshoe Formation, Oregon; Fan- nin and Whiteaves formations, Queen Charlotte Islands. 402 Plate WNG03. Wrangellium oregonense Yeh. Magnification x250. Fig. 1(H). Yeh 1987b, pl. 15, fig. 5. Fig. 2. Carter et al. 1988, pl. 6, fig. 8. Fig. 3. QCI, GSC loc. C-304566, GSC 111785. Fig. 4. QCI, GSC loc. C-080613, GSC 111786. 403 Wrangellium thurstonense Pessagno & Whalen 1982 Species code: WNG01 Synonymy: Original remarks: Wrangel ium thurstonense, n. sp. differs 1982 Wrangel ium thurstonense n. sp. – Pessagno & Whalen, from Wrangel ium sp. A by having much less pronounced p. 126, pl. 2, figs. 7, 13; pl. 3, figs. 1, 3, 10, 18; pl. 12, fig. 13. circumferential ridges. In addition, Wrangel ium sp. A 1998 Wrangel ium thurstonense Pessagno & Whalen – Whalen possesses larger pores within the constrictions between & Carter, p. 65, pl. 17, figs. 5, 6; pl. 26, fig. 7. ridges. Original description: Test with as many as 13 post-abdom- Measurements (µm): inal chambers with rare spines attached to circumferential Based on 7 specimens. ridges (many more spines probably broken off). Majority Length Width (max.) of large primary pores circular, set in square pore frames 325.0 100.0 HT along circumferential ridges. When visible, pores within 382.0 160.0 Max. constrictions large, circular. Cephalis and thorax conical, 245.0 100.0 Min. imperforate, completely covered by microgranular silica. 303.1 112.4 Mean Proximal post-abdominal chambers very gradually in- creasing in width with distal post-abdominal chambers re- Etymology: This species is named for Turston Harbor, maining the same width. Flaring, tubular structure rapidly northwest of its type locality. increasing in width, about 50% wider than test at its termi- nation. Irregularly sized pores randomly distributed over Type locality: Sample QC 590A, Sandilands Formation tubular structure with two sharp ridges extending along its (Kunga Formation in Pessagno & Whalen, 1982), Queen length. Charlotte Islands, British Columbia. Occurrence: Sandilands Formation, Queen Charlotte Is- lands. Wrangellium sp. A sensu Pessagno & Whalen 1982 Species code: WNG04 Synonymy: 1982 Wrangel ium sp. A – Pessagno & Whalen, p. 126, pl. 3, figs. 2, 8, 9. Remarks: Differs from Wrangel ium thurstonense Pessagno & Whalen 1982 in having fewer postabdominal chambers and a more lobate outline. It further differs from W. izeense Yeh 1987a in having a conical rather than rounded cephalis and two rows of pores rather than three per chamber. Occurrence: Franciscan Complex, California; Sandilands and Ghost Creek formations, Queen Charlotte Islands. 404 Plate WNG01. Wrangellium thurstonense Pessagno & Whalen. Magnification x250. Fig. 1(H). Pessagno & Whalen 1982, pl. 2, fig. 7. Fig. 2. Carter et al. 1998, pl. 17, fig. 5. Plate WNG04. Wrangellium sp. A sensu Pessagno & Whalen. Magnification x250. Fig. 1. Pessagno & Whalen 1982, pl. 3, fig. 2. Fig. 2. QCI, GSC loc. C-080612, GSC 111787. 405 Genus: Xiphostylus Haeckel 1881, emend. Pessagno & Yang 1989 Type species: Xiphostylus attenuatus Rüst 1885 (subsequent designation by Campbell, 1954) Synonymy: referred to herein as cortical buttresses (pl. 1, figs. 3-4). 1881 Xiphostylus n. gen. – Haeckel, p. 449. Outer latticed layer of cortical shell usually not as thick 1989 Xiphostylus Haeckel emend. Pessagno & Yang – Pessagno as that of Tripocyclia Hackel or Triactoma Rüst (cf. pl. 1, et al., p. 232. figs. 2, 5-6, 8, 10-11, 13). Emended description: By Pessagno & Yang in Pessagno Emended remarks: By Pessagno & Yang in Pessagno et al. et al. (1989): Test with subspherical to ellipsoidal cortical (1989): Xiphostylus Haeckel differs from Triactoma Rüst shell with opposed secondary spines. Secondary spines by possessing two opposed secondary spines with cortical subequal in length, predominantly triradiate in axial sec- buttresses, and a less spherical cortical shell. tion with three longitudinal grooves alternating with three longitudinal ridges. Shorter spine often more massive and Included species: wider than longer spine. Spines attached to latticed corti- XTL02 Xiphostylus duvalensis Carter n. sp. cal shell by means of latticed protrusions of cortical shell XTL01 Xiphostylus simplus Yeh 1987b Xiphostylus duvalensis Carter n. sp. Species code: XTL02 Type designation: Holotype GSC 111788 from GSC loc. C- Measurements (µm): 080610; Fannin member of the Fannin Formation (upper Based on 2 specimens. Pliensbachian). HT 2nd spec. Diameter of cortical shell 136 107 Description: Cortical shell large, spherical in outline, Length of longer polar spine 93 97 with two polar spines approximately equal in length. Shell Length of shorter polar spine 82 83 comprised of small pentagonal and hexagonal pore frames with thin rims and deep walls; small pointed nodes at pore Etymology: Species named for Duval Rocks, west of type frame vertices. Spines relatively short (less than diameter of locality on north shore of Cumshewa Inlet, Queen Char- shell), and fairly constant in width. Spines triradiate with lotte Islands. wide rounded ridges and narrow grooves; ridges terminate with small thorns, raised at right angles to axis of spine. Type locality: Sample CAA-85-SP-27, lms. 2 (GSC loc. Spine tips circular in axial section. C-080610), Fannin member of the Fannin Formation, north shore Cumshewa Inlet, Moresby Island, Queen Charlotte Remarks: Xiphostylus duvalensis n. sp. differs from X. sim- Islands, British Columbia. plus Yeh in having spines whose ridges terminate in small thorns. Occurrence: Fannin member of the Fannin Formation, Queen Charlotte Islands; Tawi Sadh Member of the Gu- wayza Formation, Oman. Xiphostylus simplus Yeh 1987b Species code: XTL01 Synonymy: and massive, triradiate with three rounded ridges alternat- 1987b Xiphostylus simplus n. sp. – Yeh, p. 52, pl. 10, fig. 7; pl. 22, ing with three wide grooves; ridges and grooves displaying fig. 4. slight torsion. One polar spine extremely short and point- 1987b Xiphostylus sp. A – Yeh, p. 53, pl. 3, fig. 15; pl. 10, fig. 10. ed in nature. Test comprised of regularly sized pentagonal 1987b Xiphostylus sp. B – Yeh, p. 53, pl. 26, figs. 7, 11. and hexagonal pore frames. Pore frames thin in rims and 1987 Xiphosphaera spp. – Hattori, pl. 22, figs. 9-14, not fig. 15. thick in sides with numerous laminations superimposed 1989 Xiphostylus sp. – Hattori & Sakamoto, pl. 1, fig. K. on each pore frame (plate 22, figure 4). 1989 Xiphostylus spp. – Hattori, pl. 4, fig. B, C, D. 1990 Xiphostylus sp. – Nagai, pl. 5, fig. 5. 1997 Xiphostylus simplus Yeh – Yao, pl. 1, fig. 15. Original remarks: This form is characterized by having a 1997 Xiphostylus sp. P2 – Yao, pl. 1, fig. 16. large spherical test with one extremely short polar spine 2003 Xiphostylus spp. – Goričan et al., p. 291, pl. 1, fig. 1. and one long, massive polar spine. Original description: Test large, subspherical in outline, Further remarks: Included are specimens with simple polar with two polar spines unequal in length. One spine long spines regardless of their length. 406 Plate XTL02. Xiphostylus duvalensis Carter n. sp. Magnification x250. Fig. 1(H). QCI, GSC loc. C-080610, GSC 111788. Fig. 2. OM, BR473-R16-02. Measurements (µm): Etymology: Simplus-a-um (Latin, adj.) = simple. Ten specimens measured. Type locality: Sample OR-600M, Hyde Formation at Izee- Diameter Length of Length of Paulina road, east-central Oregon. of test longer polar spine shorter polar spine HT 110 110 25 Occurrence: Nicely and Hyde formations, and Warm Mean 111 108 27 Springs member of the Sowshoe Formation, Oregon; Skrile Max. 115 110 30 Formation, Slovenia; Tawi Sadh Member of the Guwayza Min. 108 102 23 Formation, Oman; Japan. Plate XTL01. Xiphostylus simplus Yeh. Magnification x200. Fig. 1(H). Yeh 1987b, pl. 10, fig. 7. Fig. 2. OM, BR706-R13-01. Fig. 3. Goričan et al. 2003, pl. 1, fig. 1. 407 Genus: Zartus Pessagno & Blome 1980 Type species: Zartus jonesi Pessagno & Blome 1980 Synonymy: 6, 12). The pore frames of Zartus, which are normally quite 1980 Zartus n. gen. – Pessagno & Blome, p. 249. thick in the Z direction (text-fig. 5), are even thicker in the Z direction along the median band. Such an increase Original description: Cortical shell spherical to ellipsoidal in thickness along the median band may offer stouter with well developed raised median band. Pore frames on support for the massive secondary spines. Zartus n. gen. median band thicker in Z direction (text-fig. 5) than those differs from Pantanel ium Pessagno in possessing a well- of remainder of test. Raised median band with short, broad, developed, raised median band with triradiate secondary often massive, triradiate secondary spines; secondary spines. The phylogenetic relationship of Zartus to other spines centered on pore frame vertices with ridges of spines genera of the Pantanellinae is discussed elsewhere in this extending onto 3 bars of adjacent pore frames. Test with report. 2 polar spines of different length; polar spines usually triradiate but sometimes partially circular in axial section. Etymology: Zartus is a name formed by an arbitrary com- First medullary shell with thin, fragile pore frames. bination of letters (ICZN, 1964, Appendix D, pt. IV, Rec- ommendation 40, p. 113). Original remarks: The triradiate secondary spines of Zartus n. gen. are centered on the pore frame vertices Included species: along the center of the median band. Their ridges extend ZRT01 Zartus mostleri Pessago & Blome 1980 distally onto the bars of 3 adjacent pore frames (pl. 7, figs. ZRT03 Zartus stel atus Goričan & Matsuoka n. sp. Zartus mostleri Pessagno & Blome 1980 Species code: ZRT01 Synonymy: first species of Zartus to appear and may have arisen from 1980 Zartus mostleri n. sp. – Pessagno & Blome, p. 252, pl. 6, Pantanel ium danaense, n. sp., ancestor. figs. 3-5, 13. 1989 Zartus sp. A – Hattori, pl. 9, fig. G. Further remarks: In this species we also include forms 1989 Zartus sp. B – Hattori, pl. 9, fig. H. with many short triradiate secondary spines, extending 1989 Zartus sp. C – Hattori, pl. 9, fig. I. 1989 Zartus spp. – Hattori, pl. 9, fig. K. from most of the pore-frame vertices on the median band 1997 Zartus sp. B0 – Yao, pl. 4, fig. 153. (pl. ZRT01, figs. 3, 4). These forms differ from Zartus 1997 Zartus dicksoni Pessagno & Blome – Yao, pl. 4, fig. 154. mostleri s. s. by having more numerous (more than four) 2003 Zartus aff. mostleri Pessagno & Blome – Goričan et al., and shorter secondary spines. p. 291, pl. 1, figs. 4-6. Measurements (µm): Original description: Cortical shell ellipsoidal with large, Based on 6 specimens. System of measurement shown in hexagonal to pentagonal pore frames with spinose nodes text-figure 5 of Pessagno & Blome (1980). at vertices. Bars of pore frames thin in Y direction; thick AA’ A’S’ AS BB’ cc’ dd’ in Z direction (text-fig. 5). Four to 5 pore frames visible 95 125 115 100 35 25 HT along AA’; 5 along BB’. Median band weakly developed, 98 117 83 101 30 28 Av. having 4 wide, long (16 x 25µm on holotype) relatively 110 125 115 115 35 40 Max. massive triradiate secondary spines. Polar spines triradiate 90 100 65 90 25 25 Min. in axial section; shorter spine with 3 massive, wide ridges alternating with 3 moderately narrow grooves; grooves Etymology: This species is named for Dr. Helfried Mostler about equal in width to ridges. Shorter polar spine about in honor of his pioneering contribution to the study of 2/3 length of longer polar spine. Longer polar spine with Triassic Radiolaria. 3 wide grooves alternating with 3 relatively narrow ridges. First medullary shell with fragile hexagonal and pentagonal Type locality: Sample QC 534, Fannin Formation (Maude pore frames. Formation in Pessagno Blome, 1980), Queen Charlotte Islands. Original remarks: Zartus mostleri n. sp., differs from Z. jurassicus, n. sp., in having much longer polar spines and Occurrence: Ghost Creek and Fannin formations, Queen a much narrower median band. It appears to have been the Charlotte Islands; Skrile Formation, Slovenia; Japan. 408 Plate ZRT01. Zartus mostleri Pessagno & Blome. Magnification x250. Fig. 1(H). Pessagno & Blome 1980, pl. 6, fig. 3. Fig. 2. QCI, GSC loc. C-080612, GSC 111789. Fig. 3. Goričan et al. 2003, pl. 1, fig. 4. Fig. 4. SI, MM 6.76, 000407. Fig. 5. Goričan et al. 2003, pl. 1, fig. 6. 409 Zartus stellatus Goričan & Matsuoka n. sp. Species code: ZRT03 Synonymy: Measurements (µm): ? 1989 Zartus spp. – Hattori, pl. 9, fig. L. Based on 5 specimens. 1997 Zartus sp. A0 – Yao, pl. 4, fig. 152. HT Min. Max. Mean 2003 Zartus sp. A0 sensu Yao – Goričan et al., p. 291, pl. 1, fig. 3. Width of shell along BB’ 76 75 90 80 2004 Zartus (?) sp. – Matsuoka, fig. 17. Length of polar spines 128, 145 72 145 108 Width of polar spines at base 40, 34 30 40 35 Type designation: Holotype specimen MA 11322 from Maximum length sample MNA-10, Nanjo Massif, Mino Terrane, Japan. of secondary spines 46 26 46 36 Description: Cortical shell subspherical with relatively small hexagonal and pentagonal pore frames. Five to six Etymology: Stel atus-a-um (Latin, adj.) = stellate, arranged pore frames visible along AA’. Median band bears several like a star, radiating. (more than four, usually seven) long massive triradiate secondary spines, pyramidal in shape. Polar spines long Type locality: Sample MNA-10, Nanjo Massif, Mino and robust, approximately equal in length; width constant Terrane, Japan. through most of the length, then decreasing more rap- idly towards spine tips. Polar spines triradiate with three Occurrence: Mino Terrane, Japan; Skrile Formation, rounded ridges alternating with three deep grooves. Slovenia. Remarks: Zartus stel atus n. sp. differs from all other Zartus species by having larger polar spines and numerous long secondary spines on median band. 410 Plate ZRT03. Zartus stellatus Goričan & Matsuoka n. sp. Magnification x250. Fig. 1(H). Matsuoka 2004, fig. 17. Fig. 2. JP, MNA-10, MA11505. Fig. 3. Goričan et al. 2003, pl. 1, fig. 3. Fig. 4. SI, MM 6.76, 000525. Fig. 5. SI, MM 6.76, 000406. 411 Genus: Zhamoidellum Dumitrica 1970 Type species: Zhamoidel um ventricosum Dumitrica 1970 Synonymy: Further remarks: It is possible that this genus is a junior 1970 Zhamoidel um n. gen. – Dumitrica, p. 79. synonym of Trisyringium Vinassa, 1901 (type species 1992 Complexapora n. gen. – Kiessling & Zeiss, p. 190. Trisyringium capel inii Vinassa) from which it only differs in lacking spines on the abdominal segment. Complexapora Original description: Cryptothoracic tricyrtids with large Kiessling & Zeiss 1992 (type species Complexapora tirolica inflated abdomen without aperture or sutural pore. Cepha- Kiessling) should be considered a junior synomym of lis poreless, with four collar pores, with or without a short Zhamoidel um. The latter genus was originally considered apical horn; thorax campanulate, porous, partly depressed to differ from Zhamoidel um only in having a sutural pore; into the abdominal cavity, its opening without descending however, this pore is only a depression of the abdominal spines. wall. Such a depression is present but very weakly developed in the type species. Original remarks: This new genus is very similar to Cryptamphorel a n. gen. from which it differs, firstly, by the Etymology: The genus is dedicated to Dr. A. I. Zhamoida as a porous structure of its thorax and, secondly, by having no homage to his activity for disentangling the biostratigraphy sutural pore. In fact, Cryptamphorel a sometimes does not of the Mesozoic radiolaritic series. Neuter gender. possess a sutural pore. The members of this genus are very frequent in the Upper Jurassic. We described herein only Included species: two better preserved species. COM01 Zhamoidel um yehae Dumitrica n. sp. Zhamoidellum yehae Dumitrica n. sp. Species code: COM01 Synonymy: Remarks: Zhamoidel um yehae n. sp. differs from Z. ven- 1988 Dicolocapsa aff. verbeeki Tan – Li, pl. 1, fig. 23. tricosum Dumitrica in being smaller, in having a spherical 1998 Complexapora sp. A – Yeh & Cheng, p. 33, pl. 4, fig. 13; abdomen and a small sutural depression. pl. 9, fig. 18, 22. 2005 Tricolocapsa sp. – Kashiwagi et al., pl. 6, fig. 18. Measurements (µm): Based on 6 specimens. Diameter Type designation: Holotype specimen BR1121-R06-22 of abdomen 123-132 (holotype 132). The two specimens from sample BR 1121, Guwayza Formation, Tawi Sadh illustrated by Yeh & Cheng (1998) are larger; the diameter Member, Wadi Mu’aydin, Oman. of their abdomen is 157 and 182 respectively. Diagnosis: A small species of Zhamoidel um with cepha- Etymology: The species is named for Kuei-Yu Yeh, Taiwan, lothorax half or more depressed in the cavity of a spherical honoring her contribution to the knowledge of Mesozoic abdomen. Radiolaria. Description: Cephalothorax with apically rounded, imper- Type locality: Sample BR1121, Tawi Sadh Member, Gu- forate cephalis and with thorax depressed in the abdominal wayza Formation, Wadi Mu’aydin, Oman. cavity. Abdomen spherical with numerous small pores of various size and irregular arrangement. Pore frames circu- Occurrence: Tawi Sadh Member of the Guwayza Formation lar or polygonal, usually hexagonal, with or without tiny and Haliw (Aqil) Formation, Oman; Liminangcong Chert, thorns at vertices. Sutural pore represented by a small, ir- Philippines; Dengqen area, Tibet; Japan; Ghost Creek regular depression in the vicinity of cephalothorax. Formation, Queen Charlotte Islands. 412 Plate COM01. Zhamoidellum yehae Dumitrica n. sp. Magnification x300. Fig. 1(H)a-b. OM, BR1121-R06-22a, b. Fig. 2. OM, Haliw-038-R08-20. Fig. 3. JP, Ku(b)-11-77. Fig. 4. QCI, GSC loc. C-304281, GSC 128751. Fig. 5. OM, BR1121-R05-05b. Fig. 6. JP, MNA-10, MA12277. 413 414 3. DESCRIPTION OF LOCALITIES Locality data are provided only for specimens that are illustrated in the catalogue. The exact location, a short description of lithology and the overall stratigraphic range of the studied successions are given. Stratigraphically important co-occurring fossils are also indicated. The number preceding each area corresponds to the locality number on the world map (Fig. 1.2, p. 11). Stratigraphic ranges of all studied formations are summarized in Fig. 3.1, p. 416. 1. NORTHEASTERN BRITISH COLUMBIA Williston Lake NTS 94B/3 Mt. Brewster; Peach Reach, UTM 497385N, 6215650W. Fernie Formation at Black Bear Ridge. GSC loc. C-305208. Parts of a calcareous concretion col- lected in thinly laminated black, siliceous shales and siltstones from the lower part of the formation at Par- donet Creek, by R. Hall (University of Alberta, Cal- gary). Faunas present include a “bedding plane expo- sure of crinoids, which I assume to be Seirocrinus ….” and a few “scrappy ammonite impressions” (R.H. Hall, pers. comm. 2000). Radiolarians are probably equiva- lent to faunas from the Whiteavesi Ammonite Zone in Queen Charlotte Islands (ESC). NTS 94B/3 Mt. Brewster. UTM 497670N, 6215500W. 4 km northeast of Nabesche River. Fernie Formation. Sample collected 3.5 m west (?upsection) from crinoid bed at Black Bear Ridge section. GSC loc. C-305813 (01-OF-BBR 6A), Pliensbachian. Sample collected by R. Hall. 2. QUEEN CHARLOTTE ISLANDS Sinemurian Graham Island, Yakoun River area NTS 103 F/8 Graham Island. UTM 681500m E; 5921800m N (53° 24’ 57.3” N; 132° 16’ 8.3” W). Sandilands Forma- tion, Kunga Group. Sample collected by B.E.B. Cameron in transit along west side of Yakoun River, south of junc- tion with Ghost Creek, central Graham Island. Eroded riv- erside sequence of sandstone, siltstone and shale with rare limestone concretions. Ammonites collected in association with limestone sample are upper Sinemurian and belong to the Harbledownense Assemblage of Pálfy (1991) (H.W. Tipper, personal communication, 1994). 415 ites. cluded s f in phy oratigtra S Fig. 3.1. 416 CAA- 86-T-2/3 GSC loc. C-140441. Carbonate concretion concretions and lenses in siltstone and fine sandstone. collected 76 m above base. Upper Sinemurian. Sample GSC loc. C-140418). Limy concretionary lens. ?Kunae/ collected by B.E.B. Cameron. Carlottense Zones, upper Pliensbachian. Pliensbachian Maude Island, below ammonite type section NTS 103 F/1 Skidegate Channel. Lat. 53° 11’ 06”N, Long. Pliensbachian locality data from Queen Charlotte Islands 132° 04’02”W. Sandilands Formation, Kunga Group. (excluding Section 4 from Carter et al., 1988) are from an Shoreline exposure ~ 0.5 km west of type section. Se- unpublished report to the Geological Survey of Canada by quence composed mainly of siltstone and shale with minor E. S. Carter (March 2002). Nearly all radiolarian samples sandstone and limy lenses. co-occur with ammonites identified by H.W. Tipper (Geo- GSC loc. C-304428. Sample from discontinuous lime- logical Survey of Canada, deceased 2005) who also provid- stone bed 6 cm thick. ?Tetraspidoceras Ammonite As- ed the ammonite zonal assignment. semblage; uppermost Sinemurian/basal Pliensbachian (J. Pálfy, pers. comm. 2001). Kunga Island NTS 103 b/13 & 103 B/14 Louise Island. Lat. 52° 45’ 53”N, Maude Island, Tipper Creek Long. 131° 33’ 08”W. Sandilands Formation, Kunga Group. NTS 103 F/1 Skidegate Channel. Lat. 53° 11.82’N, Long. Stratigraphic sequence along the southeast shore of Kunga 132° 3.63’W. Fannin Formation, Maude Group. Tipper Island. Note: the Sandilands Formation extends upward Creek flows onto beach approximately 100 m west of Fan- to the lowermost Pliensbachian at this locality whereas in nin Bay (southwest coast of Maude Island) about midway nearly all others it extends only to the upper Sinemurian. through the type section of the Ghost Creek and Fannin Sequence composed mainly of interbedded siltstone and formations (Cameron & Tipper, 1985). Stratigraphic se- shale with minor sandstone, limy lenses and concretions. quence composed of interbedded medium grey sandstone, GSC loc. C-305417. Limestone concretion collected dark grey siltstone with rare shale and sandy limestone. 10.94 m above base of section. Tetraspidoceras GSC loc. C-080577. Limestone sample collected 54.3 m Ammonite Assemblage, basal Pliensbachian. stratigraphically below top of Fannin Formation. Car- lottense Zone, upper Pliensbachian (see section 4, Bul- Central Graham Island letin 386, Carter et al., 1988). NTS 103 F/8, Yakoun Lake. Lat. 53° 22’ 30”N, Long. 132° 16’ 00”W. Rennell Junction member of the Fannin For- Maude Island, west of Ells Bay mation, Maude Group. Quarry above Rennell Junction, NTS 103 F/1 Skidegate Channel. Lat. 53° 11’ 57”N, Long. Rd. 19. Section consists of thick sandstone beds alternat- 132° 2’ 56”W. West side of Ells Bay. Type section of the ing with sequences of limy concretions and lenses in silt- Maude Formation of Sutherland Brown (1968). Total sec- stone and fine sandstone. tion extends over 112 m stratigraphically. The lower Ghost GSC loc. C-177371. Limestone sample; base of Whiteavesi Creek Formation (46 m) is thick dark grey shale with Zone, upper lower Pliensbachian. rare limestone concretions and lenses; the overlying Ren- nell Junction member of the Fannin Formation (~37m) Cumshewa Inlet, Moresby Island is comprised mainly of limy concretions and lenses inter- NTS 103 G/4 Cumshewa Inlet. Lat. 53° 02’ 53”N, Long. bedded in dark grey siltstone, minor shale and sandstone. 131° 56’ 05”W. Basal two-thirds of section composed of Note: the upper beds of the Fannin Formation (~30 m) are shale with very minor limestone concretions (Ghost Creek much more sandy and contain only rare limy concretion- Formation); upper part composed of limy concretions ary beds. The upper part of the Rennell Junction member and lenses in siltstone and minor shale (Rennell Junction yields the best preserved and most abundant radiolarian member of Fannin Formation); uppermost beds more faunas in the entire sequence. sandy with fewer concretionary lenses. GSC loc. C-305386. Ghost Creek Formation, collected GSC loc. C-080610. Fannin Formation; spot sample 1.0 m above base of section. Imlayi Ammonite Zone, collected in upper part of section by B.E.B. Cameron lower Pliensbachian. in 1986. ?Kunae Zone; upper Pliensbachian. GSC loc. C-305388. Ghost Creek Formation, collected GSC loc. C-140413. Rennell Junction member of the Fan- 3.0 m above base of section. Imlayi Ammonite Zone, nin formation. Collected 54 m below top of Fannin lower Pliensbachian. Formation. Whiteavesi Zone, upper lower Pliensbachi- GSC loc. C-175310. Rennell Junction member of the an. Fannin Formation, collected 62 m above base of section. Whiteavesi Ammonite Zone, upper lower Louise Island Pliensbachian. NTS 103 G/4 Cumshewa Inlet. Lat. 53° 02’ 06”N, Long. GSC loc. C-304565. Rennell Junction member of the 131° 52’ 47”W. Fannin Formation. North shore of Louise Fannin Formation, collected 68.9 m above base of Island approximately 2 km northeast along shore from section. Whiteavesi Ammonite Zone, upper lower Beattie Anchorage. Upper Pliensbachian stratigraphic Pliensbachian. sequence consists of sandstone alternating with limy GSC loc. C-304566. Rennell Junction member of the 417 Fannin Formation, collected 70.7 m above base of Toarcian, Aalenian and Bajocian localities section. Whiteavesi Ammonite Zone, upper lower Pliensbachian. For further information see Appendix 1 in Carter et al. GSC loc. C-304567. Rennell Junction member of the (1988). Fannin Formation, collected 71.8 m above base of section. Whiteavesi Ammonite Zone, upper lower Skidegate Inlet, Maude Island, south side Pliensbachian. NTS 103 F/1, Skidegate Channel. Lat. 53° 11.94’N, GSC loc. C-304568. Rennell Junction member of the Fan- Long. 132° 3.25’W. Whiteaves Formation, Maude nin Formation, collected 75.4 m above base of section. Group. Creek flows onto beach just east of Fannin Bay, Whiteavesi/Freboldi Ammonite Zones, upper lower above a prominent sandstone with nodular coquinoid Pliensbachian. beds containing ammonites, bivalves, brachiopods and GSC loc. C-175306. Fannin Formation, collected 85 m nautiloids (see Section 6 in Carter et al., 1988). Sequence above base of section. Basal Kunae Ammonite Zone; comprised of pale grey-green weathering shale with upper Pliensbachian. limestone nodules and septarian nodules. GSC loc. C-080579. Dark grey limestone nodule collected Graham Island, Ghost Creek in creek bed 20.5 m stratigraphically below top of NTS 103 F/8, Yakoun Lake. Lat. 53° 25’ 46”N, Long. 132° Whiteaves Formation. Occurs with Phymatoceras sp.; 17’ 16”W. Fannin Formation; Quarry on road north of middle Toarcian. Ghost Creek. GSC loc. C-175309. Limy concretion in sandy beds of Central Graham Island the Fannin Formation collected for radiolarians in Yakoun River 1990, by H.W. Tipper. Kunae Ammonite Zone, upper NTS 103 F/8, Yakoun Lake. Phantom Creek Formation, Pliensbachian. Maude Group. Yakoun River, Graham Island, approxi- mately 2 km south of Ghost Creek; east side of river (see Rennell Junction, Graham Island Section 12 in Carter et al., 1988). Grey-green weathering NTS 103 F/8, Yakoun Lake. Lat. 53° 24’ 26”N, Long. 132° shale overlain by pale brown sandstone with minor shale 18’ 13”W. High waterfall section east of ‘Queen Charlotte interbeds and common buff-weathering sandy limestone Main’, 0.25 km north of junction of ‘Queen Charlotte lenses. Main’ with road to Rennell Sound. Lower half of sequence GSC loc. C-080583 and GSC loc. C-080584. Lat. 53° mainly shale with rare limy concretions and lenses (Ghost 25.19’N, Long. 132° 16.64’W. Light grey to brownish- Creek Formation); upper part of the sequence comprised grey sandy limestone collected 10.5 m and 14.5 m of interbedded siltstone, sandstone, limestone and shale respectively, above top of Whiteaves Formation. with rare concretionary lenses. This locality was collected Samples occur with ammonites and belemnites of late in 1979-82 soon after the area was logged. It is now totally middle or early late Toarcian age. overgrown with a tall, dense forest and is, for all but the GSC loc. C-080597. Lat. 53° 25.22’N, Long. 132° 15.73’W. most doggedly-determined, totally inaccessible. Light grey limestone sample collected by H.W. Tipper, GSC loc. C-175311. Ghost Creek Formation. Collected 1.8 km south of Ghost Creek. Occurs with late Toarcian 0.9 m above base of section. Imlayi Ammonite Zone, ammonites. basal Pliensbachian. GSC loc. C-156399. Lat. 53° 25’ 20”N, Long. 132° 15’ GSC loc. C-080612. Ghost Creek Formation. Collected 45”W. Sample from large ellipsoidal buff-weathering 2.8 m above base of section. Imlayi Ammonite Zone, carbonate concretion (60 cm diameter) collected lowermost Pliensbachian. 5 m above base of belemnite sandstone member of GSC loc. C-127868. Ghost Creek Formation. Collected Phantom Creek Formation. Associated ammonites ~6 m above base of section. Imlayi Ammonite Zone, include Erycitoides howel i (White) which occurs 1.0 m lower Pliensbachian. above sample, and Bredia sp., which occur both 0.7 m GSC loc. C-127867. Ghost Creek Formation. Collected below and 4.3 m above sample. Sample is probably ~6 m above base of section. Imlayi Ammonite Zone, early late Aalenian in age. For further information see lower Pliensbachian. Carter & Jakobs (1991). GSC loc. C-080611. Ghost Creek Formation. Collected 58.1 m above base of section. Whiteavesi Ammonite Branch Road 59 Zone, lower Pliensbachian. NTS 103 F/8, Yakoun Lake. Lat. 53° 23.19’N, Long. 132° GSC loc. C-080613. Rennell Junction member of the 16.23’W. Phantom Creek Formation, Maude Group. Small Fannin Formation. Collected 94.2 m above base waterfall locality on east side of Branch Road 59, 0.5 km of section. Freboldi Ammonite Zone, upper lower from ‘Queen Charlotte Main’ about 0.75 km north of Pliensbachian. junction with road to Rennell Sound (see section 13 in GSC loc. C-140495. Rennell Junction member of the Carter et al., 1988). Exposed is upper part of Phantom Fannin Formation. Collected 110 m above base of Creek Formation and base of Graham Island Formation. section. Basal Freboldi Ammonite Zone, upper lower Lowest beds are grey-green weathering shale and siltstone, Pliensbachian. equivalent to shales on Maude Island, Yakoun River and 418 above the waterfall at Rennell Junction. Irregularly bedded, 4. BAJA CALIFORNIA SUR porly sorted sandstone overlies the shale and above the sandstone is a thick sequence of interbedded shale and tuff Punta San Hipólito, Vizcaíno Peninsula (Graham Island Formation). Lower third of sandstone member of the San Hipólito GSC loc. C-080586. Medium dark grey sandy pelletal Formation, type section, Pliensbachian (probably early limestone talus sample. ‘Hammatoceratid’ ammonites Pliensbachian). No age-diagnostic fossils, other than radi- below sample location; Tmetoceras sp. above; Aalenian. olarians are associated. Samples collected by P.A. Whalen in 1980 and 1982. Detailed description and radiolarian in- Branch Road 57 ventory in Whalen & Carter (2002). NTS 103 F/8, Yakoun Lake. Branch Road 57, Graham SH-412-14. Thin to medium-bedded, poorly sorted, olive Island. Graham Island Formation, Yakoun Group. Branch grey to light greenish brown, tuffaceous sandstone road 57 intersects ‘Queen Charlotte Main’ approximately interbedded with silty and cherty tuffs and silty, 2 km north of its junction with the Rennell Sound Road tuffaceous, light grey limestone. Sample from a (see section 14 in Carter et al., 1988). Base of section in light grey micritic calcareous concretion containing fault contact with Phantom Creek Formation. Exposed are abundant well-preserved silicified Radiolaria. Sample dark grey shale and siltstone with rare sandy layers and collected approximately 250 m above base of sandstone thin beds of buff weathering concretionary limestone. member. Sample from Dr. David Barnes, Western GSC loc.C-080592. Lat. 53° 23.64’N, Long. 132° 16.21’W. Michigan University. Brownish grey limestone sample collected in shale BPW80-14. Lithology same as for SH-412-14 (above). 34 m stratigraphically above base of Graham Island Sample from a light grey micritic calcareous concre- Formation. Occurs with early Bajocian ammonites. tion containing abundant well-preserved silicified Ra- GSC loc. C-080593. Lat. 53° 23.63’N, Long. 132° 16.1’W. diolaria. Sample collected 261 m above base of sand- Greenish grey limestone sample, collected in shale stone member. 57 m stratigraphically above base of Graham Island BPW80-15A. Lithology same as SH-412-14 (above). Formation. Occurs with early Bajocian ammonites. Sample from a light grey slightly silty micritic GSC loc. C-080595. Lat. 53° 23.63’N, Long. 132° 16.07’W. limestone bed 12-15 cm thick, containing well- Greenish brown limestone sample collected in shale preserved silicified Radiolaria. Sample collected 270 m 63 m stratigraphically above base of Graham Island above base of sandstone member. Formation. Occurs with early Bajocian ammonites. BPW80-15B. Lithology same as for SH-412-14 (above). Sample from a light grey, slightly silty, micritic limestone bed 15 cm thick. Sample collected 270 m 3. EAST-CENTRAL OREGON above base of sandstone member. BPW80-26. Lithology same as for SH-412-14 (above). Hyde Formation Sample from a light grey slightly silty micritic OR-600A. Massive, medium grey, volcaniclastic sandstone calcareous concretion 45 cm in diameter, with rare (volcanic wacke) with occasional thin interbeds of moderately well-preserved silicified Radiolaria. Sample tuffaceous mudstone and siltstone. Well preserved collected 282 m above base of sandstone member. silicified Radiolaria occurring in small, dark grey, BPW80-16. Lithology same as for SH-412-14 (above). micritic limestone nodules about 7.5 cm in diameter. Sample from a calcareous cannonball concretion 30 cm State highway 63 (Izee-Paulina road) along South Fork in diameter, with abundant well-preserved silicified of John Day River just west of bridge over river. 61 m Radiolaria. Sample collected 283 m above base of above base. Early Toarcian. Data from Yeh (1987b). sandstone member. Material illustrated herein studied by P. Dumitrica. BPW80-27. Lithology same as for SH-412-14 (above). Residue gift from K.-Y. Yeh. Sample from a light greyish-tan, slightly silty micritic calcareous concretion 60 cm long and 18 cm thick, Snowshoe Formation with moderately well-preserved silicified Radiolaria. OR 555. Warm Springs member of the Snowshoe Forma- Sample collected 293 m above base of sandstone tion. Reddish-brown weathering, dark-gray, fissile member. shales with dark-grey, micritic limestone nodules and BPW80-28. Lithology same as for SH-412-14 (above). lenticular masses of silty limestone. Limestone nodules Sample from a tan micritic limestone bed 6.3 cm thick commonly bear well-preserved silicified Radiolaria. containing well-preserved silicified Radiolaria. Sample Sample collected 70 m above contact with the underly- collected 303 m above base of sandstone member. ing Hyde Formation. National Forest road 16020 near BPW80-29. Lithology same as for SH-412-14 (above). Duncan Hollow, 2.88 km west of intersection with Sample from a light grey micritic limestone bed 10 cm State Highway 63 (Izee-Paulina road). Probably lower- thick containing moderately well-preserved silicified most Bajocian ( discites Standard Zone) or uppermost Radiolaria. Sample collected approximately 345 m Aalenian ( concavum Standard Zone). Data from Pessa- above base of sandstone member. gno et al. (1986). Material illustrated herein studied by BPW80-30. Lithology same as for SH-412-14 (above). P. Dumitrica. Residue gift from E.A. Pessagno. Sample from a medium grey slightly silty micritic 419 limestone bed 5 cm thick containing abundant well- 8. OMAN preserved silicified Radiolaria. Sample collected 345 m above base of sandstone member. Hamrat Duru Group In the Hamrat Duru Group of the Hawasina Nappes 5. SLOVENIA the late Pliensbachian to early Bajocian radiolarian assemblages occur in the Tawi Sadh Member of the Mt. Mangart, Julian Alps Guwayza Formation (Blechschmidt et al., 2004). This The section is exposed near the Slovenian–Italian border member underlies the Oolitic Limestone Member of the (N 46026’80”, E 13039’18”, alt. 2164 m). The succession is same formation and corresponds to the upper member 28 m thick and consists of organic and manganese rich of the Matbat Formation of Béchennec (1987) and calcareous shales with interbedded dark grey siliceous BRGM group (1984-1993). The Tawi Sadh Member is radiolarian-bearing limestone (Skrile Formation of Šmuc, lithologically variable but generally consists of softer 2005). No age-diagnostic fossils other than radiolarians are rocks than the underlying and overlying units. For the associated. Detailed description and radiolarian inventory most part it consists of greenish to dark grey shale, grey- given in Goričan et al. (2003). The lower part of the green bedded chert up to 10 cm thick and interbedded succession (samples MM 5.00, MM 6.76 and MM 11.76) shale and, in some sections and especially in the upper is assigned to the early Toarcian, the upper part (samples part, a mixed carbonate/siliciclastic sequence consisting MM 21.70 and MM 27.20) may range to the middle of pelletal calcarenite with a variable content of sand-sized Toarcian. quartz and limestone lithoclasts, sandstones and some MM 5.00. Dark grey siliceous limestone, 3.60 m above the chert levels. The member may be very thick, up to 150 m, base of the Skrile Formation. or thinner. Its lower boundary may be tectonic or may lay MM 6.76. Dark grey siliceous limestone. normally over the Al Ayn Formation, but its contact with MM 11.76. Dark grey siliceous limestone. the overlying Oolitic Limestone Member is gradual. The MM 21.70. Dark grey siliceous limestone. member is late Pliensbachian to early-middle Bajocian in MM 27.20. Siliceous limestone 2 m below the top of the age on the basis of radiolarians, which are practically the Skrile Formation. only fossils, other than sponge spicules that occur. The Tawi Sadh Member was sampled in several sections, those most important for the purpose of this catalogue are 6. AUSTRIA described below. The samples were collected and studied by P. Dumitrica. Teltschengraben, Northern Calcareous Alps Located in Teltschengraben, east of Bad Mitterndorf. Section 1 – Wadi Mu’aydin Dürrnberg Formation (Gawlick et al., 2001). Grey marl UTM 569514/2538712 (Blechschmidt et al., 2004, fig. 8). and marly limestone, partly siliceous bedded limestone. Several samples have been collected from this section Liassic continuation of the Zlambach Formation but much but only the following ones contained determinable more cherty. radiolarians. BMW-21. Siliceous limestone with radiolarians and sponge BR1120. Grey chert at the base of the section (upper spicules. Slide in Bathonian-Callovian radiolaritic Pliensbachian?-lower Toarcian). matrix (Hallstatt Mélange). Sample collected by H.-J. BR1121. Grey chert ~4 m above the base of the section. Gawlick, studied by L. O’Dogherty. BR1122. Grey chert 7-8 m above base. BR1123. Grey chert 11-12 m above base. BR1128. Grey chert 32 m above base. 7. TURKEY BR1129. Grey chert 34 m above base. BR1130. Grey chert 44 m above base. Gümüslü Allochthon, Domüz Dag massif BR1131. Grey chert 46 m above base (upper Aalenian- Located 1 km NW of the Gümüslü village at 1400 m lower Bajocian). altitude. Alternation of light grey radiolarian-bearing OM-00-92. Approximately equivalent to BR1123 (studied limestone and marl. The overlying limestone (Ammonitico by Š. Goričan). rosso facies) contains late Pliensbachian ammonites of the Margaritatus Zone. Detailed locality description and Section 2 (composite section) – Jabal Safra stratigraphic column given in De Wever (1982b, p. 93). UTM 582215/2513436 and UTM 586090/2512975. Three 1662D. Light grey bedded limestone. Sample collected sections were sampled in this area, two on the northern by A. Poisson. Radiolarians previously described by side of the Jabal Safra ridge (sections 2A, 2B) and one on Pessagno & Poisson (1981) and De Wever (1981b, c; the southern side (section 2C). The fourth section (2D) 1982a, b). Sample restudied for this catalogue by P. De from the northern side of Jabal Safra yielded only one Wever and P. Dumitrica. sample (BR706). Together these sections offer the most complete radiolarian sequence of the upper Pliensbachian to lower Bajocian interval. 420 On the northern side of the Jabal Safra ridge the Tawi BR486. 27-28.5 m above base, green chert. Sadh Member is not complete, the upper part presumably BR487. 28.5-30 m above base, green chert and claystone. comprising Aalenian and Bajocian strata is missing. The BR488. 30-32 m above base, green chert and claystone missing part is exposed on the southern side of the ridge. (Pliensbachian). The two sections from the northern side of Jabal Safra (UTM 582215/2513436) are two neighbouring parallel Section 2B - Jabal Safra, northern side sections that complement each other and partly overlap. Tawi Sadh Member of the Guwayza Formation. One section begins at the contact with the underlying Al BR523. 3-4.5 m above base, green chert and claystone Ayn Formation (BR469) and ends 32 m above (BR488) (Pliensbachian). where the upper part of the succession is covered by scree BR524. 4.5-6 m above base, green chert and claystone. from the overlying Oolitic Limestone Member of the BR525. 6-7.5 m above base, green chert and claystone. Guwayza Formation. The other section (samples BR523 BR526. 7.5-9 m above base, grey chert and grey marl. to BR533) continues the succession of the first section for BR527. 9-10.5 m above base, green chert and grey marl. another 28.5 m. A portion of the lower part is probably BR528. 10.5-12 m above base, grey chert and marl. overlapped on a portion of the upper part of the first BR529. 12-13.5 m above base, grey chert and marl. section. The contact of this section with the overlying BR530. 13.5-15 m above base, grey chert, marl and 50 cm member is covered by a scree of oolitic limestone, but of oolitic limestone. fragments of chert scattered among the scree allow the BR531. 15-16.5 m above base, grey chert, marl and 20 cm determination of the radiolarian assemblage from beneath of calcarenite (upper Pliensbachian?-lower Toarcian). the contact. Both sections consists of a monotonous BR532. 22 m above base, grey chert float. succession of green shale and grey-green, yellow BR533. 28.5 m above base, yellow brown chert float. weathering chert. OM-99-83 and OM-99-89. Approximately equivalent to The section 2C from the southern side of the Jabal Safra the interval between BR529 and BR531 (studied by ridge (UTM 586090/2512975) (samples BR824 to BR828) Š. Goričan). differs from those exposed on the northern side. It consists of a succession of light grey or yellowish platy limestones Section 2C - Jabal Safra, southern side with some more or less silicified levels and red radiolarites BR824. cca 60 m above base of Tawi Sadh Member, red towards the top. chert (upper Toarcian-lower Aalenian). BR825/3. cca 63 m above base of Tawi Sadh Member, red chert. Section 2A - Jabal Safra, northern side BR825. cca 74 m above base of Tawi Sadh Member, red Lower part of the Tawi Sadh Member of the Guwayza chert. Formation. BR826. cca 88 m above base of Tawi Sadh Member, red BR469. 1.5-3.0 m above base, green claystone and several chert (Bajocian). beds of silicified claystone and a bank of calcarenite at the middle of the interval (Pliensbachian). Section 2D - Jabal Safra, northern side BR470. 3-4.5 m above base, intercalations of green BR706. 72-76 m above base of section, which is located claystone and weakly silicified claystone. about 1 km east of section 2B. The section begins in BR471. 4.5-6 m above base, intercalations of more or less the Al Ayn Formation and continues in the Tawi Sadh silicified green claystone. Member of the Guwayza Formation. Sample BR706 BR472. 6-7.5 m above base, intercalations of more or less is from the base of the Tawi Sadh Member (upper silicified green claystone. Pliensbachian-?lower Toarcian). BR473. 7.5-9 m above base, green claystone and more or BR682. Jabal Safra, coordinates not taken. Tawi Sadh less silicified chert. Member of the Guwayza Formation, lower Toarcian. BR474. 9-10.5 m above base, green claystone and more or less silicified chert. Section 3 - Al Sawad BR475. 10.5-12 m above base, more or less silicified green UTM 578108/2544420. The section is well exposed on the claystone. right side of the Wadi Muti upstream of the village of Al BR476. 12-13.5 m above base, more or less silicified green Sawad. The succession of the Tawi Sadh Member consists claystone. of three lithologic units. Radiolarians occur only in the BR477. 13.5-15 m above base, green chert and claystone. lower unit, measuring about 80 m and characterized by a BR478. 15-16.5 m above base, green chert and claystone. succession of dark green, more or less silicified shale with BR479. 16.5-18 m above base, green chert and claystone. green radiolarian chert and intercalations of yellowish- BR480. 18-19.5 m above base, green chert and claystone. brown lithoclastic limestone. Radiolarians are frequent at BR481. 19.5-21 m above base, green chert and claystone. several levels but moderately preserved. BR482. 21-22.5 m above base, grey or green chert and BR560. Base of section (Aalenian). claystone. BR586. Approximately 60 m above base of section. BR483. 22.5-24 m above base, green chert and claystone. BR587. 2.5-3 m above BR586. BR484. 24-25.5 m above base, green chert. BR590. 9 m above BR587. BR485. 25.5-27 m above base, green chert. BR591. 11-12 m above BR587 (Aalenian-?lower Bajocian). 421 Section 4 - Wadi Saal OM-99-137. (Bajocian). Red nodular argillaceous chert, UTM 489029/2524022 and UTM 49001/2523209. In the 23 m above OM-99-133. Wadi Saal, in the western part of the Hamrat Duru Range, the Tawi Sadh Member is not well exposed mostly due to Section 2 – FB 2895 tectonic complications, partly to its softer rocks. It is rep- Jabal Buwaydah East (N 22º52’06.2’’, E 57º05’40.9’’). Lower resented by white, light grey or green chert and shale and part of the Musallah Formation. yellowish-brown lithoclastic or oolitic limestone. Radiolar- OM-00-251. Light reddish chert, 25.5 m above the contact ians, although visible in the chert, were generally not suffi- with medium-grained calcareous turbidites. ciently preserved to be extracted. Only the following three OM-00-252. Light reddish chert, 3 m above OM-00-251. samples from three levels of the succession contained a de- OM-00-254. Beige argillaceous chert, 8 m above OM-00- terminable fauna. 252. BR117. cca 7-8 m above base, white chert and silicified OM-00-255. White chert, 2.5 m above OM-00-254. limestone (upper Pliensbachian?-lower Toarcian). OM-00-256. Light yellow chert, 12.5 m above OM-00-255, BR131. cca 15 m above base, white chert and silicified 0.5 m below a succession of coarse limestone breccias. limestone. OM-00-258 (upper Aalenian-lower Bajocian). Red nodular BR137. 55 m above base, with a level of chert in a argillaceous chert, approximately 30 m above OM-00- succession of yellowish-brown lithoclastic limestone 256. (Aalenian). Section 3 – FB 156 Section 5 - Al Khashbah Mt. Jabal Buwaydah Center East (N 22°55’20’’, E 57°05’35’’). UTM 609565/2504490. Lower part of the Musallah Formation, a 7 m thick chert BR871 is a yellowish-brown chert reworked in the Oolitic level intercalated between resedimented oolitic limestone Limestone Member of the Guwayza Formation below and limestone breccia above. (Aalenian). OM-00-117. Yellow argillaceous chert near the top of the chert level. Section 6 - FB 007 OM-00-118. Light red argillaceous chert, approximate Sabt, east of Ibra (N 22°28’20’’, E 59°04’14’’). Sabt Forma- lateral equivalent of sample OM-00-117. tion according to Béchennec et al. (1993). The 60 m thick Pliensbachian-Toarcian succession is composed predomi- nantly of green shale and siliceous mudstone with rare Section 4 – FB 124 intercalations of radiolarian sandstone; chert beds occur Jabal Buwaydah East (N 22°51’36’’, E 57°07’43’’). Lower toward the top. This succession is overlain by calcareous part of the Musallah Formation. turbidites. OM-00-263. Red chert within a 1 m thick chert level OM-01-21. Light green chert, collected 2.5 m below intercalated between two limestone breccia beds. calcareous turbidites. Section 5 – FB 298 Al Aridh Group Jabal Buwaydah Center West (N 22º59’9’’, E 57º01’8’’). Lower part of the Musallah Formation, 7 m thick chert The studied samples are from the lower part of the succession bounded by a tectonic contact below and Musallah Formation as defined by Béchennec (1987). The limestone breccias above. oldest age previously obtained in the Musallah Formation OM-00-115. Vivid red chert, base of chert succession. was late Callovian-early Kimmeridgian (Béchennec et al., OM-00-114. Yellow chert with red spots, 6 m above sample 1993). Current radiolarian dating reveals that the base of OM-00-115. the formation is as old as Pliensbachian. The Pliensbachian to upper Toarcian-lower Aalenian succession treated in Umar Group this catalogue consists of varicoloured bedded radiolarian chert interstratified locally with resedimented limestones. Humadiyin No age-diagnostic fossils other than radiolarians are UTM 2247563N/5747425E, Haliw (Aqil) Formation. associated. According to Béchennec (1987), the Umar Group is Sections measured by F. Béchennec and C. Robin, the uppermost structural unit of the Hawasina Nappes radiolarian samples collected and studied by Š. Goričan. and comprises two formations: the Sinni Formation, composed mainly of Triassic volcanic rocks and the Aqil Section 1 – FB 2841 Formation, composed predominantly of Middle Triassic Near Al Aridh north of Ibri (N 23°21’50’’, E 56°36’19’’). to Cretaceous siliceous pelagic deposits, calcirudite and/or Lower part of the Musallah Formation. megabreccias of reworked carbonates. The latter formation OM-99-131. Light reddish argillaceous chert, 1 m above was initially separated by Glennie et al. (1974) as the Haliw the outcropping base (lowermost part of the Musallah Formation from the same area as the Aqil Formation Formation not exposed). and, consequently, has priority over the latter. The upper OM-99-133. Light greenish yellow argillaceous chert, Norian to Lower Jurassic is represented here by red chert 6.5 m above OM-99-131. and is now under study. 422 O38 and O39. For the moment the only information is the dusty red chert bed (T/J boundary event level) =Kb1 on the Early Jurassic radiolarians from the Haliw (01) of Hori (1992) and Carter & Hori (2005). Formation comes from these two lower Pliensbachian UFI6. 560 cm above top of dusty red chert bed, red bedded samples, collected from floated fragments under chert. megabreccias that cover the chert sections near the UFI7. 720 cm above top of dusty red chert bed, red bedded locality Humadiyin, on the north side of the road chert. Nizwa-Sinew. Radiolarian samples collected by UFI8. 860 cm above top of dusty red chert bed, red bedded L. Krystyn and studied by P. Dumitrica. chert. UFI9. 960 cm above top of dusty red chert bed, red bedded chert. 9. JAPAN UFI10. 1070 cm above top of dusty red chert bed, red bedded chert. Mino Terrane - Inuyama area UFI11. 1170 cm above top of dusty red chert bed, red bedded chert. Lower Jurassic (Hettangian-Toarcian), Lat. 35° 25±2’N; UFI12. 1280 cm above top of dusty red chert bed, red long. 136° 58±2’E. The Kamiaso Unit (Wakita, 1988), bedded chert. Mino Terrane, SW Japan, is one of the Jurassic accretion- UFI13. 1410 cm above top of dusty red chert bed, red ary complexes comprised of bedded cherts and clastic bedded chert. sedimentary rocks. A late Bathonian – early Callovian am- UFI14. 1840 cm above top of dusty red chert bed, green monite, Choffatia sp., was reported from the clastic rocks bedded chert. (Sato, 1974; Sato & Westermann, 1985). Triassic-Lower UFI15. 1990 cm above top of dusty red chert bed, green Jurassic radiolarian and upper Lower Triassic and Mid- bedded chert dle–Upper Triassic conodont fossils were obtained from UFI16. 2050 cm above top of dusty red chert bed, grey bedded chert sequences in this area and biostratigraphic bedded chert. studies were summarized (e.g. Hori, 1988; 1990; Matsuda UFI17. 2170 cm above top of dusty red chert bed, grey & Isozaki, 1991; Sugiyama, 1997). bedded chert. Samples for this study were collected by R. S. Hori UFI18. 2240 cm above top of dusty red chert bed, grey (Katsuyama (UF), Iwayakannon (IY), Kurusu (KU), bedded chert. UC sections) and R.S. Hori and M. Takeuchi (KA log = UFI19. 2460 cm above top of dusty red chert bed, grey Pliensbachian – Toarcian part of UF section and IW log = bedded chert; just below the OAE. those of IY section). See Hori (1990) for section locations UFI20. 2540 cm above top of dusty red chert bed; high in the Inuyama area. All samples were obtained from peak of Toarcian OAE. (70 cm below the base of white bedded chert sequences. massive chert bed). No radiolarian data. The outcrops of these sections are located on the right UFI21. 2720 cm above top of dusty red chert bed, green bank of the Kisogawa River (UF, IY and UC sections) and red bedded chert; above the OAE. and the left bank (KU section). Four chert sequences of UFI22. 2860 cm above top of dusty red chert bed, green the Kamiaso Unit are exposed along the Kisogawa River, bedded chert. namely CH-1, CH-2, CH-3 and CH-4 in structurally UFI23. 3160 cm above top of dusty red chert bed, green ascending order (Yao et al., 1980). bedded chert. The sedimentation rate of Lower Jurassic chert sequences UFI24. 3220 cm above top of dusty red chert bed, green from the Inuyama area is ca. 1m/m.y. = 0.1cm/kyr (Hori et bedded chert. al., 1993). Kb log of UF section (Hori, 1992) Katsuyama (UF) Section (Hori, 1990) This log is located around the Triassic/Jurassic boundary This section is located on the CH-3 chert-sheet near the of the UF section. Original data and sample locations were Katsuyama road junction, Gifu prefecture, SW Japan. published in Hori (1992). Kb01 is the same level as Kb1 in Detailed sample locations of the outcrop and vertical Carter & Hori (2005). The base of this Kb log is located at distributions of representative taxa are shown in Hori the Kb01 which is the purple red (or dusty red) chert bed (1992). Between UFI19 and UFI21, the Toarcian Oceanic characterized by the extinction level of conodont Misikel a Anoxic Event (OAE) was recorded lithologically and posthernsteini. geochemically (Hori, 1993). Kb07. 281 cm above the Kb01 bed. The UF section consists of ca. 32 m thick chert sequence Kb09. 368 cm above the Kb01 bed. which is one of the most complete sections of Upper Kb10. 419 cm above the Kb01 bed. Triassic to Lower Jurassic strata in the Inuyama are. The Kb11. 493 cm above the Kb01 bed. outcrop extends down to the Middle and upper Lower Kb12. 543 cm above the Kb01 bed. Triassic (Matsuoka et al., 1994). Hori (1992) and Carter & Kb13. 575 cm above the Kb01 bed. Hori (2005) reported detailed radiolarian and conodont Kb14. 679 cm above the Kb01 bed. biostratigraphy at the Triassic/Jurassic boundary of this Kb15. 724 cm above the Kb01 bed and 70 cm below the section. The basal horizon (0 cm) is located at UFI3, which UFI10 of the UF section. 423 KA log of UF section (Takeuchi, 2001) of a thick green shale bed just below IYII 14 (6 m below The KA log is the upper Pliensbachian - Toarcian part of the top of the IY section). The lithological column of this the UF section, focusing on the interval of the Toarcian section is illustrated in Takeuchi (2001). OAE. The base of this section is a white massive chert bed IW:-2. 5 cm below base of thick green shale bed. 2790 cm above the top of the dusty red chert bed (Kb01) IW:+7. 22 cm above base of thick green shale bed. of the UF section. The sketch map of this white massive IW:+18. 45 cm above base of thick green shale bed. chert was shown in Fig. 3 of Hori (1992), the lithological IW:+24. 57 cm above base of thick green shale bed. column of this section was illustrated in Takeuchi (2001). IW:+37. 97 cm above base of thick green shale bed. KA:-170. 504 cm below base of white massive chert bed. IW:+51. 125 cm above base of thick green shale bed. KA:-150. 470 cm below base of white massive chert bed. IW:+57. 137 cm above base of thick green shale bed. KA:-121. 393 cm below base of white massive chert bed. KA:-95. 311 cm below base of white massive chert bed; pre Kurusu (KU) Section (Hori, 1988) OAE level. The KU section was first described by Hori (1988). This KA:-5. 20 cm below base of white massive chert bed; in section is located on the left bank of the Kisogawa River, OAE level. Inuyama City, Aichi Prefecture. It is one of the most KA:+22. 127 cm above base of white massive chert bed; complete sequences of Triassic/Jurassic boundary bedded post black chert (OAE) level. cherts in the Inuyama area. The cherts are ca. 35 m thick KA:+25. 131 cm above base of white massive chert bed. without remarkable lithological change such as boundary KA:+40. 157 cm above base of white massive chert bed. clay. KA:+55. 187 cm above base of white massive chert bed. KU(b)14. 2261 cm below KU (a)1, green chert. KA:+60. 202 cm above base of white massive chert bed. KU(b)13. 2126 cm below KU (a)1, greenish grey chert. KA:+68. 214 cm above base of white massive chert bed. KU(b)12. 1950 cm below KU(a)1, greenish grey chert. KU(b)11. 1820 cm below KU(a)1, greenish grey chert. Iwayakannon (IY) Section (Hori, 1988) KU(b)5. 1519 cm below KU(a)1, black chert. The sketch map and sample locations of this section are KU(b) 4. 751 cm below KU(a)1, grey chert. shown in Hori (1988). This section consists of ca. 25 m KU(b)3. 670 cm below KU(a)1, black chert. bedded chert sequence located on the CH-4 chert-sheet KU(b)1. 420 cm below KU(a)1, black chert. of Yao et al. (1980). Detail sample locations and outline KU(a)7. 310 cm below KU(a)1, green chert; thick shale of vertical distributions of representative taxa are shown bed intercalated which corresponds to Toarcian OAE in Hori (1988). The top of this section is in contact with level. Middle Jurassic green mudstone containing the Unuma KU(a)5. 260 cm below KU(a)1, grey chert. echinatus assemblage. The Toarcian OAE level is correlated KU(a)4. 220 cm below KU(a)1, greenish grey chert. with a thick shale bed just below IYII 14. KU(a)3. 140 cm below KU(a)1, green chert. IYIII1. 1940 cm below top of section. KU(a)2. 70 cm below KU(a)1, green chert. IYII24. 1880cm below top of section. KU(a)1. Top 0 cm grey chert. IYII23. 1810 cm below top of section. IYII22. 1630 cm below top of section. UC Section (Hori, 1986; also data provided by Hori, 1990, IYII21. 1490 cm below top of section. 1993) IYII18. 1140 cm below top of section. This section consists of 11 m of bedded chert that extends IYII17. 960 cm below top of section. from the upper Sinemurian to Aalenian. Black cherts IYI7. 810 cm below top of section. including FeS minerals occur in the upper part of the 2 IYII14. 580 cm below top of section. section (ca. 520 cm level), which suggest the Toarcian OAE IYI6. 510 cm below top of section. (Hori, 1993). Lithological and preliminary radiolarian data IYII13. 490 cm below top of section. are shown in Hori (1986, 1990). IYII12. 440 cm below top of section. UC1. 0 cm, greenish red chert (Pliensbachian chert). IYII11. 380 cm below top of section. UC2. 27 cm above UC1, greenish red chert. IYII10. 310 cm below top of section. UC3. 86 cm above UC1, greenish red chert. IYII9. 200 cm below top of section. UC4. 118 cm above UC1, red chert. IYI4. 180 cm below top of section. UC5. 138 cm above UC1, red chert. IYII8. 120 cm below top of section. UC6. 164 cm above UC1, greenish red chert. IYII7. 90 cm below top of section. UC7. 205 cm above UC1, greenish red chert. IYII6. 80 cm below top of section. UC8. 227 cm above UC1, greenish grey chert. IYII5. 65 cm below top of section. UC9. 280 cm above UC1, grey chert. IYII4. 40 cm below top of section. UC10. 341 cm above UC1, grey chert. IYII3. 20 cm below top of section. UC11. 373 cm above UC1, grey chert. IYII2. At the top of the section. UC12. 423 cm above UC1, grey chert. UC13. 472 cm above UC1, grey chert. IW log of IY section (Takeuchi, 2001) UC14. 515 cm above UC1, grey chert; just below the The standard level of this section is located at the base beginning of black chert of the Toarcian OAE. 424 UC15. 714 cm above UC1, greenish black chert; Toarcian NKI9. +17.1 m above the NKI7 chert, chert bed. OAE. NKI10. +24 m above the NKI7 chert, chert bed. A minor UC16. 755 cm above UC1, greenish black chert; Toarcian fault developed this level. OAE. NKI11. – 21.3 m below the top of NKI17 chert bed, just UC17. 842 cm above UC1, greenish black chert; Toarcian above the fault, chert bed. OAE. NKI12. –13.2 m below the top of NKI17 chert bed. NKII2. –9.64 m below the top of NKI17 chert bed. NKII3. –7.07 m below the top of NKI17 chert bed. Mino Terrane - Nanjo area NKII4. –3.93 m below the top of NKI17 chert bed. NKII5. – 2.68 m below the top of NKI17 chert bed. This area is located in the northwestern part of the Mino NKI17. +0 m just below the red shale. Terrane (Lat. 35˚, 42±1’N; Long.136˚, 17±1E). Lithological NKII7. -2 +0.43 m above the NKI17, red siliceous shale. data by Hori (1990 MSc thesis). Samples collected by NKII8. +1 m above the NKI17, red siliceous shale. R. S. Hori. NKII9. +1.7 m above the NKI17, red chert. Mélange rocks belonging to the Lower Jurassic accre- NKII10. +2.31 m above the NKI17, red siliceous shale. tionary complex in the Mino Terrane are exposed in this NKI20. + 2.68 m above the NKI17, red siliceous shale. area. A chert sample (85072502B) obtained from the same locality as Ito & Matsuda (1980) is from one of the tectonic blocks and the mudstone sample is from the matrix of the Mino Terrane - Middle Jurassic mélange. Inuyama area 85072502B. Green chert block in Jurassic sedimentary Radiolarians studied by A. Matsuoka. complex. MIN-1. Inuyama area, Aichi Prefecture. The locality is 850725044. Mudstone, mélange matrix of Jurassic on the left bank of the Kisogawa River. The sample is complex. a manganese carbonate band included in a siliceous mudstone layer south of the CH-2 chert-sheet of Yao Nanjo Massif - Imajo unit et al. (1980). It contains 93 nassellarian species (Mat- MNA-10. Manganese band in a siliceous mudstone layer. suoka, 1992) and is assignable to the Tricolocapsa pli- This band contains manganese carbonate spherules carum Zone or JR 4 of Matsuoka (1995). ranging from 0.5 to 2.0 mm in diameter. Radiolarian MIN-10. Inuyama area, Aichi Prefecture. Same locality as fauna diverse and well preserved. One of the best- MIN-1. The sample is assignable to the Laxtorum (?) preserved radiolarian-bearing samples of Toarcian age. jurassicum Zone or JR 3 of Matsuoka (1995). Radiolarians studied by A. Matsuoka (1991, 2004, this catalogue). Kamiaso (Hisuikyo) area IH84120461 and IH84120462. Two samples given by I. Lat. 35˚, 32’52”N; Long.137˚, 7’47”E. Triassic and Jurassic Hattori to P. Dumitrica. According to Hattori (1989) radiolarian bedded cherts and Middle Jurassic siliceous the samples are from rhodochrosite concretions in mudstones well exposed along the Hida River, which red shale outcropping in the Nanjo Massif, Sugentan- formed Hisukyo Gorge in the Kamiaso area, Gifu Prefec- Minami locality (Hattori, 1989, fig. 3). Radiolarians ture of SW Japan. from this locality have been illustrated by Hattori Matsuda & Isozaki (1982), and Isozaki & Matsuda (l. cit.) in plates 18-34 and the list of species occurring (1985) documented Lower Jurassic radiolarian fossils in the two samples (61 and 62) are in Hattori (1989, from this area. In particular, a black chert bed containing Table 2). The assemblage proves an Aalenian age. manganese carbonate spherules from the Hisuikyo Gorge contains well-preserved radiolarian fossils described by Isozaki and Matsuda (1985); this is the type locality of the Mino Terrane - Mt. Norikuradake area Hsuum hisuikyoense Assemblage. Sample mentioned in this study (only for systematic part) collected by R. S. Hori Yukawa Complex by Otsuka (1988), northeastern part of from the black chert horizon of Isozaki & Matsuda (1985). the Mino Terrane (Lat. 36˚, 8±1’N; Long. 137˚, 27±1’E), SW Japan. Samples collected by R. S. Hori. Pliensbachian- Gujo-Hachiman area Toarcian bedded cherts and Toarcian-Aalenian siliceous Lat. 35˚, 49.8’N; Long.136˚, 52’55”E. Radiolarian fossils shale occur in this area. Lithological data and Toarcian from this area were described by Takemura (1986), and radiolarian fauna documented by Hori & Otsuka (1989). Yao (1997). Descriptions of sample locations shown in Hori (1988, Samples in the systematic part of this study collected 1990) and Hori & Otsuka (1989). by R. S. Hori from the same area as Takemura (1986). Extremely well preserved radiolarian fossils from Norikuradake (NK) section (Hori & Otsuka, 1989) manganese carbonate nodules in black shale (e.g. Wakita, Lat. 36˚ 7’36”N; Long. 137˚ 27’ 30”E. 1982, 1984). The radiolarian faunas are correlated with NKI7. +0 m chert bed. UAZ 3 of Baumgartner et al. (1995b) (late Aalenian?) as NKI8. +8.04 m above the NKI7 chert, chert bed. discussed by Yao (1997). 425 MKM-1 (studied by A. Matsuoka). The locality is the same Nishizono & Murata (1983), Sato & Nishizono (1983) and as that of Takemura (1986). The sample contains 64 Nishizono (1996). nassellarian species (Matsuoka, 1992) and is assignable Samples mentioned in this study (only for systematic to the Laxtorum (?) jurassicum Zone or JR 3 of descriptions) were collected by R. S. Hori. Precise sample Matsuoka (1995). numbers and radiolarian data were shown in Hori (1990). Kaiji (KG) and Kajiki-1 (=Kajiki: KS in Hori, 1990) sections were investigated by Matsuoka & Yao (1986), Hori (1990), and Matsuoka (1995). The KG section ranges Chichibu Terrane from the Parahsuum simplum subzone I to subzone IV (Sinemurian to Pliensbachian) and the KS section Kuma area corresponds to the Mesosaturnalis hexagonus Assemblage The Kuma area is located in western Kyushu, southwest Zone to the Hsuum hisuikyoense Assemblage Zone Japan. The biostratigraphy of Mesozoic radiolarians has (Toarcian to Aalenian) (Hori, 1990). been documented mainly by Nishizono et al. (1982), KG-9. Chert. Top of Parahsuum simplum subzone II. 426 4. LISTING OF SPECIES 4.1. Alphabetical listing by genus 2001 Acaeniotylopsis ghostensis (Carter) 1988 4066 Acaeniotylopsis triacanthus Kito & De Wever 1994 JAC02 Anaticapitula anatiformis (De Wever) 1982a JAC04 Anaticapitula omanensis Dumitrica n. sp. ADM01 Archaeodictyomitra munda (Yeh) 1987b ADM02 Archaeodictyomitra sp. A ADM03 Archaeodictyomitra sp. B 3149 Archaeohagiastrum longipes Baumgartner 1995 3271 Archaeohagiastrum munitum Baumgartner 1984 HAG01 Archaeohagiastrum oregonense (Yeh) 1987b HAG02 Archaeohagiastrum pobi Whalen & Carter 1998 ASP01 Archaeospongoprunum coyotense Whalen & Carter 2002 ATT01 Archaeotritrabs hattorii Dumitrica n. sp. ARS03 Ares armatus De Wever 1982a ARS07 Ares avirostrum Dumitrica & Matsuoka n. sp. ARS06 Ares cuniculiformis Dumitrica & Whalen n. sp. 4061 Ares cylindricus s.l. (Takemura) 1986 3001 Ares cylindricus cylindricus (Takemura) 1986 4032 Ares cylindricus flexuosus (Takemura) 1986 ARS04 Ares mexicoensis Whalen & Carter 2002 ARS01 Ares moresbyensis Whalen & Carter 1998 ARS02 Ares sutherlandi Whalen & Carter 1998 ARS08 Ares takemurai Dumitrica & Matsuoka n. sp. 4008 Ares sp. A sensu Baumgartner et al. 1995a ATA02 Atalanta emmela Cordey & Carter 1996 BAG01 Bagotum erraticum Pessagno & Whalen 1982 BAG03 Bagotum funiculum Whalen & Carter 2002 BAG02 Bagotum helmetense Pessagno & Whalen 1982 BAG04 Bagotum kimbroughi Whalen & Carter 2002 BAG05 Bagotum maudense Pessagno & Whalen 1982 BAG06 Bagotum modestum Pessagno & Whalen 1982 BAG07 Bagotum pseudoerraticum Kishida & Hisada 1985 ORB04 Beatricea? argescens (Cordey) 1998 PDC01 Beatricea? baroni Cordey 1998 SPI03 Beatricea christovalensis Whalen & Carter 1998 ORB07 Beatricea sanpabloensis (Whalen & Carter) 2002 CRU18 Beatricea? sp. A 3222 Bernoul ius delnortensis Pessagno, Blome & Hull 1993 BER01 Bernoul ius saccideon (Carter) 1988 BPD13 Bipedis calvabovis De Wever 1982a BPD05 Bipedis diadema Whalen & Carter 1998 BPD14 Bipedis fannini Carter 1988 427 BPD15 Bipedis japonicus Hori n. sp. DRO06 Droltus lyel ensis Pessagno & Whalen 1982 BPD16 Bipedis yaoi Hori n. sp. DRO08 Droltus sanignacioensis Whalen & Carter 2002 BIS04 Bistarkum mangartense Goričan, Šmuc & DUC01 Ducatus hipolitoensis Whalen & Carter 2002 Baumgartner 2003 JAC05 Dumitricael a trispinosa Dumitrica n. sp. BIS02 Bistarkum phantomense (Carter) 1988 3411 Elodium cameroni Carter 1988 BIS01 Bistarkum rigidium Yeh 1987b PHS08 Elodium? mackenziei Carter n. sp. BIS03 Bistarkum saginatum Yeh 1987b ELD02 Elodium pessagnoi Yeh & Cheng 1996 BRO02 Broctus kuensis Pessagno & Whalen 1982 ELD03 Elodium wilsonense (Carter) 1988 BRO03 Broctus ruesti Yeh 1987b 2021 Eospongosaturninus protoformis (Yao) 1972 BRO01 Broctus selwynensis Pessagno & Whalen 1982 EUC09 Eucyrtidiel um disparile gr. Nagai & Mizutani CAN12 Canoptum anulatum Pessagno & Poisson 1981 1990 CAN13 Canoptum artum Yeh 1987b EUC10 Eucyrtidiel um gujoense (Takemura & Nakaseko) CAN08 Canoptum columbiaense Whalen & Carter 1998 1986 CAN09 Canoptum dixoni Pessagno & Whalen 1982 EUC03 Eucyrtidiel um gunense gr. Cordey 1998 CAN11 Canoptum margaritaense Whalen & Carter 1998 EUC06 Eucyrtidiel um nagaiae Dumitrica, Goričan & CAN14 Canoptum rugosum Pessagno & Poisson 1981 Matsuoka n. sp. CTS06 Canutus baumgartneri Yeh 1987b EUC07 Eucyrtidiel um omanojaponicum Dumitrica, CTS08 Canutus diegoi Whalen & Carter 2002 Goričan & Hori n. sp. CTS09 Canutus hainaensis Pessagno & Whalen 1982 EUC04 Eucyrtidiel um ramescens Cordey 1998 CTS10 Canutus nitidus Yeh 1987b FAR02 Farcus asperoensis Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh 1986 CTS15 Canutus rennel ensis Carter n. sp. FAR04 Farcus graylockensis Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh CTS03 Canutus rockfishensis Pessagno & Whalen 1982 1986 CTS12 Canutus tipperi gr. Pessagno & Whalen 1982 FAR03 Farcus kozuri Yeh 1987b CTS16 Canutus sp. O FRM01 Foremania sandilandsensis gr. Whalen & Carter SUM03 Carterwhalenia minai (Whalen & Carter) 2002 1998 CHA02 Charlottea amurensis Whalen & Carter 1998 GIG01 Gigi fustis De Wever 1982a CHA09 Charlottea hotaoensis Carter n. sp. GOR02 Gorgansium gongyloideum Kishida & Hisada CHA10 Charlottea penderi Carter n. sp. 1985 CHA03 Charlottea proprietatis Whalen & Carter 1998 GOR03 Gorgansium morganense Pessagno & Blome CHA05 Charlottea triquetra Whalen & Carter 1998 1980 CHA07 Charlottea sp. A sensu Whalen & Carter 2002 HCK05 Haeckelicyrtium crickmayi Carter n. sp. CHA08 Charlottea sp. B HCK04 Haeckelicyrtium sp. B sensu Whalen & Carter CHA11 Charlottea sp. C 2002 XNM01 Charlottea? sp. Y HAG06 Hagiastrum macrum gr. De Wever 1981b 4033 Citriduma hexaptera (Conti & Marcucci) 1991 HAG03 Hagiastrum majusculum Whalen & Carter 1998 CIT05 Citriduma radiotuba De Wever 1982a HAG04 Hagiastrum rudimentum Whalen & Carter 1998 CRB01 Crubus chengi Yeh 1987b TPS03 Helvetocapsa minoensis (Matsuoka) 1991 CRU21 Crucel a angulosa s.l. Carter 1988 SCP03 Helvetocapsa nanjoensis (Matsuoka) 1991 CRU11 Crucel a angulosa angulosa Carter 1988 SCP06 Helvetocapsa plicata s.l. (Matsuoka) 1991 CRU12 Crucel a angulosa longibrachiata Carter n. ssp. SCP04 Helvetocapsa plicata plicata (Matsuoka) 1991 PDC02 Crucel a beata (Yeh) 1987b SCP05 Helvetocapsa plicata semiplicata (Matsuoka) CRU22 Crucel a cavata s.l. Whalen & Carter 1998 1991 CRU10 Crucel a cavata cavata Whalen & Carter 1998 3502 Hexasaturnalis hexagonus (Yao) 1972 CRU20 Crucel a cavata giganticava Carter n. ssp. SAT11 Hexasaturnalis octopus Dumitrica & Hori n. sp. CRU19 Crucel a cavata intermedicava Carter n. ssp. 3089 Hexasaturnalis tetraspinus (Yao) 1972 PDC05 Crucel a jadeae Carter & Dumitrica n. sp. HIG01 Higumastra laxa Yeh 1987b CRU13 Crucel a mijo De Wever 1981b HIG04 Higumastra lupheri Yeh 1987b CRU14 Crucel a mirabunda Whalen & Carter 2002 HIG03 Higumastra transversa Blome 1984b CRU15 Crucel a spongase De Wever 1981b HOM01 Homoeoparonael a lowryensis Whalen & Carter CRU16 Crucel a squama (Kozlova) 1971 2002 3131 Crucel a theokaftensis Baumgartner 1980 HOM02 Homoeoparonael a reciproca Carter 1988 CYC01 Cyclastrum asuncionense Whalen & Carter 2002 HSU01 Hsuum altile Hori & Otsuka 1989 CYC02 Cyclastrum scammonense Whalen & Carter 2002 HSU02 Hsuum arenaense Whalen & Carter 2002 CYC03 Cyclastrum veracruzense Whalen & Carter 2002 HSU03 Hsuum busuangaense Yeh & Cheng 1996 CYC04 Cyclastrum sp. A HSU04 Hsuum exiguum Yeh & Cheng 1996 DAN02 Danubea sp. A sensu Whalen & Carter 2002 HSU05 Hsuum lucidum Yeh 1987b DRO07 Droltus eurasiaticus Kozur & Mostler 1990 3195 Hsuum matsuokai Isozaki & Matsuda 1985 DRO02 Droltus hecatensis Pessagno & Whalen 1982 3278 Hsuum medium (Takemura) 1986 DRO03 Droltus laseekensis Pessagno & Whalen 1982 HSU06 Hsuum mul eri Pessagno & Whalen 1982 428 HSU07 Hsuum optimum Carter 1988 PAN11 Pantanel ium danaense Pessagno & Blome 1980 HSU08 Hsuum philippinense Yeh & Cheng 1996 PAN19 Pantanel ium inornatum Pessagno & Poisson HSU11 Hsuum plectocostatum Carter n. sp. 1981 HSU10 Hsuum sp. A sensu Carter 1988 PAN16 Pantanel ium skedansense Pessagno & Blome 1980 KAT07 Katroma angusta Yeh 1987b PHS02 Parahsuum edenshawi (Carter) 1988 KAT08 Katroma aurita Whalen & Carter 2002 DRO05 Parahsuum fondrenense (Whalen & Carter) 1998 KAT09 Katroma bicornus De Wever 1982a PHS09 Parahsuum formosum (Yeh) 1987b KAT12 Katroma brevitubus Dumitrica & Goričan n. sp. 2012 Parahsuum izeense (Pessagno & Whalen) 1982 KAT10 Katroma clara Yeh 1987b PHS03 Parahsuum longiconicum Sashida 1988 KAT17 Katroma elongata Carter n. sp. PHS04 Parahsuum mostleri (Yeh) 1987b KAT13 Katroma neagui Pessagno & Poisson 1981, PHS05 Parahsuum ovale Hori & Yao 1988 emend. De Wever 1982a PHS01 Parahsuum simplum Yao 1982 KAT14 Katroma ninstintsi Carter 1988 PHS06 Parahsuum vizcainoense Whalen & Carter 2002 KAT16 Katroma? sinetubus Carter n. sp. PHS07 Parahsuum? sp. A sensu Whalen & Carter 2002 KAT18 Katroma sp. 4 2013 Parasaturnalis diplocyclis (Yao) 1972 LAN05 Lantus intermedius Carter n. sp. SAT15 Parasaturnalis yehae Dumitrica & Hori n. sp. LAN01 Lantus obesus (Yeh) 1987b PAR13 Paronael a corpulenta De Wever 1981b LAN04 Lantus praeobesus Carter n. sp. PAR22 Paronael a curticrassa Carter & Dumitrica n. sp. LAN02 Lantus sixi Yeh 1987b PAR24 Paronael a fera s.l. (Yeh) 1987b LAN03 Lantus sp. A sensu Whalen & Carter 2002 PAR15 Paronael a fera fera (Yeh) 1987b LAX06 Laxtorum hemingense Whalen & Carter 1998 PAR10 Paronael a fera jamesi Whalen & Carter 1998 MCP01 Minocapsa cylindrica Matsuoka 1991 PAR16 Paronael a grahamensis Carter 1988 MCP02 Minocapsa globosa Matsuoka 1991 PAR17 Paronael a notabilis Whalen & Carter 2002 TPS02 Minocapsa? megaglobosa (Matsuoka) 1991 2005 Paronael a skowkonaensis Carter 1988 NAP09 Napora blechschmidti Dumitrica n. sp. PAR19 Paronael a snowshoensis (Yeh) 1987b NAP08 Napora bona Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh 1986 PAR20 Paronael a tripla De Wever 1981b NAP02 Napora cerromesaensis Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh PAR21 Paronael a variabilis Carter 1988 1986 PSP03 Perispyridium hippaense (Carter) 1988 NAP06 Napora conothorax Carter & Dumitrica n. sp. PSP01 Perispyridium oregonense (Yeh) 1987b NAP01 Napora graybayensis Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh PLE01 Pleesus aptus Yeh 1987b 1986 SCP02 Plicaforacapsa? elegans (Matsuoka) 1991 3410 Napora nipponica Takemura 1986 POD01 Podocapsa abreojosensis Whalen & Carter 2002 NAP03 Napora reiferensis (Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh) 1986 PRY05 Praeconocaryomma bajaensis Whalen n. sp. NAP04 Napora relica Yeh 1987b PRY01 Praeconocaryomma decora gr. Yeh 1987b JAC01 Napora sandspitensis (Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh) PRY02 Praeconocaryomma immodica Pessagno & 1986 Poisson 1981 UTD01 Naropa vi Hori, Whalen & Dumitrica n. sp. PRY03 Praeconocaryomma parvimamma Pessagno & NTS01 Noritus lil ihornensis Pessagno & Whalen 1982 Poisson 1981 ORB05 Orbiculiformel a cal osa (Yeh) 1987b PRY07 Praeconocaryomma sarahae Carter n. sp. ORB06 Orbiculiformel a incognita (Blome) 1984b PRY04 Praeconocaryomma whiteavesi Carter 1988 ORB03 Orbiculiformel a lomgonensis (Whalen & Carter) PRY06 Praeconocaryomma? yakounensis Carter n. sp. 1998 SAT01 Praehexasaturnalis tetraradiatus Kozur & ORB11 Orbiculiformel a mediocircus Dumitrica n. sp. Mostler 1990 ORB02 Orbiculiformel a? robusta (Whalen & Carter) PVG01 Praeparvicingula aculeata (Carter )1988 1998 PVG02 Praeparvicingula elementaria (Carter) 1988 ORB08 Orbiculiformel a teres (Hull) 1997 PVG03 Praeparvicingula gigantocornis (Kishida & ORB13 Orbiculiformel a? trispina s.l. (Yeh) 1987b Hisada) 1985 ORB09 Orbiculiformel a? trispina trispina (Yeh) 1987b PVG04 Praeparvicingula nanoconica (Hori & Otsuka) ORB10 Orbiculiformel a? trispina trispinula (Carter) 1989 1988 TVS01 Praeparvicingula? spinifera (Takemura) 1986 SAT13 Palaeosaturnalis aff. liassicus Kozur & Mostler PCA02 Praeparvicingula tlel ensis Carter n. sp. 1990 PTP01 Protopsium gesponsa De Wever 1981c SAT12 Palaeosaturnalis subovalis Kozur & Mostler 1990 PRU01 Protunuma paulsmithi Carter 1988 SAT14 Palaeosaturnalis sp. B sensu Whalen & Carter PDC03 Pseudocrucel a ornata De Wever 1981b 2002 3126 Pseudocrucel a sanfilippoae (Pessagno) 1977a PAN20 Pantanel ium brevispinum Carter n. sp. PDC04 Pseudocrucel a sp. C sensu Carter 1988 PAN14 Pantanel ium carlense Whalen & Carter 1998 PSE02 Pseudoeucyrtis angusta Whalen & Carter 1998 PAN18 Pantanel ium cumshewaense Pessagno & Blome PSE04 Pseudoeucyrtis busuangaensis (Yeh & Cheng) 1980 1998 429 PSE03 Pseudoeucyrtis safraensis Dumitrica & Goričan THU04 Thurstonia timberensis Whalen & Carter 1998 n. sp. TRX01 Trexus dodgensis Whalen & Carter 1998 ORB12 Pseudogodia deweveri Carter n. sp. 3409 Triactoma jakobsae Carter 1995 SAT16 Pseudoheliodiscus aff. alpinus Kozur & Mostler TCA01 Triactoma rosespitensis (Carter) 1988 1990 sensu Whalen & Carter 2002 TRL01 Tril us elkhornensis Pessagno & Blome 1980 SAT07 Pseudoheliodiscus yaoi gr. Pessagno 1981 TRL02 Tril us seidersi Pessagno & Blome 1980 PPN01 Pseudopantanel ium floridum Yeh 1987b SPT01 Tripocyclia? tortuosa Dumitrica, Goričan & 2007 Pseudopoulpus acutipodium Takemura 1986 Whalen n. sp. POU01 Pseudopoulpus sp. A sensu Whalen & Carter 2002 3247 Turanta morinae gr. Pessagno & Blome 1982 PRL01 Pseudoristola megaglobosa Yeh 1987b 3408 Tympaneides charlottensis Carter 1988 REG01 Religa globosa Whalen & Carter 2002 UDA05 Udalia plana Whalen & Carter 1998 REG02 Religa sp. A UNM01 Unuma unicus (Yeh) 1987b RBS01 Rolumbus gastili Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh 1986 TPS01 Wil iriedel um? ferum (Matsuoka) 1991 RBS02 Rolumbus halseyensis Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh WNG03 Wrangel ium oregonense Yeh 1987a 1986 WNG01 Wrangel ium thurstonense Pessagno & Whalen SAT18 Spongosaturninus bispinus (Yao) 1972 1982 SAT19 Stauromesosaturnalis deweveri Kozur & Mostler WNG04 Wrangel ium sp. A sensu Pessagno & Whalen 1990 1982 SCP01 Stichocapsa biconica Matsuoka 1991 XTL02 Xiphostylus duvalensis Carter n. sp. 3407 Tetraditryma cf. praeplena Baumgartner sensu XTL01 Xiphostylus simplus Yeh 1987b Carter & Jakobs 1991 ZRT01 Z artus mostleri Pessago & Blome 1980 THT01 Thetis oblonga De Wever 1982a ZRT03 Zartus stel atus Goričan & Matsuoka n. sp. THU01 Thurstonia gibsoni Whalen & Carter 1998 COM01 Zhamoidel um yehae Dumitrica n. sp. 430 4.2. Alphabetical listing by species abreojosensis POD01 Podocapsa abreojosensis Whalen & Carter 2002 aculeata PVG01 Praeparvicingula aculeata (Carter )1988 acutipodium 2007 Pseudopoulpus acutipodium Takemura 1986 alpinus SAT16 Pseudoheliodiscus aff. alpinus Kozur & Mostler 1990 sensu Whalen & Carter 2002 altile HSU01 Hsuum altile Hori & Otsuka 1989 amurensis CHA02 Charlottea amurensis Whalen & Carter 1998 anatiformis JAC02 Anaticapitula anatiformis (De Wever) 1982a angulosa CRU21 Crucel a angulosa s.l. Carter 1988 angulosa CRU11 Crucel a angulosa angulosa Carter 1988 angusta KAT07 Katroma angusta Yeh 1987b angusta PSE02 Pseudoeucyrtis angusta Whalen & Carter 1998 anulatum CAN12 Canoptum anulatum Pessagno & Poisson 1981 aptus PLE01 Pleesus aptus Yeh 1987b arenaense HSU02 Hsuum arenaense Whalen & Carter 2002 argescens ORB04 Beatricea? argescens (Cordey) 1998 armatus ARS03 Ares armatus De Wever 1982a artum CAN13 Canoptum artum Yeh 1987b asperoensis FAR02 Farcus asperoensis Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh 1986 asuncionense CYC01 Cyclastrum asuncionense Whalen & Carter 2002 aurita KAT08 Katroma aurita Whalen & Carter 2002 avirostrum ARS07 Ares avirostrum Dumitrica & Matsuoka n. sp. bajaensis PRY05 Praeconocaryomma bajaensis Whalen n. sp. baroni PDC01 Beatricea? baroni Cordey 1998 baumgartneri CTS06 Canutus baumgartneri Yeh 1987b beata PDC02 Crucel a beata (Yeh) 1987b biconica SCP01 Stichocapsa biconica Matsuoka 1991 bicornus KAT09 Katroma bicornus De Wever 1982a bispinus SAT18 Spongosaturninus bispinus (Yao) 1972 blechschmidti NAP09 Napora blechschmidti Dumitrica n. sp. bona NAP08 Napora bona Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh 1986 brevispinum PAN20 Pantanel ium brevispinum Carter n. sp. brevitubus KAT12 Katroma brevitubus Dumitrica & Goričan n. sp. busuangaense HSU03 Hsuum busuangaense Yeh & Cheng 1996 busuangaensis PSE04 Pseudoeucyrtis busuangaensis (Yeh & Cheng) 1998 cal osa ORB05 Orbiculiformel a cal osa (Yeh) 1987b calvabovis BPD13 Bipedis calvabovis De Wever 1982a cameroni 3411 Elodium cameroni Carter 1988 carlense PAN14 Pantanel ium carlense Whalen & Carter 1998 cavata CRU22 Crucel a cavata s.l. Whalen & Carter 1998 cavata CRU10 Crucel a cavata cavata Whalen & Carter 1998 cerromesaensis NAP02 Napora cerromesaensis Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh 1986 charlottensis 3408 Tympaneides charlottensis Carter 1988 chengi CRB01 Crubus chengi Yeh 1987b christovalensis SPI03 Beatricea christovalensis Whalen & Carter 1998 clara KAT10 Katroma clara Yeh 1987b columbiaense CAN08 Canoptum columbiaense Whalen & Carter 1998 conothorax NAP06 Napora conothorax Carter & Dumitrica n. sp. corpulenta PAR13 Paronael a corpulenta De Wever 1981b coyotense ASP01 Archaeospongoprunum coyotense Whalen & Carter 2002 crickmayi HCK05 Haeckelicyrtium crickmayi Carter n. sp. cumshewaense PAN18 Pantanel ium cumshewaense Pessagno & Blome 1980 cuniculiformis ARS06 Ares cuniculiformis Dumitrica & Whalen n. sp. curticrassa PAR22 Paronael a curticrassa Carter & Dumitrica n. sp. cylindrica MCP01 Minocapsa cylindrica Matsuoka 1991 cylindricus 4061 Ares cylindricus s.l. (Takemura) 1986 cylindricus 3001 Ares cylindricus cylindricus (Takemura) 1986 431 danaense PAN11 Pantanel ium danaense Pessagno & Blome 1980 decora PRY01 Praeconocaryomma decora gr. Yeh 1987b delnortensis 3222 Bernoul ius delnortensis Pessagno, Blome & Hull 1993 deweveri ORB12 Pseudogodia deweveri Carter n. sp. deweveri SAT19 Stauromesosaturnalis deweveri Kozur & Mostler 1990 diadema BPD05 Bipedis diadema Whalen & Carter 1998 diegoi CTS08 Canutus diegoi Whalen & Carter 2002 diplocyclis 2013 Parasaturnalis diplocyclis (Yao) 1972 disparile EUC09 Eucyrtidiel um disparile gr. Nagai & Mizutani 1990 dixoni CAN09 Canoptum dixoni Pessagno & Whalen 1982 dodgensis TRX01 Trexus dodgensis Whalen & Carter 1998 duvalensis XTL02 Xiphostylus duvalensis Carter n. sp. edenshawi PHS02 Parahsuum edenshawi (Carter) 1988 elegans SCP02 Plicaforacapsa? elegans (Matsuoka) 1991 elementaria PVG02 Praeparvicingula elementaria (Carter) 1988 elkhornensis TRL01 Tril us elkhornensis Pessagno & Blome 1980 elongata KAT17 Katroma elongata Carter n. sp. emmela ATA02 Atalanta emmela Cordey & Carter 1996 erraticum BAG01 Bagotum erraticum Pessagno & Whalen 1982 eurasiaticus DRO07 Droltus eurasiaticus Kozur & Mostler 1990 exiguum HSU04 Hsuum exiguum Yeh & Cheng 1996 fannini BPD14 Bipedis fannini Carter 1988 fera PAR24 Paronael a fera s.l. (Yeh) 1987b fera PAR15 Paronael a fera fera (Yeh) 1987b ferum TPS01 Wil iriedel um? ferum (Matsuoka) 1991 flexuosus 4032 Ares cylindricus flexuosus (Takemura) 1986 floridum PPN01 Pseudopantanel ium floridum Yeh 1987b fondrenense DRO05 Parahsuum fondrenense (Whalen & Carter) 1998 formosum PHS09 Parahsuum formosum (Yeh) 1987b funiculum BAG03 Bagotum funiculum Whalen & Carter 2002 fustis GIG01 Gigi fustis De Wever 1982a gastili RBS01 Rolumbus gastili Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh 1986 gesponsa PTP01 Protopsium gesponsa De Wever 1981c ghostensis 2001 Acaeniotylopsis ghostensis (Carter) 1988 gibsoni THU01 Thurstonia gibsoni Whalen & Carter 1998 giganticava CRU20 Crucel a cavata giganticava Carter n. ssp. gigantocornis PVG03 Praeparvicingula gigantocornis (Kishida & Hisada) 1985 globosa MCP02 Minocapsa globosa Matsuoka 1991 globosa REG01 Religa globosa Whalen & Carter 2002 gongyloideum GOR02 Gorgansium gongyloideum Kishida & Hisada 1985 grahamensis PAR16 Paronael a grahamensis Carter 1988 graybayensis NAP01 Napora graybayensis Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh 1986 graylockensis FAR04 Farcus graylockensis Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh 1986 gujoense EUC10 Eucyrtidiel um gujoense (Takemura & Nakaseko) 1986 gunense EUC03 Eucyrtidiel um gunense gr. Cordey 1998 hainaensis CTS09 Canutus hainaensis Pessagno & Whalen 1982 halseyensis RBS02 Rolumbus halseyensis Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh 1986 hattorii ATT01 Archaeotritrabs hattorii Dumitrica n. sp. hecatensis DRO02 Droltus hecatensis Pessagno & Whalen 1982 helmetense BAG02 Bagotum helmetense Pessagno & Whalen 1982 hemingense LAX06 Laxtorum hemingense Whalen & Carter 1998 hexagonus 3502 Hexasaturnalis hexagonus (Yao) 1972 hexaptera 4033 Citriduma hexaptera (Conti & Marcucci) 1991 hipolitoensis DUC01 Ducatus hipolitoensis Whalen & Carter 2002 hippaense PSP03 Perispyridium hippaense (Carter) 1988 hotaoensis CHA09 Charlottea hotaoensis Carter n. sp. immodica PRY02 Praeconocaryomma immodica Pessagno & Poisson 1981 incognita ORB06 Orbiculiformel a incognita (Blome) 1984b inornatum PAN19 Pantanel ium inornatum Pessagno & Poisson 1981 432 intermedicava CRU19 Crucel a cavata intermedicava Carter n. ssp. intermedius LAN05 Lantus intermedius Carter n. sp. izeense 2012 Parahsuum izeense (Pessagno & Whalen) 1982 jadeae PDC05 Crucel a jadeae Carter & Dumitrica n. sp. jakobsae 3409 Triactoma jakobsae Carter 1995 jamesi PAR10 Paronael a fera jamesi Whalen & Carter 1998 japonicus BPD15 Bipedis japonicus Hori n. sp. kimbroughi BAG04 Bagotum kimbroughi Whalen & Carter 2002 kozuri FAR03 Farcus kozuri Yeh 1987b kuensis BRO02 Broctus kuensis Pessagno & Whalen 1982 laseekensis DRO03 Droltus laseekensis Pessagno & Whalen 1982 laxa HIG01 Higumastra laxa Yeh 1987b liassicus SAT13 Palaeosaturnalis aff. liassicus Kozur & Mostler 1990 lil ihornensis NTS01 Noritus lil ihornensis Pessagno & Whalen 1982 lomgonensis ORB03 Orbiculiformel a lomgonensis (Whalen & Carter) 1998 longibrachiata CRU12 Crucel a angulosa longibrachiata Carter n. ssp. longiconicum PHS03 Parahsuum longiconicum Sashida 1988 longipes 3149 Archaeohagiastrum longipes Baumgartner 1995 lowryensis HOM01 Homoeoparonael a lowryensis Whalen & Carter 2002 lucidum HSU05 Hsuum lucidum Yeh 1987b lupheri HIG04 Higumastra lupheri Yeh 1987b lyel ensis DRO06 Droltus lyel ensis Pessagno & Whalen 1982 mackenziei PHS08 Elodium? mackenziei Carter n. sp. macrum HAG06 Hagiastrum macrum gr. De Wever 1981b majusculum HAG03 Hagiastrum majusculum Whalen & Carter 1998 mangartense BIS04 Bistarkum mangartense Goričan, Šmuc & Baumgartner 2003 margaritaense CAN11 Canoptum margaritaense Whalen & Carter 1998 matsuokai 3195 Hsuum matsuokai Isozaki & Matsuda 1985 maudense BAG05 Bagotum maudense Pessagno & Whalen 1982 mediocircus ORB11 Orbiculiformel a mediocircus Dumitrica n. sp. medium 3278 Hsuum medium (Takemura) 1986 megaglobosa TPS02 Minocapsa? megaglobosa (Matsuoka) 1991 megaglobosa PRL01 Pseudoristola megaglobosa Yeh 1987b mexicoensis ARS04 Ares mexicoensis Whalen & Carter 2002 mijo CRU13 Crucel a mijo De Wever 1981b minai SUM03 Carterwhalenia minai (Whalen & Carter) 2002 minoensis TPS03 Helvetocapsa minoensis (Matsuoka) 1991 mirabunda CRU14 Crucel a mirabunda Whalen & Carter 2002 modestum BAG06 Bagotum modestum Pessagno & Whalen 1982 moresbyensis ARS01 Ares moresbyensis Whalen & Carter 1998 morganense GOR03 Gorgansium morganense Pessagno & Blome 1980 morinae 3247 Turanta morinae gr. Pessagno & Blome 1982 mostleri PHS04 Parahsuum mostleri (Yeh) 1987b mostleri ZRT01 Z artus mostleri Pessago & Blome 1980 mul eri HSU06 Hsuum mul eri Pessagno & Whalen 1982 munda ADM01 Archaeodictyomitra munda (Yeh) 1987b munitum 3271 Archaeohagiastrum munitum Baumgartner 1984 nagaiae EUC06 Eucyrtidiel um nagaiae Dumitrica, Goričan & Matsuoka n. sp. nanjoensis SCP03 Helvetocapsa nanjoensis (Matsuoka) 1991 nanoconica PVG04 Praeparvicingula nanoconica (Hori & Otsuka) 1989 neagui KAT13 Katroma neagui Pessagno & Poisson 1981 emend. De Wever 1982a ninstintsi KAT14 Katroma ninstintsi Carter 1988 nipponica 3410 Napora nipponica Takemura 1986 nitidus CTS10 Canutus nitidus Yeh 1987b notabilis PAR17 Paronael a notabilis Whalen & Carter 2002 obesus LAN01 Lantus obesus (Yeh) 1987b oblonga THT01 Thetis oblonga De Wever 1982a octopus SAT11 Hexasaturnalis octopus Dumitrica & Hori n. sp. omanensis JAC04 Anaticapitula omanensis Dumitrica n. sp. 433 omanojaponicum EUC07 Eucyrtidiel um omanojaponicum Dumitrica, Goričan & Hori n. sp. optimum HSU07 Hsuum optimum Carter 1988 oregonense HAG01 Archaeohagiastrum oregonense (Yeh) 1987b oregonense PSP01 Perispyridium oregonense (Yeh) 1987b oregonense WNG03 Wrangel ium oregonense Yeh 1987a ornata PDC03 Pseudocrucel a ornata De Wever 1981b ovale PHS05 Parahsuum ovale Hori & Yao 1988 parvimamma PRY03 Praeconocaryomma parvimamma Pessagno & Poisson 1981 paulsmithi PRU01 Protunuma paulsmithi Carter 1988 penderi CHA10 Charlottea penderi Carter n. sp. pessagnoi ELD02 Elodium pessagnoi Yeh & Cheng 1996 phantomense BIS02 Bistarkum phantomense (Carter) 1988 philippinense HSU08 Hsuum philippinense Yeh & Cheng 1996 plana UDA05 Udalia plana Whalen & Carter 1998 plectocostatum HSU11 Hsuum plectocostatum Carter n. sp. plicata SCP06 Helvetocapsa plicata s.l. (Matsuoka) 1991 plicata SCP04 Helvetocapsa plicata plicata (Matsuoka) 1991 pobi HAG02 Archaeohagiastrum pobi Whalen & Carter 1998 praeobesus LAN04 Lantus praeobesus Carter n. sp. praeplena 3407 Tetraditryma cf. praeplena Baumgartner sensu Carter & Jakobs 1991 proprietatis CHA03 Charlottea proprietatis Whalen & Carter 1998 protoformis 2021 Eospongosaturninus protoformis (Yao) 1972 pseudoerraticum BAG07 Bagotum pseudoerraticum Kishida & Hisada 1985 radiotuba CIT05 Citriduma radiotuba De Wever 1982a ramescens EUC04 Eucyrtidiel um ramescens Cordey 1998 reciproca HOM02 Homoeoparonael a reciproca Carter 1988 reiferensis NAP03 Napora reiferensis (Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh) 1986 relica NAP04 Napora relica Yeh 1987b rennel ensis CTS15 Canutus rennel ensis Carter n. sp. rigidium BIS01 Bistarkum rigidium Yeh 1987b robusta ORB02 Orbiculiformel a? robusta (Whalen & Carter) 1998 rockfishensis CTS03 Canutus rockfishensis Pessagno & Whalen 1982 rosespitensis TCA01 Triactoma rosespitensis (Carter) 1988 rudimentum HAG04 Hagiastrum rudimentum Whalen & Carter 1998 ruesti BRO03 Broctus ruesti Yeh 1987b rugosum CAN14 Canoptum rugosum Pessagno & Poisson 1981 saccideon BER01 Bernoul ius saccideon (Carter) 1988 safraensis PSE03 Pseudoeucyrtis safraensis Dumitrica & Goričan n. sp. saginatum BIS03 Bistarkum saginatum Yeh 1987b sandilandsensis FRM01 Foremania sandilandsensis gr. Whalen & Carter 1998 sandspitensis JAC01 Napora sandspitensis (Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh) 1986 sanfilippoae 3126 Pseudocrucel a sanfilippoae (Pessagno) 1977a sanignacioensis DRO08 Droltus sanignacioensis Whalen & Carter 2002 sanpabloensis ORB07 Beatricea sanpabloensis (Whalen & Carter) 2002 sarahae PRY07 Praeconocaryomma sarahae Carter n. sp. scammonense CYC02 Cyclastrum scammonense Whalen & Carter 2002 seidersi TRL02 Tril us seidersi Pessagno & Blome 1980 selwynensis BRO01 Broctus selwynensis Pessagno & Whalen 1982 semiplicata SCP05 Helvetocapsa plicata semiplicata (Matsuoka) 1991 simplum PHS01 Parahsuum simplum Yao 1982 simplus XTL01 Xiphostylus simplus Yeh 1987b sinetubus KAT16 Katroma? sinetubus Carter n. sp. sixi LAN02 Lantus sixi Yeh 1987b skedansense PAN16 Pantanel ium skedansense Pessagno & Blome 1980 skowkonaensis 2005 Paronael a skowkonaensis Carter 1988 snowshoensis PAR19 Paronael a snowshoensis (Yeh) 1987b spinifera TVS01 Praeparvicingula? spinifera (Takemura) 1986 spongase CRU15 Crucel a spongase De Wever 1981b squama CRU16 Crucel a squama (Kozlova) 1971 434 stel atus ZRT03 Zartus stel atus Goričan & Matsuoka n. sp. subovalis SAT12 Palaeosaturnalis subovalis Kozur & Mostler 1990 sutherlandi ARS02 Ares sutherlandi Whalen & Carter 1998 takemurai ARS08 Ares takemurai Dumitrica & Matsuoka n. sp. teres ORB08 Orbiculiformel a teres (Hull) 1997 tetraradiatus SAT01 Praehexasaturnalis tetraradiatus Kozur & Mostler 1990 tetraspinus 3089 Hexasaturnalis tetraspinus (Yao) 1972 theokaftensis 3131 Crucel a theokaftensis Baumgartner 1980 thurstonense WNG01 Wrangel ium thurstonense Pessagno & Whalen 1982 timberensis THU04 Thurstonia timberensis Whalen & Carter 1998 tipperi CTS12 Canutus tipperi gr. Pessagno & Whalen 1982 tlel ensis PCA02 Praeparvicingula tlel ensis Carter n. sp. tortuosa SPT01 Tripocyclia? tortuosa Dumitrica, Goričan & Whalen n. sp. transversa HIG03 Higumastra transversa Blome 1984b triacanthus 4066 Acaeniotylopsis triacanthus Kito & De Wever 1994 tripla PAR20 Paronael a tripla De Wever 1981b triquetra CHA05 Charlottea triquetra Whalen & Carter 1998 trispina ORB13 Orbiculiformel a? trispina s.l. (Yeh) 1987b trispina ORB09 Orbiculiformel a? trispina trispina (Yeh) 1987b trispinosa JAC05 Dumitricael a trispinosa Dumitrica n. sp. trispinula ORB10 Orbiculiformel a? trispina trispinula (Carter) 1988 unicus UNM01 Unuma unicus (Yeh) 1987b variabilis PAR21 Paronael a variabilis Carter 1988 veracruzense CYC03 Cyclastrum veracruzense Whalen & Carter 2002 vi UTD01 Naropa vi Hori, Whalen & Dumitrica n. sp. vizcainoense PHS06 Parahsuum vizcainoense Whalen & Carter 2002 whiteavesi PRY04 Praeconocaryomma whiteavesi Carter 1988 wilsonense ELD03 Elodium wilsonense (Carter) 1988 yakounensis PRY06 Praeconocaryomma? yakounensis Carter n. sp. yaoi BPD16 Bipedis yaoi Hori n. sp. yaoi SAT07 Pseudoheliodiscus yaoi gr. Pessagno 1981 yehae SAT15 Parasaturnalis yehae Dumitrica & Hori n. sp. yehae COM01 Zhamoidel um yehae Dumitrica n. sp. sp. A ADM02 Archaeodictyomitra sp. A sp. A 4008 Ares sp. A sensu Baumgartner et al. 1995a sp. A CRU18 Beatricea? sp. A sp. A CHA07 Charlottea sp. A sensu Whalen & Carter 2002 sp. A CYC04 Cyclastrum sp. A sp. A DAN02 Danubea sp. A sensu Whalen & Carter 2002 sp. A HSU10 Hsuum sp. A sensu Carter 1988 sp. A LAN03 Lantus sp. A sensu Whalen & Carter 2002 sp. A PHS07 Parahsuum? sp. A sensu Whalen & Carter 2002 sp. A POU01 Pseudopoulpus sp. A sensu Whalen & Carter 2002 sp. A REG02 Religa sp. A sp. A WNG04 Wrangel ium sp. A sensu Pessagno & Whalen 1982 sp. B ADM03 Archaeodictyomitra sp. B sp. B CHA08 Charlottea sp. B sp. B HCK04 Haeckelicyrtium sp. B sensu Whalen & Carter 2002 sp. B SAT14 Palaeosaturnalis sp. B sensu Whalen & Carter 2002 sp. C CHA11 Charlottea sp. C sp. C PDC04 Pseudocrucel a sp. C sensu Carter 1988 sp. O CTS16 Canutus sp. O sp. Y XNM01 Charlottea? sp. Y sp. 4 KAT18 Katroma sp. 4 435 4.3. Listing in ascending order of species/subspecies codes 2001 Acaeniotylopsis ghostensis (Carter) 1988 BIS04 Bistarkum mangartense Goričan, Šmuc & 2005 Paronael a skowkonaensis Carter 1988 Baumgartner 2003 2007 Pseudopoulpus acutipodium Takemura 1986 BPD05 Bipedis diadema Whalen & Carter 1998 2012 Parahsuum izeense (Pessagno & Whalen) 1982 BPD13 Bipedis calvabovis De Wever 1982a 2013 Parasaturnalis diplocyclis (Yao) 1972 BPD14 Bipedis fannini Carter 1988 2021 Eospongosaturninus protoformis (Yao) 1972 BPD15 Bipedis japonicus Hori n. sp. 3001 Ares cylindricus cylindricus (Takemura) 1986 BPD16 Bipedis yaoi Hori n. sp. 3089 Hexasaturnalis tetraspinus (Yao) 1972 BRO01 Broctus selwynensis Pessagno & Whalen 1982 3126 Pseudocrucel a sanfilippoae (Pessagno) 1977a BRO02 Broctus kuensis Pessagno & Whalen 1982 3131 Crucel a theokaftensis Baumgartner 1980 BRO03 Broctus ruesti Yeh 1987b 3149 Archaeohagiastrum longipes Baumgartner 1995 CAN08 Canoptum columbiaense Whalen & Carter 1998 3195 Hsuum matsuokai Isozaki & Matsuda 1985 CAN09 Canoptum dixoni Pessagno & Whalen 1982 3222 Bernoul ius delnortensis Pessagno, Blome & Hull CAN11 Canoptum margaritaense Whalen & Carter 1998 1993 CAN12 Canoptum anulatum Pessagno & Poisson 1981 3247 Turanta morinae gr. Pessagno & Blome 1982 CAN13 Canoptum artum Yeh 1987b 3271 Archaeohagiastrum munitum Baumgartner 1984 CAN14 Canoptum rugosum Pessagno & Poisson 1981 3278 Hsuum medium (Takemura) 1986 CHA02 Charlottea amurensis Whalen & Carter 1998 3407 Tetraditryma cf. praeplena Baumgartner sensu CHA03 Charlottea proprietatis Whalen & Carter 1998 Carter & Jakobs 1991 CHA05 Charlottea triquetra Whalen & Carter 1998 3408 Tympaneides charlottensis Carter 1988 CHA07 Charlottea sp. A sensu Whalen & Carter 2002 3409 Triactoma jakobsae Carter 1995 CHA08 Charlottea sp. B 3410 Napora nipponica Takemura 1986 CHA09 Charlottea hotaoensis Carter n. sp. 3411 Elodium cameroni Carter 1988 CHA10 Charlottea penderi Carter n. sp. 3502 Hexasaturnalis hexagonus (Yao) 1972 CHA11 Charlottea sp. C 4008 Ares sp. A sensu Baumgartner et al. 1995a CIT05 Citriduma radiotuba De Wever 1982a 4032 Ares cylindricus flexuosus (Takemura) 1986 COM01 Zhamoidel um yehae Dumitrica n. sp. 4033 Citriduma hexaptera (Conti & Marcucci) 1991 CRB01 Crubus chengi Yeh 1987b 4061 Ares cylindricus s.l. (Takemura) 1986 CRU10 Crucel a cavata cavata Whalen & Carter 1998 4066 Acaeniotylopsis triacanthus Kito & De Wever CRU11 Crucel a angulosa angulosa Carter 1988 1994 CRU12 Crucel a angulosa longibrachiata Carter n. ssp. ADM01 Archaeodictyomitra munda (Yeh) 1987b CRU13 Crucel a mijo De Wever 1981b ADM02 Archaeodictyomitra sp. A CRU14 Crucel a mirabunda Whalen & Carter 2002 ADM03 Archaeodictyomitra sp. B CRU15 Crucel a spongase De Wever 1981b ARS01 Ares moresbyensis Whalen & Carter 1998 CRU16 Crucel a squama (Kozlova) 1971 ARS02 Ares sutherlandi Whalen & Carter 1998 CRU18 Beatricea? sp. A ARS03 Ares armatus De Wever 1982a CRU19 Crucel a cavata intermedicava Carter n. ssp. ARS04 Ares mexicoensis Whalen & Carter 2002 CRU20 Crucel a cavata giganticava Carter n. ssp. ARS06 Ares cuniculiformis Dumitrica & Whalen n. sp. CRU21 Crucel a angulosa s.l. Carter 1988 ARS07 Ares avirostrum Dumitrica & Matsuoka n. sp. CRU22 Crucel a cavata s.l. Whalen & Carter 1998 ARS08 Ares takemurai Dumitrica & Matsuoka n. sp. CTS03 Canutus rockfishensis Pessagno & Whalen 1982 ASP01 Archaeospongoprunum coyotense Whalen & CTS06 Canutus baumgartneri Yeh 1987b Carter 2002 CTS08 Canutus diegoi Whalen & Carter 2002 ATA02 Atalanta emmela Cordey & Carter 1996 CTS09 Canutus hainaensis Pessagno & Whalen 1982 ATT01 Archaeotritrabs hattorii Dumitrica n. sp. CTS10 Canutus nitidus Yeh 1987b BAG01 Bagotum erraticum Pessagno & Whalen 1982 CTS12 Canutus tipperi gr. Pessagno & Whalen 1982 BAG02 Bagotum helmetense Pessagno & Whalen 1982 CTS15 Canutus rennel ensis Carter n. sp. BAG03 Bagotum funiculum Whalen & Carter 2002 CTS16 Canutus sp. O BAG04 Bagotum kimbroughi Whalen & Carter 2002 CYC01 Cyclastrum asuncionense Whalen & Carter 2002 BAG05 Bagotum maudense Pessagno & Whalen 1982 CYC02 Cyclastrum scammonense Whalen & Carter 2002 BAG06 Bagotum modestum Pessagno & Whalen 1982 CYC03 Cyclastrum veracruzense Whalen & Carter 2002 BAG07 Bagotum pseudoerraticum Kishida & Hisada CYC04 Cyclastrum sp. A 1985 DAN02 Danubea sp. A sensu Whalen & Carter 2002 BER01 Bernoul ius saccideon (Carter) 1988 DRO02 Droltus hecatensis Pessagno & Whalen 1982 BIS01 Bistarkum rigidium Yeh 1987b DRO03 Droltus laseekensis Pessagno & Whalen 1982 BIS02 Bistarkum phantomense (Carter) 1988 DRO05 Parahsuum fondrenense (Whalen & Carter) 1998 BIS03 Bistarkum saginatum Yeh 1987b DRO06 Droltus lyel ensis Pessagno & Whalen 1982 436 DRO07 Droltus eurasiaticus Kozur & Mostler 1990 KAT12 Katroma brevitubus Dumitrica & Goričan n. sp. DRO08 Droltus sanignacioensis Whalen & Carter 2002 KAT13 Katroma neagui Pessagno & Poisson 1981 DUC01 Ducatus hipolitoensis Whalen & Carter 2002 emend. De Wever 1982a ELD02 Elodium pessagnoi Yeh & Cheng 1996 KAT14 Katroma ninstintsi Carter 1988 ELD03 Elodium wilsonense (Carter) 1988 KAT16 Katroma? sinetubus Carter n. sp. EUC03 Eucyrtidiel um gunense gr. Cordey 1998 KAT17 Katroma elongata Carter n. sp. EUC04 Eucyrtidiel um ramescens Cordey 1998 KAT18 Katroma sp. 4 EUC06 Eucyrtidiel um nagaiae Dumitrica, Goričan & LAN01 Lantus obesus (Yeh) 1987b Matsuoka n. sp. LAN02 Lantus sixi Yeh 1987b EUC07 Eucyrtidiel um omanojaponicum Dumitrica, LAN03 Lantus sp. A sensu Whalen & Carter 2002 Goričan & Hori n. sp. LAN04 Lantus praeobesus Carter n. sp. EUC09 Eucyrtidiel um disparile gr. Nagai & Mizutani LAN05 Lantus intermedius Carter n. sp. 1990 LAX06 Laxtorum hemingense Whalen & Carter 1998 EUC10 Eucyrtidiel um gujoense (Takemura & Nakaseko) MCP01 Minocapsa cylindrica Matsuoka 1991 1986 MCP02 Minocapsa globosa Matsuoka 1991 FAR02 Farcus asperoensis Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh 1986 NAP01 Napora graybayensis Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh FAR03 Farcus kozuri Yeh 1987b 1986 FAR04 Farcus graylockensis Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh NAP02 Napora cerromesaensis Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh 1986 1986 FRM01 Foremania sandilandsensis gr. Whalen & Carter NAP03 Napora reiferensis (Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh) 1998 1986 GIG01 Gigi fustis De Wever 1982a NAP04 Napora relica Yeh 1987b GOR02 Gorgansium gongyloideum Kishida & Hisada NAP06 Napora conothorax Carter & Dumitrica n. sp. 1985 NAP08 Napora bona Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh 1986 GOR03 Gorgansium morganense Pessagno & Blome NAP09 Napora blechschmidti Dumitrica n. sp. 1980 NTS01 Noritus lil ihornensis Pessagno & Whalen 1982 HAG01 Archaeohagiastrum oregonense (Yeh) 1987b ORB02 Orbiculiformel a? robusta (Whalen & Carter) HAG02 Archaeohagiastrum pobi Whalen & Carter 1998 1998 HAG03 Hagiastrum majusculum Whalen & Carter 1998 ORB03 Orbiculiformel a lomgonensis (Whalen & Carter) HAG04 Hagiastrum rudimentum Whalen & Carter 1998 1998 HAG06 Hagiastrum macrum gr. De Wever 1981b ORB04 Beatricea? argescens (Cordey) 1998 HCK04 Haeckelicyrtium sp. B sensu Whalen & Carter ORB05 Orbiculiformel a cal osa (Yeh) 1987b 2002 ORB06 Orbiculiformel a incognita (Blome) 1984b HCK05 Haeckelicyrtium crickmayi Carter n. sp. ORB07 Beatricea sanpabloensis (Whalen & Carter) 2002 HIG01 Higumastra laxa Yeh 1987b ORB08 Orbiculiformel a teres (Hull) 1997 HIG03 Higumastra transversa Blome 1984b ORB09 Orbiculiformel a? trispina trispina (Yeh) 1987b HIG04 Higumastra lupheri Yeh 1987b ORB10 Orbiculiformel a? trispina trispinula (Carter) HOM01 Homoeoparonael a lowryensis Whalen & Carter 1988 2002 ORB11 Orbiculiformel a mediocircus Dumitrica n. sp. HOM02 Homoeoparonael a reciproca Carter 1988 ORB12 Pseudogodia deweveri Carter n. sp. HSU01 Hsuum altile Hori & Otsuka 1989 ORB13 Orbiculiformel a? trispina s.l. (Yeh) 1987b HSU02 Hsuum arenaense Whalen & Carter 2002 PAN11 Pantanel ium danaense Pessagno & Blome 1980 HSU03 Hsuum busuangaense Yeh & Cheng 1996 PAN14 Pantanel ium carlense Whalen & Carter 1998 HSU04 Hsuum exiguum Yeh & Cheng 1996 PAN16 Pantanel ium skedansense Pessagno & Blome HSU05 Hsuum lucidum Yeh 1987b 1980 HSU06 Hsuum mul eri Pessagno & Whalen 1982 PAN18 Pantanel ium cumshewaense Pessagno & Blome HSU07 Hsuum optimum Carter 1988 1980 HSU08 Hsuum philippinense Yeh & Cheng 1996 PAN19 Pantanel ium inornatum Pessagno & Poisson HSU10 Hsuum sp. A sensu Carter 1988 1981 HSU11 Hsuum plectocostatum Carter n. sp. PAN20 Pantanel ium brevispinum Carter n. sp. JAC01 Napora sandspitensis (Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh) PAR10 Paronael a fera jamesi Whalen & Carter 1998 1986 PAR13 Paronael a corpulenta De Wever 1981b JAC02 Anaticapitula anatiformis (De Wever) 1982a PAR15 Paronael a fera fera (Yeh) 1987b JAC04 Anaticapitula omanensis Dumitrica n. sp. PAR16 Paronael a grahamensis Carter 1988 JAC05 Dumitricael a trispinosa Dumitrica n. sp. PAR17 Paronael a notabilis Whalen & Carter 2002 KAT07 Katroma angusta Yeh 1987b PAR19 Paronael a snowshoensis (Yeh) 1987b KAT08 Katroma aurita Whalen & Carter 2002 PAR20 Paronael a tripla De Wever 1981b KAT09 Katroma bicornus De Wever 1982a PAR21 Paronael a variabilis Carter 1988 KAT10 Katroma clara Yeh 1987b PAR22 Paronael a curticrassa Carter & Dumitrica n. sp. 437 PAR24 Paronael a fera s.l. (Yeh) 1987b REG02 Religa sp. A PCA02 Praeparvicingula tlel ensis Carter n. sp. SAT01 Praehexasaturnalis tetraradiatus Kozur & PDC01 Beatricea? baroni Cordey 1998 Mostler 1990 PDC02 Crucel a beata (Yeh) 1987b SAT07 Pseudoheliodiscus yaoi gr. Pessagno 1981 PDC03 Pseudocrucel a ornata De Wever 1981b SAT11 Hexasaturnalis octopus Dumitrica & Hori n. sp. PDC04 Pseudocrucel a sp. C sensu Carter 1988 SAT12 Palaeosaturnalis subovalis Kozur & Mostler 1990 PDC05 Crucel a jadeae Carter & Dumitrica n. sp. SAT13 Palaeosaturnalis aff. liassicus Kozur & Mostler PHS01 Parahsuum simplum Yao 1982 1990 PHS02 Parahsuum edenshawi (Carter) 1988 SAT14 Palaeosaturnalis sp. B sensu Whalen & Carter PHS03 Parahsuum longiconicum Sashida 1988 2002 PHS04 Parahsuum mostleri (Yeh) 1987b SAT15 Parasaturnalis yehae Dumitrica & Hori n. sp. PHS05 Parahsuum ovale Hori & Yao 1988 SAT16 Pseudoheliodiscus aff. alpinus Kozur & Mostler PHS06 Parahsuum vizcainoense Whalen & Carter 2002 1990 sensu Whalen & Carter 2002 PHS07 Parahsuum? sp. A sensu Whalen & Carter 2002 SAT18 Spongosaturninus bispinus (Yao) 1972 PHS08 Elodium? mackenziei Carter n. sp. SAT19 Stauromesosaturnalis deweveri Kozur & Mostler PHS09 Parahsuum formosum (Yeh) 1987b 1990 PLE01 Pleesus aptus Yeh 1987b SCP01 Stichocapsa biconica Matsuoka 1991 POD01 Podocapsa abreojosensis Whalen & Carter 2002 SCP02 Plicaforacapsa? elegans (Matsuoka) 1991 POU01 Pseudopoulpus sp. A sensu Whalen & Carter SCP03 Helvetocapsa nanjoensis (Matsuoka) 1991 2002 SCP04 Helvetocapsa plicata plicata (Matsuoka) 1991 PPN01 Pseudopantanel ium floridum Yeh 1987b SCP05 Helvetocapsa plicata semiplicata (Matsuoka) 1991 PRL01 Pseudoristola megaglobosa Yeh 1987b SCP06 Helvetocapsa plicata s.l. (Matsuoka) 1991 PRU01 Protunuma paulsmithi Carter 1988 SPI03 Beatricea christovalensis Whalen & Carter 1998 PRY01 Praeconocaryomma decora gr. Yeh 1987b SPT01 Tripocyclia? tortuosa Dumitrica, Goričan & PRY02 Praeconocaryomma immodica Pessagno & Whalen n. sp. Poisson 1981 SUM03 Carterwhalenia minai (Whalen & Carter) 2002 PRY03 Praeconocaryomma parvimamma Pessagno & TCA01 Triactoma rosespitensis (Carter) 1988 Poisson 1981 THT01 Thetis oblonga De Wever 1982a PRY04 Praeconocaryomma whiteavesi Carter 1988 THU01 Thurstonia gibsoni Whalen & Carter 1998 PRY05 Praeconocaryomma bajaensis Whalen n. sp. THU04 Thurstonia timberensis Whalen & Carter 1998 PRY06 Praeconocaryomma? yakounensis Carter n. sp. TPS01 Wil iriedel um? ferum (Matsuoka) 1991 PRY07 Praeconocaryomma sarahae Carter n. sp. TPS02 Minocapsa? megaglobosa (Matsuoka) 1991 PSE02 Pseudoeucyrtis angusta Whalen & Carter 1998 TPS03 Helvetocapsa minoensis (Matsuoka) 1991 PSE03 Pseudoeucyrtis safraensis Dumitrica & Goričan TRL01 Tril us elkhornensis Pessagno & Blome 1980 n. sp. TRL02 Tril us seidersi Pessagno & Blome 1980 PSE04 Pseudoeucyrtis busuangaensis (Yeh & Cheng) TRX01 Trexus dodgensis Whalen & Carter 1998 1998 TVS01 Praeparvicingula? spinifera (Takemura) 1986 PSP01 Perispyridium oregonense (Yeh) 1987b UDA05 Udalia plana Whalen & Carter 1998 PSP03 Perispyridium hippaense (Carter) 1988 UNM01 Unuma unicus (Yeh) 1987b PTP01 Protopsium gesponsa De Wever 1981c UTD01 Naropa vi Hori, Whalen & Dumitrica n. sp. PVG01 Praeparvicingula aculeata (Carter )1988 WNG01 Wrangel ium thurstonense Pessagno & Whalen PVG02 Praeparvicingula elementaria (Carter) 1988 1982 PVG03 Praeparvicingula gigantocornis (Kishida & WNG03 Wrangel ium oregonense Yeh 1987a Hisada) 1985 WNG04 Wrangel ium sp. A sensu Pessagno & Whalen PVG04 Praeparvicingula nanoconica (Hori & Otsuka) 1982 1989 XNM01 Charlottea? sp. Y RBS01 Rolumbus gastili Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh 1986 XTL01 Xiphostylus simplus Yeh 1987b RBS02 Rolumbus halseyensis Pessagno, Whalen & Yeh XTL02 Xiphostylus duvalensis Carter n. sp. 1986 ZRT01 Z artus mostleri Pessago & Blome 1980 REG01 Religa globosa Whalen & Carter 2002 ZRT03 Zartus stel atus Goričan & Matsuoka n. sp. 438 REFERENCES Aita, Y. 1982: Jurassic radiolarian biostratigraphy in Irazuyama district, Kochi Prefecture, Japan - a preliminary report.– News of Osaka Micropaleontologists, Spec. Vol. 5, 255-270. Aita, Y. 1987: Middle Jurassic to Lower Cretaceous radiolarian biostratigraphy of Shikoku with reference to selected sections in Lombardy Basin and Sicily.– Science Reports of the Tohoku University, Series 2: Geology, 58 (1), 1-91. Aliev, Kh. 1961: Novye vidy radiolyariy nizhnemelovykh otlozheniy severovostochnogo Azerbaydzana.– Izvestiya Akademiya Nauk Azerbaidzhanskoi SSR, Seriya Geologo- Geograficheskikh Nauk i Nefti, 1, 51-65, pls. 1-2. Aliev, Kh. 1965: Radiolyarii nizhnemelovykh otlozhenii severo-vostchnogo Azerbaidzhana i ikh stratigraficheskoe znachenie (Radiolarians of the Lower Cretaceous deposits of northeastern Azerbaidzhan and their stratigraphic significance).- Izdatel’stvo Akademii Nauk Azerbaidzhanskoi SSR, Baku, 124 pp. Baumgartner, P.O. 1980: Late Jurassic Hagiastridae and Patulibracchiidae (Radiolaria) from the Argolis Peninsula (Peloponnesus, Greece).– Micropaleontology, 26 (3), 274-322. Baumgartner, P.O. 1984: A Middle Jurassic – Early Cretaceous low-latitude radiolarian zonation based on Unitary Associations and age of Tethyan radiolarites.– Eclogae geologicae Helvetiae, 77 (3), 729-837. Baumgartner, P.O., De Wever, P. & Kocher, R. 1980: Correlation of Tethyan Late Jurassic-Early Cretaceous radiolarian events.– Cahier de Micropaléontologie, 2, 23-86. Baumgartner, P.O., O’Dogherty, L., Goričan, Š., Dumitrica-Jud, R., Dumitrica, P., Pillevuit, A., Urquhart, E., Matsuoka, A., Danelian, T. 1995a: Radiolarian catalogue and systematics of Middle Jurassic to Early Cretaceous Tethyan genera and species.– In: Baumgartner, P.O., O’Dogherty, L., Goričan, Š., Urquhart, E., Pillevuit, A., De Wever, P. (Eds.), Middle Jurassic to Lower Cretaceous Radiolaria of Tethys: Occurrences, Systematics, Biochronology. Mémoires de Géologie (Lausanne), 23, 37-688. Baumgartner, P.O., Bartolini, A., Carter, E.S., Conti, M., Cortese, G., Danelian, T., De Wever, P., Dumitrica, P., Dumitrica- Jud, R., Goričan, Š., Guex, J., Hull, D.M., Kito, N., Marcucci, M., Matsuoka, A., Murchey, B., O’Dogherty, L., Savary, J., Vishnevskaya, V., Widz, D. & Yao, A. 1995b: Middle Jurassic to Early Cretaceous radiolarian biochronology of Tethys based on Unitary Associations.– In: Baumgartner, P.O., O’Dogherty, L., Goričan, Š., Urquhart, E., Pillevuit, A., De Wever, P. (Eds.), Middle Jurassic to Lower Cretaceous Radiolaria of Tethys: Occurrences, Systematics, Biochronology. Mémoires de Géologie (Lausanne), 23, 1013-1038. Baumgartner, P.O., O’Dogherty, L., Goričan, Š., Urquhart, E., Pillevuit, A., De Wever, P. (Eds.) 1995c: Middle Jurassic to Lower Cretaceous Radiolaria of Tethys: Occurrences, Systematics, Biochronology.– Mémoires de Géologie (Lausanne), 23, 1172 pp. Béchennec, F. 1987: Géologie des nappes Hawasina dans les parties orientale et centrale des Montagnes d’Oman.– 439 Documents du BRGM, 127, Bureau de Recherches Cordey, F. & Carter, E.S. 1996: New Nassellaria (Radiolaria) from Géologiques et Minières, Orléans, 474 pp. the Lower Jurassic of the Canadian Cordillera.– Canadian Béchennec, F., Le Métour, J., Platel, J.P. & Roger, J. 1993: Journal of Earth Sciences, 33, 444-451. Geological map of the Sultanate of Oman, scale 1:1,000,000. Deflandre, G. 1953: Radiolaires fossiles.– In: Grassé, P.P. (Ed.), Explanatory notes.– Sultanate of Oman, Ministry of Traité de Zoologie, Vol. 1, Masson, Paris, 389-436. Petroleum and Minerals, Directorate General of Minerals, De Wever, P. 1981a: Une nouvelle sous-famille, les Poulpinae, et 93 pp. quatre nouvelles espèces de Saitoum, radiolaires mésozoïques Blechschmidt, I., Dumitrica, P., Matter, A., Krystyn, L. & Peters téthysiens.– Géobios, 14 (1), 5-15. T. 2004: Stratigraphic architecture of the northern Oman De Wever, P. 1981b: Hagiastridae, Patulibracchiidae et continental margin - Mesozoic Hamrat Duru Group, Spongodiscidae (radiolaires polycystines) du Lias de Hawasina complex, Oman.– GeoArabia, 9 (2), 81-132. Turquie.– Revue de Micropaléontologie, 24 (1), 27-50. Blome, C.D. 1984a: Upper Triassic Radiolaria and radiolarian De Wever, P. 1981c: Parasaturnalidae, Pantanellidae et zonation from western North America.– Bulletins of Sponguridae (radiolaires polycystynes) du Lias de Turquie.– American Paleontology, 85 (318), 1-88. Revue de Micropaléontologie, 24 (3), 138-156. Blome, C.D. 1984b: Middle Jurassic (Callovian) radiolarians De Wever, P. 1982a: Nassellaria (radiolaires polycystines) du Lias from carbonate concretions, Alaska and Oregon.– de Turquie.– Revue de Micropaléontologie, 24 (4), 189-232. Micropaleontology, 30 (4), 343-389. De Wever, P. 1982b: Radiolaires du Trias et du Lias de la Tethys Cameron, B.E.B. & Tipper, H.W. 1985: Jurassic stratigraphy of (Systématique, Stratigraphie).– Société Géologique du Nord, the Queen Charlotte Islands, British Columbia.– Geological Publication 7, 1-599. Survey of Canada, Bulletin 365, 1-49. De Wever, P. 1984: Révision des radiolaires mésozoïques de type Campbell, A.S. 1954: Radiolaria.– In: Moore, R.C. (Ed.), Treatise saturnalide. Proposition d’une nouvelle classification.– Revue on Invertebrate Paleontology. Part D, Protista 3. Geological de Micropaléontologie, 27 (1), 10-19. Society of America and University of Kansas Press, De Wever, P., Bourdillon de Grissac, C. & Béchennec, F. 1990: Lawrence, Kansas, 11-195. Permian to Cretaceous radiolarian biostratigraphic data from Campbell, A.S. & Clark, B.L. 1944: Radiolaria from Upper the Hawasina Complex, Oman Mountains.– In: Robertson, Cretaceous of Middle California.– Geological Society of A.H.F., Searle, M.P. & Ries, A.C. (Eds.), The Geology and America, Spec. Papers 57, viii+61pp., 2 figs., 8 pls. Tectonics of the Oman Region, Special Publications of the Carayon, V., De Wever, P. & Raoult, J.-F. 1984: Etude des blocs Geological Society of London, 49, 225-238. calcaires contenus dans les séries franciscaines du Sud-Ouest De Wever, P. & Cordey, F. 1986: Datation par les radiolaires de l’Oregon (U.S.A.): conséquences sur l’âge des mélanges de la Formation des Radiolarites s.s. de la série du Pinde- franciscains.– Comptes Rendus de l’Académie des Sciences Olonos (Grèce): Bajocien (?)-Tithonique.– Marine de Paris, Série II, 298 (16), 709-714. Micropaleontology, 11, 113-127. Carter, E.S. 1988: Part 2. Systematic Paleontology.– In: Carter, De Wever, P., Dumitrica, P., Caulet, J. P., Nigrini, C. & Caridroit, E.S., Cameron, B.E.B. & Smith, P.L., Lower and Middle M. 2001: Radiolarians in the Sedimentary Record.– Gordon Jurassic radiolarian biostratigraphy and systematic and Breach Science Publishers, Amsterdam, 533 pp. paleontology, Queen Charlotte Islands, British Columbia, De Wever, P., Geyssant, J. R., Azéma, J., Devos, I., Duée, G., Geological Survey of Canada, Bulletin 386, 26-109. Manivit, H. & Vrielynck, B. 1986: La coupe de Santa Anna Carter, E.S. 1993: Biochronology and paleontology of uppermost (zone de Sciacca, Sicile): Une synthèse biostratigraphique Triassic (Rhaetian) radiolarians, Queen Charlotte Islands, des apports des macro-, micro- et nannofossiles du British Columbia, Canada.– Mémoires de Géologie Jurassique supérieur et Crétacé inférieur.– Revue de (Lausanne), 11, 1-175. Micropaléontologie, 29 (5), 141-186. Carter, E.S. 1994: Evolutionary trends in latest Norian through De Wever, P. & Miconnet, P. 1985: Datations directes des Hettangian radiolarians from the Queen Charlotte Islands, radiolarites du bassin du Lagonegro (Lucanie, Italie British Columbia.– Geobios, Mémoire Spécial 17, 111-119. méridionale). Implications et conséquences.– Revista Carter, E.S., Cameron, B.E.B., Smith, P.L. 1988: Lower and española de Micropaleontología, 17 (3), 373-402. Middle Jurassic radiolarian biostratigraphy and systematic De Wever, P. & Origlia-Devos, I. 1982: Datation par les paleontology, Queen Charlotte Islands, British Columbia.– Radiolaires des niveaux siliceux du Lias de la série du Geological Survey of Canada, Bulletin 386, 1-109. Pinde-Olonos (Formation de Drimos, Peloponnèse et Grèce Carter, E.S. & Hori, R.S. 2005: Global correlation of the continentale).– Comptes Rendus de l’Académie des Sciences radiolarian faunal change across the Triassic-Jurassic de Paris, Série II, 294, 1191-1198. boundary.– Canadian Journal of Earth Sciences, 42, 777-790. Donofrio, D.A. & Mostler, H. 1978: Zur Verbreitung der Carter, E. S. & Jakobs, G. K. 1991: New Aalenian Radiolaria from Saturnalidae (Radiolaria) im Mesozoikum der Nördlichen the Queen Charlotte Islands, British Columbia: implications Kalkalpen und Südalpen.– Geologisch-Paläontologische for biostratigraphic correlation.– Geological Survey of Mitteilungen Innsbruck, 7 (5), 1-55. Canada, Current Research, Paper 91-1A, 337-351. Dumitrica, P. 1970: Cryptocephalic and cryptothoracic Carter, E.S., Whalen, P.A. & Guex, J. 1998: Biochronology and Nassellaria in some Mesozoic deposits of Romania.– Revue paleontology of Lower Jurassic (Hettangian and Sinemurian) roumaine de Géologie, Géophysique et Géographie (série radiolarians, Queen Charlotte Islands, British Columbia.– Géologie), 14 (1), 45-124. Geological Survey of Canada, Bulletin 496, 1-162. Dumitrica, P. 1978: Family Eptingiidae n. fam, extinct Nassellaria Conti, M. & Marcucci, M. 1991: Radiolarian assemblage in the (Radiolaria) with sagital ring.– Dari de seama, Institutul de Monte Alpe Cherts at Ponte di Lagoscuro, Val Graveglia Geologie si Geofizica, 64, 27-38. (Eastern Liguria, Italy).– Eclogae geologicae Helvetiae, 84 Dumitrica, P. 1985: Internal morphology of the Saturnalidae (3), 791-817. (Radiolaria): systematics and phylogenetic consequences.– Cordey, F. 1998: Radiolaires des complexes d’accrétion de Revue de Micropaléontologie, 28 (3), 181-196. la Cordillère Canadienne (Colombie-Britannique).– Dumitrica, P. 1997: On the status of the Lower Cretaceous Commission Géologique du Canada, Bulletin 509, 1-209. radiolarian species Alievium helenae Schaaf and of other 440 related species.– Revue de Micropaléontologie, 40 (3), Goričan, Š. 1994: Jurassic and Cretaceous radiolarian 211-226. biostratigraphy and sedimentary evolution of the Budva Dumitrica, P. & Guex, J. 2003: Horizontal gene transfer, Zone (Dinarides, Montenegro).– Mémoires de Géologie a possible mechanism in convergent evolution of (Lausanne), 18, 1-177. Radiolaria.– Tenth Meeting of the International Association Goričan, Š., Šmuc, A. & Baumgartner, P.O. 2003: Toarcian of Radiolarian Paleontologists, University of Lausanne, Radiolaria from Mt. Mangart (Slovenian-Italian border) Abstracts and Programme, 55-56. and their paleoecological implications.– Marine Dumitrica, P. & Zügel, P. 2002: Mendacastrum n. gen. and Micropaleontology, 49, 275-301. Domuzdagia n. gen., two Jurassic spherical Spumellaria Gray, J.E. 1855: Catalogue of Pulmonata or air-breathing (Radiolaria) with hagiastrid medullary shell.– Mollusca in the collection of the British Museum. Part. Micropaleontology, 48, Supplement 1, 23-34. I.– London, IV+192 pp. Dumitrica, P. & Zügel, P. 2003: Lower Tithonian mono- and Grill, J. & Kozur, H. 1986: The first evidence of the Unuma dicyrtid Nassellaria (Radiolaria) from the Solnhofen area echinatus radiolarian zone in the Rudabanya Mts. (northern (southern Germany).– Geodiversitas, 25 (1), 5-72. Hungary).– Geologisch-Paläontologische Mitteilungen Dunikowski, E. 1882: Die Spongien, Radiolarien und Innsbruck, 13 (11), 239-275. Foraminiferen der unterliassischen Schichten vom Guex, J. 1977: Une nouvelle méthode d’analyse bio- Schafberg bei Salzburg.– Denkschriften der mathematisch- chronologique.– Bulletin de Géologie (Lausanne), 224, 309- naturwissenschaftlichen Classe der Kaiserlichen Akademie 322. der Wissenschaften Wien, 45, 163–194, pls. 1-6. Guex, J. 1991: Biochronological Correlations.– Springer Verlag, Ehrenberg, C.G. 1838: Über die Bildung der Kreidefelsen Berlin, 252 pp. und des Kreidemergels durch unsichtbare Organismen.– Haeckel, E. 1860: Über neue lebende Radiolarien des Mit- Abhandlungen der Königliche Preussischen Akademie der telmeeres.– Monatsberichte der Königliche preussichen Wissenschaften zu Berlin 1838, 59-147. Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin 1860, 794-817. Ehrenberg, C.G. 1875: Fortsetzung der mikrogeologischen Haeckel, E. 1862: Die Radiolarien (Rhizopoda Radiolaria). Eine Studien als Gesammt-Übersicht der mikroskopischen Monographie.– Verlag von Georg Reimer, Berlin, XII + Paläontologie gleichartig analysirter Gebirgsarten der Erde, 572 pp. mit specieller Rucksicht auf den Polycystinen-Mergel von Haeckel, E. 1881: Entwurf eines Radiolarien-Systems auf Barbados.– Abhandlungen der Königliche Preussischen Grund von Studien der Challenger-Radiolarien.– Jenaische Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin 1875, 1-226. Zeitschrift für Naturwissenschaft, 15, 418-472. El Kadiri, K. 1992: Description de nouvelles espèces de Haeckel, E. 1887: Report on Radiolaria collected by H.M.S. radiolaires jurassiques de la Dorsale calcaire externe (Rif, Challenger during the years 1873-1876.– In: Thompson, Maroc).– Revista española de Paleontología, Núm. Extra., C.W., Murray, J. (Eds.), The Voyage of H.M.S. Challenger. 37-48. Her Majesty’s Stationery Office, London, 18, 1-1760. Feary, D.A. & Pessagno, E.A.Jr. 1980: An Early Jurassic age for Hattori, I. 1987: Jurassic Radiolarian Fossils from the Nanjo chert within the Early Cretaceous Oponae Melange (Torlesse massif, Fukui Prefecture, Central Japan.– Bulletin of the Supergroup), Raukumara Peninsula, New Zealand.– New Fukui Municipal Museum of Natural History, 34, 29-101. Zealand Journal of Geology and Geophysics, 23, 623-628. Hattori, I. 1988: Radiolarian fossils from manganese nodules Foreman, H. P. 1968: Upper Maastrichtian Radiolaria of at the upper reach of the Turamigawa in the Nanjo Massif, California.– Palaeontological Association London, Special Fukui Prefecture, central Japan, and the tectonic significance Papers in Palaeontology 3, 1-82. of the northwestern Mino Terrane.– Bulletin of the Fukui Foreman, H.P. 1971: Cretaceous Radiolaria, Leg 7 of the Deep Municipal Museum of Natural History, 55, 55-101. Sea Drilling Project.– In: Winterer, E.L., Riedel, W.R. et al. Hattori, I. 1989: Jurassic radiolarians from manganese nodules (Eds.), Initial Reports of the Deep Sea Drilling Project, U.S. at three sites in the western Nanjo Massif, Fukui Prefecture, Government Printing Office, Washington, DC, 7, 1673-1693. central Japan (data).– Journal of the Faculty of Education, Foreman, H.P., 1973: Radiolaria from DSDP Leg 20.– In: Heezen, Fukui University, Part II (Natural Sciences), 39 (3), 47-134. B.C., MacGregor, J.D. et al. (Eds.), Initial Reports of the Hattori, I. & Sakamoto, N. 1989: Geology and Jurassic Deep Sea Drilling Project. U.S. Government Printing Office, radiolarians from manganese nodules of the Kanmuriyama- Washington, DC, 20, 249-305. Kanakusadake Area in the Nanjo Massif, Fukui Prefecture, Fujii, J., Hattori, I. & Tadashi, N. 1993: A study of radiolarian Central Japan.– Bulletin of the Fukui Municipal Museum of biostratigraphy and magnetostratigraphy of early Natural History, 36, 25-79. Mesozoic red bedded chert, central Japan.– News of Osaka Hattori, I. & Yoshimura, M. 1982: Lithofacies distribution and Micropaleontologists, Spec. Vol. 9, 71-89. radiolarian fossils in the Nanjo area in Fukui Prefecture, Gawlick, H.-J., Suzuki, H. & Missoni, S. 2001: Nachweis central Japan.– News of Osaka Micropaleontologists, Spec. von unterliassischen Beckensedimenten in Hallstätter Vol. 5, 103-116. Fazies (Dürrnberg-Formation) im Bereich der Hallein - Hattori, I. & Yoshimura, M. 1983: Late Triassic to Middle Jurassic Berchtesgadener Hallstätter Zone und des Lammer Beckens ages for greenstones within the Mesozoic Nanjo Massif of (Hettangium – Sinemurium).– Mitteilungen der Gesellschaft the Mino terrane, central Japan.– Memoirs of the Faculty of der Geologie- und Bergbaustudenten in Österreich, 45, 39-55. Education, Fukui University, Series 2, 32, 67-80. Glennie, W.K., Boeuf, M.G.A., Gughes-Clarke, M.W., Moody- Hori, N. 2004: Jurassic radiolarians from chert and clastic Stuart, M., Pilaar, W. & Reinhardt, B.M. 1974: Geology of rocks of the Chichibu Belt in the Toyohashi district, Aichi the Oman Mountains – part one (text).– Verhandelingen Prefecture, Southwest Japan.– Bulletin of the Geological Koninklijk Nederlands geologisch mijnbouwkundig Survey of Japan, 55 (9-10), 335-388. Genootschap, 31, 423 pp. Hori, N. 2005: Paleozoic and Mesozoic radiolarians from the Goričan, Š. 1987: Jurassic and Cretaceous radiolarians from Chichibu Belt in the Iragomisaki district, Atsumi Peninsula, the Budva zone (Montenegro, Yugoslavia).– Revue de Aichi Prefecture, Southwest Japan.– Bulletin of the Micropaléontologie, 30 (3), 177-196. Geological Survey of Japan, 56 (1-2), 37-83. 441 Hori, N. & Wakita, K. 2002: Jurassic radiolarians from International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature manganese carbonate nodules from the Northern Chichibu 1999: International Code of Zoological Nomenclature, Belt in the Ino district, Kochi Prefecture, Shikoku.– The Fourth Edition.– The International Trust for Zoological Journal of the Geological Society of Japan, 108 (7), 478-481. Nomenclature, Natural History Museum, London, 306 pp. Hori, R. 1986: Parahsuum simplum Assemblage (Early Jurassic Ishida, K. 1983: Stratigraphy and radiolarian assemblages of the radiolarian assemblage) in the Inuyama area, central Japan.– Triassic and Jurassic siliceous sedimentary rocks in Konose News of Osaka Micropaleontologists, Spec. Vol. 7, 45-52. Valley, Tokushima Prefecture, Southwest Japan.– Journal of Hori, R. 1988: Some characteristic radiolarians from Lower Science, University of Tokushima, 16, 111-141. Jurassic bedded cherts of the Inuyama area, Southwest Ishida, K. 1985: Radiolarian and conodont ages of the Japan.– Transactions and Proceedings of the Palaeontological sedimentary bodies and their spatial arrangement in the Society of Japan, New Series, 151, 543-563. South Zone of the Chichibu Belt in Tokushima Prefecture Hori, R. 1990: Lower Jurassic radiolarian zones of SW Japan.– - Studies of the South Zone of the Chichibu Belt in Shikoku, Transactions and Proceedings of the Palaeontological Society Part 5.– Journal of Science, University of Tokushima, 18, of Japan, New Series, 159, 562-586. 27-81. Hori, R.S. 1992: Radiolarian Biostratigraphy at the Triassic/ Ishida, K., Shimakawa, M., Kozai, T. & Yao, A. 2004: Oceanic- Jurassic Period Boundary in Bedded Cherts from the plate stratigraphy and radiolarian zonation of the Hegawa Inuyama Area, Central Japan.– Journal of Geosciences, Section in northern South Chichibu Belt (Kurano Subbelt), Osaka City University, 35, 53-65. East Shikoku.– News of Osaka Micropaleontologists, Spec. Hori, R.S. 1993. Toarcian Oceanic Event in deep-sea sediments.– Vol. 13, 181-195. Bulletin of the Geological Survey of Japan, 44 (9), 555-570. Isozaki, Y. & Matsuda, T. 1985: Early Jurassic radiolarians from Hori, R.S. 1997. The Toarcian radiolarian event in bedded cherts bedded chert in Kamiaso, Mino Belt, central Japan.– Earth from southwest Japan.– Marine Micropaleontology, 30, 159- Science, Journal of the Association for the Geological 169. Collaboration in Japan, 39 (6), 429-442. Hori, R.S., Aita, Y. & Grant-Mackie, J.A. 1996: Preliminary report Ito, M. & Matsuda, T. 1980: Discovery of Triassic and Jurassic on Lower Jurassic Radiolaria of Gondwana origin from the radiolarians and Triassic conodonts from the Nanjo Kawhia coast, New Zealand.– The Island Arc, 5, 104-113. Mountains, western Mino Belt, Central Japan.– Report of the Hori, R.S., Campbell, J.D. & Grant-Mackie, J.A. 1997: A Fukui Natural Museum, 27, 7-12. new Early Jurassic radiolarian fauna from the Murihiku Jones, D.L., Silberling, N.J. & Hillhouse, J. 1977: Wrangellia Supergroup of the Otago coast, New Zealand.– New Zealand - a displaced terrane in northwestern North America.– Journal of Geology and Geophysics, 40, 397-399. Canadian Journal of Earth Sciences, 14 (11), 2565-2577. Hori, R.S., Cho, C.-F. & Umeda, H. 1993: Origin of cyclicity Jud, R. 1994: Biochronology and Systematics of Early Cretaceous in Triassic-Jurassic radiolarian bedded cherts of the Mino Radiolaria of the Western Tethys.– Mémoires de Géologie accretionary complex from Japan.– The Island Arc , 3, 55-65. (Lausanne), 19, 1-147, pls. 1-24. Kashiwagi, K. 1998: Early Jurassic radiolarians from the Hori, R.S., Kurimoto, C. & Goto, H. 2004: Radiolarian fossils Oura Complex of the Northern Chichibu Terrane in the from the Ikunu district, Hyogo Prefecture, Tamba Terrane, western Kii Peninsula, southwest Japan.– News of Osaka Southwest Japan.– News of Osaka Micropaleontologists, Micropaleontologists, Spec. Vol. 11, 123-135. Spec. Vol. 13, 59-68. Kashiwagi, K. 2001: The Inumodorikyo Complex of the Chichibu Hori, R. & Otsuka, T. 1989: Early Jurassic Radiolarians from Terrane, eastern Kii Peninsula, Southwest Japan: Jurassic the Mt. Norikuradake Area, Mino Terrane, Central Japan.– accretionary complex as characterized by chert-clastics Journal of Geosciences, Osaka City University, 32, 175-199. sequence.– The Journal of the Geological Society of Japan, Hori, R. & Yao, A. 1988: Parahsuum (Radiolaria) from the Lower 107 (10), 640-658. Jurassic of the Inuyama Area, Central Japan.– Journal of Kashiwagi, K. & Kurimoto, C. 2003: Reexamination of Geosciences, Osaka City University, 31, 47-61. radiolarian biochronology of the Shimizu Formation Hull, D.M. 1995: Morphologic diversity and paleogeographic (Northern Chichibu Belt) in the Shimizu-Misato area, significance of the Family Parvicingulidae (Radiolaria).– western Kii Peninsula, Southwest Japan.– Bulletin of the Micropaleontology, 41 (1), 1-48. Geological Survey of Japan, 54 (7-8), 279-293. Hull, D.M. 1997: Upper Jurassic Tethyan and southern Kashiwagi, K., Niwa, M. & Tokiwa, T. 2005: Early Jurassic Boreal radiolarians from western North America.– radiolarians from the Chichibu Composite Belt in the Micropaleontology, 43, Supplement 2, 1-202. Sannokou area, central Kii Peninsula, Southwest Japan.– The Ichikawa, K. & Yao, A. 1976: Two new genera of Mesozoic Journal of the Geological Society of Japan, 111 (3), 170-181. cyrtoid radiolarians from Japan.– In: Takayanagi, Y. & Saito, Kashiwagi, K. & Yao, A. 1993: Jurassic to Early Cretaceous T. (Eds.), Progress in Micropaleontology, Micropaleontology radiolarians from the Yuasa area in western Kii Peninsula, Press, The American Museum of Natural History, New York, Southwest Japan and its significance.– News of Osaka 110-117. Micropaleontologists, Spec. Vol. 9, 177-189. Igo, H., Koike, T., Igo, H., Sashida, K., Hisada, K., Isozaki, Y. & Kido, Y. 1982: Occurrence of Triassic Chert and Jurassic Siliceous Danner, W.R. 1985: Biostratigraphic studies of conodonts Shale at Kamiaso, Gifu Prefecture, Central Japan.– News of and radiolarians in chert formation of the Cordilleran Osaka Micropaleontologists, Spec. Vol. 5, 135-151. Geosyncline.– In: Igo, H. (Ed.), Report of research carried Kiessling, W. 1996: Facies Characterisation of Mid-Mesozoic out by the Overseas Scientific Research Fund of the Ministry Deep-Water Sediments by Quantitative Analysis of Siliceous of Education, Science and Culture. Japanese Government Microfaunas.– Facies, 35, 237-274. Publications nos. 58041013 and 59043013, 1-78. Kiessling, W. 1999: Late Jurassic Radiolarians from the Antarctic Imoto, N., Tamaki, A., Tanabe, T. & Ishiga, H. 1982: An age Peninsula. Micropaleontology, 45, Supplement 1, 1-96. determination on the basis of radiolarian biostratigraphy Kiessling, W. & Zeiss, A. 1992: New palaeontological data from of a bedded manganese deposit at the Yumiyama Mine the Hochstegen Marble (Tauern window, eastern Alps).– in the Tamba District, southwest Japan.– News of Osaka Geologisch-Paläontologische Mitteilungen Innsbruck, Micropaleontologists, Spec. Vol. 5, 227-235. 1991/92, 18, 187-202. 442 Kishida, Y. & Hisada, K. 1985: Late Triassic to Early Jurassic Alps).– Geologisch-Paläontologische Mitteilungen radiolarian assemblages from the Ueno-mura area, Kanto Innsbruck, 17, 179-248. Mountains, Central Japan.– Memoirs of Osaka Kyoiku Li, H.-S. 1988: Early Jurassic (Late Pliensbachian) Radiolaria University, Ser. III, 34 (2), 103-129. from the Dengqen Area, Xizang (Tibet).– Acta Kishida, Y. & Hisada, K. 1986: Radiolarian assemblages of the Micropalaeontologica Sinica, 5 (3), 328-330, pl. 1. Sambosan Belt in the western part of the Kanto Mountains, Matsuda, T. & Isozaki, Y. 1982: Radiolarians around the central Japan.– News of Osaka Micropaleontologists, Spec. Triassic-Jurassic boundary from the bedded chert in Vol. 7, 25-34. the Kamiaso Area, Southwest Japan.– News of Osaka Kishida, Y. & Sugano, K. 1982: Radiolarian zonation of Triassic Micropaleontologists, Spec. Vol. 5, 93-101. and Jurassic in outer side of southwest Japan.– News of Matsuda, T. & Isozaki, Y. 1991: Well-documented travel history Osaka Micropaleontologists, Spec. Vol. 5, 271-300. of Mesozoic pelagic chert in Japan: From remote ocean to Kito, N. 1987: Stratigraphic relation between greenstones and subduction zone.– Tectonics, 10, 475-799. clastic sedimentary rocks in the Kamuikotan Belt, Hokkaido, Matsuoka, A. 1982a: Jurassic two-segmented Nassellarians Japan.– The Journal of the Geological Society of Japan, 93 (Radiolaria) from Shikoku, Japan. Journal of Geosciences, (1), 21-35. Osaka City University, 25, 71-86. Kito, N. 1989: Radiolaires du Jurassiques Moyen et Supérieur de Matsuoka, A. 1982b: Middle and Late Jurassic radiolarian Sicile (Italie): Biostratigraphie et Taxonomie.– Département biostratigraphy in the Sakawa and the Niyodo areas, de Géologie Sédimentaire. Université Pierre et Marie Curie, Kochi Prefecture, southwest Japan.– News of Osaka Paris, 89-7, 1-239. Micropaleontologists, Spec. Vol. 5, 237-253. Kito, N., De Wever, P., Danelian, T. & Cordey, F. 1990: Middle Matsuoka, A. 1986: Faunal change of radiolarians around the to Late Jurassic radiolarians from Sicily (Italy).– Marine Jurassic-Cretaceous boundary - with special reference to Micropaleontology, 15 (3-4), 329-349. some multi-segmented nassellarians.– Fossils, 40, 1-15. Kito, N. & De Wever, P. 1994: New species of Middle Jurassic Matsuoka, A. 1991: Early Jurassic Radiolarians from the Nanjo Actinommidae (Radiolaria) from Sicily (Italy).– Revue de Massif in the Mino Terrane, central Japan.– Transactions and Micropaléontologie, 37 (2), 123-134. Proceedings of the Palaeontological Society of Japan, New Kocher, R.N. 1981: Biochronostratigraphische Untersuchungen Series, 161, 720-738. oberjurassischer radiolarienführender Gesteine, insbesondere Matsuoka, A. 1992: Diversity of Jurassic Nassellarians in Japan.– der Südalpen.– Mitteilungen aus dem geologischen Institut News of Osaka Micropaleontologists, Spec. Vol. 8, 63-66. der Eidgenossischen Technischen Hochschule und der Matsuoka, A. 1995: Jurassic and Lower Cretaceous radiolarian Universität Zürich, Neue Folge, 234, 1-184. zonation in Japan and in the western Pacific.– The Island Kojima, S., Wakita, K., Okamura, Y., Natal’in, B.A., Zyabrev, S.V., Arc, 4 (2), 140-153. Zhang, Q.L. & Shao, J.A. 1991: Mesozoic radiolarians from Matsuoka, A. 2004: Toarcian (Early Jurassic) radiolarian fauna the Khabarovsk complex, eastern USSR: their significance in from the Nanjo Massif in the Mino Terrane, central Japan.– relation to the Mino terrane, central Japan.– The Journal of News of Osaka Micropaleontologists, Spec. Vol. 13, 69-87. the Geological Society of Japan, 97 (7), 549-551, pl. 1. Matsuoka, A., Hori, R., Kuwahara, K., Hiraishi, M., Yao, A. Kozur, H. & Mostler, H. 1972: Beiträge zur Erforschung der & Ezaki, Y. 1994: Triassic-Jurassic radiolarian-bearing mesozoischen Radiolarien. Teil I: Revision der Oberfamilie sequences in the Mino Terrane, central Japan. Field trip for Coccodiscacea Haeckel 1962 emend. und Beschreibung the pre-conference excursion of InterRad VII, Osaka.– Guide ihrer triassischhen Vertreter.– Geologisch-Paläontologische Book for InterRad VII Field Excursion, Organizing Comittee Mitteilungen Innsbruck, 2 (8-9), 1-60. of InterRad VII, Osaka, 19-61. Kozur, H. & Mostler, H. 1978: Beiträge zur Erforschung Matsuoka, A., Kobayashi, K., Nagahashi, T., Yang, Q., Wang, Y. & der mesozoischen Radiolarien. Teil II: Oberfamilie Zeng, Q. 2001: Early Middle Jurassic (Aalenian) radiolarian Trematodiscacea Haeckel 1862 emend. und Beschreibung fauna from the Xialu chert in the Yarlung Zangbo Suture ihrer Triassischen Vertreter.– Geologisch-Paläontologische Zone, southern Tibet.– In: Metcalfe, I., Smith, J.M.B., Mitteilungen Innsbruck, 8 (Festschrift W. Heissel), 123-182. Morwood, M. & Davidson, I. (Eds.), Faunal and Floral Kozur, H. & Mostler, H. 1979: Beiträge zur Erforschung der Migrations and Evolution in SE Asia-Australasia, A.A. mesozoischen Radiolarien. Teil III: Die Oberfamilien Balkema Publishers, 105-110. Actinommacea Haeckel 1862 emend., Artiscacea Haeckel Matsuoka, A. & Yao, A. 1986: A newly proposed radiolarian 1882, Multiarcusellacea nov. der Spumellaria und triassische zonation for the Jurassic of Japan.– Marine Micropaleontology, Nassellaria.– Geologisch-Paläontologische Mitteilungen 11 (1-3), 91-106. Innsbruck, 9 (1-2), 1-132. Murchey, B. 1984: Biostratigraphy and lithostratigraphy of Kozur, H. & Mostler, H. 1981: Beiträge zur Erforschung der chert in the Franciscan Complex, Marin Headlands, mesozoischen Radiolarien. Teil IV: Thalassosphaeracea California.– In: Blake, M.C.Jr. (Ed.), Franciscan Geology of Haeckel, 1862, Hexastylacea Haeckel, 1862 emend. Northern California, Pacific Section, Society of Economic Petrushevskaya, 1979, Sponguracea Haeckel, 1862 emend. Paleontologists and Mineralogists, 43, 51-70. und weitere triassische Lithocycliacea, Trematodiscacea, Nagai, H. 1985: Ray cross-section of middle Jurassic Hagiastridae Actinommacea und Nassellaria.– Geologisch- and Patulibracchiidae (Radiolaria).– Bulletin of the Nagoya Paläontologische Mitteilungen Innsbruck, Sonderband 1, University, Furukawa Museum, 1, 1-13. 1-208. Nagai, H. 1986: Jurassic Eucyrtidiel um (Radiolaria) from Kozur, H. & Mostler, H. 1983: The polyphyletic origin and the Central Japan.– Bulletin of the Nagoya University, Furukawa classification of the Mesozoic saturnalids (Radiolaria).– Museum, 2, 1-21. Geologisch-Paläontologische Mitteilungen Innsbruck, 13 (1), Nagai, H. 1988: Early Jurassic Eucyrtidiel um (Radiolaria) from 1-47. Kamiaso, Gifu Prefecture, Central Japan.– Bulletin of the Kozur, H. & Mostler, H. 1990: Saturnaliacea Deflandre and Nagoya University, Furukawa Museum, 4, 1-9. some other stratigraphically important Radiolaria from the Nagai, H. 1989: Supersonic vibration effect on the surface texture Hettangian of Lenggries/Isar (Bavaria, Northern Calcareous of Jurassic Eucyrtidiel um (Radiolaria).– Bulletin of the 443 Nagoya University, Furukawa Museum, 5, 1-9. Pessagno, E.A.Jr. 1977b: Lower Cretaceous radiolarian Nagai, H. 1990: Jurassic (Lower Toarcian) Radiolarians from the biostratigraphy of the Great Valley Sequence and Franciscan Hyde Formation, central Oregon, North America.– Bulletin Complex, California Coast Ranges.– Cushman Foundation of the Nagoya University, Furukawa Museum, 6, 1-7, pls. 1-6. for Foraminiferal Research, Spec. Publ. 15, 1-95. Nagai, H. 1995: History and Significance of Radiolarian Pessagno, E.A.Jr. & Blome, C.D. 1980: Upper Triassic and Biostratigraphic Study on the Mesozoic of the Mino Jurassic Pantanelliinae from California, Oregon and British Terrane.– Bulletin of the Nagoya University, Furukawa Columbia.– Micropaleontology, 26 (3), 225-273. Museum, Special Report 4, 1-89. Pessagno, E.A.Jr. & Blome, C.D. 1982: Bizarre Nassellariina Nagai, H. & Mizutani, S. 1990: Jurassic Eucyrtidiel um (Radiolaria) from the Middle and Upper Jurassic of North (Radiolaria) in the Mino Terrane.– Transactions and America.– Micropaleontology, 28 (3), 289-318. Proceedings of the Palaeontological Society of Japan, New Pessagno, E.A.Jr. & Blome, C.D. 1986: Faunal affinities and Series, 159, 587-602. tectogenesis of Mesozoic rocks in the Blue Mountain Nishizono, Y. 1996: Mesozoic convergent process of the Southern Province of eastern Oregon and western Idaho.– In: Vallier, Chichibu Terrane in West Kyushu, Japan, on the basis of T.L. & Brooks, H.C. (Eds.), Geology of the Blue Mountains Triassic to Early Cretaceous radiolarian biostratigraphy.– region of Oregon, Idaho and Washington: Biostratigraphy Kumamoto Journal of Science (Earth Sciences), 14 (2), 45-226. and Paleontology. U.S. Geological Survey Professional Papers Nishizono, Y. & Murata M. 1983: Preliminary studies on the 1435, 65-78. sedimentary facies and radiolarian biostratigraphy of Pessagno, E.A.Jr., Blome, C.D., Hull, D.M. & Six, W.M. Paleozoic and Mesozoic sediments, exposed along the mid- 1993: Jurassic Radiolaria from the Josephine ophiolite stream of the Kuma River, Kyushu, Japan.– Kumanto Journal and overlying strata, Smith River subterrane (Klamath of Science, Geology, 12, 1-40. Mountains), northwestern California and southwestern Nishizono, Y., Ohishi, A., Sato, T. & Murata, M. 1982: Oregon.– Micropaleontology, 39 (2), 93-166. Radiolarian fauna from the Paleozoic and Mesozoic Pessagno, E.A.Jr., Finch, W. & Abbott, P.L. 1979: Upper formations, distributed along the mid-stream of Kuma River, Triassic Radiolaria from the San Hipólito Formation, Baja Kyushu, Japan.– News of Osaka Micropaleontologists, Spec. California.– Micropaleontology, 25 (2), 160-197. Vol. 5, 311-326. Pessagno, E.A. Jr., Longoria, J.F., MacLeod, N. & Six, W.M. 1987a: O’Dogherty, L. 1994: Biochronology and Paleontology of Mid- Studies of North American Jurassic Radiolaria. Part I. Upper Cretaceous Radiolarians from Northern Apennines (Italy) Jurassic (Kimmeridgian-Upper Tithonian) Pantanelliidae and Betic Cordillera (Spain).– Mémoires de Géologie from the Taman Formation, East-Central Mexico: (Lausanne), 21, 1-415, pls. 1-74. tectonostratigraphic, chronostratigraphic, and phylogenetic O’Dogherty, L., Bill, M., Goričan, Š., Dumitrica, P. & Masson, implications.– Cushman Foundation, Spec. Publ. 23, 1-51. H. 2006: Bathonian radiolarians from an ophiolitic mélange Pessagno, E.A.Jr., Blome, C.D., Carter, E.S., MacLeod, N., of the Alpine Tethys (Gets Nappe, Swiss-French Alps).– Whalen, P. & Yeh, K.-Y. 1987b: Studies of North American Micropaleontology, 51 (6), 425-485. Jurassic Radiolaria. Part II. Preliminary radiolarian zonation Otsuka, T. 1988: Paleozoic-Mesozoic sedimentary complex in for the Jurassic of North America.– Cushman Foundation, the eastern Mino Terrane, central Japan and its Jurassic Spec. Publ. 23, 1-18. tectonism.– Journal of Geosciences, Osaka City University, Pessagno, E.A.Jr. & Mizutani, S. 1992: Radiolarian biozones of 31, 63-122. North America and Japan.– In: Westermann G.E.G. (Ed.), Pálfy, J. 1991: Uppermost Hettangian to lowermost Pliensbachian The Jurassic of the Circum-Pacific. Cambridge University (Lower Jurassic) biostratigraphy and ammonoid fauna of the Press, New York, 293-295 and 578-585. Queen Charlotte Islands, British Columbia.– M.Sc. Thesis, Pessagno, E.A.Jr. & Poisson, A. 1981: Lower Jurassic Radiolaria University British Columbia, Vancouver, British Columbia, from the Gümüşlü Allochton of southwestern Turkey 208 pp. (Taurides occidentales).– Bulletin of the Mineral Research Pálfy, J., Smith, P. & Mortensen, J.K. 2000: A U-Pb and 40Ar/39Ar and Exploration Institute of Turkey, 92, 47-69, pls. 1-15. time scale for the Jurassic.– Canadian Journal of Earth Pessagno, E.A.Jr., Six, W.M. & Yang, Q. 1989: The Xiphostylidae Sciences, 37, 923-944. Haeckel and Parvivaccidae, n. fam., (Radiolaria) from the Parona, C. F. 1890: Sugli schisti silicei a radiolarie di Cesana North American Jurassic.– Micropaleontology, 35 (3), presso il Monginevra.– Atti della reale Accademie delle 193-255. Scienze di Torino, 27, 305-319. Pessagno, E.A.Jr. & Whalen, P.A. 1982: Lower and Middle Pessagno, E.A.Jr. 1969: The Neosciadiocapsidae, a new family Jurassic Radiolaria (multicyrtid Nassellariina) from of Upper Cretaceous Radiolaria.– Bulletins of American California, east-central Oregon and the Queen Charlotte Paleontology, 56 (253), 377-437. Islands, B.C.– Micropaleontology, 28 (2), 111-169. Pessagno, E.A.Jr. 1971: Jurassic and Cretaceous Hagiastridae Pessagno, E.A.Jr., Whalen, P.A. & Yeh, K.-Y. 1986: Jurassic from the Blake-Bahama Basin (Site 5A, JOIDES Leg 1) Nassellariina (Radiolaria).– Bulletins of American and the Great Valley Sequence, California Coast Ranges.– Paleontology, 91 (326), 1-75. Bulletins of American Paleontology, 60 (264), 5-83. Petrushevskaya, M.G. 1962: Znachenie rosta skeleta radiolyarii Pessagno, E.A.Jr. 1973: Upper Cretaceous Spumellariina from the dlya ikh sistematiki (The importance of skeleton growth in Great Valley Sequence.– Bulletins of American Paleontology, Radiolaria for their systematics).– Zoologicheskii Zhurnal, 63 (276), 49-102. Akademia Nauk SSSR, 41 (3), 331-341. Pessagno, E.A.Jr. 1976: Radiolarian zonation and stratigraphy of Pujana, I. 1996: A new Lower Jurassic radiolarian fauna from the Upper Cretaceous portion of the Great Valley Sequence, the Neuquén Basin, central west Argentina.– XIII Congreso California Coast Ranges.– Micropaleontology, Spec. Publ. 2, Argentino de Geología, y II Congreso de Exploración de 1-95. Hidrocarburos, Actas V, 133-142. Pessagno, E.A.Jr. 1977a: Upper Jurassic Radiolaria and radio- Riedel, W.R. 1967: Subclass Radiolaria.– In: Harland, W.B. et larian biostratigraphy of the California Coast Ranges.– al. (Eds.), The Fossil Record. Geological Society of London, Micropaleontology, 23 (1), 56-113. London, 291-298. 444 Riedel, W.R. 1971: Systematic classification of polycystine Bundesanstalt in Wien, 50, 453-466. Radiolaria.– In: Funnel, B.M. & Riedel, W.R. (Eds.), The Sugiyama, K. 1997: Triassic and Lower Jurassic radiolarian micropaleontology of the oceans, Cambridge University biostratigraphy in the siliceous claystone and bedded chert Press, 649-661. units of the southeastern Mino Terrane, Central Japan.– Rüst, D. 1885: Beiträge zur Kenntniss der fossilen Radiolarien Bulletin of the Mizunami Fossil Museum, 24, 79-193. aus Gesteinen des Jura.– Palaeontographica, 31, 269-321. Sutherland Brown, A. 1968: Geology of the Queen Charlotte Rüst, D. 1888: Beiträge zur Kenntniss der fossilen Radiolarien Islands, British Columbia.–British Columbia Department aus Gesteinen der Kreide.– Palaeontographica, 34, 181-213. of Mines and Petroleum Resources, Bulletin 54, 1-226, pls. Rüst, D. 1898: Neue Beiträge zur Kenntniss der Fossilen 1-17. Radiolarien aus Gesteinen des Jura und der Kreide.– Suzuki, H. 1995: Frühjurassische Radiolarienfauna aus dem Palaeontographica, 45, 1-67. mesozoischen akkretierten Komplex von Ost-Shikoku, Sano, H., Yamagata, T. & Horibo, K. 1992: Tectonostratigraphy Südwestjapan.– Neues Jahrbuch für Geologie und of Mino terrane; Jurassic accretionary complex of southwest Paläontologie, Abhandlungen, 198 (3), 275-296. Japan.– Palaeogeography, Palaeoclimatology, Palaeoecology, Suzuki, H., Prinz-Grimm, P. & Schmidt-Effing, R. 2002: 96, 41-57. Radiolarien aus dem Grenzbereich Hettangium/Sinemurium Sashida, K. 1988: Lower Jurassic multisegmented Nassellaria von Nordperu.– Paläontologische Zeitschrift, 76 (2), 163-187. from the Itsukaichi area, western part of Tokyo Prefecture, Suzuki, N. & Ogane, K. 2004: Paleoceanographic affinities of central Japan.– Science Reports of the Institute of radiolarian faunas in the late Aalenian time (Middle Jurassic) Geoscience, University of Tsukuba, Section B: Geological recorded in the Jurassic accretionary complex of Japan.– Sciences, 9, 1-27, pls. 1-4. Journal of Asian Earth Sciences, 23, 343-357. Sashida, K. 1992: Early Jurassic radiolarians from the Shomaru Šmuc, A. 2005: Jurassic and Cretaceous stratigraphy and Pass-Higashiagano area, Hanno City, Saitama Prefecture, sedimentary evolution of the Julian Alps, NW Slovenia.– central Japan.– News of Osaka Micropaleontologists, Spec. Založba ZRC/ZRC Publishing, ZRC SAZU, Ljubljana, 98 pp. Vol. 8, 35-46. Takemura, A., 1986: Classification of Jurassic Nassellarians Sashida, K., Igo, H., Igo, H., Takizawa, S., Hisada, K., Shibata, (Radiolaria).– Palaeontographica, Abteilung A, 195, 29-74, T., Tsukada, K. & Nishimura, H. 1982: On the Jurassic pls. 1-12. radiolarian assemblages in the Kanto district.– News of Takemura, A. & Nakaseko, K. 1982: Two new Jurassic genera of Osaka Micropaleontologists, Spec. Vol. 5, 51-66. family Palaeoscenidiidae (Radiolaria).– Transactions and Sashida, K, Munasri, Adachi, S. & Kamata, Y. 1999: Middle Proceedings of the Palaeontological Society of Japan, New Jurassic radiolarian fauna from Rotti Island, Indonesia.– Series, 128, 452-464, pls. 70-73. Journal of Asian Earth Sciences, 17 (4), 561-572. Takemura, A. & Nakaseko, K. 1986: The cephalic skeletal Sato, T. 1974: A Jurassic ammonite from near Inuyama, structure of Jurassic “Eucyrtidium” (Radiolaria).– Journal of north of Nagoya.– Transactions and Proceedings of the Paleontology, 60 (5), 1016-1024. Palaeontological Society of Japan, New Series, 96, 427-432. Takeuchi, M. 2001: Morphologic study of multicyrtid Nassellaria Sato, T., Murata, M. & Yoshida, H. 1986: Triassic to Jurassic (Radiolaria) from the Lower Jurassic bedded cherts in the radiolarian biostratigraphy in the southern part of Inuyama Area, Mino Terrane, Central Japan.– News of Chichibu terrain of Kyushu, Japan.– News of Osaka Osaka Micropaleontologists, Spec. Vol. 12, 181-189. Micropaleontologists, Spec. Vol. 7, 9-23. Tekin, U.K. 1999: Biostratigraphy and systematics of late Middle Sato, T. & Nishizono, Y. 1983: Triassic and Jurassic radiolarian to Late Triassic radiolarians from the Taurus Mountains assemblages from two continuous sections in the Kuma and Ankara region, Turkey.– Geologisch-Paläontologische massif, Kyushu, Japan.– News of Osaka Micropaleontologists, Mitteilungen Innsbruck, Sonderband 5, 1-296. 11, 33-47. Tekin, U.K. 2002: Lower Jurassic (Hettangian-Sinemurian) Sato, T. & Westermann, G.E.G. 1985: Range chart and zonations radiolarians from the Antalya Nappe, Central Taurids, in Japan.– In: Circum-Pacific Jurassic IGCP 171, Third field Southern Turkey.– Micropaleontology, 48 (2), 177-205. conference, 73-94. Tipper, H.W., Smith, P.L., Cameron, B.E.B., Carter, E.S., Jakobs, Savary, J. & Guex, J. 1999: Discrete biochronological scales and G.K. & Johns, M.J. 1991: Biostratigraphy of the Lower Unitary Associations: Description of the BioGraph computer Jurassic formations of the Queen Charlotte Islands, British program.– Mémoires de Géologie (Lausanne), 34, 282 pp. Columbia.– In: Evolution and hydrocarbon potential of the Sher, S.A. 1974: The classification of Tylenchus Filipjev, 1930, Queen Charlotte Basin, British Columbia. Geological Survey Leipotylenchus n. gen. (Leipotylenchinae n. subfam.) and of Canada, paper 90-10, 203-235. Triversus n. gen. (Nematoda: Tylenchoidea).– Nematologica, Tonielli, R. 1991: Associazioni a radiolari dei “Calcari e marne a 19, 318-325. Posidonia” del Monte Terminilletto (RI).– Paleopelagos, 1, Squinabol, S. 1903: Le Radiolarie dei noduli selciosi nella 18-37. Scaglia degli Euganei. Contribuzione I.– Rivista Italiana di Tumanda Mateer, F., Sashida, K. & Igo, H. 1996: Some Jurassic Paleontologia, 9, 105-151. radiolarians from Busuanga Island, Calamian Island Group, Squinabol, S. 1914: Contributo alla conoscenza dei Radiolarii Palawan, Philippines.– In: Noda, H. & Sashida, K. (Eds.) fossili del Veneto. Appendice - Di un genera di Radiolari Geology and Paleontology of Japan and Southeast Asia, Prof. caratteristico del Secondario.– Memorie dell’Istituto H. Igo Commemorative Volume, University of Tsukuba, geologico della reale Università di Padova, 2, 249-306. 165-192. Steiger, T. 1992: Systematik, Stratigraphie und Palökologie der Vinassa de Regny, P.E. 1901: Radiolari Cretacei dell’Isola di Radiolarien des Oberjura-Unterkreide-Grenzbereiches im Karpathos.– Memorie della Reale Accademia delle Scienze Osterhorn-Tirolikum (Nördliche Kalkalpen, Salzburg und dell’Istituto di Bologna, 9 (5), 497-512. Bayern.– Zitteliana, 19, 3-188. Vishnevskaya, V.S. 2001: Jurassic to Cretaceous radiolarian Steiger, E. & Steiger, T. 1994: New Radiolaria from the biostratigraphy of Russia.– Russian Academy of Sciences, “Ruhpoldinger Marmor” of Urschlau (Late Jurassic, Institute of the Lithosphere of Marginal Seas, GEOS, Chiemgau Alps, Bavaria).– Abhandlungen der geologischen Moscow, 376 pp. 445 Wakita, K. 1982: Jurassic radiolarians from Kuzuryo-ko – Gujo- Northern Part of the Inuyama Area, Central Japan. Part I. hachiman area.– News of Osaka Micropaleontologists, Spec. Spongosaturnalids.– Journal of Geosciences, Osaka City Vol. 5, 153-171. University, 15 (2), 21-64. Wakita, K. 1984: Geology of the Hachiman district.– Quadrangle Yao, A. 1979: Radiolarian Fauna from the Mino Belt in the Series, scale 1: 50,000, Geological Survey of Japan, 89 pp. northern part of the Inuyama Area, Central Japan, Part Wakita, K. 1988: Origin of chaotically mixed rock bodies in the II: Nassellaria 1.– Journal of Geosciences, Osaka City Early Jurassic to Early Cretaceous sedimentary complex of University, 22 (2), 21-72. the Mino Terrane, central Japan.– Bulletin of the Geological Yao, A. 1982: Middle Triassic to Early Jurassic radiolarians from Survey of Japan, 39 (11), 675-757. the Inuyama area, central Japan.– Journal of Geosciences, Wakita, K. & Okamura, Y. 1982: Mesozoic sedimentary rocks Osaka City University, 25, 53-70. containing allochthonous blocks, Gujo-hachiman, Gifu Yao, A. 1984: Subdivision of the Mesozoic complex in Kii-Yura Prefecture, central Japan.– Bulletin of the Geological Survey area, southwest Japan and its bearing on the Mesozoic basin of Japan, 33 (4), 161-185. development in the southern Chichibu terrane.– Journal of Whalen, P.A. 1985: Lower Jurassic radiolarian biostratigraphy Geosciences, Osaka City University, 27, 41-103. of the Kunga Formation, Queen Charlotte Islands, British Yao, A. 1990: Triassic and Jurassic Radiolarians.– In: Ichikawa, Columbia, and the San Hipólito Formation, Baja California K., Mizutani, S., Hara, I., Hada, S. & Yao, A. (Eds.), Pre- Sur.– Ph.D. Dissertation, The University of Texas at Dallas, Cretaceous Terranes of Japan, Publication of IGCP Project Dallas, Texas, 441 pp. 224: Pre-Jurassic Evolution of Eastern Asia, IGCP Project Whalen, P.A. & Carter, E.S. 1998: Systematic paleontology.– In: 224, Osaka, 329-345. Carter, E.S., Whalen, P.A. & Guex, J., Biochronology and Yao, A. 1997: Faunal change of Early – Middle Jurassic paleontology of Lower Jurassic (Hettangian and Sinemurian) radiolarians.– News of Osaka Micropaleontologists, Spec. radiolarians, Queen Charlotte Islands, British Columbia, Vol. 10, 155-182. Geological Survey of Canada, Bulletin 496, 36-141. Yao, A., Matsuda, T. & Isozaki, Y. 1980: Triassic and Jurassic Whalen, P. A. & Carter, E.S. 2002: Pliensbachian (Lower radiolarians from the Inuyama Area, Central Japan.– Journal Jurassic) Radiolaria from Baja California Sur, Mexico.– of Geosciences, Osaka City University, 23 (4), 135-154. Micropaleontology, 48 (2), 97-151. Yao, A., Matsuoka, A. & Nakatani, T. 1982: Triassic and Jurassic Whalen, P.A. & Pessagno, E.A.Jr. 1984: Lower Jurassic Radiolaria, radiolarian assemblages in southwest Japan.– News of Osaka San Hipólito Formation, Vizcaíno Peninsula, Baja California Micropaleontologists, Spec. Vol. 5, 27-43. Sur.– In: Frizzell, V.A.Jr. (Ed.), Geology of the Baja California Yeh, K.-Y. 1987a: A revised classification for family Canoptidae Peninsula, Pacific Section of the Society of Economic (Radiolaria).– Memoir of the Geological Society of China, 8, Paleontologists and Mineralogists, 53-65. 63-72. Wisniowski, T. 1889: Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Mikrofauna aus Yeh, K.-Y. 1987b: Taxonomic Studies of Lower Jurassic Radiolaria den oberjurassischen Feuersteinknollen der Umgegend von from east-central Oregon.– National Museum of Natural Krakau.– Jahrbuch der Kaiserlich-Königlichen geologischen Science, Taiwan, Spec. Publ. 2, 1-169. Reichsanstalt, (1888), 38 (4), 657-702. Yeh, K.-Y. 1992: Triassic Radiolaria from Uson Island, Yamamoto, H., Mizutani, S. & Kagami, H. 1985: Middle Jurassic Philippines.– Bulletin of National Museum of Natural radiolarians from Blake Bahama Basin, West Atlantic Science, Taiwan, 3, 51-91. Ocean.– Bulletin of the Nagoya University, Furukawa Yeh, K.-Y. & Cheng, Y.-N. 1996: Jurassic Radiolarians from the Museum, 1, 25-49. northwest coast of Busuanga Island, North Palawan Block, Yang, Q. 1993: Taxonomic Studies of Upper Jurassic (Tithonian) Philippines.– Micropaleontology, 42 (2), 93-124. Radiolaria from the Taman Formation, east-central Mexico.– Yeh, K.-Y. & Cheng, Y.-N. 1998: Radiolarians from the Lower Paleoworld, 3, 1-164. Jurassic of the Busuanga Island, Philippines.– Bulletin of Yang, Q. & Mizutani, S. 1991: Radiolaria from the Nadanhada National Museum of Natural Science, Taiwan, 11, 1-65. Terrane, Northeast China.– The Journal of Earth Sciences, Ziabrev, S.V., Aitchison, J.C., Abrajevitch, A.V., Badengzhu, Nagoya University, 38, 49-78. Davis, A.M. & Luo, H. 2004: Bainang Terrane, Yarlung- Yang, Q. & Wang, Y. 1990: A taxonomic study of Upper Jurassic Tsangpo suture, southern Tibet (Xizang, China): a record of Radiolaria from Rutog County, Xizang (Tibet).– Acta intra-Neotethyan subduction-acretion processes preserved Micropalaeontologica Sinica, 7 (3), 195-218, pls. 1-5. on the roof of the world.– Journal of the Geological Society, Yao, A., 1972: Radiolarian Fauna from the Mino Belt in the London, 161, 523-538. 446 atics of alenian atalogue and systemC radiolarian genera and species Catalogue and systematics of Pliensbachian, Toarcian and Aalenian radiolarian genera and species Špela Goričan Elizabeth S. Carter Paulian Dumitrică Patricia A. Whalen Rie S. Hori Patrick De Wever Pliensbachian, Toarcian and A Luis O'Dogherty Atsushi Matsuoka Jean Guex ZRC PUBLISHING http://zalozba.zrc-sazu.si/ 7.429 SIT / 31 €